Compendium Food Additives Regulations 29-03-2019
Compendium Food Additives Regulations 29-03-2019
Compendium Food Additives Regulations 29-03-2019
CHAPTER 1
GENERAL
1.1: Title and commencement
1.1.1:These regulations may be called the Food Safety and Standards (Food Products
Standards and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011.
1.1.2: These regulatiions shall come into force on or after 5th August, 2011, “except
regulations, 2.1.6(1)(2)(3), 2.1.7(1)(2)(3)(4), 2.1.12(1) and entries relating in table 14 of appendix
A and table 2 of appendix B, which shall come into force after six months from that date and in
regulation 2.1.8(1)(3) and 2.1.11(1)(2) only relating entries in table which shall come into force
after six months from that date.
Provided that wherever the standards given in these regulations are at variance with any of the
provisions of the licenses already granted, Food Business Operator shall comply with the
provisions of these regulations towards the standards relating to caramel and glazing agents within
Forty two months i.e. w.e.f. 5th February, 2015 from the date of commencement of these
regulations.
1.2: Definitions
In these regulations unless the context otherwise requires:
1. 38[omitted].
2. “De-oiled meal” means the residual material left over when oil is extracted by a solvent
from any oil-bearing material;
3. 38[omitted].
4. “Hydrogenation” means the process of addition of hydrogen to an edible vegetable oil
using a catalyst to produce a fat with semi-solid consistency;
5. 38[omitted].
6. 38[omitted].
7. ‘Irradiation’ means any physical procedure, involving the intentional exposure of food to
ionizing radiations.
8. ‘Irradiation facility’ means any facility which is capable of being utilized for treatment of
food by irradiation.
9. ‘Irradiated food’ means articles of food subjected to radiation by :—
(i) Gamma Rays;
(ii) X-rays generated from machine sources operated at or below an energy level of 5
million electron volts; and
(iii)Sub-atomic particles, namely, electrons generated from machine sources
operated at or below an energy level of 10 million electron volts, to dose levels as
specified in Schedule I of the Atomic Energy (Control of Irradiation of Food) Rules 1991.
38
10. [omitted].
11. 38[omitted].
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
12. 38[omitted].
13. “Margarine” means an emulsion of edible oils and fats with water;
14. ‘Operator of irradiation facility’ means any person appointed as such by licensee who
satisfies the qualifications and requirements as for training specified in Schedule II of the
Atomic Energy (Control of Irradiation of Food) Rules, 1991
15. 38[omitted].
16. 38[omitted]
17. “Refined vegetable oil” means any vegetable oil which is obtained by expression or solvent
extraction of vegetable oil bearing materials, deacidified with alkali and/or by physical
refining and/or by miscella refining using permitted food grade solvents and/or degumming
followed by bleaching with absorbent earth and/or activated carbon and deodorized with
steam without using any other chemical agents
18. “Refining” means a process by which an expressed vegetable oil or a solvent-extracted oil
is deacidified—
(i) With alkali, or
(ii) by physical refining, or both, or
(iii) By miscella refining using permitted food grade solvent, followed by
bleaching with absorbent earth and/or activated carbon or both of them and deodorized
with steam without using any other chemical agent;
(iv) refining if required may include the process of degumming using
phosphoric/citric acid 26[and any suitable food grade enzyme].
19. 38[omitted].
20. 38[omitted]
21. 38[omitted]
22. “Solvent-extracted oil” means any vegetable oil obtained from oil-bearing material by the
process of extraction by a solvent;
23. “Solvent-extracted edible flour” means the ground material obtained from specially
prepared deoiled meal, that is, the residual material left over when oil is extracted by a
solvent from oil cake immediately following the single-pressing of good quality edible
oilseeds;
24. 38[omitted]
25. “Vegetable oils” means oils produced from oilcakes or oilseeds or oil-bearing materials of
plant origin and containing glycerides;
26. “Vegetable oil product” means any product obtained for edible purposes by subjecting one
or more edible oils to any or a combination of any of the processes or operations, namely,
refining, blending, hydrogenation or interesterification and winterization (process by which
edible fats and oils are fractioned through cooling), and includes any other process which
may be notified by the Central Government in the official Gazette;
CHAPTER 2
FOOD PRODUCT STANDARDS
38
[2.1 DAIRY PRODUCTS AND ANALOGUES
The general standard provides over-arching definitions for milk and milk products and guidance on
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
the use of dairy terms in relation to foods to be offered to the consumer or for further processing.
1. Definitions. -
(a) “Boiling, boiled and similar terms” when used in association with milk, shall be taken to
refer to the process of heating milk continuously to bring it to boil at atmospheric pressure;
(b) “Composite milk product” means a product of which the milk, milk products or milk
constituents shall be an essential part in terms of quantity in the final product, as consumed:
Provided that the constituents not derived from milk shall not take the place in part
or in whole of any milk constituent. Examples of composite milk products are:
(i) Shrikhand with fruits etc.;
(ii) ice cream containing fruits etc.;
(iii) flavoured fermented milks;
(iv) Drinks based on fermented milks
(c) “Dairy terms” means names, designations, symbols, pictorial or other devices which refer to
or are suggestive, directly or indirectly, of milk or milk products;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(xiv) milk powder, skimmed milk powder, partly skimmed milk powder;
(xv) processed cheese;
(xvi) table butter and white butter;
(xvii) yoghurt;
(xviii) any other product as may be specified in these regulations:
Provided that milk products shall not contain any substance not found in milk unless
specified in these regulations;
(g) “Pasteurization, Pasteurized and similar terms” means a microbicidal heat treatment aimed
at reducing the number of any pathogenic micro-organisms in milk and liquid milk products,
if present, to a level at which they do not constitute a significant health hazard.
Pasteurization conditions shall be designed to effectively destroy the organisms
Mycobacterium tuberculosis and Coxiella burnettii.
(h) “Recombined milk or milk product” means a product resulting from the combination of
milk fat and milk-solids-non-fat in their preserved forms with or without the addition of
potable water to achieve similar end product characteristics and appropriate milk product
composition as per the Standard for that product and in the case of recombined milk, the
source of milk-solids-non-fat shall be dried or concentrated milks only;
(i) “Reconstituted milk or milk product” means a product resulting from the addition of potable
water to the dried or concentrated form of milk or milk products in the amount necessary to
re-establish the appropriate water-to-solids ratio to achieve similar end product
characteristics and appropriate milk product composition as per the standards for that
product;
(j) “Sterilisation, sterilised and similar terms” means application of heat at high temperatures
for a time sufficient to render milk or milk products commercially sterile, thus resulting in
products that are safe and microbiologically stable at room temperatures.
(i) “Sterilisation” when used in association with milk or milk products, shall be taken to
refer to the typical process of heating milk or milk product in sealed containers
continuously to at least 115ºC for fifteen minutes to ensure preservation at room
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
temperature for a period not less than thirty days from the date of manufacture;
(ii) “Ultra High Temperature (UHT) sterilisation/treatment” when used in association with
milk or milk products, shall be taken to refer to the typical process of heating milk or
milk product to at least 135ºC for one second or more in a continuous flow and then
packing under aseptic condition in hermetically sealed containers to ensure preservation
at room temperature for a period of not less than fifteen days from the date of
manufacture.
2. General Principles.- Foods shall be described or presented in such a manner as to ensure the
correct use of dairy terms intended for milk and milk products, to protect consumers from
being confused or misled and to ensure fair practices in the food trade.
The name of the food shall be declared in accordance with these regulations.
(i) Only a food complying with the requirement as specified in sub-item (e) of item 1 of
this sub-regulation may be named “milk”;
(ii) Milk which is adjusted for milk fat or milk solid-not-fat content or both, may also be
named “milk” provided that the minimum and maximum limits of milk fat and milk
solid-not-fat content (as the case may be) of the adjusted milk as specified in sub-
regulation 2.1.2 (Standard for Milk).
(i) a product complying with the standards of a milk product as specified in these
regulations may be named accordingly;
(ii) notwithstanding the provisions of entry (i) above, the relevant milk product when
manufactured from milk, the fat or protein content, or both, of which have been
adjusted, provided that the compositional criteria in the relevant standard are met, may
be named as specified in these regulations;
(iii) products that are modified through addition or withdrawal of milk constituents may be
named with the name of the relevant milk product in association with a clear
description of the modification to which the milk product has been subjected:
Provided that the essential product characteristics are maintained and that the
limits of such compositional modifications have been provided for in the standards
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
concerned as appropriate (for example ‘lactose reduced’ milk or milk products,
‘cholesterol free’ ghee, etc.).
(d) Use of terms for reconstituted and recombined milk and milk products. -Milk and milk
products may be named as specified in these regulations for the relevant milk products when
made from recombined or reconstituted milk or from recombination or reconstitution of
milk products.
(e) Use of dairy terms for composite milk products. -A product complying with the description
given in sub-item(b) of item 1 of sub-regulation 2.1.1 may be named with the term “milk” or
the name specified for a milk product as appropriate, provided that a clear description of the
other characterising ingredient(s) (such as flavouring foods, spices, herbs and flavours) is
given in close proximity to the name.
(i) the names referred to in sub-items (b), (c), (d) and (e) of item 3 of sub-regulation 2.1.1
may be used as names or in the labelling of milk, milk products or composite milk
products;
(ii) in respect of a product which is not milk, a milk product or a composite milk product,
no label, commercial document, publicity material or any form of point of sale
presentation shall be used which claims, implies or suggests that the product is milk, a
milk product or a composite milk product, or which refers to one or more of these
products:
Provided further that the constituents not derived from milk are not intended
to take the place, in part or in whole, of any milk constituent:
Provided also that if the final product is intended to substitute milk, a milk
product or composite milk product, dairy terms shall not be used:
Provided also that the products which contain milk, or a milk product, or
milk constituents, which are not an essential part in terms of characterisation of the
product, dairy terms shall only be used in the list of ingredients. For these products,
dairy terms shall not be used for other purposes.
4. Addition of Essential Nutrients.- Milk and milk products may be enriched/ fortified with
essential nutrients such as vitamins, minerals, etc., as specified in these regulations
including labelling requirements.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
5. Labelling of pre-packaged foods.- Pre-packaged milk, milk products and composite milk
products shall be labeled in accordance with these regulations, except to the extent otherwise
expressly provided in item 3 of this sub-regulation.
6. Use of probiotics and prebiotics.- For the use of probiotics and prebiotics in dairy
products, the provisions specified in the Food Safety and Standards (Health Supplements,
Nutraceuticals, Food for Special Dietary Use, Food for Special Medical Purpose, Functional
Food and Novel food) Regulations, 2016 shall apply.
7. Use of enzymes.- Safe and suitable enzymes may be used as processing aids in milk and
milk products as specified in individual standards for milk and milk products under these
regulations.
1. Description.-
(a) “Species identified milk” means milk as defined under the General Standard for
Milk and Milk Products. The fat and SNF content of species identified milk
specified under this regulation (namely buffalo milk, cow milk, goat milk, sheep
milk and camel milk) shall conform to the respective composition given in sub-item
(b) of item 2 and product may be subjected to pasteurization, boiling, sterilisation or
Ultra High Temperature sterilisation/treatment.
(b) “Mixed Milk” means any combination of species identified milk specified under
these regulations. The fat and SNF content of mixed milk shall conform to the
standards given in the table under sub- item (b) of item 2 below. The product may be
subjected to pasteurization, boiling, sterilisation or Ultra High Temperature
sterilisation/treatment.
(c) “Full Cream Milk, Standardised Milk, Toned Milk, Double Toned Milk, or Skimmed
Milk” means the product prepared from cow milk, buffalo milk or milk of any other
species as defined under this regulation, reconstituted milk, recombined milk, or any
combination of these milks, with or without dried or concentrated milks or milk fat
that has been standardised to the respective fat and solids-not-fat percentage given in
sub-item (b) of item 2. It shall remain homogeneous and no deposition of solids shall
take place on standing. The product shall be subjected to pasteurization, sterilisation,
Ultra High Temperature sterilisation/treatment or boiling.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Raw material used shall be as per the respective definitions in item 1 of this sub-
regulation.
(b) Composition.-
The milk of different classes shall conform to the requirements for milk fat and milk solids-not-fat,
independently, as specified in columns (4) and (5) of the table given below
Table
Andhra Pradesh
Arunachal Pradesh
Chhatisgarh
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sl. Class of Milk. Locality or State or Minimum Minimum
No Area. Milk Solids-
Milk Fat not-Fat
(per cent, (SNF)
m/m). (per cent,
m/m).
Goa
Himachal Pradesh
Kerala
Lakshadweep
Madhya Pradesh
Manipur
Mizoram
Nagaland
Odisha
Puducherry
Rajasthan
Tamil Nadu
Telangana
Tripura
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sl. Class of Milk. Locality or State or Minimum Minimum
No Area. Milk Solids-
Milk Fat not-Fat
(per cent, (SNF)
m/m). (per cent,
m/m).
Punjab
Uttar Pradesh
Uttarakhand
Andhra Pradesh
Arunachal Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chhattisgarh
Delhi
Goa
Gujarat
Himachal Pradesh
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Lakshadweep
Manipur
Meghalaya
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sl. Class of Milk. Locality or State or Minimum Minimum
No Area. Milk Solids-
Milk Fat not-Fat
(per cent, (SNF)
m/m). (per cent,
m/m).
Mizoram
Nagaland
Odisha
Puducherry
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Telangana
Tripura
West Bengal
Note(s):
(i) When any class of milk is offered for sale in contravention of the requirements specified under
this sub-item, the standards prescribed for mixed milk shall apply.
(ii) These standards would only be applicable at the points of sale.
3. Food Additives. -
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Milk shall not contain any food additives:
Provided that the products specified in sub-item (c) of item 1 of this sub-regulation
may contain carry over food additives specified in the Food Safety and Standards (Food
Products Standards and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011:
Provided further that in sterilised milk, the specific food additives permitted in
Appendix ‘A’ of these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified.
(a) The products shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards (Contaminants, toxins and
Residues) Regulations, 2011.
(b) The total urea content in milk shall not be more than 700 ppm.
5. Hygiene. -
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the requirements specified in
Schedule 4, as applicable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of
Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such other guidelines as specified from time to time
under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006;
(b) The products shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in Appendix ‘B’ of
these regulations.
6. Labelling. -
(a) The following details shall be declared on the label of pre-packaged milk or otherwise if the
milk is not pre-packaged and is offered for sale to the consumer, such declaration shall be
given on the container from which milk is offered for sale to the consumer:
(i) the class of milk as per column 2 of table under sub-item (b) of item 2 of sub-regulation
2.1.2;
(ii) the heat treatment, as per the item (1) of sub-regulation 2.1.2, to which product has been
subjected to.
(b) If the milk from any milch animal, mixed milk or skimmed milk is offered for sale to the
consumer without any heat treatment, the name of the milk shall be declared on the label of
pre-packaged milk; or otherwise if the milk is not pre-packaged, the name of the milk shall
be declared and mentioned on the container from which milk shall be offered for sale to the
consumer and shall be preceded with the term ‘Raw’.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(c) In addition to the labelling requirements mentioned above, the provisions of the Food Safety
and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011, shall apply to pre-packaged
milk:
Provided that the list of ingredients may not be declared in descending order of
usage since the proportion of ingredients used may require change on a daily basis:
Provided further that where ‘reconstituted’ or ‘recombined’ milk is declared in the
list of ingredients, their components need not be declared separately.
The methods of sampling and analysis mentioned in the manuals as specified by the Food
Safety and Standards Authority of India from time to time shall be applicable.
1. Description. -
“Flavoured Milk” means the product prepared from milk or other products derived from
milk, or both, and edible flavourings with or without addition of sugar, nutritive sweeteners,
other non-dairy ingredients including, stabilisers and food colours. Flavoured milk shall be
subjected to heat treatment as provided in sub-regulation 2.1.1 (General Standards for Milk
and Milk Products).
Where flavoured milk is dried or concentrated, the dried or concentrated product on addition
of prescribed amount of water shall give a product conforming to the requirements of
flavoured milk.
This standard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk and Milk
Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk products and heat
treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(b) Permitted ingredients. -
(i) Sugar or other nutritive sweeteners or both;
(ii) Other non-dairy ingredients like nuts (whole, fragmented or ground), cocoa solids,
chocolate, coffee, fruits and vegetables and products thereof including juices, purees,
pulps, preparations and preserves derived therefrom, cereals, and cereal products and
cereal based extracts, honey, spices, condiments, salt, and other natural flavouring
foods and flavours;
(c) Composition. -
Flavoured Milk shall have the same minimum percentage of milk fat and milk solids-
not-fat as that of the milk, as provided for in the Standard for Milk, from which it is
prepared.
3. Food Additives. -
For products covered under this standard, specific food additives specified in Appendix
‘A’ of these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified.
The products shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards (Contaminants, toxins
and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
5. Hygiene. -
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the requirements
specified in Schedule 4, as applicable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and
Registration of Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such other guidelines as
specified from time to time under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act,
2006.
(b) The products shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified in Appendix
‘B’ of these regulations.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
6. Labelling. -
(b) The following details shall be always declared on the label of pre-packaged product or
otherwise if the product is not pre-packaged, in respect of the product offered for sale: -
(i) the class of milk as per General Standard for Milk and Milk Products from which
it is prepared;
(ii) the heat treatment, as per the General Standard for Milk and Milk Products, to
which product has been subjected to;
(c) In addition to the labelling requirements mentioned above, the provisions of the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011, shall apply to pre-
packaged products.
The methods of sampling and analysis mentioned in the manuals as specified by the Food
Safety and Standards Authority of India from time to time shall be applicable.
1. Description.-
Evaporated Milk means the product obtained by partial removal of water from milk by
heat or any other process which leads to a product of the same composition and
characteristics. The fat and protein content of the milk may be adjusted, only to comply
with the compositional requirements in sub-item (c) of item 2 of this Standard, by
addition or withdrawal of milk constituents in such a way as not to alter the whey
protein to casein ratio of the milk being adjusted.
This standard should be read along with the sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk and Milk
Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk products and heat
treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2. Essential Composition and Quality Factors.-
i) Milk and milk powders, cream and cream powders, milk fat products;
ii) The following milk products are allowed for protein adjustment purposes, only in
product covered by item 1 of this sub-regulation.
(c) Composition.-
The product shall conform to the compositional specifications provided in the table
below:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
* Protein content is 6.38 multiplied by the total nitrogen determined
3. Food Additives.-
For products covered under this standard, specific food additives specified in Appendix
‘A’ of these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified.
The products shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards (Contaminants, toxins
and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
5. Hygiene.-
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the requirements
specified in Schedule 4, as applicable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and
Registration of Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such other guidelines as
specified from time to time under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act,
2006.
(b) The products shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified in Appendix
‘B’ of these regulations.
6. Labelling.-
(a) According to the definitions in item 1 and composition in sub-item (c) of item 2, the
name of the food shall be:
Provided that the “evaporated partly skimmed milk” may be designated “evaporated
semi-skimmed milk” when the content of milk fat is between 4.0 - 4.5 % (m/m) and
minimum milk solids is 24% (m/m).
(b) In addition to the labelling requirements mentioned above, the provisions of the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011, shall apply to pre-
packaged products.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
7. Method of Sampling and Analysis.-
The methods of sampling and analysis mentioned in the manuals as specified by the Food
Safety and Standards Authority of India from time to time shall be applicable.
This Standard applies to sweetened condensed milk as defined in item 1 of this sub-
regulation.
1. Description.-
Sweetened Condensed Milk is the product obtained by partial removal of water from
milk with the addition of sugar or a combination of sucrose with other sugars, or by any
other process which leads to a product of the same composition and characteristics. The
fat or protein content or both of the milk may be adjusted, only to comply with the
compositional requirements in sub- item (c) of item 2 of this Standard, by addition or
withdrawal of milk constituents in such a way as not to alter the whey protein to casein
ratio of the milk being adjusted.
i) Milk and milk powders, cream and cream powders, milk fat products;
iii) The following milk products are allowed for protein adjustment purposes.-
This standard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk and Milk
Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk products and heat
treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
– Milk retentate: Milk retentate is the product obtained by concentrating milk protein
by processes like ultrafiltration of milk, partly skimmed milk, or skimmed milk.
– potable water;
– sugar (In this product, sugar is generally considered to be sucrose, but a
combination of sucrose with other sugars, consistent with Good Manufacturing
Practice, may be used); and
– Sodium chloride.
(c) Composition.-
The product shall conform to the compositional specifications provided in the table
below:
3. Food Additives.-
For products covered under this standard, specific food additives specified in Appendix
‘A’ of these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
4. Contaminants, Toxins and Residues.-
The products shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards (Contaminants, toxins
and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
5. Hygiene.-
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the requirements
specified in Schedule 4, as applicable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and
Registration of Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such other guidelines as
specified from time to time under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act,
2006.
(b) The products shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified in Appendix ‘B’
of these regulations.
6. Labelling.-
(a) According to the definitions in item 1 and composition in sub-item (c) of item 2, the
name of the food shall be:-
(b) Sweetened condensed milks which are not suitable for infant feeding shall not contain
any instruction of modifying them for infant feeding;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(c) In addition to the labelling requirements mentioned above, the provisions of the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling), Regulations, 2011, shall apply to pre-
packaged product.
The methods of sampling and analysis mentioned in the manuals as specified by the
Food Safety and Standards Authority of India from time to time shall be applicable.
1. Description. -
Khoa by whatever name it is sold such as Khoa or Mawa or any other region specific
popular name means the product obtained by partial removal of water from any variant of
milk with or without added milk solids by heating under controlled conditions.
Milk and milk powders, cream and cream powder and milk fat products.
(b) Composition. –
The product shall conform to the compositional specifications provided in the table
below:
Parameter Khoa
This standard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk and Milk
Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk products and heat
treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Total solids, minimum, %, (m/m) 55.0
The extracted fat from Khoa shall meet the standards for Reichert Meissl value,
Polenske value and Butyro-refractometer reading as prescribed for ghee.
3. Food Additives. -
For products covered under this standard, specific food additives specified in Appendix
‘A’ of these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified.
The products shall comply with the limits stipulated under the Food Safety and
Standards (Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
5. Hygiene.-
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the requirements
specified in Schedule 4, as applicable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and
Registration of Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such other guidelines specified
from time to time under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
(b) The products shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified in Appendix
‘B’ of these regulations.
6. Labelling. -
(a) The name of the food shall be ‘Khoa’ or ‘Mawa’ or any other region specific popular
name.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(b) In addition to the labelling requirements mentioned above, the provisions of the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011, shall apply to pre-
packaged product.
The methods of sampling and analysis mentioned in the manuals as specified by the
Food Safety and Standards Authority of India from time to time shall be applicable.
This Standard applies to Cream and Malai as defined in item 1 of this sub-regulation*.
1. Description. -
(a) “Cream” means the fluid product comparatively rich in fat, in the form of an emulsion of
fat-in-skimmed milk, obtained by physical separation from cow milk, buffalo milk or
milk of any other species as defined under this regulation or a mixture thereof.
(b) “Reconstituted cream” means cream obtained by reconstituting milk products with or
without the addition of potable water and with the same end product characteristics as the
product described in sub-item (a) of item 1 of this sub-regulation.
(c) “Recombined cream” means cream obtained by recombining milk products with or
without the addition of potable water and with the same end product characteristics as the
product described in sub-item (a) of item 1 of this sub-regulation.
(d) “Prepared creams” means the milk products obtained by subjecting cream, reconstituted
cream or recombined cream or any combination of these, to suitable treatments and
processes to obtain the characteristic properties as specified below:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(i) “pre-packaged liquid cream” means the fluid milk product obtained by preparing and
packaging cream, reconstituted cream or recombined cream, or any combination of these
for direct consumption or for direct use as such;
(ii) “whipping cream” means the fluid cream, reconstituted cream and recombined cream or
any combination of these, that is intended for whipping. When cream is intended for use
by the final consumer the cream should have been prepared in a way that facilitates the
whipping process;
(iii) “cream packed under pressure” means the fluid cream, reconstituted cream and
recombined cream or any combination of these that is packed with a propellant gas in a
pressure-propulsion container and which becomes Whipped Cream when removed from
that container;
(iv) “whipped cream” means the fluid cream, reconstituted cream or recombined cream in to
which air or inert gas has been incorporated without reversing the fat-in-skimmed milk
emulsion;
(vi) “acidified cream” means the milk product obtained by acidifying cream, reconstituted
cream or recombined cream, or any combination of these, by the action of acids or
acidity regulators, or both to achieve a reduction of pH with or without coagulation.
(e) “Malai” means the product rich in milk fat prepared by boiling and cooling of cow milk,
buffalo milk or milk of any other species as defined under this regulation or a mixture
thereof. It is characterized by presence of insoluble mass, principally fat and denatured
protein, formed on heating and cooling of milk.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2. Essential Composition and Quality Factors.-
- Milk, which may have been subjected to mechanical and physical treatments prior to
cream processing;
- Additionally, for prepared creams described in entries (ii) to (vi) of sub-item (d) of
item 1;
The product that remains after the removal of milk fat by churning milk and cream
to manufacture butter and milk fat products (often referred to as buttermilk) and that
may have been concentrated or dried.
Only those ingredients listed below may be used for the purposes and product categories
specified, and only within the limitations specified. The product shall be free from any
ingredient foreign to milk except otherwise provided in this standard.
For use in products only for which stabilizers or thickeners, or both, are justified (see
item 3):
– Products derived exclusively from milk or whey and containing 35.0% (m/m) or
more of milk protein of any type (including casein and whey protein products and
concentrates and any combinations thereof) and milk powders; these products can be
used in the same function as thickeners and stabilizers, provided they are added only
in amounts functionally necessary not exceeding 20.0 g/kg, taking into account any
use of the stabilizers and thickeners permitted as per the Food Safety and Standards
(Food Products Standards and Food Additives) Regulation, 2011;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Additionally, for use in fermented cream, only.-
– Non-animal rennet and other safe and suitable coagulating enzymes to improve
texture without achieving enzymatic coagulation;
– Sodium chloride.
(c) Composition.-
The product shall contain minimum 10.0 per cent. (m/m) milk fat. Acidity of the
finished products, other than fermented and acidified creams, should not be more than
0.15 % (as lactic acid).
3. Food Additives.-
For products covered under this standard, specific food additives permitted in Appendix
‘A’ of these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified:
The products shall comply with Food Safety and Standards (Contaminants, toxins and
Residues) Regulations, 2011.
5. Hygiene. -
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the requirements
specified in Schedule 4, as applicable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and
Registration of Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such other guidelines as
specified from time to time under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act,
2006.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(b) The products shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified in Appendix
‘B’ of these regulations.
6. Labelling. -
(a) The name of the food shall be as specified in item 1 of this Standard, as appropriate.
If the product conforms to the description in sub-item (e) of item 1, the name of the
product shall be ‘Malai’.
(b) Cream may be labelled according to milk fat content (m/m) along with product name as
specified in item 1 of this Standard, as follows,-
(i) Low fat cream: Minimum 10 per cent. and less than 40 per cent.;
(ii) Medium fat cream: Minimum 40 per cent. and less than 60 per cent.;
(iii) High fat cream: Minimum 60 per cent.
(c) Labels on packages of fermented creams may include reference to the starter culture
used for fermentation.
(d) The heat treatment, as per the sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standards for
Milk and Milk Products, to which the product has been subjected to, shall be declared
on the label.
(e) In addition to the above-mentioned labelling requirements, the provisions of the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011, shall apply to pre-
packaged product.
The methods of sampling and analysis mentioned in the manuals as specified by the Food
Safety and Standards Authority of India from time to time shall be applicable.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2.1.8 Standard for Milk Fat Products.-
This Standard applies to milk fats including anhydrous milk fat, anhydrous butter oil, butter oil and
ghee as defined in item 1 of this sub-regulation.
1. Description. -
Milk fat, ghee, butter oil, anhydrous milk fat and anhydrous butter oil are fatty products
derived exclusively from milk or products obtained from milk, or both, by means of
processes which result in almost total removal of water and milk solids-not-fat.
Ghee has especially developed flavour and physical structure as a result of its method of
manufacturing.
Milk and products obtained from milk. The raw material used shall be free from added
flavour, colour or preservative.
(b) Composition.-
The standards of quality of milk fat, butter oil, anhydrous milk fat, anhydrous butter
oil and ghee shall conform to the following requirements: ̶
This standard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk and Milk
Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk products and heat
treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Parameter Milk Fat, Butter Anhydrous Ghee
Oil Milk Fat,
Anhydrous
Butter Oil
Reichert Meissl Value, 28.0 28.0 Ghee
minimum below
Additionally, the Butyro- refractometer reading and Reichert Meissl value of ghee
produced in a State or Union territory specified in column (1) of the table below shall be
as specified against the said State or Union Territory in the corresponding columns (2)
and (3) of the said table.
This standard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General
Standard for Milk and Milk Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining
to definitions of milk or milk products and heat treatments, guidelines for use of dairy
terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Name of State or Butyro- refractometer Minimum Polenske
Union Territory reading at 40 0C Reichert Value
Meissl
value
Gujarat -
40 to 43.5 24.0
(a) Areas other
than cotton tract
areas 41.5 to 45 21.0
(b) Cotton tract
areas
Haryana -
40.0 to 43.0 28.0
(a) Areas other
than cotton tract
areas 40.0 to 43.0 26.0
(b) Cotton tract
areas
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Name of State or Butyro- refractometer Minimum Polenske
Union Territory reading at 40 0C Reichert Value
Meissl
value
Jammu and 40.0 to 43.0 26.0 -
Kashmir
Karnataka- -
40.0 to 43.0 24.0
(a) Areas other
than Belgaum
district
(b) Belgaum 40.0 to 44.0 26.0
district
Kerala 40.0 to 43.0 26.0 -
Madhya Pradesh- -
40.0 to 44.0 26.0
(a) Areas other
than cotton tract
areas 41.5 to 45.0 21.0
(b) Cotton tract
areas
Maharashtra- -
40.0 to 43.0 26.0
(a) Areas other
than cotton tract
areas 41.5 to 45.0 21.0
(b) Cotton tract
areas
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Name of State or Butyro- refractometer Minimum Polenske
Union Territory reading at 40 0C Reichert Value
Meissl
value
Rajasthan- -
40.0 to 43.0 26.0
a) Areas other
than 41.5 to 45.0 21.0
Jodhpur District
b) Jodhpur District
West Bengal- -
40.0 to 43.0 28.0
a) Areas other
than Bishnupur
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Name of State or Butyro- refractometer Minimum Polenske
Union Territory reading at 40 0C Reichert Value
Meissl
value
Sub-Division 41.5 to 45.0 21.0
b)Bishnupur Sub-
Division
Explanation: By cotton tract is meant the areas in the States where cotton seed is
extensively fed to the cattle and so notified by the State Government concerned.
3. Food Additives. -
For products covered under this standard, specific food additives permitted in Appendix
‘A’ of these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified.
The product shall comply with the limits stipulated under the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
5. Hygiene. -
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the requirements
specified in Schedule 4, as applicable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and
Registration of Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such other guidelines as
specified from time to time under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act,
2006.
6. Labelling. -
(a) According to the definitions in item 1 and composition in sub-item (b) of item 2, the
name of the food shall be:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(i) Milk fat or Butter Oil
(ii) Anhydrous Milk fat or Anhydrous Butter Oil
(iii) Ghee
(b) In addition to the above-mentioned labelling requirements, the provisions of the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011, shall apply to pre-
packaged product.
The methods of sampling and analysis mentioned in the manuals as specified by the
Food Safety and Standards Authority of India from time to time shall be applicable.
1. Definition. -
“Butter” means the fatty product principally in the form of an emulsion of the type water-
in-oil derived exclusively from milk or milk products, or both,
*This standard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk and Milk
Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk products and heat
treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(a) Raw materials. -
(c) Composition. –
The product shall conform to the compositional specifications provided in the table below:
The extracted fat from butter shall meet the standards for Reichert Meissl value and
Butyro-refractometer reading as prescribed for ghee.
3. Food Additives. -
For products covered under this standard, specific food additives specified in Appendix
‘A’ of these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified.
The products shall comply with the limits for contaminants, toxins and residues stipulated
under the Food Safety and Standards (Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations,
2011.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
5. Hygiene. -
(a) The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the requirements specified
in Schedule 4, as applicable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration
of Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such other guidelines as specified from time to
time under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
(b) The products covered under this standard shall conform to the microbiological
requirements specified in Appendix ‘B’ of these regulations.
6. Labelling. -
(a) The name of the product shall be “Pasteurized Table butter” or “White butter/ Cooking
Butter”, as appropriate, in conformance to the composition specified in sub-item (c) of item
2. Additionally, in case of white/cooking butter, the name should be preceded by the term
‘Pasteurised’ if the product has been prepared from pasteurised cream.
(b) In addition to the labelling requirements mentioned above, the provisions of the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011 shall apply to pre-
packaged products.
The methods of sampling and analysis mentioned in the manuals as specified by the Food
Safety and Standards Authority of India from time to time shall be applicable.
This Standard applies to cream powder and milk powders as defined in item 1 of this sub-
regulation.
1. Description. -
Milk powders and cream powder are milk products which can be obtained by partial
removal of water from milk or cream. The fat or protein content, or both of the milk or
cream may be adjusted, only to comply with the compositional requirements in sub-item
(b) of item 2 of this sub-regulation, by addition or withdrawal of milk constituents in
such a way as not to alter the whey protein to casein ratio of the milk or cream being
adjusted. Product shall be free from added whey and whey preparations.
This standard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk and Milk
Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk products and heat
treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2. Essential Composition and Quality Factors. -
ii) The following milk products are allowed for protein adjustment purposes:
– Milk retentate: Milk retentate is the product obtained by concentrating milk protein
by ultrafiltration of milk, partly skimmed milk, or skimmed milk;
(b) Composition. -
The product shall conform to the compositional specifications provided in the table
below: ̶
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
** Protein content is 6.38 multiplied by the total nitrogen determined.
3. Food Additives. -
For products covered under this standard, specific food additives specified in Appendix
‘A’ of these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified.
The products shall comply with the limits stipulated under the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
5. Hygiene. -
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the requirements specified
in Schedule 4, as applicable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration
of Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such other guidelines provided from time to
time under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
(b) The products shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified in Appendix ‘B’
of these regulations.
6. Labelling. -
(a) According to the composition in sub-item (b) of item 2, the name of the food shall be:
Provided that the “partly skimmed milk powder” may be designated “semi-skimmed
milk powder” if the content of milk fat does not exceed 16% (m/m) and is not less than
14% (m/m).
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(b) Wherever the word “milk” appears on the label of a package of skimmed milk powder as
the description or part of the description of the contents, it shall be immediately preceded
or followed by the word “skimmed or partly skimmed”, as the case may be.
(c) There shall not be placed on any package containing the product covered under this
Standard any comment on, explanation of, or reference to either the statement of
equivalence, contained in the prescribed declaration or on the word “skimmed” [or
“unsuitable for babies”] except instructions as to dilution as follows:
“To make a fluid not below the composition of (here insert type of milk - toned milk or
skimmed milk as the case may be) with the contents of this package, add (here insert the
number of parts) of water by volume to one part by volume of this product”.
(d) In addition to the labelling requirements mentioned above, the provisions of the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011 shall apply to pre-
packaged product.
The methods of sampling and analysis mentioned in the manuals as specified by the Food
Safety and Standards Authority of India from time to time shall be applicable.
1. Description.-
Dairy Whitener is a milk product prepared through an appropriate processing of cow milk,
buffalo milk or milk of any other species as defined under this regulation or a mixture
This standard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk and Milk
Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk products and heat
treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
thereof, and contains added carbohydrates such as sucrose, dextrose and maltodextrin,
singly or in combination. The fat or protein content, or both, of the milk may be adjusted by
addition or withdrawal of milk constituents in such a way as not to alter the whey protein to
casein ratio of milk.
The product shall be white or light cream in colour, uniform in composition and free from
lumps except those that break up readily under slight pressure. The product shall be free
from extraneous matters and added colours.
The flavour of the product before or after reconstitution shall be pleasant and sweet. It shall
be free from off flavours. It is recommended that the flavour and taste may be judged on the
basis of their sensory characteristics.
The product shall conform to the compositional specifications provided in the table
below: ̶
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
%, (m/m)
8. Titratable acidity, 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2
maximum, % (as
lactic acid)
9. Scorched particles, Disc B Disc B Disc B Disc B
maximum
*** Added sugar up to a level of 24% shall be permissible up to two years from the date of
final notification.
3. Food Additives.-
For products covered under this standard, specific food additives specified in Appendix ‘A’ of
these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified.
The products shall comply with the maximum levels for contaminants specified in the Food
Safety and Standards (Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
5. Hygiene.-
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the requirements specified in
Schedule 4, as applicable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of
Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011.
(b) The products shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified in Appendix ‘B’ of
these regulations.
6. Labelling.-
(a) According to the composition in sub-item (b) of item 2, the name of the food shall be:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(b) In addition to the labelling requirements mentioned above, the provisions of the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011 shall apply to pre-
packaged product.
The methods of sampling and analysis mentioned in the manuals as specified by the Food
Safety and Standards Authority of India from time to time shall be applicable.
1. Description. -
(a) Whey powders are milk products obtained by drying Whey or Acid Whey.
(b) Whey is the fluid milk product obtained during the manufacture of cheese, casein or similar
products by separation from the curd after coagulation of milk or of products obtained from
milk, or both. Coagulation is obtained through the action of, principally, suitable enzymes
of non-animal origin.
(c) Acid whey is the fluid milk product obtained during the manufacture of cheese, casein,
paneer, channa or similar products by separation from the curd after coagulation of milk
and of products obtained from milk. Coagulation is obtained, principally, by acidification
and heating.
(b) Ingredients. -
This standard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk and Milk
Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk products and heat
treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(c) Composition. –
The product shall conform to the compositional specifications provided in the table below:
̶
Note(s):
(i) The water content does not include water of crystallization of the lactose.
(ii) Protein content is 6.38 multiplied by the total nitrogen determined.
(iii) Although the powders may contain both anhydrous lactose and lactose
monohydrates, the lactose content is expressed as anhydrous lactose. 100 parts of
lactose monohydrate contain 95 parts of anhydrous lactose.
3. Food Additives. -
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
For products covered under this standard, specific food additives specified in Appendix
‘A’ of these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified.
The products shall comply with the limits stipulated under the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
5. Hygiene. -
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the requirements specified in
Schedule 4, as applicable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of
Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such other guidelines as specified from time to
time under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
(b) The products shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified in Appendix ‘B’
of these regulations.
6. Labelling. -
(a) According to the composition in sub-item (c) of item 2, the name of the food shall be:
(b) In addition to the labelling requirements mentioned above, the provisions of the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011 shall apply to pre-
packaged product.
The methods of sampling and analysis mentioned in the manuals as specified by the Food
Safety and Standards Authority of India from time to time shall be applicable.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2.1.13 Standard for Fermented Milk Products
This Standard applies to fermented milks, including, heat-treated fermented milks,
concentrated fermented milks and composite milk products based on these products in
conformity with the definitions given in item 1 of this sub-regulation.
1. Description.-
(a) Fermented Milk is a milk product obtained by fermentation of milk, which may have been
manufactured using other permitted raw material, by the action of suitable microorganisms
and resulting in lowering of pH with or without coagulation (iso-electric precipitation).
Fermented milk may be heat treated after fermentation. The raw material used shall be
subjected to a heat treatment as defined in the General Standard for Milk and Milk Products.
Certain fermented milks are characterised by specific starter culture(s) used for fermentation
as follows:
Other harmless microorganisms than those constituting the specific starter cultures specified
above may also be added.
This standard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk and Milk
Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk products and heat
treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(b) Flavoured fermented milk are composite milk products, as defined in sub-regulation 2.1.1,
obtained from fermented milks and which contain a maximum of 50% (m/m) of permitted
non-dairy ingredients including flavourings. The non-dairy ingredients can be mixed prior to
or after fermentation:
(c) Drinks based on fermented milk are composite milk products, as defined in sub-regulation
2.1.1, obtained by mixing fermented milks as described in sub-item (a) of item 1 with
potable water with or without the addition of whey, other milk and milk products, other
permitted non-dairy ingredients and flavours. Drinks based on fermented milk contain a
minimum of 40% (m/m) fermented milk. Other microorganisms than those constituting the
specific starter cultures may be added. Drinks based on fermented milk include products
such as lassi, chhaach, buttermilk, etc.
(d) Concentrated Fermented Milk is fermented milk, the protein of which has been increased
prior to or after fermentation.
(i) Chakka means the fermented and concentrated milk product obtained by (partial) removal of
the whey from plain dahi or plain yoghurt or by any other process which leads to a product
of same composition and characteristics. It shall have white to pale yellow colour and
uniform semi-solid consistency. It shall not be moldy and shall be free from signs of free fat
and water. It shall be smooth and not appear dry. The milk from which dahi or yoghurt is
prepared for manufacturing chakka shall be subjected to a heat treatment as defined in the
sub-regulations 2.1.1 (General Standard for Milk and Milk Products).
(ii) Shrikhand means the semi-soft concentrated composite milk product obtained from chakka,
or skimmed milk chakka to which milk fat and sugar is added or by any other process which
leads to a product of same composition and characteristics. It may also contain permitted
non-dairy ingredients.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(b) Permitted ingredients.-
(i) starter cultures of harmless microorganisms, including those specified in sub-item (a) of
item 1;
(ii) other suitable and harmless microorganisms;
(iii) salt;
(iv) sugar (only in Flavoured Fermented Milks, Drinks based on Fermented Milks, Yoghurt,
Dahi and Shrikhand);
(v) nutritive sweeteners other than sugar (only in Flavoured Fermented Milks, Drinks based
on Fermented Milks, Yoghurt and pre-packaged Dahi);
(vi) non-dairy ingredients such as fruits and vegetables and their products thereof such as
juices, purees, pulps, preparations and preserves derived therefrom, cereals and cereal
products, coconut and coconut products, honey, chocolate, nuts, coffee, spices,
condiments, culinary herbs and other harmless natural flavouring foods (only in
Flavoured Fermented Milks, Drinks based on Fermented Milks and Shrikhand);
(vii) milk and milk products (only in Drinks based on Fermented Milks);
(viii) Prebiotics and Probiotics;
(ix) Starch (only in fermented milks heat treated after fermentation, flavoured fermented
milks and drinks based on fermented milks)
(c) Composition:
(i) The starter microorganisms shall be viable, active and abundant in the product up to the date
of minimum durability. The sum of microorganisms constituting the starter culture defined
in sub-item (a) of item 1 shall not be less than 107cfu/g. The labelled microorganisms, when
specific microorganisms other than those specified in sub-item (a) of item 1are added and a
content claim is made on label, shall not be less than 106cfu/g. If the product is heat treated
after fermentation these requirements for viable microorganisms do not apply;
(ii) Fermented milks shall have a minimum milk protein content of 2.9 % (m/m) and minimum
titrable acidity of 0.45% (m/m as lactic acid) unless otherwise specified. In case of
Flavoured Fermented Milks and Drinks based on Fermented Milks, these specifications
apply to the Fermented Milk Part unless otherwise specified;
(iii) Plain Dahi shall have the same minimum percentage of milk fat and milk solids-not-fat as
that of the milk, as provided for in the Standard for Milk, from which it is prepared. Where
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
plain Dahi is sold or offered for sale without any indication of class of milk, the Standards
prescribed for Dahi prepared from mixed milk shall apply;
(iv) Yoghurt (including Flavoured Yoghurt) and Flavoured Dahi shall conform to the following
compositional specifications:-
Milk Fat, % , (m/m) Not less than More than 0.5 and
3.0 and not
more than Less than 3.0 0.5
15 (maximum)
Note:
When sold without any indication, the product shall conform to the Standards of
‘Yoghurt’ or ‘Flavoured Dahi’, as appropriate. The term ‘flavoured’ covers sweetened,
flavoured and fruit variants, labelled in accordance with sub-item (b) of item 6 below.
For the use of probiotics in dairy products; the ‘Indian Council Medical Research
Guidelines for Evaluation of Probiotics in Food shall be followed.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
dry basis (minimum) (maximum) (minimum)
Note: When sold without any indication, the product shall conform to the standards of
‘Chakka’.
(d) Essential manufacturing characteristic: Whey removal after fermentation is not permitted in
the manufacture of fermented milks, except for concentrated fermented milk.
3. Food Additives. -
For products covered under this standard, specific food additives specified in Appendix ‘A’
of these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
4. Contaminants, Toxins and Residues.-
The products shall comply with Food Safety and Standards (Contaminants, toxins and
Residues) Regulations, 2011.
5. Hygiene.-
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the requirements specified in
Schedule 4, as applicable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of
Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such guidelines as specified from time to time
under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
(b) The products shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified in Appendix ‘B’
of these regulations.
6. Labelling.-
(i) The name of the products covered by sub-item (a) and (b) of item 1 shall be ‘Fermented
Milk’:
Provided that the name ‘Fermented Milk’ may be replaced with designations Dahi,
Curd and Yoghurt if the product complies with the relevant provisions of this Standard.
The designation ‘Yoghurt or Dahi’ may be used in connection with the term “frozen”:
Provided that,-
- the product submitted to freezing complies with the requirements in this Standard;
- the specific starter cultures can be reactivated in the specified numbers by thawing;
and
- the frozen product is named as such and is sold for direct consumption only.
The name of the products defined in sub-item (c) of item 1 shall be ‘Drinks based on
Fermented Milk’ or may be designated with other recognized specific names like lassi,
chhaas etc. When flavoured, the designation shall include the name of the principal
flavouring substance(s) or flavour(s) added.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(iii) The name of the products covered by item (i) of sub-item (d) of item 1 shall be ‘Chakka’.
(iv) The name of the products covered by item (ii) of sub-item (d) of item 1 shall be ‘Shrikhand’.
(v) Products obtained from fermented milk(s) heat treated after fermentation shall be named
“Heat Treated __________”, the blank being replaced by the term “Fermented Milk” or
another permitted designation or name as appropriate.
(vi) The designation of Flavoured Fermented Milks shall include the name of the principal
flavouring substance(s) or flavour(s) added.
(vii) Fermented milks to which only nutritive carbohydrate sweeteners have been added, may be
labelled as “sweetened ______”, the blank being replaced by the term “Fermented Milk” or
another permitted designation or name as appropriate.
(b) The type of dahi, yoghurt, chakka or shrikhand shall be always declared on the label or
otherwise if the product is not pre-packaged such declaration to be given on the container
from which product will be offered to the consumer.
(c) When cultures of Bifidobacterium bifidum and Lactobacillus acidophilus and other cultures
of suitable lactic acid producing harmless bacteria are added, a declaration to this effect
shall be made on the label or otherwise if the product is not pre-packaged.
(d) In addition to the labelling requirements mentioned above, the provisions of the Food Safety
and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011, shall apply to pre-packaged
product.
The methods of sampling and analysis mentioned in the manuals as specified by the Food
Safety and Standards Authority of India from time to time shall be applicable.
2.1.14 Standard for Ice Cream, Kulfi, Chocolate Ice Cream, Softy Ice-Cream, Milk Ice, Milk
Lolly and Dried Ice Cream Mix
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
This Standard applies to Ice Cream and Kulfi and their variants, milk ice and milk lolly, and dried
ice-cream mix in conformity with the definitions given in item 1 of this sub-regulation.
1. Description. -
(a) Ice-Cream, Kulfi, Chocolate Ice Cream or Softy Ice-Cream means the frozen milk product
conforming to the composition specified in entry (i) of sub-item (c) of item 2, obtained by
freezing a pasteurized mix prepared from milk or other products derived from milk, or both,
with or without addition of nutritive sweeteners and other permitted non-dairy ingredients.
The said product may contain incorporated air and shall be frozen hard except in case of
softy ice-cream where it can be frozen to a soft consistency.
(b) Milk Ice or Milk Lolly means the product conforming to the composition specified in entry
(ii) of sub-item (c) of item 2, obtained by freezing a pasteurized mix prepared from milk or
other products derived from milk with or without the addition of nutritive sweeteners and
other permitted non-dairy ingredients. The said product shall be frozen hard.
(c) Dried Ice-Cream Mix means the product in a powder form which on addition of prescribed
amount of water and freezing shall result in a product similar in characteristics to the
respective product described in the sub-item (a) of item 1.
(iv) other non-dairy ingredients - fruit and fruit products, eggs and egg products, coffee,
cocoa, chocolate, confectionary, condiments, spices, ginger and nuts; bakery products
such as cake or cookies.
This standard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk and Milk
Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk products and heat
treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(c) Composition. -
The product shall conform to the compositional specifications provided in the table below:
̶
(i) Ice cream, Kulfi, Chocolate Ice cream and Softy Ice Cream
Parameter Ice cream or Kulfi Medium Fat Ice Low Fat Ice
or Cream or Kulfi or Cream or Kulfi
Chocolate ice Chocolate ice or
cream or softy ice cream or softy ice Chocolate ice
cream cream cream or softy
ice cream
Note(s):
(i) In case where coating, base or layer of non-dairy ingredients forms a separate part of the
product, only the Ice Cream portion shall conform to the respective composition.
(ii) When any type of ice cream, kulfi, chocolate ice cream or softy ice cream is offered for
sale in contravention of the requirements of sub-item (b) of item 6, the standards prescribed
for the type ice cream, kulfi, chocolate ice cream or softy ice cream as per this sub-
regulation shall apply.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Milk Fat, maximum, %, (m/m) 2.0
Note: In case where base or layer of non-dairy ingredients forms a separate part of the
product, only the milk ice or milk lolly portion shall conform to the above composition.
The said product on addition of water shall give a product conforming to the composition,
except the ‘weight’, as specified in the entry (i) of sub-item (c) of item 2 for the respective
product described in sub-item (a) of item 1. The moisture content of the dried product shall
not be more than 4.0 % (m/m).
3. Food Additives. -
(a) For products covered under this standard, specific food additives specified in Appendix ‘A’
of these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified.
(b) The food additive use level specified in Appendix ‘A’ of these regulations shall apply to the
product after reconstitution in respect of dried Ice Cream Mix.
5. Hygiene.-
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the requirements specified in
Schedule 4, as applicable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of
Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such other guidelines as specified from time to time
under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
(b) The products shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified in Appendix ‘B’ of
these regulations.
6. Labelling.-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(a) Name of the Food.-
(i) The name of the product covered by sub-item (a) of item 1 shall be ‘Ice Cream’, ‘Kulfi’,
‘Chocolate Ice Cream’ or ‘Softy Ice Cream’.
(ii) The name of the product covered by sub- item (b) of item 1 shall be ‘Milk Ice’ or ‘Milk
Lolly’.
(iii) The name of the product covered by sub- item (c) of item 1 shall be ‘Dried Ice Cream
Mix’.
(b) The type, as per item (i) of sub- item (c) of item 2, of ice cream, kulfi, chocolate ice cream
or softy ice cream shall always be indicated on the label of the product. For softy ice cream
offered for sale directly from the freezer without prepackaging, the type of product shall be
displayed in a manner and at a place that is clearly visible to the consumer.
(c) Every package of ice cream, kulfi, chocolate ice cream and softy ice cream containing starch
shall have a declaration on its label as specified in sub- regulation 2.7.1 (2) of Food Safety
and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
(d) In addition to the above mentioned labelling requirements, the provisions of the Food Safety
and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011, shall apply to pre-packaged
product.
2.1.15 Standard for Frozen Desserts or Confections with Added Vegetable Oil/ Fat or
Vegetable Protein, or both
This Standard applies to Frozen Desserts or Confections in conformity with the definitions in item 1
of this sub-regulation.
This standard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk and Milk
Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk products and heat
treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1. Definition.-
(a) Frozen Dessert or Frozen Confection means the product obtained by freezing a
pasteurised mix prepared with edible vegetable oils or fats, having a melting point of not more
than 370 C or vegetable protein products, or both. It may also contain milk fat and other milk
solids with the addition of nutritive sweeteners and other permitted non-dairy ingredients. The
said product may contain incorporated air and may be frozen hard or frozen to a soft
consistency.
(b) Dried Frozen Dessert Mix or Dried Frozen Confection Mix means the product in a
powder form which on addition of prescribed amount of water and freezing shall give a
product similar in characteristics to frozen dessert as described in sub-item (a).
(iv) other non-dairy ingredients - fruit and fruit products, eggs and egg products, coffee,
cocoa, chocolate, confectionary, condiments, spices, ginger and nuts; bakery products such
as cake or cookies.
(c) Composition.-
The product shall conform to the compositional specifications provided in the table below: ̶
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Confection Confection Confection
Note(s):
(1) In case where coating, base or layer of non-dairy ingredients forms a separate part of the
product, only the Frozen Dessert or Frozen Confection portion shall conform to the
respective composition.
(2) When any type of Frozen Dessert or Frozen Confection is offered for sale in
contravention of the requirements of sub-item (b) of item 6, the Standards prescribed for
these types of Frozen Desserts or Frozen Confections as per this item shall apply.
3. Food Additives. –
(a) For products covered under this standard, specific food additives specified in Appendix ‘A’
of these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified.
(b) The food additive use level specified in Appendix ‘A’ of the Food Safety and Standards
(Food Products Standards and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011 shall apply to the product
after reconstitution in respect of Dried Frozen Dessert Mix or Dried Frozen Confection Mix.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
5. Hygiene.-
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the requirements specified in
Schedule 4, as applicable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of
Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such guidelines as specified from time to time
under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
(b) The products shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified in Appendix ‘B’
of these regulations.
6. Labelling .-
(i) The name of the product covered by sub-item (a) of item 1 shall be ‘Frozen Dessert or
Frozen Confection’.
(ii) The name of the product covered by sub-item (b) of item 1 shall be ‘Dried Frozen Dessert or
Dried Frozen Confection’.
(b) The type, as per entry (i) of sub-item (c) of item 2, of Frozen Dessert or Frozen Confection
shall be indicated on the label of the product. For soft consistency products offered for sale
directly from the freezer without any pre-packaging, the type of product shall be displayed
in a manner and at a place that is clearly visible to the consumer.
(c) Every package of Frozen Desert or Frozen Confection shall bear the following label,
namely: ̶
“Contains ………………. % Milk Fat* Edible Vegetable Oil* and Vegetable Fat* and
Vegetable Protein Product”
(d) In addition to the above-mentioned labelling requirements, the provisions of the Food Safety
and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011, shall apply to pre-packaged
product.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
7. Method of Sampling and Analysis.-
The methods of sampling and analysis mentioned in the manuals as specified by the Food
Safety and Standards Authority of India from time to time shall be applicable.
This Standard applies to Chhana and Paneer as defined in the item 1 of this sub- regulation.
1. Definition. -
Chhana or Paneer means the product obtained from any variant of milk**, with or without
added milk solids, by precipitation with permitted acidulants and heating.
(i) Milk
(i) Acidulants such as lactic acid, citric acid, malic acid, vinegar, glucono delta lactone, sour
whey;
(c) Composition. –
The product shall conform to the compositional specifications provided in the table below: ̶
This standard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk and Milk
Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk products and heat
treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
** As defined in item 1 of the sub-regulation 2.1.2 (Standard for Milk).
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Paneer
3. Food Additives. -
For products covered under this standard, specific food additives specified in Appendix
‘A’ of these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified.
The products shall comply with the limits stipulated in the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
5. Hygiene. -
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the requirements
specified in Schedule 4, as applicable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and
Registration of Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such guidelines as specified
from time to time under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
(b) The products shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified in Appendix
‘B’ of these regulations.
6. Labelling. -
(a) The name of the product shall be ‘Chhana’, ‘Paneer’, ‘Low Fat Chhana’ or ‘Low Fat
Paneer’ depending upon the composition as per the sub-item (b) of item 2.
(b) Low Fat Channa and Low Fat Paneer shall be sold in sealed package only and shall
bear the following label declaration:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(c) In addition to the above-mentioned labelling requirements, the provisions of the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011, shall apply to pre-
packaged product.
The methods of sampling and analysis mentioned in the manuals as specified by the
Food Safety and Standards Authority of India from time to time shall be applicable.
This Standard applies to Cheese, Processed Cheese and Processed Cheese Spreads as defined in
the item 1 of this sub-regulation.
1. Description. -
Cheese is the ripened or unripened soft, semi-hard, hard, or extra-hard product, which
may be coated with food grade waxes or polyfilm, and in which the whey protein/
casein ratio does not exceed that of milk. Cheese is obtained by:
(i) coagulating wholly or partly the protein of milk, skimmed milk, partly skimmed
milk, cream, whey cream or buttermilk, or any combination of these materials, through
the action of suitable enzymes of non-animal origin or other suitable coagulating agents,
with or without use of harmless lactic acid bacteria and flavour producing bacteria, and
by partially draining the whey resulting from the coagulation, while respecting the
principle that cheese-making results in a concentration of milk protein (in particular, the
casein portion), and that consequently the protein content of the cheese will be
distinctly higher than the protein level of the blend of the above milk materials from
which cheese was made;
This standard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk and Milk
Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk products and heat
treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(ii) processing techniques involving coagulation of the protein of milk or products
obtained from milk, or both, which give an end-product with similar physical, chemical
and organoleptic characteristics as the product specified in entry (i) above.
All cheese shall be made from milk which is subject to heat treatment at least equivalent
to that of pasteurization.
(A) ‘Ripened Cheese’ means cheese which is not ready for consumption shortly after
manufacture but which must be held for some time at such temperature and under
such other conditions as will result in necessary biochemical and physical
changes characterizing the cheese in question.
(B) ‘Mould Ripened Cheese’ means ripened cheese in which the ripening has been
accomplished primarily by the development of characteristic mould growth
through the interior and/ or on the surface of the cheese.
(C) ‘Unripened Cheese including fresh cheese’ means cheese which is ready for
consumption shortly after manufacture.
(a) “Individual or Named Variety Cheese” is a cheese, as defined in item 1 of this sub-
regulation, that is designated with its well-established unique name as provided below.
(aa) ‘Cheddar Cheese’ means ripened hard cheese obtained by coagulating heated or
pasteurised milk with cultures of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria, suitable
enzymes of non-animal origin or other suitable coagulating enzymes. It shall be in
the form of hard pressed block and it may have a coating of food grade waxes or
wrapping of cloth or polyfilm. It shall have firm, smooth and waxy texture with a
pale straw to orange colour without any gas holes.
(ab) ‘Danbo Cheese’ means ripened semi hard cheese obtained by coagulating heated
or pasteurised milk with cultures of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria,
suitable enzymes of non-animal origin or other suitable coagulating enzymes. It
shall be smooth in appearance with firm texture and uniform yellow colour and
may be coated with food grade waxes or wrapping of cloth or polyfilm.
(ac) ‘Edam Cheese’ means the ripened semi hard cheese obtained by coagulating heated
or pasteurised milk with cultures of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
suitable enzymes of non-animal origin or other suitable coagulating enzymes. It
shall have a firm texture suitable for cutting with a yellowish colour and may have
a hard rind which may be coated with food grade waxes, wrapping of cloth,
polyfilm or vegetable oil.
(ad) ‘Gouda Cheese’ means ripened semi hard cheese obtained by coagulating milk with
cultures of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria, suitable enzymes of non-
animal origin or other suitable coagulating enzymes. It shall have firm texture
suitable for cutting, straw to yellowish colour which may have a hard rind coated
with food grade waxes, wrapping of cloth, or vegetable oil.
(ae) ‘Havarti Cheese’ means ripened semi hard cheese obtained by coagulating milk
with cultures of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria, suitable enzymes of non-
animal origin or other suitable coagulating enzymes. It shall have firm texture
suitable for cutting, a light yellow colour and may have a semi soft slightly greasy
rind.
(af) ‘Tilsiter means’ ripened semi hard cheese obtained by coagulating milk with
cultures of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria and cultures of Bacterium
linens, suitable enzymes of non-animal origin or other suitable coagulating
enzymes. It shall have firm texture suitable for cutting, with an ivory to yellow
colour with a firm rind which may show red and yellow smear producing bacteria
or coated with food grade waxes or wrapping of cloth or polyfilm after removal of
the smear.
(ag) ‘Cottage Cheese’ and Creamed Cottage Cheese means soft unripened cheese
obtained by coagulation of pasteurised skimmed milk with cultures of harmless
lactic acid bacteria with or without the addition of suitable enzymes of non-animal
origin or other suitable coagulating enzymes. Creamed Cottage Cheese is cottage
cheese to which a pasteurised creaming mixture of cream, skimmed milk,
condensed milk, non-fat dry milk, dry milk protein, Sodium or Potassium or
Calcium or Ammonium caseinate is added. It shall have a soft texture with a
natural white colour. It may contain spices, condiments, seasonings and fruits pulp.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
smooth texture with a white to light cream colour. It may contain spices,
condiments, seasonings and fruit pulp.
(aj) ‘Camembert Cheese’ means ripened soft cheese obtained by coagulating milk of
with cultures of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria and cultures of Penicillium
caseicolum and Bacterium linens, suitable enzymes of non-animal origin or other
suitable coagulating enzymes. It may be in the form of flat cylindrical shaped
cheese covered with white mould (Penicillum caseicolum) with occasional orange
coloured spots (Bacterium linens).
(ak) ‘Brie Cheese’ means soft ripened cheese obtained by coagulating milk with
cultures of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria and cultures of Penicillium
caseicolum and Bacterium linens, suitable enzymes of non-animal origin and other
suitable coagulating enzymes. It shall be white to creamy yellow in colour with a
smooth texture showing presence of white mould (Penicillium caseicolum) with
occasional orange coloured spots (Bacterium linens) on the rind.
(al) ‘Saint Paulin’ means ripened semi hard cheese obtained by coagulating milk with
suitable enzymes of non-animal origin, cultures of harmless lactic acid producing
bacteria or other suitable coagulating enzymes. It shall be white to yellow in colour
with a firm and flexible texture and a hard rind which may be coated with food
grade waxes or polyfilm.
(am) ‘Samsoe’ means hard ripened cheese obtained by coagulating milk with suitable
enzymes of non-animal origin and cultures of harmless lactic acid producing
bacteria or suitable coagulating enzymes. It shall be yellow in colour with a firm
texture suitable for cutting and may have a rind with or without food grade waxes
or polyfilm coating.
(an) ‘Emmental’ or ‘Emmentaler’ means hard ripened cheese with round holes obtained
by coagulating milk with suitable enzymes of non-animal origin, cultures of
harmless lactic acid producing bacteria or other suitable coagulating enzymes. It
shall have a light Yellow colour and a firm texture suitable for cutting and may
have a hard rind.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(ao) ‘Provolone’ means pasta filata cheese obtained by coagulating milk with cultures of
harmless lactic acid producing bacteria, suitable enzymes of non-animal origin or
other suitable coagulating enzymes. It may be smoked. It shall be white to yellow
straw in colour with a fibrous or smooth body and rind which may be covered with
vegetable fat or oil, food grade waxes or polyfilm.
(ap) ‘Extra Hard Grating Cheese’ means ripened cheese obtained by coagulating milk
with cultures of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria, non-animal rennet, or
other suitable coagulating enzymes. It may have slightly brittle texture and an
extra hard rind which may be coated with vegetable oil, food grade waxes or
polyfilm.
(b) “Cheese Products” are the products prepared from cheese(s) with other milk products
and may contain permitted non-dairy ingredients.
(ba) ‘Processed Cheese’ means the product obtained by grinding, mixing, melting and
emulsifying one or more varieties of cheeses with the aid of heat and emulsifying agents
and may contain cream, butter, butter oil and other milk products. It may also contain
non-dairy ingredients not exceeding one sixth of the weight of the total solids of the
final product on dry matter basis.
(bb) ‘Processed Cheese’ Spread means the product obtained by grinding, mixing, melting and
emulsifying one or more varieties of cheese with emulsifying agents with the aid of heat
and may contain cream, butter oil and other dairy products. It may also contain natural
carbohydrate sweetening agents and other non-dairy ingredients not exceeding one sixth
of the weight of total solids of the final product on dry weight basis.
- Starter cultures of harmless lactic acid, and flavour producing bacteria and cultures
of other harmless microorganisms;
- Safe and suitable enzymes (non-animal origin);
- Sodium chloride;
- Potable water;
- Non-dairy ingredients: Vinegar or acetic acid, spices, condiments and other
vegetable seasoning and foods, other than sugars, properly cooked or prepared for
flavouring and characterization of the product (In Cheese Products only;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
- Natural carbohydrate sweetening agents: Sucrose, dextrose, corn syrup, corn syrup
solids, honey, maltose, malt syrup and hydrolysed lactose (In Processed Cheese
Spreads only).
(c) Composition. –
The product shall conform to the compositional specifications provided in the table below:
̶
i. Cheese
e. Havarti
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Product Moisture, Milk fat, Lactose,
Maximum, % Minimum, % Maximum,
(m/m) (dry basis) % (m/m)
f. Tilsiter
j. Camembert
m. Samsoe
o. Provolone
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Product Moisture, Milk fat, Lactose,
Maximum, % Minimum, % Maximum,
(m/m) (dry basis) % (m/m)
For products covered under this standard, specific food additives specified in Appendix
‘A’ of these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified.
The products shall comply with the limits stipulated under the Food Safety and
Standards (Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
5. Hygiene.-
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines specified
in Schedule 4, as applicable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and
Registration of Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such guidelines as specified
from time to time under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
(b) The products shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified in Appendix
‘B’ of these regulations.
6. Labelling.-
(a) The name of the food product shall be “Cheese”. However, the word “Cheese” may be
omitted in the designation of an individual cheese variety as per the sub-item (a) of item
1.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(b) Every package of Cheese (hard), surface treated with Natamycin, shall bear the
following label, namely,—
(c) Every package of Cheese(s), if coated or packed in food grade waxes polyfilm or
wrapping of cloth, shall bear the following label, namely,—
(d) In addition to the above-mentioned labelling requirements, the provisions of the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011, shall apply to pre-
packaged product.
The methods of sampling and analysis mentioned in the manuals as specified by the
Food Safety and Standards Authority of India from time to time shall be applicable.
This Standard applies to Edible Casein products as defined in item 1 of this sub- regulation.
1. Description.-
(a) Edible Casein products mean the products obtained by separating, washing and drying the
coagulum of skimmed milk or of other products obtained from milk;
(b) Edible Acid Casein means the product obtained by separating, washing and drying the acid
precipitated coagulum of skimmed milk or of other products obtained from milk;
(c) Edible Rennet Casein means the product obtained after washing and drying the coagulum
remaining after separating the whey from the skimmed milk or of other products obtained
from milk, or both, which has been coagulated by non-animal rennet or by other coagulating
enzymes;
(d) Edible Caseinate means the dry product obtained by reaction of edible casein or casein curd
coagulum with food grade neutralising agents followed by drying.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(b) Ingredients.-
edible acids;
starter cultures of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria;
non-animal rennet or other safe and suitable coagulating enzymes;
potable water;
neutralizing agents.
(c) Composition.-
The product shall conform to the compositional specifications provided in the table below:
̶
(i) The water content does not include water of crystallization of the lactose.
(ii) Protein content is 6.38 multiplied by the total nitrogen determined.
(iii) Although the powders may contain both anhydrous lactose and lactose monohydrates,
the lactose content is expressed as anhydrous lactose. 100 parts of lactose monohydrate
contain 95 parts of anhydrous lactose.
3. Food Additives.-
For products covered under this standard, specific food additives specified in Appendix ‘A’
of these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
4. Contaminants, Toxins and Residues. -
The products shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards (Contaminants, toxins and
Residues) Regulations, 2011.
5. Hygiene. -
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the requirements specified in
Schedule 4, as applicable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of
Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such guidelines as specified from time to time
under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
(b) The products shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified in Appendix ‘B’
of these regulations.
6. Labelling. -
(a) According to the composition in sub-item (c) of item 2, the name of the product shall be
Edible Acid Casein or Edible Rennet Casein or Edible Caseinate. Edible Caseinate shall also
be qualified by the name of the cation in the neutralizing agent used.
(b) In addition to the above-mentioned labelling requirements, the provisions of the Food Safety
and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011, shall apply to pre-packaged
product.
The methods of sampling and analysis mentioned in the manuals as specified by the Food
Safety and Standards Authority of India from time to time shall be applicable.
1. Infant Milk Food means the product prepared by spray drying of the milk of cow or buffalo
or a mixture thereof. The milk may be modified by the partial removal/substitution of different
milk solids; carbohydrates, such as sucrose, dextrose and dextrins/maltodextrin, maltose and
lactose; salts like phosphates and citrates; vitamins A, D, E, B Group, Vitamin C and other
vitamins; and minerals like iron, copper, zinc and iodine. The source of Mineral Salts and Vitamin
Compounds may be used from:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1. Calcium (Ca) - Calcium carbonate, Calcium chloride, Calcium citrate, Calcium
phosphate monobasic, Calcium phosphate dibasic, Calcium phosphate tribasic;
4. Iron (Fe) - Ferrous citrate, Ferrous lactate, Ferrous sulphate, Ferric pyrophosphate;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
24. Vitamin K - Phytylmenaquinone;
27. Inositol;
The product shall be free of lumps and shall be uniform in appearance. It shall be free from
starch and added antioxidants. It shall also be free from dirt, extraneous matter, preservatives and
added colour and flavour and from any material which is harmful to human health. It shall not have
rancid taste or musty odour. It shall not contain food additives.
5. Ash insoluble in dilute Hydrochloric acid, per cent. by weight (not more than) 0.1
Solubility:
Solubility Index (ml), maximum 2.0
6. Solubility, per cent. by weight (not less than) 98.5
7. Vitamin A (as retinol), μg per 100 g (not less than) 350
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
15. Pantothenic acid, mg per 100 g (not less than) 1.4
45
[Provided that in ready to drink infant milk substitute, lecithin and ascrobyl palmitate may
be used upto
maximum limit of 0.5 gram./100ml., and 1mg./ 100ml. respectively]
It shall be packed in hermetically sealed, clean and sound containers or in flexible pack
made from film or combination or any of the substrate made of Board paper, polyethylene,
polyester metallised film or in such a way to protect from deterioration.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2. Infant formula means the product prepared by spray drying of the milk of cow or buffalo
or mixture thereof. The milk may be modified by partial removal/substitution of milk fat with
vegetable oils rich in polyunsaturated fatty acids and/or by different milk solids; carbohydrates
such as sucrose, dextrose and dextrins/ maltodextrin, maltose and lactose; salts such as phosphates
and citrates; vitamins A, D, E, B and C group and other vitamins; minerals such as iron, copper,
zinc and iodine and others. Vegetables oils rich in polyunsaturated fatty acids shall be added to
partially substitute milk fat to an extent that the product shall contain a minimum of 12 per cent. by
weight of milk fat and a minimum of linoleate content of 1.398 g per 100 g. of the product.
It may contain algal and fungal oil as sources of Docosahexaenoic Acid (DHA) and
Arachidonic Acid (ARA) from Crypthecodinium cohnii, Morterella alpine, Schizochytrium sp.,
and Ulkenia sp. At the level of maximum 0.5 per cent. DHA of total fatty acids and ratio of
ARA:DHA as 1:1 minimum:
Provided that DHA content shall not be less than 0.2 per cent. of total fatty acids, if a claim
related to the addition of DHA is made.
The products shall also contain a minimum of 0.70 I.U. of vitamin E per 100 kcal. It may
contain in addition to the vitamins and minerals listed, other nutrients may be added when required
in order to provide nutrients ordinarily found in human milk such as, -
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
15. Lipid Phosphorus Not less than 7 mg/L
Not less than PGE 150 mg/L
16. Prostaglandins Not less than PGF 400 mg/L
When any of these nutrients is added, the amount of these added nutrients shall be declared
on the label, which should be not less than mentioned. It may contain medium chain triglycerides,
taurine, molybdenum and chromium.
The source of Mineral Salts and Vitamin Compounds may be used from:-
4. Iron (Fe) - Ferrous citrate, Ferrous lactate, Ferrous sulphate, Ferric pyrophosphate;
6. Sodium (Na) - Sodium bicarbonate, Sodium chloride, Sodium chloride iodized, Sodium
citrate, Sodium phosphate monobasic;
Vitamins
2. Provitamin A - Beta-carotene;
3. Vitamin D - Vitamin D2 - Ergocalciferol, Vitamin D3 - Cholecalciferol,
Cholecalciferol-cholesterol;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
4. Vitamin E - d-alpha-tocopherol, dl-alpha-tocopherol, d-alpha-tocopheryl acetate, dl-
alpha-tocopheryl acetate, d-alpha-tocopheryl succinate, dl-alpha-tocopheryl succinate;
5. Thiamine (Vitamin B1) - Thiamine chloride hydrochloride, Thiamin mononitrate;
16. Inositol;
The product shall be free of lumps and shall be uniform in appearance. It shall be free from
added starch, added colour and added flavour. It shall not have rancid taste and musty odour.
pH – adjusting agents
Sodium hydroxide Limited by Good Manufacturing Practice
and within the limits for Sodium and
Sodium hydrogen carbonate Potassium in all types of infant formulae
Sodium carbonate
Potassium hydroxide
Potassium hydrogen carbonate
Potassium carbonate
Calcium hydroxide
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sodium citrate
Potassium citrate Limited by Good Manufacturing Practice in
all types of infant formulae
L (+) Lactic acid producing cultures
Citric acid
Antioxidants
Mixed tocopherols concentrate and L- 1 mg in all types of infant formulae
Ascorbyl palmitate
2. Total milk protein, per cent. by weight (not less than) and 10.0
1.398
Linoleate, g per 100 g (not less than)
Ash insoluble in dilute Hydrochloric acid, per cent. by weight (not more
5 0.1
than)
Solubility:
6 2.0
(a) Solubility Index (ml), maximum
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Added Vitamin D (expressed as Cholecalciferol or Ergocalciferol), µg
8. 4.5
per 100g (not less than)
20. Vitamin E (as a-tocopherol compounds), IU per 100 g (not less than) 3.15
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
32. Selenium, µg per 100 g (not less than) 14
Provided that the premature/low birth weight infant milk substitutes shall also meet the
following requirement in addition to the requirements mentioned above: -
2. Mineral contents shall not be less than 0.5 g per 100 kcal. The Calcium: Phosphorous
ratio shall be 2:1. The Sodium, Potassium and Chloride combined together shall be not
less than 40 milli equivalent per litre;
3. Whey: Casein ratio shall be 60:40. Essential amino acids should include taurine,
cystine, tyrosine and histidine;
Lactose and sucrose free infant milk substitute Sucrose free infant milk substitute:
Provided that the lactose free or lactose and sucrose free or sucrose free infant milk substitutes
shall also meet the following requirement in addition to the requirements mentioned in the
standard, provided that in these three products edible vegetable oil may be used in place of milk fat
and lecithin may be used as an emulsifier: -
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Provided also that the lactose free or lactose and sucrose free or sucrose free
infant milk substitutes shall conform to the following requirements, except the
requirements of milk protein and milk fat, in the following manner, namely: -
(a) total protein, per cent. By weight shall not be less than 10.0 per cent. and not more
than 16 per cent.;
(b) total fat, per cent by weight shall not be less than 18.0 per cent.; and
(c) the lactose in the product claimed to be lactose free shall not exceed 0.05 per cent.
Provided that the Hypoallergenic infant milk substitutes shall also meet the following
requirement in addition to the requirements mentioned in the standard: -
It shall be packed in hermetically sealed, clean and sound containers or in flexible pack made
from film or combination or any of the substrate made of Board paper, polyethylene, polyester
metallised film or in such a way to protect from deterioration. It shall be packed in nitrogen or a
mixture of nitrogen and carbon dioxide.”
Infant Foods
Milk-cereal based complementary food is intended to supplement the diet of infants after the
age of six months.
Milk cereal based complementary food are obtained from milk, variety of cereals, pulses,
soyabean, millets, nuts and edible oil seeds after processing. It may contain edible vegetable oils,
milk solid, various carbohydrates such as sucrose, dextrose, dextrins/ maltodextrin, maltose and
lactose, calcium salts; phosphates and citrates and other nutritionally significant minerals and
vitamins. It shall contain a minimum of 10 per cent milk protein by weight of the product. It shall
also contain minimum 5 per cent milk fat by weight. It shall not contain hydrogenated fats
containing trans-fatty acids. It may contain fungal alfa amylase upto a maximum extent of 0.025 per
cent. by weight, fruits and vegetables, egg or egg products. It may also include amino acids such as
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
lysine, methionine, taurine, carnitine etc.
The source of Vitamin Compounds and Mineral Salts may be used from, -
Vitamins
2. Provitamin A - Beta-carotene;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
9. Biotin (Vitamin H) - d-biotin;
16. Inositol;
It shall be in the form of powder, small granules or flakes, free from lumps and shall be
uniform in appearance.
It shall be free from dirt and extraneous matter and free from preservatives and added
colour and flavour. It shall be free from any material, which is harmful to human health.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
PH – adjusting agents
Sodium hydrogen carbonate
Sodium carbonate
Sodium citrate
Potassium hydrogen carbonate
Potassium carbonate Limited by Good Manufacturing Practice within
Potassium citrate the limit for sodium
Sodium hydroxide
Calcium hydroxide
Potassium hydroxide
L (+) Lactic acid
Citric acid
Antioxidants
6. Ash insoluble in dilute Hydrochloric acid, per cent. by weight (not more than) 0.1
7. Crude fibre (on dry basis) per cent. by weight (not more than) 1.0
11. Thiamine (as hydrochloride), mg per 100 g (not less than) 0.5
12. Riboflavin, mg per 100 g (not less than) 0.3
13. Niacin, mg per 100 g (not less than) 3.0
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
14. Folic acid, µg per 100 g (not less than) 20
15. Iron, mg per 100 g (not less than) 5.0
16. Zinc, mg per 100 g (not less than) 2.5
It shall be packed in hermetically sealed, clean and sound containers or in flexible pack
made from film or combination or any of the substrate made of Board paper, polyethylene,
polyester metallised film or in such a way to protect from deterioration.
Processed cereal based complementary food are intended to supplement the diet of infants
after the age of six months and up to the age of two years.
Processed cereal based complementary food are obtained from variety of cereals, pulses,
soyabean, millets, nuts and edible oil seeds after processing. It shall contain milled cereal and
legumes combined not less than 75 per cent. Where the product is intended to be mixed with water
before consumption, the minimum content of protein shall not be less than 15 per cent. on a dry
weight basis and the PER shall not be less than 70 per cent. of that of casein. The sodium content of
the products shall not exceed 100 mg/100 g of the ready-to-eat product.
Hydrogenated fats containing trans-fatty acids shall not be added to the products. It may also
contain following ingredients: - protein concentrates, essential amino acids (only natural L forms of
amino acids shall be used), iodized salt; milk and milk products; eggs; edible vegetable oils and
fats; fruits and vegetables; various carbohydrates such as sucrose, dextrose, dextrin, maltose
dextrin, lactose, honey, corn syrup; malt; potatoes.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The source of Vitamin Compounds and Mineral Salts may be used from,-
6. Zinc (Zn) - Zinc acetate, Zinc chloride, Zinc oxide, Zinc sulphate;
Vitamins
2. Provitamin A - Beta-carotene;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
16. Inositol;
It shall be in the form of powder, small granules or flakes, free from lumps and shall be
uniform in appearance.
All ingredients, including optional ingredients, shall be clean, safe, suitable and of good
quality. It shall be free from preservatives, added colour and flavour.
Emulsifiers
Lecithin 1.5 g
pH adjusting agents
Antioxidants
Mixed tocopherols concentrate
Alpha-tocopherol 300 mg/kg fat, singly or in combination
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Enzymes
Leavening Agents
Ammonium carbonate} Limited by Good Manufacturing Practice
Ammonium hydrogen carbonate}
5. Ash insoluble in dilute Hydrochloric acid, per cent. by weight (not 0.1
more than)
6. Crude fibre (on dry basis) per cent. by weight (not more than) 1.0
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
20. E. coli absent in 0.1 g
It shall be packed in hermetically sealed clean and sound containers or in flexible pack made
from film or combination of any or the substrate made of board paper, polyethylene, polyester,
metalised film or aluminium foil in such a way to protect from deterioration:
Provided that the processed cereal based complementary foods for use in specific
conditions, where protein needs to be restricted and where other cereals like wheat, soya, legumes
and milk cannot be used, such processed cereal based complementary foods shall be prepared with
single cereal like rice or ragi, which shall have the minimum protein content of 6-9 per cent., such
products shall be conspicuously labelled, “Processed Mono Cereal Based Complementary Food for
use in specific conditions under medical guidance only”.
It may contain algal and fungal oil as sources of Docosahexaenoic Acid (DHA) and
Arachidonic Acid (ARA) from Crypthecodinium cohnii, Morterella alpine, Schizochytrium sp.,
and Ulkenia sp. At the level of maxium 0.5 per cent. DHA of total fatty acids and ratio of
ARA:DHA as 1:1 minimum:
Provided that DHA content shall not be less than 0.2 per cent. of total fatty acids, if a claim
related to the addition of DHA is made.
Follow-up formula for use as a liquid part of the complementary diet for infants after the
age of six months and up to the age of two years when prepared in accordance with the instructions
for use, 100 ml of the ready-for-consumption product shall provide not less than 60 kcal (or 250
kJ) and not more than 85 kcal (or 355 kJ).
(1) Protein - Not less than 3.0 g per 100 available calories (or 0.7 g per 100 available kJ).
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Not more than 5.5 g per 100 available calories (or 1.3 g per 100 available kJ).
Essential amino acids may be added to follow-up formula to improve its nutritional value.
Only L forms of amino acids shall be used.
(2) Fat - Not less than 4 g per 100 available calories (0.93 g per 100 available kJ)
Not more than 6 g per 100 available calories (1.4 g per 100 available kJ)
Linoleic acid (in the form of glyceride) - Not less than 310 mg (per 100 Calories or
74.09 mg per 100 available kJ)
The products shall contain nutritionally available carbohydrates suitable for the feeding of
the older infant and young child in such quantities as to adjust the product to the energy density in
accordance with the requirements given above.
It may also contain other nutrients when required to ensure that the product is suitable to
form part of a mixed feeding scheme intended for use after six months of age. When any of these
nutrients is added, the food shall contain not less than Recommended Dietary Allowances (RDA)
amounts of these nutrients.
The source of Mineral Salts and Vitamin Compounds may be used from, -
4. Iron (Fe)- Ferrous citrate Ferrous lactate, Ferrous sulphate, Ferric pyrophosphate;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
dibasic;
6. Sodium (Na)- Sodium bicarbonate, Sodium chloride, Sodium chloride iodized, Sodium
citrate, Sodium phosphate monobasic;
Vitamins
2. Provitamin A - Beta-carotene;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
16. Inositol;
The product shall be free of lumps and shall be uniform in appearance. It shall be free from added
starch and added colour and flavour. It shall not have rancid taste and musty odour.
pH-Adjusting Agents
Antioxidants
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
L-Ascorbyl palmitate} 5 mg singly or in combination.
S. Characteristics Requirements
No.
1. Moisture, per cent. by weight (not more than) 4.5
2. Total milk protein, per cent. by weight (not less than) and 13.5
3. Total fat, per cent. by weight (not less than) and 18.0
5. Ash insoluble in dilute Hydrochloric acid, per cent. by weight (not more 0.1
than)
6. Solubility:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
17. Choline, mg per 100 g (not less than) 32
18. Vitamin K, µg per 100 g (not less than) 18
19. Biotin, µg per 100 g (not less than) 6.75
20. Vitamin E (as a- tocopherol compounds), I.U. per 100g (not less than) 3.15
21. Sodium, mg per 100 g (not less than) 90
22. Potassium, mg per 100 g (not less than) 360
23. Chloride, mg per 100 g (not less than) 247.50
It shall be packed in hermetically sealed, clean and sound containers or in flexible pack made
from film or combination or any of the substrate made of Board paper, polyethylene, polyester
metallised film or in such a way to protect from deterioration. It shall be packed in nitrogen or a
mixture of nitrogen and carbon dioxide.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
This Standard applies to Edible Lactose as defined in item 1 of this sub-regulation.
1. Description.-
Lactose is a white to light yellow crystalline, slightly sweet disaccharide sugar found in
milk.
Whey
(b) Composition.-
3. Food Additives.-
For products covered under this standard, specific food additives specified in Appendix ‘A’
of these regulations may be used and only within the limits specified.
5. Hygiene.-
This standard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk and Milk
Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk products and heat
treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the requirements specified in
the Schedule 4, as acceptable, of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration
of Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and any such guidelines provided from time to time
under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
(b) The products shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified in Appendix ‘B’ of
these regulations.
6. Labelling.-
(b) The provisions of the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations,
2011 shall apply to pre-packaged product.
The methods of sampling and analysis mentioned in the manuals as specified by the Food
Safety and Standards Authority of India from time to time shall be applicable.]
55
[2.1.21 Milk Protein Concentrate: This Standard applies to Milk Protein Concentrate as defined
in item 1 of this sub-regulation.
1. Description: Milk Protein Concentrates are complex milk proteins that contain both
casein and whey protein in their native form in the same and similar ratio as milk depending
upon their milk protein contents, which are generally manufactured by suitable processes
that remove the majority of lactose and soluble minerals while retaining milk protein,
followed by drying.
2. Essential Composition and Quality Factors. -
(a) Raw Materials. -
Milk, skimmed milk, cream and water
(b) Composition. –
The product shall conform to the compositional specifications provided in the table
below:
TABLE
Sl. No. Parameters Limits
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
5. Scorched particles, maximum Disc B (15 mg)
Thisstandard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk
and Milk Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk
products and heat treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
3. Food Additives: For products covered under this standard, food additives specified for
milk powders in Appendix ‘A’ may be used and only within the limits specified.
4. Hygiene: The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified for
milk powder in Appendix ‘B’.
5. Labelling.-
(a) The name of the food shall be ‘Milk Protein Concentrate’. The name of the product
may be supplemented by the designation “MPC __”, the blank being filled with the
figure, indicating the protein content of the product.
(b) The milk protein content shall be declared on the label as a percentage by mass.
2.1.22 Whey Protein Concentrate: This Standard applies to Whey Protein Concentrate as
defined in item 1 of this sub-regulation.
1.Description.-
(b) Composition.-
The product shall conform to the compositional specifications provided in the table
below:
TABLE
This standard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk and Milk
Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk products and heat
treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sl. No. Parameters Limits
(1) (2) (3)
1. Moisture, maximum, %, (m/m) 6.0
2. Milk Protein**, minimum, %, 35.0
(m/m)
3. Milk Fat, maximum, %, (m/m) 10
4. Scorched particles, maximum Disc B (15 mg)
3. Food Additives: For products covered under this standard, food additives specified for
whey powder in Appendix ‘A’ may be used and only within the limits specified.
4. Hygiene: The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified for
whey based powder in Appendix ‘B’.
5. Labelling.-
(a) The name of the food shall be ‘Whey Protein Concentrate’.
(b) The milk protein content shall be declared on the label as a percentage by mass.
2.1.23 Standard for Cow or Buffalo Colostrum and Colostrum products: This Standard
applies to colostrum and colostrum products as defined in item 1 of this sub-regulation.
1. Description.-
(a) “Colostrum” means the lacteal secretion from the mammary glands of cow or buffalo
or a combination thereof obtained upto three to five days of parturition and
preceding the production of milk, which typically contains fat, proteins,
carbohydrates, vitamins, minerals and bioactive components (such as
immunoglobulins and lactoferrin).
(b) “Colostrum-based products” means processed products resulting from the processing
of colostrum or from further processing of such processed products
This standard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk and Milk
Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk products and heat
treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(c) “Colostrum powder” is a colostrum-based product obtained by the drying of
colostrum by suitable methods while retaining the essential characteristics of
colostrum.
2. Essential composition and quality factors.-
(I) Colostrum
(a) Composition.-
(b) Composition.-
The products shall conform to the compositional specifications provided in the table
below:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(1) (2) (3)
1. Appearance Creamy yellow colour
Thisstandard should be read along with sub-regulation 2.1.1 relating to General Standard for Milk
and Milk Products with reference to the generic provisions pertaining to definitions of milk or milk
products and heat treatments, guidelines for use of dairy terms, addition of micronutrients, etc.
5. Food Additives. -
(b) For colostrum powder, stabilizers, emulsifiers and antioxidants as specified for milk
powder in Appendix ‘A’, may be used and only within the limits specified.
6. Hygiene: The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements specified for
milk powder in Appendix ‘B’.
7. Labelling. -
(a) The name of the products covered by sub- item (a) of item 1 shall be “colostrum”.
(b) The name of the products covered by sub- item (b) of item 1 shall be “colostrum
powder”.]
2.2.1 OILS:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1. Coconut oil (naryal ka tel) means the oil expressed from copra obtained from the
kernel of Cocos mucifera nuts. It shall be clear and free from rancidity, suspended or other
foreign matter, separated water, added colouring or flavouring substances, or mineral oil. It
shall conform to the following standards: —
Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40oC. 34.0 to 35.5
OR
o
Refractive Index at 40 C 1.4481-1.4491
Saponification value Not less than 250
Iodine value 7.5 to 10.
Polenske Value Not less than 13
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.0 per cent.
Acid value Not more than 6.0.
39
[1 (A) Virgin Coconut Oil means the oil expressed from the kernel of Cocos nucifera nuts
by mechanical or natural means with or without the application of heat, which does not lead to
alteration of the oil and virgin coconut oil is suitable for human consumption in its natural
state without refining. It shall be clear and free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign
matter, separated water, added colouring or flavouring substances, or mineral oil and it shall
conform to the following standards, namely: –
S. Parameters
Limits
No.
1. Refractive index at 40°C 1.4480 - 1.4492
2. Moisture Not more than 0.5 per cent by weight
3. Insoluble impurities Not more than 0.05 per cent by weight
4. Saponification Value Not less than 250
5. Iodine value 4.0 – 11.0
6. Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 0.5 per cent by weight
Test
for 7. Acid Value Not more than 4.0
arge 8. Polenske Value Not less than 13
mon
e oil 9. Peroxide Value Not more than 15 milliequivalent per kg of oil
shall be negative.
(ii) Contaminants, Toxins and Residues: The product shall comply with the Food
Safety and Standards (Contaminants, Toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(iii) Hygiene: The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the
practices prescribed in Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and
Registration of Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and any other such practices
prescribed from time to time under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard
Act, 2006.
(iv) Labelling: The provisions of the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and
Labelling) Regulations, 2011 shall apply.
(v) Methods of Sampling and Analysis: As provided in the relevant Food Safety and
Standards Authority of India Manual of Methods of Analysis of Food.]
2. Cotton seed oil (binola ka tel) means the oil extracted from clean, sound delinted and
decorticated cotton seeds (genus Gossypium). It shall be refined. It shall be clear, free from
rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter, separated water, added colouring or flavouring
substances or mineral oil. It shall conform to the following standards:—
Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40oC. 55.6 to 60.2
OR
o
Refractive Index at 40 C 1.4630-1.4660
Saponification value 190 to 198
14
[Iodine value 98 to 123]
Not more than 1.5 per
Unsaponifiable matter cent.
Acid value Not more than 0.50
There shall be no turbidity after keeping the filtered sample at 30oC for 24 hours
Bellier Test (Turbidity temperature- 19.0 oC -21.0 oC
Acetic acid method)
Test for Argemone oil shall be negative
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and appendices
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported into
India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16). the oil so refined shall not contain hexane more than
5.0 ppm.
3. Groundnut oil (moongh-phali-ka tel) means the oil expressed from clean and sound
groundnuts (Arachis hypogoes). It shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or other
foreign matter, separated water added colouring or flavouring substances or mineral oil. It
shall conform to the following standards:—
Butyro-refractometer
54.0 to
o
reading at 40 C 57.1
Or
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1.4620-
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4640
Saponification value 188 to 196
Iodine value 85 to 99.
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.0 per cent.
Acid value Not more than 6.0
Bellier test (Turbidity
temperature
Acetic acid method) 39oC to 41oC
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported
into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16). The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than
5.0 ppm.
39
[4. Flaxseed or Linseed oil (tisi ka tel) means the oil obtained by process of expressing
clean and sound Flaxseed or Linseed (linum usitatissimum). It shall be clear, free from
rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter, separated water, added colouring or flavouring
substance, or mineral oil. It shall conform to the following standards, namely:—
S. Parameters
Limits
No.
1. Butyro-refractometer 69.5-74.3
reading at 40°C
Or
1.4720-1.4750
o
Refractive Index at 40 C
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported into
India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
regulation 2.2.1 (16). The oil so refined shall not contain hexane more than 5.0 ppm.]
5. Mahua oil means the oil expressed from clean and sound seeds or nuts of Madhuca
(Bassi latifolia or B. longifolia or a mixture of both). It shall be clear and shall be free from
rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter, separated water, added colouring or flavouring
substances, or mineral oil. It shall be refined and shall conform to the following standards:—
Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40oC 49.5 to 52.7
Or
o
Refractive Index at 40 C 1.4590 - 1.4611
Saponification value 187 to 196
Iodine value 58 to 70
Not more than 2.0 per
Unsaponifiable matter cent
Acid value Not more than 0.50
Test for argemone oil shall be negative
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported
into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16). The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.
54
[6. Rapeseed oil (toria oil) or mustard oil (sarson ka tel) means the oil expressed
from clean and sound mustard seeds belonging to the compestris, juncea or napus varieties of
Brassica which is clear and free from rancidity, suspended or foreign matter, separated water,
added colouring or flavouring substances and mineral oil and conforms to the following
parameters and limits, namely:-
S. No. Parameters Limits
1. Butyro-refractometer reading at 58.0 to 60.5; or
40oC
OR
Refractive index at 40oC 1.4646 to 1.4662
2. Saponification value 168-177
3. Iodine value 96-112:
Polybromide test shall be Negative
4. Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.2 per cent by weight
5. Acid value Not more than 6.0
6.
Bellier test (Turbidity temperature -
23.0°C to 27.5°C
Acetic acid Method)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Note 2.-The oil may be labelled as Kachi Ghani or Cold Pressed if the content of natural
allyl isothiocyanate in the oil is not less than 0.20 % by weight.
Note 3.- The oil may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and appendices.
Note 4.- Where the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction or in the case of oil
imported into India, whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be
supplied for human consumption only after refining in accordance with the standards laid
down under regulation 2.2.1 (16) and shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm]
39
[7. Rapeseed or mustard oil-low erucic acid means the oil obtained from clean and
sound, low erucic acid oil bearing seeds of rapeseed belonging to compestris, juncea, or
napus varieties of Brassica by the method of expression or solvent extraction and it shall be
clear, free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter, separated water, added
colouring or flavouring substances or mineral oil and shall contain not more than 2 %
erucic acid (as % of total fatty acids) and shall conform to the following standards,
namely:-
Further, Rapeseed oil obtained by solvent extraction shall be supplied for human
consumption only if it is refined and it shall conform to the standard laid down under
regulation 2.2.1 (16) except acid value which shall be not more than 0.6. Additionally, it
shall have Flash Point (Pensky Marten Closed Method) not less than 250°C and the oil so
refined shall contain Hexane not more than 5.00 ppm:
Provided further that it may contain food additives permitted under these Regulations and
Appendices.]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
3[ 8 (1) Description:
(i) Olive oil is the oil obtained solely from the fruit of the olive tree (Olea europaea L.), to
the exclusion of
oils obtained using solvents or re-esterification processes and of any mixture with oils
of other kinds and it shall be free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign
matter, separated water, added colouring or
flavouring substances or mineral oil.
(ii) Virgin olive oils are the oils obtained from the fruit of the olive tree solely by
mechanical or other physical means under conditions, particularly thermal
conditions, that do not lead to alterations in the oil, and which have not
undergone any treatment other than washing, decanting, centrifuging and
filtration and it shall be free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter, separated
water, added colouring or flavouring substances or mineral oil.
(iii) Olive-pomace oil is the oil obtained by treating olive pomace with solvents or other
physical treatments, to the exclusion of oils obtained by re-esterification
processes and of any mixture with oils of other kinds and it shall be free from
rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter, separated water, added colouring or
flavouring substances or mineral oil.
(2) Essential composition and quality factors:
(A) (i) Refined olive oil: Olive oil obtained from virgin olive oils by refining methods
which do not lead to
alterations in the initial glyceridic structure and it has a free acidity(FFA), expressed as
oleic acid, of not
more than 0.3 grams per 100 grams.
(ii) Olive oil: Oil consisting of a blend of refined olive oil and virgin olive oils suitable
for human consumption and it has a free acidity(FFA), expressed as oleic
acid, of not more than 1 gram per 100 grams.
(iii) Extra virgin olive oil: Virgin olive oil with a free acidity (FFA), expressed as oleic
acid, of not more than 0.8 grams per 100 grams.
(iv) Virgin olive oil: Virgin olive oil with a free acidity (FFA), expressed as oleic acid, of
not more than 2.0
grams per 100 grams.
(v) Ordinary virgin olive oil: Virgin olive oil with a free acidity (FFA), expressed as oleic
acid, of not more
than 3.3 grams per 100 grams.
(vi) Refined olive-pomace oil: Oil obtained from crude olive-pomace oil by refining
methods which do not lead to alterations in the initial glyceridic structure and it has a free
acidity (FFA), expressed as oleic acid, of not more than 0.3 grams per 100 grams.
(vii) Olive-pomace oil: Oil consisting of a blend of refined olive-pomace oil and virgin
olive oils and it has a free acidity (FFA), expressed as oleic acid, of not more than 1
gram per 100 grams.
(B). The aforesaid olive oils shall conform to characteristic given in, sub clause (3)
(3) Quality characteristics:
Parameters Virgin olive Refined olive Olive oil Refined olive Olive
oil, extra oil pomace oil pomace oil
virgin olive
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
oil and
ordinary
virgin olive
oil
Moisture and 0.2 % 0.1 % 0.1 % 0.1 % 0.1 %
volatile
matter: (Max)
Insoluble 0.1% 0.05 % 0.05 % 0.05 % 0.05 %
impurities
(Max)
Trace
Metals(Max)
Iron (Fe) 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg
Copper(Cu) 0.1 mg/kg 0.1 mg/kg 0.1 mg/kg 0.1 mg/kg 0.1 mg/kg
Refractive 1.4677- 1.4677- 1.4677- 1.4680- 1.4680-
Index 1.4705 1.4705 1.4705 1.4707 1.4707
at 20ºC.
Saponification 184-196 184-196 184-196 182-193 182-193
value
(mg KOH/g
oil)
Iodine 75-94 75-94 75-94 75-92 75-92
value(Wijs)
Unsaponifiable 15g/kg 15g/kg 15g/kg 30g/kg 30g/kg
matter
(Max)
Bellier Test 17 17 - - -
(max.)
Semi-Siccative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative
oil test
Olive pomace Negative Negative Negative Positive Positive
oil test
Cotton seed oil Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative
test
Teaseed oil Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative
test
Sesame seed Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative
oil test
Test for Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative
Argemone oil
(ii) Refined olive oil, olive oil, refined olive-pomace oil and olive-pomace oil
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The addition of alpha-tocopherols [d-alpha tocopherol (INS 307a)]; mixed tocopherol
concentrate [(INS 307b); dl- alpha-tocopherol (INS 307c)] to the above products is permitted to
restore natural tocopherol lost in the refining process and the concentration of alpha-
tocopherol in the final product shall not exceed 200 mg/kg.
(5) Contaminants:
Heavy metals- The products covered by the provisions of this standard shall comply with
maximum limits as follows:-
Maximum permissible concentration
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Acid value Not more than 6.0
Bellier test Turbidity
temperature
Acetic acid method Not more than 16oC
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported into
India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16). The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than
5.0 ppm.
10.1 Imported Safflower seed oil and Safflower seed oil (High Oleic Acid – Imported
or domestic) means the oil expressed from the seeds of Carthamus tinctorious L. It shall be
clear, free from rancidity, suspended or foreign matter, separated water, added colouring or
flavouring substances, or mineral oil. Safflowerseed oil (High Oleic Acid) shall contain not
less than 70% oleic acid as percent of total fatty acidshall conform to the following
standards:—
Imported Safflower seed
Parameters High Oleic Acid Oil
Safflowerseed Oil
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4646-1.4659
Saponification value 174 to 177
Iodine value 99 to 105
Not more than 1.0 per
Unsaponifiable matter cent
Acid value Not more than 6.0
Test for argemone oil shall be
negative.
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported
into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16). The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than
5.0 ppm.
12.TIL OIL (Gingelly or sesame oil) means the oil expressed from clean and sounds
seeds of Til (Sesamum indicum), black, brown, white, or mixed. It shall be clear, free from
rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter, separated water, added colouring or flavouring
substances, or mineral oil. It shall conform to the following standards:—
Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 °C 58.0 to 61.0
Or
o
Refractive Index at 40 C 1.4646-1.4665
Saponification value 188-193
Iodine value 103-120
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.5 per cent
Acid value Not more than 6.0
Bellier test (Turbidity temperature Not more than 22 °C
Acetic acid method)
Provided that the oil obtained from white sesame seeds grown in Tripura, Assam and
West Bengal shall conform to the following standards:—
Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 °C 60.5 to 65.4
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4662-1.4694
Saponification value 185 to 190
Iodine value 115 to 120
Acid value Not more than 6.0
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 2.5 per cent
Bellier test (Turbidity
temperature Not more than 22oC
Acetic acid method)
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and Appendix A
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported into
India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16). The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than
5.0 ppm.
13. NIGER SEED OIL (Sargiya ka tel) means the edible oil obtained by process of
expressing clean and sound seeds of Guizotia abyssinica. It shall be clear and free from
rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter, separated water, added colouring or flavouring
substances, mineral or other oil. It shall conform to the following standards:—
Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 °C 61.0-65.0
Or
o
Refractive Index at 40 C 1.4665-1.4691
Saponification value 188-193
Iodine value 110 to 135
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.0 per cent
Acid value Not more than 6.0
Bellier test (Turbidity temperature 25oC - 29oC
Acetic acid method)
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported into
India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16). the oil so refined shall not contain hexane more than
5.0 ppm.
14.Soyabean oil means the oil expressed from clean and sound soyabeans (Soja max)
from which the major portion of the gums naturally present have been removed by hydration
and mechanical or physical separation. It shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or other
foreign matter, separated water added colouring or flavouring substances or mineral oil. It
shall conform to the following standards:—
Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 58.5 to 68.0
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4649-1.4710
Saponification value 189 to 195
Iodine value 120 to 141
Not more than 1.5 per
Unsaponifiable matter cent
Acid value Not more than 2.50
Phosphorus Not more than 0.02
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported
into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16). the oil so refined shall not contain hexane more than
5.0 ppm.
15. Maize (corn) oil means the oil, extracted from the germ of clean and sound seeds of
zea mays linn. fam. graminiae, refined. it shall be free from rancidity, suspended or other
foreign matter, separated water, added colouring or flavouring substances or Mineral oil. It
shall conform to the following standards:—
Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40oC 56.7 to 62.5
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4637-1.4675
Saponification value 187 to 195
Iodine value 103 to 128
Not more than 1.5 per
Unsaponifiable matter cent
Acid value Not more than 0.50
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported
into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16). the oil so refined shall not contain hexane more than
5.0 ppm.
16. Refined vegetable oil means any vegetable oil which is obtained by expression or
solvent extraction of vegetable oil bearing materials, deacidified with alkali and/or physical
refining and/or by miscella refining using permitted foodgrade solvents followed by bleaching
with absorbent earth and/or carbon and deodourised with steam. No other chemical agent shall
be used. The name of the vegetable oil from which the refined oil has been manufactured shall
be clearly specified on the label of the container. In addition to the under-mentioned standards
to which refined vegetable oils shall conform to the standards prescribed in these regulations
for the specified edible oils shall also apply except for acid value which shall be not more than
0.5. Moisture shall not exceed 0.10 per cent by weight.
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.
1. The refined vegetable oil shall be obtained from the following vegetable oils:
(i) Coconut Oil
(ii) Cottonseed Oil
(iii) Groundnut Oil
(iv) Nigerseed Oil
(v) Safflower Oil
(vi) Sesame Oil
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(vii) Soyabean Oil
(viii) Sunflower Oil
(ix) Mustard/Rapeseed Oil
(x) Linseed Oil
(xi) Mahua Oil
(xii) Olive Oil
(xiii) Poppyseed Oil
(xiv)Taramira Oil
(xv) Maize (Corn) oil
(xvi)Watermelonseed Oil
(xvii) Palm Oil
(xviii) Palmolein
(xix) Palm Kernel Oil
(xx) Rice Bran Oil
(xxi) Salseed fat
(xxii) Mango Kernel fat
(xxiii) Kokum fat
(xxiv) Dhupa fat
(xxv) Phulwara fat
2. The refined vegetable oil shall comply with the following requirements:
The oils shall be clear and free from rancidity, adulterants, sediments, suspended and
other foreign matter, separated water, added colouring and flavouring substances and mineral
oil
3. However, it may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices
17. Almond oil means the oil expressed from the seeds of prunus amygdalus Batach var,
Dulcius Koehne (sweet almond) or of Prunus amygdalus Batach, var Amara Focke (bitter
almond) without the application of heat. It shall be clear from rancidity, suspended or other
foreign matter, separated water, added colouring or flavouring substances or mineral oil. It
shall conform to the following standards:—
Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 54 to 57
Or
o
Refractive Index at 40 C 1.4620-1.4639
Saponification value 186 to 195
Iodine value 90 to 109
Not more than
Acid value 6.0
Bellier test Turbidity Not more than
temperature 60oC
Acetic acid method
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices
18. Water-melon seed oil means the oil extracted from the clean, sound seeds of the fruit
of water-melon (citrullus vulgaris schrad, family: Cucurbitaceae). It shall be clear, free from
rancidity, adulterants, sediments, suspended and other foreign matter, separated water, added
colouring and flavouring substances and mineral oil. It shall conform to the following
standards:—
Moisture and volatile matter Not more than 0.25 per cent
195-205
4. Saponification value
6. Free Fatty Acid (expressed as Not more than 10.0 per cent
Palmitic Acid)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Indigenously produced raw Palm Oil obtained by method of expression may be supplied
for human consumption as such provided Free Fatty Acid value (%) (expressed as Palmitic
Acid) is not more than 3.0. But palm oil imported into the country or domestically
produced having Free Fatty Acid value more than 3.0 and upto 10.0 or obtained by solvent
extraction shall be refined before it is supplied for human consumption and it shall conform
to the standards laid down under regulation 2.2.1 (16). Additionally, it shall have Flash
Point (Pensky-Marten closed method) – Not less than 250° C.
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and appendices.
The oil so refined shall not contain hexane more than 5.00 ppm.]
20. Palmolein means the liquid fraction obtained by fractionation of palm oil obtained
from the fleshy mesocarp of fruits of oil palm (Elaeis Guineensis) tree by the method of
expression or solvent extraction. It shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or other
foreign matter separated water, added colouring and flavouring substances or mineral oils. It
shall conform to the following standards, namely:—
Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 43.7 - 52.5
Or
o
Refractive Index at 40 C 1.4550 - 1.4610
Iodine value (Wij's method) 54-62
Saponification value 195-205
Cloud Point Not more than 18oC
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.2 per cent
Acid value Not more than 6.0
Further, if the palmolein is obtained from solvent extracted palm oil, it shall be refined
before it is supplied for human consumption and it shall conform to the standards laid down
under regulation 2.2.1 (16). Additionally, it shall have Flash Point (Pensky Marten closed
method) - not less than 250oC.
Test for argemone oil shall be negative. However, it may contain food additives permitted
in these Regulations and Appendices
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.
39
[21. Palm kernel oil means the oil obtained from sound kernel of the fruits of oil palm
(Elaeis guinensis) tree by the method of expression or solvent extraction. It shall be clear
and free from rancidity suspended, or other foreign matter, separated water, added
colouring and flavouring substances or mineral oil. It shall conform to the following
standards, namely:—
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
10 - 23
2. Iodine value (Wij's method)
237-255
3. Saponification value
5. Free Fatty Acid (expressed as Not more than 10.0 per cent
Lauric Acid)
Further, Palm kernel oil imported into the country or domestically produced having Free
Fatty Acid value(%) more than 3.0 and upto 10.0 or obtained by solvent extraction shall be
supplied for human consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid
down under regulation 2.2.1 (16). Additionally, it shall have flash point (Pensky–Martens
closed method) – not less than 250°C.
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and appendices.
The oil so refined shall not contain hexane more than 5.00 ppm.]
22. Sun flower seed oil means the oil obtained from clean and sound sunflower seeds or
cake from the plants Helianthus annus linn (Family:compositae) by the method of expression
or solvent extraction. It shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter,
separated water, added colouring or flavouring substances or mineral oil. It shall conform to
the following standards, namely:—
Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40oC 57.1 - 65.0
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4640 - 1.4691
Iodine value (Wij's
method) 100 - 145
Saponification value 188-194
Not more than 1.5 per
Unsaponifiable matter cent
Acid value Not more than 6.0
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction, it shall be supplied for
human consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under
regulation 2.2.1 (16). Additionally, it shall have Flash Point (Pensky Marten closed method) -
not less than 250oC.
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations
and Appendices The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than
5.00 ppm.
22.01 Imported Sunflower seed oil and Sunflower seed oil (High Oleic Acid-
imported or domestic) means the oil obtained from clean and sound Sunflowerseed or the
High Oleic acid oil bearing Sunflowerseeds of Helianthus annuus L. by the method of
expression or solvent extraction. It shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended foreign
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
matter, separated water, added colouring or flavouring substance or mineral oil. It shall contain
not less than 75% oleic acid as percent of total fatty acids. It shall conform to the following
standards:—
High Oleic Acid Sunflower seed Imported Sunflower seed
Parameters Oil Oil
B.R. Reading 61.7-68.0 at 25ºC 52.5-63.2 at 40ºC
Or
Refractive Index 1.467-1.471 at 25ºC 1.461-1.468 at 40ºC
Iodine value (Wijs
method) 78-90 118-141
Saponification value 182-194 188-194
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 15g/kg Not more than 15g/kg
Not more than 4.0 mg/KOH/g Not more than 4.0
Acid Value oil mg/KOH/g oil
Test for Argemone oil Negative Negative
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported
into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16). the oil so refined shall not contain hexane more than 5.00 ppm.
23 Rice bran oil means the oil obtained from the layer around the endosperm of rice
obtained from paddy of Oryza Sativa Linn. Fam Gramineae which is removed during the
process of rice milling and is generally known as rice bran.
Refined Rice Bran Oil shall be obtained from solvent extracted oil, neutralised with
alkali, bleached with bleaching earth or activated carbon or both and deodorised with steam.
Alternatively deacidification' bleaching and deodorisation may be done by physical means.
The oil shall be clear and free from rancidity, adulterants, sediments, suspended and other
foreign matters, separated water and added colouring and flavouring substances. The clarity of
the oil shall be judged by the absence of turbidity after keeping the filtered sample at 35oC for
24 hrs. Rice Bran Oil shall be sold for human consumption only after refining. It shall conform
to the following standards, namely:—
Not more than 0.1 percent by
Moisture and Volatile Matter weight
Refractive Index
at 40 oC 1.4600 - 1.4700
Or
Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 51.0 - 66.4
Saponification value 180 - 195
Iodine value (Wij's method 90 - 105
Acid value Not more than 0.5
Unsaponifiable matter, percent by
weight
(a) for chemically refined Not more than 3.5 percent
(b) for physically refined Not more than 4.5 percent
- Oryzanol Content Not less than 1.0 percent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Flash Point (Pensky Marten Closed
method) Not less than 250 oC
Test for argemone oil shall be
negative.
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported
into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16). the oil so refined shall not contain hexane more than 5.00 ppm.
24. Blended edible vegetable oil means an admixture of any two edible vegetable oils
where the proportion by weight of any edible vegetable oil used in the admixture is not less
than 20 per cent. The individual oils in the blend shall conform to the respective standards
prescribed by these regulations. The blend shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or
insoluble matter or any other foreign matter, separated water, added colouring matter,
flavouring substances, mineral oil, or any other animal and non-edible oils, or fats, argemone
oils, hydrocyanic acid, castor oil and tricresyl phosphate. It shall also conform to the following
standards, namely:—
a) Moisture and volatile matter not more than 0.2 per cent by weight;
b) Acid value:—
Nature of oil Acid Value
(1)Both raw edible vegetable Not more than 6.0
oils in the blend
(2)One raw edible vegetable Not more than 5.0
oil (s) and one refined
vegetable oil (s) in the blend
(3)Both refined edible Not more than 0.5
vegetable oils in the blend
(4) Unsaponifiable matter,
percent by weight
(i) Blended with chemically Not more than 3.0 percent by weight
refined rice bran oil
(ii) Blended with other edible Not more than 1.50 percent by weight
vegetable oil
14
Not more than 4.0 percent by weight; provided that
[(iii) Blended with physically
refined rice bran oil oryzanol content be minimum of 0.20 % (by weight)
with rice bran oil at 20% level and with a increment of
0.05% with every 5% rise in rice bran oil content in
the blend]
Flash point (Pensky Martin Not less then 250°C
closed method)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16).
the oil so refined shall not contain hexane more than 5.00 ppm.
54
[25. Avocado oil means the oil obtained from the avocado fruit (Persea Americana) which is
clear and free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter, separated water and added
colouring or flavouring substances and conforms to the following parameters and limits,
namely:-
3. Iodine value 63 - 95
Note 2- Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported
into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16).The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.
Note 3-The Oil may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and appendices.
26. Palm Stearin means the high melting fraction obtained by fractionation of palm oil which is
derived from the fleshy mesocarp of fruits of oil palm (Elaeis guinensis) tree by the method of
expression or solvent extraction. It shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign
matter, separated water, added colouring and flavouring substances or mineral oils. It shall conform
to the following standards, namely:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
3. Iodine value Not more than 48
Note 2- Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported
into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16).The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm. Additionally, it shall
have Flash Point (Pensky Marten closed method) - not less than 250°C.
Note 3-The Oil may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and appendices.
27. Palm Kernel Stearin means the solid fraction obtained by fractionation of palm kernel oil
obtained from sound kernel of the fruits of oil palm (Elaeis guinensis) tree by the method of
expression or solvent extraction. It shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign
matter, separated water, added colouring and flavouring substances or mineral oil. It shall
conform to the following standards, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Note 2- Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported
into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16).The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm. Additionally, it shall
have Flash Point (Pensky Marten closed method) - not less than 250°C.
Note 3-The Oil may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and appendices.
28. Palm Kernel Olein means the liquid fraction obtained by fractionation of Palm Kernel oil
obtained from sound Kernel of the fruits of oil Palm (Elaeis guinensis) tree by the method of
expression or solvent extraction. It shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign
matter, separated water, added colouring and flavouring substances or mineral oil. It shall
conform to the following standards, namely:
5. Free Fatty Acid (expressed as Not more than 5.0 per cent by
Lauric Acid) weight
Note 2- Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported
into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16).The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm. Additionally, it shall
have Flash Point (Pensky Marten closed method) - not less than 250°C.
Note 3-The Oil may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and appendices.
29. Palm Superolein means the liquid fraction obtained by fractionation of Palm oil obtained from
the fleshy mesocarp of fruits of oil Palm (Elaeis guinensis) tree by the method of expression or
solvent extraction. It shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
separated water, added colouring and flavouring substances or mineral oils. It shall conform to the
following standards, namely:-
5. Free Fatty Acid (expressed as Not more than 3.0 per cent by
Palmitic Acid) weight
Note 2- Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported
into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16). The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm. Additionally, it shall
have Flash Point (Pensky Marten closed method) - not less than 250oC.
Note 3-The Oil may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and appendices.]
2.2.2 Interesterified 26[vegetable fat/Oil]: means an edible fatty material that has been so treated
as to bring about a rearrangement of fatty acid positions within the glyceride entities and hence a
change in the physical properties like melting point, viscosity, specific gravity and the like with
very little change in the constitution of the fatty acids themselves by a process of interesterification
of the essentially neutral edible oil or fat, singly or in mixtures generally through 2[enzymatic
process or] the use of alkaline catalysts exemplified by sodium or potassium metals, or their
ethoxides or hydroxides in the form either of anhydrous powders or in anhydrous glycerol medium
followed by such post-process steps as washing, bleaching and deodourisation, the last of which
can be omitted if the interesterified fat is to be incorporated as part of the raw material for further
processing in edible fat products.
The interesterified fat shall be clear, free from soap, flavouring substances, rancidity,
suspended or other foreign matter, separated water and mineral oil. It shall conform to the
following standards, namely:—
(i) It shall not contain any harmful colouring, flavouring or any other matter
deleterious to health;
(ii) No colour shall be added to interesterified fat unless so authorised by
Government, but in no event any colour resembling the colour of ghee shall be added;
(iii)If any flavour is used, it shall be distinct from that of ghee in accordance with a
list of permissible flavours and in such quantities as may be prescribed by Government:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Provided that diacetyl to the extent of not more than 4.0 ppm may be added to
interesterified fat exclusively meant for consumption by the Armed Forces;
(iv) It shall not have moisture exceeding 0.25 per cent;
2
[ (v) Trans fatty acids, not more than ten per cent by wright:]
6
[Provided that the maximum limit of trans fatty acids shall be not more than
5% by weight, on and from the 27th od August, 2016]
(vi) The Butyro-refractometer reading at 40oC, shall not be less than 48 or Refractive
Index at 40oC shall not be less than 1.4580;
(vii) It shall not have unsaponifiable matter exceeding 2.0 per cent;
(viii) It shall not have free fatty acids (calculated as Oleic acid) exceeding 0.25 per
cent;
(ix) The product on melting shall be clear in appearance and shall be free from
staleness or rancidity, and pleasant to taste and smell;
(x) It shall contain raw or refined sesame (til) oil not less than 5 per cent by weight,
but sufficient so that when it is mixed with refined groundnut oil in the proportion of
20:80, the colour produced by the Baudouin Test shall not be lighter than 2.0 red units in
a 1 cm. cell on a Lovibond scale;
(xi) It shall contain not less than 25 I.U. of synthetic Vitamin A per gram at the time
of packing and shall show a positive test for Vitamin A when tested by Antimony
Trichloride (Carr-Price) reagent (As per IS: 5886-1970);
(xii) No anti-oxidant, synergist, emulsifier or any other such substance shall be
added to it except with the prior sanction of the Authority.
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported
into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16). The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Refractive Index
at 40oC 1.4630 - 1.4690
Or
Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40oC 55.6 - 64.8
Saponification value 189 - 195
Iodine value (Wij's method 107 - 120
Acid value Not more than 0.50
Unsaponifiable Matter Not more than 1.5 percent by weight
Linolenic Acid (c18: 3) Not more than 3 percent by weight
Cloud Point (°C) Not more than 10°C
Flash Point (Pensky Marten Closed method) Not less than 250 oC
Test for argemone oil shall be negative
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported
into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16). The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.
2. Partially hydrogenated soyabean oil means deodourised product obtained by light
(mild or "brush") hydrogenation of degummed, deacidified, decolorised soyabean oil. The oil
shall be degummed by water with or without a food grade additive, deacidified by either
neutralisation with alkali or steam distillation (physical refining) or miscella refining using
permitted food grade solvent, decolourised with bleaching earth and/or carbon and partially
hydrogenated using nickel catalyst. The product shall again be deacidified, bleached and
deodourised with steam.
The product shall be clear liquid at 35 degree C. It shall be clear on melting, free from
rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter, separated water, added colouring or flavouring
substances, castor oil, mineral oil or other vegetable and animal Oils & fats.
It may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices
It shall conform to the following standards:
Moisture Not more than 0.1 percent by weight
Refractive Index
at 40 oC 1.4630 - 1.4670
Or
Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 55.6 - 61.7
Saponification value 189 - 195
Iodine value (Wij's method) 95 - 110
Acid value Not more than 0.50
Unsaponifiable Matter Not more than 1.5 percent by weight
Linolenic Acid (c18: 3) Not more than 3 percent by weight
Cloud Point (°C) Not more than 25°C
Flash Point (Penske Marten Closed method) Not less than 250 oC
Test for argemone oil shall be negative
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Note : The edible oils prescribed under regulation 2.2.1 shall be free from Castor oil.
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the oil imported into
India whether obtained by solvent extraction or otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid down under regulation
2.2.1 (16).The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.
3. 29° C to 34° C
Melting point
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
and weight.]
in case of press cocoa butter
6. Refined salseed fat means the fat obtained from seed kernels of sal trees, shorea
robusta Gaertn, F.(N..diperrocaspaceae which has been neutralized with alkali, bleached with
bleaching earth or activated carbon or both, and deodorized with steam, no other chemical
agents being used. Alternatively, deacidification, bleaching and deodorisation may be done by
physical means. The material shall be clear on melting and free from adulterants, sediment,
suspended or other foreign matter, separated water or added colouring substance. However, it
may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices. There shall be no
turbidity after keeping the filtered sample at 40oC for 24 hours. It shall conform to the
following standards:—
(i) Moisture Not more than 0.1 percent
(ii) Butyro refractometer reading at 40oC 36.7 - 51.0
OR
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4500 - 1.4600
(iii) Iodine Value (Wijs' Method) 31 - 45
(iv) Saponification value 180 - 195
Not more than 2.5 percent by
(v) Unsaponifiable matter weight
Not more than 0.25 percent by
(vi) Free fatty acids (expressed as Oleic acid) weight
Or
Acid value Not more than 0.5
Not more than 3.0 percent by
(vii) 9:10 epoxy and 9:10 Dihydroxy stearic acid weight
(viii) Flash point (Pensky Marten closed method) Not less than 250oC
Test for argemone oil shall be negative
7. Kokum Fat means the fat obtained from clean and sound kernels of Kokum (Garcinia
indica choisy) "also known as kokum, by process of expression or by a process of solvent
extraction from cake or kernel. It shall be refined. The fat shall be clear on melting and free
from rancidity, adulterants, sediments, suspended or other foreign matter, separated water,
added colouring and flavouring matters and mineral oil." However, it may contain food
additives permitted in these regulations and Appendix A.
It shall also conform to the following standards,
namely:—
(a) Butyro-refractometer reading at 40oC, or 45.9-47.3
o
Refractive Index at 40 C 1.4565 to 1.4575
(b) Saponification value 187-191.7
Not more than 1.5 per cent by
(c) Unsaponifiable matters weight
(d) Iodine value (wijs) 32-40
(e) Acid value Not more than 0.5
(f) Flash Point Not less than 250oC
Pensky-Martens (closed) method
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
8. Mango Kernel Fat means the fat obtained from clean and sound kernels of Mango
(Magifera Indica Linn) by process of expression or by a process of solvent extraction from
cake or kernel. It shall be refined. The fat shall be clear on melting and free from rancidity,
adulterants, sediment suspended or other foreign matter, separated water, added colouring and
flavouring matters and mineral oil. However, it may contain food additives permitted in these
Regulations and Appendices.
It shall also conform to the following standards,
namely :—
(a) Butyro-refractometer reading at 40oC, 43.7-51.6
o
or Refractive Index at 40 C 1.4550 to 1.4604
(b) Saponification value 185-198
Not more than 1.5 per cent by
(c) Unsaponifiable matters weight
(d) Iodine value (wijs) 32-57
(e) Acid value Not more than 0.5
(f) Flash Point
Pensky-Martens (closed) method Not more than 250oC
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.
9. Dhupa Fat means the fat obtained from clean and sound seed kernels of Dhupa, also
known as Indian Copal (Vateria Indica Linn) tree by process of expression or by a process of
solvent extraction from cake or kernel. It shall be refined. The fat shall be clear on melting and
free from rancidity, adulterants, sediment, suspended or other foreign matter, separated water,
added colouring and flavouring matter and mineral oil. However, it may contain food additives
permitted in these Regulations and Appendices
It shall also conform to the following standards,
namely :—
(a) Butyro-refractometer reading at 40oC, 47.5-49.5
o
or Refractive Index at 40 C 1.4576 to 1.4590
(b) Saponification value 187-192
Not more than 1.5 per cent by
(c) Unsaponifiable matters weight.
(d) Iodine value (wijs) 36-43
(e) Acid value Not more than 0.5
(f) Flash Point Not less than 250oC
Penske-Martens (closed) method
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.
10. Phulwara Fat means the fat obtained from clean and sound seed kernels of Phulwara
[variously named Aisandra Butyrace (Roxb) Baehni, Madhuca Butyracea or Bassia Butyracea]
by a process of expression or by a process of solvent extraction from cake or Kernel. It shall be
refined. The fat shall be clear on melting and shall be free from rancidity, adulterants
sediments, suspended on other foreign matters, separated water, added colouring and
flavouring substances and mineral oil. However, it may contain food additives permitted in
these Regulations and Appendices.
It shall also conform to the following Standards,
namely :—
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(a) Butyro-refractometer reading at 40oC, 48.6-51.0
or Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4584 to 1.4600
(b) Saponification value 192.5-199.4
Not more than 1.5 per cent by
(c) Unsaponifiable matters weight.
(d) Iodine value (wijs) 43.8-47.4
(e) Acid value Not more than 0.5
(f) Flash Point
Penske-Martens (closed) method Not less than 250oC
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.
39[11. Peanut Butter means cohesive, comminuted food product prepared from clean, sound,
shelled peanuts or groundnuts (Arachis hypogaea L.) by grinding roasted mature kernels from
which the seed coats have been removed. It may contain sugar, liquid glucose and edible oils
and fats permitted in these regulations.It shall conform to the following standards, namely:-
2.
Fat Not less than 40.0 per cent by weight(on
dry basis)
3.
Protein Not less than 25.0 per cent by weight(on
dry basis)
4.
Total ash Not more than 5.0 per cent by weight(on
dry basis)
5.
Acid value of extracted fat Not more than 4.0
6.
Salt as NaCl Not more than 2 per cent by weight
(i) Food Additives: The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A.
(ii) Contaminants, Toxins and Residues: The product shall comply with the Food
Safety and Standards (Contaminants, Toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
(iii) Hygiene: The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the
practices prescribed in the Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and
Registration of Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and any other such practices prescribed
from time to time under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement prescribed in Appendix B.
(iv) Labelling: The provisions of the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and
Labelling) Regulations, 2011 shall apply.
(v) Methods of Sampling and Analysis: As provided in the relevant Food Safety and
Standards Authority of India Manual of Methods of Analysis of Food.]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The separated fat of the products shall conform to the following :—
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
It shall contain raw or refined sesame oil (Til oil) in sufficient quantity so that when the
product is mixed with refined groundnut oil in the proportion of 20 : 80, the colour produced
by the Boudouin test shall not be lighter than 2.0 red unit in a 1 cm. cell on a Lovibond scale.
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.
3. Fat spread means a product in the form of water in oil emulsion, of an aquous phase
and a fat phase of edible oils and fats excluding animal body fats. The individual oil and fat
used in the spread shall conform to the respective standards prescribed by these regulations.
Fat spread shall be classified into the following three groups:—
S.N
o Types Characteristics
(a) Milk fat spread Fat content will be exclusively milk fat.
Fat content will be a mixture of milk fat with any one or more of
(b) Mixed fat spread hydrogenated,
unhydrogenated refined edible vegetable Oils or
interesterified fat.
Vegetable fat Fat content will be a mixture of any two or more of
(c) spread hydrogenated,
unhydrogenated refined vegetable oils or interesterfied fat.
The fat content shall be declared on the label. In mixed fat spread, the milk fat content
shall also be declared on the label alongwith the total fat content.
The word 'butter' will not be associated while labelling the product.
It may 'contain' edible common salt not exceeding 2 per cent by weight in aqueous phase;
milk solid not fat: It may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and
Appendices. It shall be free from animal body fat, mineral oil and wax. Vegetable fat spread
shall contain raw or refined Sesame oil (Til oil) in sufficient quantity so that when separated
fat is mixed with refined groundnut oil in the proportion of 20:80 the red colour produced by
Baudouin test shall not be lighter than 2.5 red units in 1 cm cell on a Lovibond scale.
It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:—
I Fat Not more than 80 per cent and not less than 40 per cent by weight.
Ii Moisture Not more than 56 per cent and not less than 16 per cent by weight.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(b) In case of Not more than 1.5 per cent
vegetable fat
spread
V Acid value of Not more than 0.5
extracted fat
Vi The vegetable fat Not less than 25 IU synthetic vitamin 'A' per gram at the time of
spread shall packing and shall show a positive test for vitamin 'A' when tested
contain by Antimony Trichloride (Carr-Price) reagents (as per I.S. 5886 -
1970)".
vii It shall contain Not less than 100 ppm and Not more than 150 ppm
Starch
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
It shall be compulsorily sold in sealed packages weighing not more than 500g. under
Agmark certificate mark.
54
[Vanaspati shall be prepared from any of the edible vegetable oils whose standards
have been prescribed in these regulations or from any other edible vegetable oil with
prior approval of the Food Safety and Standards Authority of India. Provided that
Refined Salseed fat, if used, shall not be more than 10 per cent of the total oil mix.]
It shall conform to the standards specified below:—
(i) It shall not contain any harmful colouring, flavouring or any other matter deleterious
to health;
(ii) No colour shall be added to hydrogenated vegetable oil unless so authorised
by Government, but in no event any colour resembling the colour of ghee shall be
added;
(iii)If any flavour is used, it shall be distinct from that of ghee in accordance with a list
of permissible flavours and in such quantities as may be prescribed by Government:
Provided that diacetyl to the extent of not more than 4.0 p.p.m. may be added to
Vanaspati exclusively meant for consumption by the Armed Forces;
(iv) The product on melting shall be clear in appearance and shall be free from staleness
or rancidity, and pleasant to taste and smell;
(v) It shall contain raw or refined sesame (til) oil in sufficient quantity so that
when the vanaspati is mixed with refined groundnut oil in the proportion of 20:80, the
colour produced by the Baudouin test shall not be lighter than 2.0 red units in a 1 cm.
cell on a Lovibond scale;
(vi) It may contain Food Additives permitted in these regulations and appendices.
54
[omit]
(vii) The product shall conform to the following requirements:
a) Moisture, percent by mass: Not more than 0.25
2
[ b) Trans fatty acids, not more than ten per cent by weight:]
6
[Provided that the maximum limit of trans fatty acids shall be not more than
5% by weight, on and from the 27th of August, 2016.]
c) it shall not have unsaponifiable matter exceeding 2.0 percent but in case of
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
vanaspati where proportion of rice bran oil is more than 30 percent by weight,
the unsaponifiable matter shall not be more than 2.5 percent by weight provided
quantity of rice bran is declared on the label of such vanaspati as laid down in
regulation 2.4.2(8) of packaging and labeling regulations
54
[ d) Acid Value: Not more than 0.6]
e) Synthetic Vitamin ‘A’: Not less than 25.0 International units (IU) per gram at
the time of packing and shall test positive when tested with Antimony
Trichloride (carr-price Reagent) as per IS:5886-1970.
The oils and fats covered under this regulation shall comply with the fatty acid
composition of the oils and fats specified in the table, namely:—
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
TABLE
Fatty acid composition of vegetable oils as determined by gas liquid chromatography (expressed as percentage of total
fatty acids)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Safflow
Safflo erseed
Fatt Coco Palm Soya
Ground Cotton- Maiz Palm Palmol Rice wer oil
y nut kernel bean
nut oil seed oil e oil oil ein bran oil seed (high
acid oil oil oil
oil oleic
acid)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
ND- N
C6:0 ND ND ND ND-2.5 ND ND ND ND ND
1.0 D
4.0- N
C8:0 ND ND ND 2.0-6.3 ND ND ND ND ND
10.0 D
C10: 5.0- N
ND ND ND 2.7-7.0 ND ND ND ND ND
0 10.0 D
C12: 44.0- ND- 39.7- ND-
ND-1.0 ND-0.2 ND-1.5 0.1-0.5 ND-0.2 ND ND-0.2
0 53.2 0.3 55.0 0.1
C14: 13.0- ND- 11.5- ND ND-
ND-0.5 0.6-1.0 0.5-2.0 0.5-1.5 ND-1.0 ND-0.2
0 21.9 0.3 19.0 -0.2 0.2
C16: 7.5- 21.4- 8.6- 32.0- 6.0- 38.0- 5.3- 8-
6.0-14 14-23 3.6-6.0
0 11.0 26.4 16.5 47.5 14.0 43.5 8.0 13.5
C16: ND- ND ND-
ND-0.2 ND ND-1.2 ND-0.6 ND-0.1 ND-0.6 ND-0.5 ND-0.2
1 0.5 -0.2 0.2
C17: ND- ND ND-
ND-0.1 ND ND-0.1 ND-0.2 - ND-0.2 ND ND-0.1
0 0.1 -0.1 0.1
C17: ND- ND ND-
ND-0.1 ND ND-0.1 ND - ND-0.1 ND ND-0.1
1 0.1 -0.1 0.1
C18: 1.0- ND- 1.9-
0.6-7.0 2.1-3.4 3.5-6.0 1.0-4.0 3.5-5.4 0.9-5.2 1.5-2.4 2-5.4
0 4.9 3.3 2.9
C18: 5.0- 14.7- 20.0- 36.0- 10.5- 39.8- 8.4- 70.0- 17-
35.0-69 38-48
1 10.0 23.5 42.2 44.0 24.6 47.0 21.3 83.7 30
C18: 12.0- 1.0- 46.7- 34.0- 10.0- 21.0- 67.8 48.0-
8.5-12 0.5-4.3 9.0-19.9
2 43.0 2.5 58.2 65.6 13.5 42.0 -83.2 59.0
C18: ND- ND- ND 4.5-
ND-0.3 ND-0.4 ND-0.5 ND-0.3 ND-0.6 0.1-2.9 ND-1.2
3 0.2 2.0 -0.1 11
C20: ND- 0.3- 0.2- 0.1-
1.0-4.0 0.2-0.5 ND-1.0 ND-0.5 ND-0.9 ND-0.9 0.3-0.6
0 0.2 1.0 0.4 0.6
C20: ND- 0.2- 0.1- ND-
0.7-1.7 ND-0.1 ND-0.4 ND-0.2 ND-0.4 ND-1.1 0.1-0.5
1 0.2 0.6 0.3 0.5
C20: ND- ND-
ND ND ND-0.1 ND ND ND - ND ND
2 0.1 0.1
C22: ND- ND ND-
1.5-4.5 ND ND-0.6 ND-0.2 - ND-0.2 ND-1.0 ND-0.4
0 0.5 -1.0 0.7
C22: N ND ND-
ND-0.3 ND ND-0.3 ND ND ND ND ND-0.3
1 D-0.3 -1.8 0.3
C22: N
ND ND ND-0.1 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
2 D
C24: Version-IX (29.03.2019) N ND ND-
0.5-2.5 ND ND-0.1 ND - ND ND-0.9 ND-0.3
0 D-0.5 -0.2 0.5
C24: N ND
ND-0.3 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND-0.3 ND
1 D -0.2
Olive
Olive
Pomace
Rapeseed Sunflower oil
Virgin oil
Fatty Mustard Rapeseed oil (low Sesame Sunflower seed oil (Refin
olive (Refined
acid -seed oil oil erucic seed oil seed oil (high oleic ed
oils Olive
acid) acid) olive
Pomace
oil)
oil)
(1) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)
C6:0 ND ND ND ND ND ND - - -
C8:0 ND ND ND ND ND ND - - -
C10:
ND ND ND ND ND ND - - -
0
C12:
ND ND ND ND-1.5 ND-0.3 ND - - -
0
C14: ND- ND-
ND-1.0 ND-0.8 ND-0.3 ND-0.1 0-0.1 0-0.1 0-0.1
0 0.2 0.2
C16: 7.5- 7.5-
0.5-5.0 1.5-6.0 2.5-7.0 7.9-14.6 4.0-8.0 2.6-5.0 7.5-20.0
0 20.0 20.0
C16: ND- ND- 0.3-
ND-0.5 ND-0.2 ND-0.3 ND-0.1 0.3-3.5 0.3-3.5
1 3.0 0.6 3.5
C17: ND- ND-
ND ND-0.2 ND-0.2 ND-0.1 0-0.03 0-0.03 0-0.03
0 0.1 0.3
C17: ND- ND-
ND ND-0.1 ND-0.1 ND-0.1 0-0.3 0-0.3 0-0.3
1 0.1 0.3
C18: 0.5-
0.5-2.0 0.5-3.1 0.8-3.0 2.0-8.0 1.0-7.0 2.9-6.2 0.5-5.0 0.5-5.0
0 5.0
C18: 8.0- 51.0- 55.0- 55.0- 55.0-
8.0-23.0 34.4-48.0 14.0-39.4 75-90.7
1 60.0 70.0 83.0 83.0 83.0
C18: 10.0- 11.0- 15.0- 2.5- 2.5-
28-47.9 48.3-74.0 2.1-17 2.5-21.0
2 24.0 23.0 30.0 21.0 21.0
C18: 5.0- 5.0-
6.0-18.0 ND-1.0 ND-0.3 ND-0.3 - - -
3 13.0 14.0
C20: ND-
ND-1.5 0.2-1.2 0.1-0.8 0.1-0.5 0.2-0.5 0-0.8 0-0.8 0-0.8
0 3.0
C20: 3.0-
5.0-13.0 0.1-4.3 ND-0.5 ND-0.3 0.1-0.5 0-0.4 0-0.4 0-0.4
1 15.0
C20: ND- ND-
ND-1.0 ND ND ND - - -
2 1.0 0.1
C22: ND- ND-
0.2-2.5 ND-1.1 0.3-1.5 0.5-1.6 0-0.3 0-0.3 0-0.3
0 2.0 0.6
C22: 40.0- > 2.0- ND-
ND ND-0.3 ND-0.3 - - -
1 58.0 60.0 2.0
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
C22: ND- ND-
ND-1.0 ND ND ND - - -
2 2.0 0.1
C24: ND- ND-
ND-0.8 ND-0.5 ND-0.3 ND-0.5 0-1.0 0-1.0 0-1.0
0 2.0 0.3
C24: 0.5- ND- ND-
ND ND-0.5 ND - - -
1 2.5 3.0 0.4
54
[Fatty Palm Palm Kernel Palm Kernel Palm
acid Avocado Oil Stearin Stearin Olein superlolein
(1) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26)
C6:0 ND ND 0.2 max. 0.7 max. ND
C8:0 ND ND 1.3-3.0 2.9-6.3 ND
C10:0 ND ND 2.4-3.3 2.7-4.5 ND
C12:0 ND 0.1-0.5 52.0-59.7 39.7-47.0 0.1-0.5
C14:0 0.3 max. 1.0-2.0 20.0-25.0 11.5-15.5 0.5-1.5
C16:0 7.0-35.0 48.0-74.0 6.7-10.0 6.2-10.6 30.0-39.0
C16:1 2.0-16.8 0.2 max. ND 0.1 max. 0.5 max.
C17:0 0.3 max. 0.2 max. ND ND 0.1 max.
C17:1 0.3 max. 0.1 max. ND ND ND
C18:0 1.5 max. 3.9-6.0 1.0-3.0 1.7-3.0 2.8-4.5
C18:1 36.0-80.0 15.5-36.0 4.1-8.0 14.4-24.6 43.0-49.5
C18:2 6.0-21.2 3.0-10.0 0.5-1.5 2.4-4.3 10.5-15.0
C18:3 3.0 max. 0.5 max. 0.1 max. 0.3 max. 0.2-1.0
C20:0 0.5 max. 1.0 max. 0.5 max. 0.5 max. 0.4 max.
C20:1 0.2 max. 0.4 max. 0.1 max. 0.2 max. 0.2 max.
C20:2 ND ND ND ND ND
C22:0 ND 0.2 max. ND ND 0.2 max.
C22:1 ND ND ND ND ND
C22:2 ND ND ND ND ND
C24:0 0.1 max. ND ND ND ND
C24:1 ND ND ND ND ND
54
[2.2.8. PEROXIDE VALUE OF OILS AND FATS
The Peroxide Value of various categories of oils and fats shall be as follows, namely:-
(i) Refined oils up to 10 milliequivalents of active oxygen/kg oil (except olive oil);
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(ii) Cold pressed and virgin oils up to 15 milliequivalents of active oxygen/kg
oil(except olive oil);
(iii) Cold pressed fats and oils up to 15 milliequivalents of active oxygen/kg oil (except
olive oil);
(iv) Virgin olive oils < 20 milliequivalents of active oxygen/kg oil;
(v) Refined olive oil < 5 milliequivalents of active oxygen/kg oil;
(vi) Olive oil < 15 milliequivalents of active oxygen/kg oil;
(vii) Refined olive-pomace oil < 5 milliequivalents of active oxygen/kg oil;
(viii) Olive-pomace oil < 15 milliequivalents of active oxygen/kg oil;
(ix) Other expelled edible oils and fats up to 10 milliequivalents of active oxygen/kg
oil or fat.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2.3: FRUIT & VEGETABLE PRODUCTS
(c) the fruit mixture is packed with water or other suitable liquid packing medium and may be
packed with nutritive sweeteners and processed by heat in an appropriate manner before or after
being sealed in a container so as to prevent spoilage.
2. Quality factors.-
(A) Packing Media.-
(i) The product may be packed in any one of the following packing media, namely:-
a) Water― in which water is the sole packing medium;
b) Water and Fruit Juice― in which water and fruit juice(s) from the fruits used in
the product are the liquid packing medium;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
c) Fruit Juice― in which one or more fruit juice(s) from the fruits used in the product
which may be strained or filtered are the liquid packing medium;
d) With Sugar(s) ― any of the above packing media, may have one or more of the
following sugars added, namely, sucrose, invert sugar syrup, dextrose, dried glucose
syrup, glucose syrup, fructose and fructose syrup.
(b) When sugars are added to water or water and one or more fruit juices the liquid
media shall be classified on the basis of the cut-out strength as follows:
1. Slightly Sweetened Water/ Extra Not less than 10° Brix and
Light Syrup not more than 13.9° Brix;
2. Light Syrup Not less than 14° Brix and
not more than 17.9° Brix
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
S.No Defects Limits
1. Blemished fruit pieces 2 pieces/100 g of drained
fruit
(consisting of pieces of fruit with dark
surface areas, spots penetrating the fruit,
and other abnormalities)
2. Peel (based on averages) (considered a 6.5 cm²/500 g of total
defect only when occurring on, or from contents
those fruits which are peeled)
(v) Minimum Fill.-The container shall be well filled with fruit and the product (including
packing medium) shall occupy not less than ninety per cent. of the water capacity of the
container. The water capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20°C which
the sealed container will hold when completely filled;
(vi) Minimum Drained Weight.- The drained weight of the product shall not be less than
fifty percent. of the weight of distilled water at 20°C which the sealed container will hold
when completely filled.
3. Labelling.-
(a) For labelling of the product, the provisions of the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging
and Labelling) Regulations, 2011 shall apply.
(b)In addition, the following shall be declared as part of the name or in close proximity
thereto, as:
(i)When the packing medium is composed of water, or water and one or more fruit juices in
which water predominates―
"In water" or "Packed in water".
(ii)When the packing medium contains water and one or more fruit juice(s), in which the fruit
juice comprises fifty percent. or more by volume of the packing medium, the packing
medium shall be designated to indicate the preponderance of such fruit juice, as, for
example―
"(name of fruits) juice(s) and water"
(iii)When the packing medium is composed solely of a single fruit juice―
"In (name of fruit) juice"
(iv)When the packing medium is composed of two or more fruit juices―
"In (name of fruits) juice"
(v)When sugars are added to one or more fruit juices, it shall be mentioned as ―
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
“Extra light sweetened: (name(s) of fruit) Juice”
or
“Lightly sweetened: (name(s) of fruit) Juice”
or
“Heavily sweetened: (name(s) of fruit) Juice”
or
“Extra heavy sweetened (name(s) of fruit)Juice”
(vi)When sugars are added to water, or water and one or more fruit juices, it shall be mentioned
as ―
“Slightly Sweetened Water/ Extra Light Syrup”
or
“Light Syrup”
or
“Heavy Syrup”
or
“Extra Heavy Syrup”]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(ii) Solid Pack 70.0 percent of net weight of contents
2. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.
1. Canned tomatoes shall be prepared from selected, fresh, washed, cleaned, firm and ripe
tomatoes of variety Lycopersicum esculentum Mill, uniform shape and free from blemish,
extraneous matter, artificial colouring matter and flavouring agents, but may contain natural
spices and condiments, spice oils, aromatic herbs and their extracts, natural aromas, seasoning
and salt (sodium chloride) and where acidifying agents are used, sugars as prescribed in these
regulations may be added.
2. Tomatoes used for the purpose of canning shall be of the following styles, namely:-
(1) Peeled tomatoes which are scalded, peeled and canned as whole or non-whole; and
(2) Unpeeled- tomatoes packed as whole or non-whole without prior scalding and peeling.
3. The style shall be specified according to the type of grinding or cutting for non-whole
tomatoes, namely:-
(1) Diced: tomato cut into cubes;
(2) Sliced: tomato cut perpendicularly to the longitudinal axis in rounds with a regular
thickness;
(4) Pulp or crushed or chopped: tomato crushed, ground or pulped when appropriate.
5. Where canned tomatoes are packed in such media as tomato juice, water or tomato puree,
the media shall conform to the following requirements, namely:-
(1) the quantity of added common salt shall not exceed 3 per cent. of the net;
Note.- when determining the quantity of added common salt, the natural content of chlorides
shall be considered as equal to 2 per cent. of the dry weight content.
(2) where calcium chloride is added as a firming agent, the total calcium-ion content must not
exceed 0·045 per cent. in whole style and 0·080 per cent. in non-whole style;
(3) the pH of the covering liquid shall be not higher than 4·5.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
6. Canned tomatoes on opening shall display the following characteristics, namely:-
(1) the product shall possess a good, practically uniform colour, characteristic of well-
matured fruit, practically free from 'green shoulders' or any discoloration due to oxidation,
processing and other causes;
Note.- Uneven distribution of pigment and changes in colour normally associated with proper
processing shall not be considered as defects.
(2) the product shall possess a good texture which means that it is just firm but not hard or
unduly soft and have characteristic of tomato of proper stage of maturity and practically be
uniform in size;
(3) Tomatoes shall be free from off odours and their colour shall be characteristic of the
variety used and proper processing;
(4) the product shall be practically free from defects, the peeled product shall be virtually free
from peel and in unpeeled product, the peel should be virtually intact.
7. The product shall not exceed the following tolerances given for 1 kg net weight to comply
with the requirements, namely:-
8. The product shall also conform to the requirements specified in table below, namely:-
Table
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
3. Drained weight of the content of the 56
9. Containers shall be well filled with the product which shall occupy not less than 90 per
cent. of the water capacity of the container.
Note 1.- The water capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 27oC which the
sealed container will hold when completely filled.
Note 2.-When the product is packed in glass containers, the water capacity shall be reduced
by 20 ml.
(a) “whole, peeled tomatoes” means peeled tomatoes of suitable varieties having undergone a
heat treatment, packed in hermetically sealed containers with or without added water or
tomato juice.
(b) “non-whole, peeled tomatoes” means pieces of peeled tomatoes of suitable varieties
having undergone a heat treatment, packed in hermetically sealed containers with or without
added water or tomato juice.
(c) “whole, unpeeled tomatoes” means unpeeled tomatoes of suitable varieties having
undergone a heat treatment, packed in hermetically sealed containers with or without added
water or tomato juice.
(d) “non-whole, unpeeled tomatoes” means pieces of unpeeled tomatoes of suitable varieties
having undergone a heat treatment, packed in hermetically sealed containers with or without
added water or tomato juice.
(e) “head space” means the distance between the top of the double seam and the level of the
surface of the contents.
(f) “absence of defects” means the degree of freedom from extraneous material, such as
remnants of peel (in peeled tomatoes), core and other inedible matter, and also freedom from
damage due to mechanical injury.
(g) “blemished Units” means units that are blemished with some injury caused by scab, hail,
frost, sunburn, insect damage or physiological disorder, black spots or enzyme activity on the
surface or any other; abnormality readily visible to the naked eye to a noticeable degree.]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
combination, may be prepared in any suitable style applicable for the respective vegetable in
normal culinary preparation. It may contain salt, nutritive sweeteners, spices and condiments,
edible vegetable oils and fats, milk fat and any other ingredients suitable to the product and
processed by heat, in an appropriate manner, before or after being- in a container, so as to
prevent spoilage.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and
Appendices. The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B.
3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The product shall meet the following requirements:—
FRUIT JUICES
TSS Min( %) Acidity expressed as
Citric Acid Max.(%)
1 2 3
3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
with water suitable for the purpose of maintaining the essential composition & quality factors
of the juice and processed by heat, in an appropriate manner, before or after being sealed in a
container, so as to prevent spoilage. It may contain salt, nutritive sweeteners, spices and
condiments, vinegar, whey or lactoserum having undergone lactic acid fermentation not more
than 100 gm/kg and any other ingredients suitable to the product.
2. The product shall have total soluble solids free of added salts not less than 5.0 percent
(w/w).
3. The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix A. The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B.
4. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.
41
[2.3.8 THERMALLY PROCESSED TOMATO JUICE:
1. Thermally processed tomato juice means the unfermented juice obtained by mechanical
process from sound, fresh and fully ripe tomatoes and processed by heat, before or after being
sealed in a container so as to prevent spoilage. The juice may also be obtained by
reconstituting the concentrate with water for the purpose of maintaining the essential
composition and quality factors of the juice. The product shall be free from extraneous plant
material including skins, seeds and other coarse parts of tomato but may contain finely
divided insoluble solids from tomato flesh.
2. The product shall have characteristic red colour and good flavour which is characteristic of
properly processed product and have an evenly divided texture and consistency and product
shall be free from foreign taste, in particular, the taste of burned or caramelized products.
Mineral impurities content shall not exceed 0·1 per cent of the dry weight content reduced by
common salt.
3. The substances that may be added to the tomato juice are common salt, sugar, dextrose,
spices, aromatic herbs and their extracts and natural aromas and other ingredients whose
standards are prescribed in these regulations.
4. The product shall be free from any added colours or artificial flavours.
5. The product shall also conform to the requirements prescribed in table below:-
Table
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
mm,(Maximum)
(exclusive of salt )% by
weight,(Minimum)
6. Containers shall be well filled the product which shall occupy not less than 90 per cent. of
the water capacity of the container.
Note 1.- The water capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 27° C which
the sealed container will hold when completely filled.
Note 2.- When the product is packed in glass containers, the water capacity shall be reduced
by 20 ml.]
2.3.9 Thermally Processed Fruit Nectars:
5. Thermally Processed Fruit Nectars (Canned, Bottled, Flexible Pack And / Or
Aseptically Packed) means an unfermented but fermentable pulpy or non-pulpy, turbid or
clear product intended for direct consumption made from fruit singly or in combination,
obtained by blending the fruit juice / pulp/fruit juice concentrate and/ or edible part of sound,
ripe fruit(s), concentrated or unconcentrated with water, nutritive sweeteners and any other
ingredient appropriate to the product and processed by heat, in an appropriate manner, before
or after being sealed in a container, so as to prevent spoilage.
6. Lemon and Lime juice may be added as an acidifying agent in quantities which would
not impair characteristic fruit flavour of the fruit used. The product may contain food additives
permitted in these regulations including Appendix A. The product shall conform to the
microbiological requirements given in Appendix B. It shall meet the following
requirements:—
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
AcidityExpress
TSS Min( %) Min. Fruit Juice ed
Content (%) as Citric Acid
Max (%)
NECTARS OF CITRUS
JUICE
Orange Nectar 15 40 1.5
Grape Fruit Nectar 15 20 1.5
Pineapple Nectar 15 40 1.5
Mango Nectar 15 20 1.5
Guava Nectar 15 20 1.5
Peach Nectar 15 20 1.5
Pear Nectar 15 20 1.5
Apricot Nectar 15 20 1.5
Non-pulpy Black Currant
Nectar 15 20 1.5
Other Fruit Nectar 15 20 1.5
Other Fruit Nectars of High Acidity/Pulpy /
Strong flavour 15 20 1.5
Mixed Fruit Nectar 15 20 1.5
3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.
2.3.10: Thermally Processed Fruit Beverages / Fruit Drink/ Ready to Serve Fruit
Beverages
1. Thermally Processed Fruit Beverages / Fruit Drink/ Ready to Serve Fruit Beverages
(Canned, Bottled, Flexible Pack And/ Or Aseptically Packed) means an unfermented but
fermentable product which is prepared from juice or Pulp/Puree or concentrated juice or pulp
of sound mature fruit. The substances that may be added to fruit juice or pulp are water, peel
oil, fruit essences and flavours, salt, sugar, invert sugar, liquid glucose, milk and other
ingredients appropriate to the product and processed by heat, in an appropriate manner, before
or after being sealed in a container, so as to prevent spoilage.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix A. The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. The product shall meet the following requirements:—
(i) Total Soluble solid (m/m) Not less than 10.0 percent
(ii) Fruit juice content (m/m)
Lime/Lemon ready to serve Not less than 5.0
(a) beverage percent
(b) All other beverage/drink Not less than 10.0
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
percent
3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.
2.3.11: Thermally Processed Mango Pulp / Puree and Sweetened Mango Pulp / Puree
1. Thermally Processed Mango Pulp / Puree and Sweetened Mango Pulp / Puree (Canned,
Bottled, Flexible Pack And/ Or Aseptically Packed) means unfermented but fermentable
product intended for direct consumption obtained from edible portion of sound, ripe mangoes
(Mangifera indica.L.), by sieving the prepared fruits, where as, the puree is obtained by finely
dividing the pulp by a finisher or other mechanical means and processed by heat in an
appropriate manner, before or after being sealed in a container, so as to prevent spoilage.
2. It may contain one or more nutritive sweeteners in amounts not exceeding 50 gm/ kg.
However, the product shall be described as sweetened Mango pulp/ puree if the amount of
nutritive sweeteners is in excess of 15 gm / kg.
3. The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix A. The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:-
(i) Total Soluble Solids (m/m)
Not less than 15.0
(a) Sweetened percent
Unsweetened (Natural Mango Not less than 12.0
(b) Pulp) percent
Not less than 0.3
(ii) Acidity as Citric Acid percent
(For sweetened canned mango pulp)
4. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.
2.3.12 Thermally Processed Fruit Pulp / Puree And Sweetened Fruit Pulp / Puree
other than Mango
1. Thermally Processed Fruit Pulp / Puree And Sweetened Fruit Pulp / Puree other than
Mango (Canned, Bottled, Flexible Pack And / Or Aseptically Packed) means unfermented but
fermentable product intended for direct consumption obtained from edible portion of sound,
ripe fruit of any suitable kind & variety by sieving the prepared fruits, where as, the puree is
obtained by finely dividing the pulp by a finisher or other mechanical means and processed by
heat in an appropriate manner, before or after being sealed in a container, so as to prevent
spoilage.
2. It may contain one or more nutritive sweeteners in amounts not exceeding 50 gm/Kg.
However, the product shall be described as sweetened pulp/puree if the amount of nutritive
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
sweeteners is in excess of 15 gm. /kg.
3. The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix A. The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:-
Total Soluble Solids (m/m) exclusive of Not less than 6.0
(i) added sugar percent
Not less than 0.3
(ii) Acidity as Citric Acid percent
The container shall be filled with the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0 percent
of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity
of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable
of holding when completely filled.
Tomato
1 puree Not less than 9.0 percent
Tomato
2 Paste Not less than 25 percent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.
2.3.16 Fruit/Vegetable Juice / Pulp/ Puree With Preservatives For Industrial Use only:
1. Fruit/Vegetable Juice / Pulp/ Puree With Preservatives For Industrial Use only means
an unfermented but fermentable product, pulpy, turbid or clear, obtained by a mechanical
process from sound ripe fruits/ vegetables.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix A. The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B.
3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.
2.3.17 Concentrated Fruit Vegetable Juice /Pulp / Puree With Preservatives For
Industrial Use Only:
1. Concentrated Fruit Vegetable Juice /Pulp / Puree With Preservatives For Industrial Use
Only means an unfermented product, which is capable of fermentation, obtained from the juice
or pulp or puree of fruit(s) / vegetable (s), from which the water has been removed to the
extent that the product has a soluble solids content of not less than double the content of the
original juice, pulp, puree prescribed under Regulation 2.3.6 and Regulation 2.3.7. It may be
pulpy, turbid or clear.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix A. The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B.
3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.
4. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
previously preserved, starch, cereals & nutritive sweeteners, other ingredients appropriate to
the product with or without salt & dehydrated in the form of flakes.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix A. The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. The product shall comply with the following requirements:—
Not more than 6.0
(i) Moisture (m/m) percent
Not more than 0.5
(ii) Acid insoluble Ash (m/m) percent
(iii Not more than 25.0
) Starch (m/m) percent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1. Murabba means the product, prepared from suitable, sound whole or cut grated fruits,
rhizome or vegetables, appropriately prepared, suitable for the purpose, singly or in
combination, by impregnating it, with nutritive sweeteners to a concentration adequate to
preserve it.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix A. The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. The product shall conform to the following composition:
(i)Total soluble solids (m/m) Not less than 65.0 percent
(ii) Fruit contents (m/m) Not less than 55.0 percent
3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.
2.3.26 Candied, Crystallised And Glazed Fruit / Vegetable / Rhizome / Fruit Peel:
1.1Candied Fruits / Vegetables/ Rhizome / Fruit Peel means the product prepared from
sound and ripe fruits, vegetables, rhizomes or fruit peel, of any suitable variety, appropriately
prepared, by impregnating it with nutritive sweeteners to a concentration adequate to preserve
it.
1.2Crystallised Fruit / Vegetable/ Rhizome / Fruit Peel means the product prepared from
candied product by coating with pure crystallised sugar or by drying the syrup on wet candied
fruit.
1.3 Glazed Fruit/ Vegetable/Rhizome / Fruit Peel means the product prepared from
candied product by coating it with a thin transparent layer of heavy syrup with or without
pectin which has dried to a more or less firm texture on the product.
1.4 The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix A. The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:—
Not less than
(i) The percentage of total sugar (w/w) 70.0
(ii Not less than
) Percentage of reducing Sugar to total sugar 25.0
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(ii Not less than 1.0
) Acidity as acetic acid percent
3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.
2.3.28 Culinary Pastes / Fruits and Vegetable Sauces Other Than Tomato Sauce and
Soya Sauce
1. Culinary Pastes / Fruits and Vegetable Sauces Other Than Tomato Sauce and Soya
Sauce means a culinary preparation used as an adjunct to food, prepared from edible portion of
any suitable fruit/vegetable including, roots, tubers & rhizomes, their pulps/purees, dried
fruits, singly or in combination by blending with nutritive sweeteners, salt, spices and
condiments and other ingredient appropriate to the product.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix A. It may contain caramel but shall not contain any other added colour whether
natural or synthetic. The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:—
(1) Chilli Sauce Not less than 8.0 percent Not less than 1.0 percent
Fruits / Vegetable
(2) Sauces Not less than 15.0 percent Not less than 1.2 percent
Culinary Paste/
(3) Sauce Not less than 8.0 percent Not less than 1.0 percent
(4) Ginger Paste Not less than 3.0 percent Not less than 1.0 percent
3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.
1. Jam means the product prepared from a suitable fruit ingredient of one or two or more types
which shall be―
2. Fruit jelly means product prepared by boiling fruit juice or fruit(s) or aqueous extracts of one or
more fruits of sound quality, with or without water, expressing and straining the juice, adding
nutritive sweeteners, and concentrating to such a consistency that gel formation takes place on
cooling. The product shall be clear, sparkling and translucent. It may also contain any other
ingredient suitable to the products including derivatives like fibre, extracts, spices and condiments.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
3. Marmalade means a mixture brought to a suitable gelled consistency of sugars and one or more
of the products obtained from fruit including pulp, puree, juice, aqueous extracts and peel.
4. Jelly marmalade means product from which all the insoluble solids, or all insoluble solids except
for a small proportion of thinly cut peel, have been removed during the process of manufacture.
5. Jams, fruit jellies and marmalades shall be prepared from any fruit ingredient singly or in
combination.
6. The prepared fruit content in jams, jellies and marmalades shall be not less than 45 per cent. by
weight, except in strawberry, raspberry and ginger jams when the minimum fruit content shall be
not less than 25 per cent. by weight. The minimum fruit content for cashew apples shall be 23 per
cent. and 8 per cent. for passion fruit.
7. The total soluble solids content, in the case of jams shall be not less than 65per cent. by weight
and not less than 60 per cent. by weight in case of jellies and marmalades.
8. The other substances that may be added to the products are cane sugar, sucrose, dextrose, and
invert sugar, liquid glucose, honey, salt, herbs, spices, condiments and their extracts and other
ingredients appropriate to the product whose standards are prescribed in these regulations.
10. The product shall conform to the following quality factors, namely:-
(1) in case of jams, the finished product shall have gelled consistency. It shall have colour and
flavour of original fruit and shall be free from burnt or objectionable flavours, weeping,
crystallization, mould growth and shall show no sign of fermentation;
(2) in case of jellies and marmalades, the finished product shall be reasonably uniform and
shall be of good keeping quality and attractive colour. Fruit jellies shall be of gelatinous
consistency. It shall be clear, sparkling of attractive colour. It shall not be syrupy, sticky or
gummy and should retain the flavour or aroma of original fruit. The product shall be free
from burnt or objectionable flavours, weeping, and crystallization. Marmalades shall have a
uniform suspension of peel.
11. The product shall be free from extraneous matter normally associated with the fruits such as
skin, pits, pit fragments and seeds.
12. Containers shall be well filled with the product which shall occupy not less than 90 per cent. of
the water capacity of the container.
Note 1.- The water capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 27oCwhich the
sealed container will hold when completely filled.
Note 2.- When product is packed in glass containers, the water capacity shall be reduced by 20 ml.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(a) the products when indicated as being intended for further processing including as those
intended for use in the manufacture of fine bakery wares, pastries or biscuits;
(b) the products which are clearly intended or labelled as intended for special dietary uses;
(c) the reduced sugar products or those with very low sugar content;
(d) the products where the foodstuffs with sweetening properties have been replaced wholly
or partially by food additive sweeteners.
(a) “fruit” means fresh, frozen, canned, concentrated or otherwise processed or preserved
fruit, free from deterioration containing all its essential constituents and sufficiently
ripe for use in the removal of blemishes, topping and tailing, cores, pits and mayor
may not be peeled;
(b) “fruit pulp” means the edible portions of the fruit, mashed or cut into pieces, but not
reduced to a puree;
(c) “fruit puree” means fruit ingredient finely divided by sieving, screening or other
mechanical means;
(d) “fruit juice” means the juice obtained from fruit, fermentable but unfermented, having
the characteristic colour, aroma and flavour typical of the juice from the fruit from
which it comes;
(e) “soluble solids” means per cent. by weight of soluble solids as determined by the
refractometric method corrected to 20OC using the International Sucrose Scale but
making no correction for insoluble solids or seeds;
(f) “pit ” means whole pit or stone in fruits, such as cherries, that are normally pitted; or
a piece of pit of approximately one-half pit;
(g) “pit fragments” means pieces of pit less than the equivalent of one-half pits, and
which weighs at least 5 mg.]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Total soluble solids (m/m) Not less than 65.0 percent
3. The product shall be manufactured from not less than 45 percent by weight, of original
prepared fruit, exclusive of any added sugar or optional ingredients of finished product except
where fruit is strawberry or raspberry where it shall contain not less than 25 percent fruit.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
3. Karela 6 - - - Negative
2000
4. Cabbage 6 ppm - - Negative
2000
5. Okra 8 ppm - - Negative
2000
6. Other Vegetables 8 ppm 5 0.5 Negative
Powders of onion and
7. Garlic 5 - 5 0.5 Negative
Powders of other 2000
8. vegetables 5 ppm 5 0.5 Negative
including tomatoes
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
whether whole or cut into pieces. Vegetable(s) either singly or in combination may be
prepared in any suitable style applicable for the respective vegetables in normal culinary
preparation. It may contain salt, nutritive sweeteners, spices and condiments, edible vegetable
oils and fats and milk fat and any other ingredients suitable to the product and subjected to
freezing process in appropriate equipments. Freezing operation shall not be regarded as
complete unless and until the product temperature has reached (minus) - 18°C at the thermal
center after thermal sterilization.
2. The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in Appendix B.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
percent
3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20°C which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled. This requirement shall not be applicable for bulk
packs for industrial use.
2.3.43 Pickles:
1. Pickles means the preparation made from fruits or vegetables or other edible plant
material including mushrooms free from insect damage or fungal infection, singly or in
combination preserved in salt, acid, sugar or any combination of the three. The pickle may
contain onion, garlic, ginger, sugar jaggery, edible vegetable oil, green or red chillies, spices,
spice extracts/oil, limejuice, vinegar/ acetic acid, citric acid, dry fruits and nuts. It shall be free
from copper, mineral acid, alum, synthetic colours and shall show no sign of fermentation.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix A. The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. Pickles may be of combinations as given below:—
(i) Pickles in Citrus juice or Brine conforming to the following requirements:—
Not less than 60.0
(a) Drained Weight percent
Sodium Chloride content when packed in Not less than 12.0
(b) Brine percent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Acidity as Citric Acid when packed In Not less than 1.2
(c) Citrus Juice percent
(ii) Pickles in Oil
(a) Drained Weight Not less than 60.0 percent
(b) Fruit and Vegetable pieces shall be practically remaining submerged in oil
(iii) Pickles in Vinegar
Not less than 60.0
(a) Drained Weight percent
Not less than 2.0
(b) Acidity of vinegar as acetic acid percent
(iv) Pickle without medium means the pickles other than enumerated above. This may
contain ingredients given in Para 1 of this specification. Such pickles shall be labelled as
"(give name of vegetable or fruits) Pickle".
32[2.3.44 TABLE OLIVES:
1. “Table Olives” means the product prepared from sound fresh fruits of varieties of the
cultivated olive tree (Olea europaea L.) having reached proper maturity for processing whose
shape, flesh-to-stone ratio, fine flesh, taste, firmness and ease of detachment from the stone, make
them suitable for processing and have characteristic colour, flavour, odour and texture of the fruits.
(a) green olives:- fruits harvested during the ripening period, prior to colour development
and when they reached to their normal size;
(b) olives turning colour:- fruits harvested before the stage of complete ripeness is
attained, at colour change;
(c) black olives:- fruits harvested when fully ripe or slightly before full ripeness is reached.
(a) natural olives:- green olives, olives turning colour or black olives placed directly in
brine where they undergo complete or partial fermentation, whether preserved or not by
the addition of permitted acidifying agents, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(C) natural black olives;
(b) treated olives:- green olives, olives turning colour or black olives that have undergone
alkaline treatment, namely:-
(e) other types of olives:- olives prepared by means distinct from or in addition to above,
shall retain the name “olive” as long as the fruit is in accordance with the specification
provided in regulation1.2, but the name for such type shall be clearly indicated.
5. Styles:
Olives may be offered in the following styles, namely:-
(a) whole olives:- olives, with or without their stem, which have natural shape and from which
the stone (pit) has not been removed;
(b) cracked olives:- whole olives undergone a process whereby the flesh is opened without
breaking the stone (pit), which remains whole and intact inside the fruit;
(c) split olives:- whole olives that are split lengthwise by cutting into the skin and part of the
flesh;
(d) stoned (pitted) olives:- olives from which the stone (pit) has been removed and which
retain their natural shape;
(e) halved olives:- stoned (pitted) or stuffed olives sliced into two parts, perpendicularly to the
longitudinal axis of the fruit;
(f) quartered olives:- stoned (pitted) olives split into four parts, perpendicularly to the major
axis of the fruit;
(g) divided olives:- stoned (pitted) olives cut lengthwise into more than four parts;
(h) sliced olives:- stoned (pitted) or stuffed olives sliced into segments of uniform thickness;
(i) chopped or minced olives:- small pieces of stoned (pitted) olives of no definite shape and
devoid (no more than 5 per 100 of such units by weight) of identifiable stem insertion units
as well as of slice fragments;
(j) broken olives:- olives broken while being stoned (pitted) or stuffed which may contain
pieces of stuffing material;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(k) stuffed olives:- stoned (pitted) olives stuffed either with one or more suitable products
including pimiento, onion, almond, celery, anchovy, olive, orange or lemon peel, hazelnut
or capers with edible pastes;
(l) salad olives:- whole broken or broken-and-stoned (pitted) olives with or without capers,
plus stuffing material, where the olives are the most numerous compared with the entire
product marketed in this style;
(m) olives with capers:- whole, or stoned (pitted) olives, usually small in size, with capers and
with or without stuffing, where the olives are the most numerous compared with the entire
product marketed in this style.
(i) Ingredients:- Olives as specified in clause 3, which are treated and packed in the
manner specified in clause 2 and may contain any of the following permitted
ingredients, namely:-
(C) vinegar;
(D) olive oil or other edible vegetable oils as specified in regulation 2.2;
(ii)Packing brines:- (A) Packing brines is the solution of salts dissolved in potable
water, with or without addition of some or all the ingredients specified in entry (i).
(B) Brine shall be clean, free from foreign matter and shall comply with the hygiene
requirements as specified in clause 9.
(C) Fermented olives held in packing medium may contain micro-organisms used for
fermentation, including lactic acid bacteria and yeasts.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Pasteurised treated and natural olives GMP 4.3
Dehydrated or shrivelled olives (by 8.0 per cent. GMP
weight)
Darkened by oxidation with alkaline GMP GMP
treatment
(b) Drained weight of product shall not be less than the following weight, namely:-
Stoned (pitted) and stuffed 40.0 per cent. of net weight of the contents
olives
(c) The container shall be well filled with the product and occupy not less than 90.0 per cent.
of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers.
(d) The water capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 200C, which the
sealed container is capable of holding when completely filled.
7. Food additives:
The product may contain food additives specified in Appendix A to these regulations.
The product shall comply with the provisions of the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
9. Hygiene:
(a) The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines specified in
Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food
Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such other guidelines as specified from time to time
under the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006 (34 of 2006).
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement specified in Appendix B.
10. Labelling:
(a) For labelling of the product, the provisions of the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging
and Labelling) Regulations, 2011 shall apply.
(b) In the case of stuffed olives, the style of stuffing shall be indicated in the following
manner, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(ii) “olives stuffed with ..... paste”( single or combination of ingredients)
(c) The packing medium (brine) along with its strength shall also be declared on the label.
The method for sampling and analysis of the product shall be as specified in theFood Safety
and Standards Authority of India Manual of Method of Analysis of Food.]
2.3.46 VINEGAR:
1. Brewed Vinegar means a product obtained by alcoholic and acetic acid fermentation of
any suitable medium such as fruits, malt (brewed exclusively from malted barley or other
cereals), molasses, Jaggary, Sugar Cane juice etc. with or without addition of caramel and
spices. It shall not be fortified with acetic acid.
a) The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix A. The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:—
Not less than 3.75 percent calculated as
(i) Acidity (m/v) acetic Acid
(ii) Total Solids (m/v) Not less than 1.5 percent
(iii
) Total ash content Not less than 0.18 percent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(iv) It shall not contain sulphuric acid or any other mineral acid. It shall be free from
any foreign substances or colouring matter except caramel.
b) The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not less than
90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers.
The water capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20°C which the
sealed container is capable of holding when completely filled.
2. Synthetic Vinegar means the product prepared from acetic acid with or without
caramel & spices and shall confirm to the following requirements:
(i)Acidity of the product shall not be less than 3.75 percent m/v.
(ii) It shall not contain sulphuric acid or any other mineral acid. It shall be free from
any foreign substance or colouring matter except caramel.
2. Synthetic vinegar shall be distinctly
labelled as SYNTHETIC - PREPARED
FROM ACETIC ACID.
3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0
percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20°C which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(iii Not more than 15.0
) Sugared Raisins (m/m) percent
Explanation.- for the purpose of this paragraph,—
(i) 'Damaged Raisins' means raisins affected by sunburn, scars, mechanical injury
which seriously affects the appearance, edibility and keeping quality;
(ii) 'Sugared Raisins' means raisins with external or internal sugar crystals which are
readily apparent and seriously affect the appearance of the raisins.
3. Pistachio Nuts means the product obtained from mature seeds of Pistacia vera L which
have been sun dried and their shells opened naturally or mechanically. The product may be
raw, roasted, salted and/or lime juice treated. The product shall be free from foreign matter,
living insects, mould, dead insects, insect fragments and rodent contamination. The product
shall have pleasant taste and flavour, free from odour and taste, mustiness and rancidity. The
product shall conform to the following requirements:—
Not more than 7.0
(i) Moisture (m/m) percent
Not more than 2.0
(ii) Unopened Shells (m/m) percent
(iii Not more than 1.0
) Empty Shells (m/m) percent
Explanation.-for the purpose of this paragraph,—
(i)'Unopened Shells' means shells which are not split open but contain a fully
developed kernel;
(ii) 'Empty Shells' means shells in which kernel is not developed;
(iii) 'Mouldy Shells' means nuts affected by mould.
4. Dates means the product obtained by drying sound, clean fruits of proper maturity
belonging to Phoenix dactylifera. The product may be washed, pitted or unpitted, with or
without cap, pressed or loose. The product may be treated with sugar, glucose syrup, flour and
vegetable oil. The product shall be free from foreign matter, living insects, mould, dead
insects, insect fragments and rodent contamination. The product shall have pleasant taste and
smell, free from odour and evidence of fermentation. The product shall be free from any added
colouring matter. The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations
including Appendix A. The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given
in Appendix B. The product shall conform to the following requirements:—
Not more than 30.0
(i) Moisture (m/m) percent
Not more than 0.1
(ii) Ash insoluble in dil Hcl percent
(iii Not more than 5.0
) Blemished / Damaged Units percent
Not more than 1.0
(ii) (iv) Extraneous matter percent
Explanation:—- For the purpose of this paragraph —
(i) 'Blemished' means units showing scars, discoloration, sun burn, dark spots on the
surface;
(ii) 'Damaged' means dates affected by mashing and/ or tearing of the flesh
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
exposing the pit or significantly changing the appearance.
(iii) 'Extraneous vegetable matter' means stalks, pieces of shells, pits, fibre, peel,
etc.
5. Dry Fruits and Nuts means the products obtained by drying sound, clean fruits and
nuts of proper maturity. The product may be with or without stalks, shelled or unshelled, pitted
or unpitted or pressed into blocks. The product shall be free from mould, living / dead insects,
insect fragments and rodent contamination. The product shall be uniform in colour with a
pleasant taste and flavour characteristic of the fruit/ nut free from off flavour, mustiness,
rancidity and evidence of fermentation. The product shall be free from added colouring. The
product shall conform to the following requirements:—
(i) Extraneous Vegetable matter (m/m) Not more than 1.0
(ii) Damaged/ Discoloured units (m/m) percent Not more than
(iii) Acidity of extracted fat expressed as
2.0 percent Not more
oleic Acid Explanation — For the purpose
than 1.25 percent
of this paragraph —
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(i)'Extraneous vegetable matter' means stalks, pieces of shells, pits, fibre, peel;
(ii)'Damaged or Discoloured' means units affected by sunburn, scars mechanical injury,
discolouration and insects.
2.3.48 BEAN: means dry kidney shaped or flattened seeds of the leguminous varieties used
as food, either whole or prepared as dal. It shall not contain hydrocyanic acid exceeding 20
parts per million as determined by Association of Official Analytical Chemists Maceration
method.
32[
‘2.3.49 SEEDLESS TAMARIND:
1. Description: (a) Tamarind (without seed) shall be obtained from Tamarindus indica L.
after removal of outer covering and seeds from the mature and ripe fruits.
(b) It shall be clean and will not contain deleterious substances, obnoxious odour, external
moisture and inorganic extraneous matter.
(c) It shall be free from insect infestation, live or dead insects, mould growth, rodent hair
and excreta, added colouring matter and impurities of animal origin.
2. Food additives:
The product may contain food additives specified in Appendix A to these regulations.
The product shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards (Contaminants, toxins and
Residues) Regulations, 2011.
4. Hygiene:
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines specified
in Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food
Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such other guidelines as specified from time to time
under the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006 (34 of 2006).
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement specified in Appendix B.
5. Labelling:
For labelling of the product, the provisions of the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging
and Labelling) Regulations, 2011 shall apply.
2.3.50 VANILLA
1. Description:- Vanilla in the form of pods, cut or powder means product obtained from
species of Vanilla fragrans (Salisbury) Ames, syn Vanilla planifolia Andrews.
(a) (i) “Vanilla pods” means whole pods which may be split.
(ii) The pods shall be sound, dry or wooded, of typical flavour, reddish in colour and
which may have few to several stains, the total length of which doesnot exceed half
the length of the pod.
(iii) It shall not be insect infested, mouldy, creosoted, blistered or oxidized and free
from bird and rodent damage.
(iv)The product may not have undergone any treatment which could inducea change
in their natural vanillin content or in the content of any other constituent of the
flavour.
(b) (i) “Cut vanilla” means parts of pods, split or not, and deliberately cut or broken.
(ii) It shall not be insect infested, mouldy, creosoted, blistered or oxidized and free
from bird and rodent damage.
(iii) The product may not have undergone any treatment which could induce a
change in their natural vanillin content or in the content of any other constituent of
the flavour.
(c) (i) “Vanilla Powder” shall be obtained by grinding the vanilla pods or cut vanilla
meeting the specified requirements.
(ii) It shall be clean, have natural flavour of vanilla and shall be sufficiently fine to
pass through a sieve of aperture size 1.25 mm.
(iii) The product may not have undergone any treatment which could induce a
change in its natural vanillin content or in the content of any other constituent.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(d) The product shall be free from added colour, undesirable taste, or any extraneous
matter and shall conform to the following standards, namely: ―
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, Toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
4. Food hygiene:
(a)The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidance provided in the
Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulations, 2011 and any other such guidance provided from time to time under the provisions of
the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006 (34 of 2006).
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement given in Appendix B.
5. Labelling:
The product covered by this standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food Safety and
Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
6. Method of analysis:
The product shall be analysed as provided in the relevant Food Safety and Standards Authority of
India Manual of Method of Analysis of Food.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(a) using a significant amount of separated, whole, disintegrated, macerated or comminuted
fresh endosperm (kernel) of coconut palm (Cocos nucifera L.) and expelled, where most
filterable fibres and residues are excluded;
(c) dispersing finely comminuted dehydrated coconut endosperm with potable water; or
(e) it shall have characteristic colour, flavour and odour characteristic of the products and may
be processed by heat, in an appropriate manner, before or after being hermetically sealed in a
container, so as to prevent spoilage.
(i) light coconut milk- light coconut milk shall be the product obtained from either the bottom
portion of centrifuged coconut milk or by further dilution of coconut milk.
(ii) coconut milk- coconut milk is the dilute emulsion of comminuted coconut endosperm
(kernel) in water with the soluble and the suspended solids distributed.
Requirements
S. Characteristics
Light coconut milk Coconut milk
No.
(c) The hermetically sealed container should be well filled with the product, and it should occupy
not less than 90 per cent. v/v of the water capacity of the container, which shall be the volume of
o
distilled water at 20 C which the sealed container will hold when completely filled.
3. Food additives:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
5. Food hygiene:
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidance provided in the
Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulations, 2011 and any other such guidance provided from time to time under the provisions of
the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006 (34 of 2006).
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement given in Appendix B.
6. Labelling:
The product covered by this Standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food Safety and
Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
7. Method of analysis
The product shall be analysed as provided in the relevant Food Safety and Standards Authority of
India Manual of Method of Analysis of Food.
(c) dispersing finely comminuted dehydrated coconut endosperm with potable water; or
(e) it shall have characteristic colour, flavour and odour of the products. It may be processed
by heat, in an appropriate manner, before or after being hermetically sealed in a container, so as to
prevent spoilage.
(i) Coconut cream-Coconut cream is the emulsion extracted from matured endosperm (kernel)
of the coconut fruit with or without any addition of coconut water or water;
(ii) Coconut cream concentrate- Coconut cream concentrate is the product obtained after the
partial removal of water from coconut cream.
Requirements
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
S. Characteristics Coconut cream Coconut cream
No concentrate
(c) The hermetically sealed container should be well filled with the product, and it should occupy
not less than 90 per cent. v/v of the water capacity of the container, which shall be the volume of
o
distilled water at 20 C which the sealed container shall hold when completely filled.
3. Food additives:
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
5. Food hygiene:
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidance provided in the
Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulations, 2011 and any other such guidance provided from time to time under the provisions of
the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006 (34 of 2006).
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement given in Appendix B.
6. Labelling:
The product covered by this standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food Safety and
Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
7. Method of analysis:
The product shall be analysed as provided in the relevant Food Safety and Standards Authority of
India Manual of Method of Analysis of Food.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1. Description- (a) “Dried apricots” means product prepared from sound ripe fruit of varieties of
Armeniaca vulgaria Lam. (Prunus armeniaca L.) and processed by sun drying or by other
methods of dehydration.
(b) The product shall have colour characteristic of the variety and the type of treatment and shall
have flavour and odour characteristic of the product.
(c) The product shall be free from living insects or mites and reasonably free from extraneous
vegetable matter, insect debris and other objectionable matter.
(iii) halves; or
(iv) slabs - consisting of portions of sound, ripe apricots of characteristic colour, irregular in
shape, size and thickness and excluding whole fruit.
(c) Definitions:
(i) “Damaged fruit” means fruit affected by any damage or blemish on the surface
2
resulting from factors such as hail, etc., affecting more than 5 mm of fruit surface.
(ii) “Broken fruit” means fruit affected by any damage resulting from improper
halving or other mechanical action.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(iii) “Immature fruit” means fruit which is generally deficient in sugar and may be
sour in taste.
(iv) “Insect damaged fruit” means fruit which is affected by insect damage or
containing dead insects, mites or other pests.
(v) “Mouldy fruit” means fruit which is affected by mould to a visible extent, or
decay.
(vi) “Dirty fruit” means fruit affected by imbedded dirt or any other foreign material.
3. Food additives:
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
5. Food hygiene:
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidance provided in the
Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulations, 2011 and any other such guidance provided from time to time under the
provisions of the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006 (34 of 2006).
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement given in Appendix B.
6. Labelling:
The product covered by this standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food Safety and
Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011 and in addition, the name of style of
product shall be labelled on the product.
7. Method of analysis:
The product shall be analysed as provided in the relevant Food Safety and Standards Authority
of India Manual of Method of Analysis of Food.
1. Description: (a) “Cocoa bean” means the properly fermented and dried whole seeds of tree
Theobroma cacao Linnaeus.
(b)The product shall be free from any abnormal or foreign odour or flavor and admixture of
any other seeds.
(c) It shall be reasonably free from broken beans, fragments and pieces of shell and the
product shall be free from living insects.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
S.No. Characteristics Requirements
1. Moisture content % (Maximum) 8
2. Moldy Beans % by count (Maximum) 4
3. Slaty beans % by count (Maximum) 8
4. Insect damaged % by count (Maximum) 2
5. Germinated and flat beans % by count (Maximum) 4
(e) Definitions:
(i) “Moldy beans” include beans on internal parts of which mould is visible to the naked
eyes.
(ii) “Slaty beans” include beans which show a slaty colour over half or more of the surface
exposed.
(iii) “Insect damaged” include beans, the internal parts of which contain insects at any stage of
development or which have been damaged beans, attacked by insects causing damage
visible to the naked eyes.
(iv) “Germinated beans” include beans which have been pierced, slit or broken by the seed
germ.
(v) “Flat beans” means beans of which the cotyledons are so thin that it is not possible to
obtain a cotyledons surface by cutting.
(vi) “Broken Beans” means beans of which a fragment equivalent to less than half the bean is
missing.
(viii) “Piece of shell” part of the shell without any of the kernel.
(ix) “Smoky bean” means cocoa bean which has a smoky smell or taste or which shows signs
of contamination by smoke.
2. Food additives:
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, Toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
4. Hygiene:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidance provided in
the Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food
Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and any other such guidance provided from time to time
under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006 (34 of 2006).
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement given in Appendix B.
5. Labelling:
The product covered by this standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food Safety
and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
6. Method of analysis:
The product shall be analysed as provided in the relevant Food Safety and Standards
Authority of India Manual of Method of Analysis of Food.
1. Description: (a) “Arecanuts” or “Betelnuts” or “Supari” means nuts obtained from Areca
Palm (Areca catechu L.).
(b) The product shall be dry, well matured, sound, clean, whole or cut, fully dehusked, uniform
in colour, i.e., bright shining to dull red colour.
(c) It shall be free from synthetic colouring matter and shall be free from insect infestation,
visible moulds, fissures and shrinkage and shall not be hollow.
(d) The product shall not have any off flavour, odour or other undesirable characteristics and
shall also conform to the following standards, namely: ―
1. Moisture % (Maximum) 7
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2. Food additives:
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
4. Food hygiene:
(a) The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidance provided in the
Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulations, 2011 and any other such guidance provided from time to time under the
provisions of the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006 (34 of 2006).
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in Appendix B.
The product covered by this standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food Safety and
Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
6. Method of analysis:
The product shall be analysed as provided in the relevant Food Safety and Standards Authority
of India Manual of Method of Analysis of Food.’]
56
[ 2.3.56: Date Paste
1. Description.-
(a) Date paste means product prepared from fruits of the date palm (Pheonix) that are sound,
consistent in colour and texture, harvested at the stage of maturity, washed, pitted and capped.
(b)Dates used for making date paste shall be free from diseases and contain no parthenocarpic or
unripe fruits. They shall be free from fermentation and mould, insects or insect fragments, eggs,
larvae, dirt and foreign matter.
(c) Date paste shall be soft and have no alteration in smell and flavor.
(d) It shall not contain whole or broken pits, stalks or extraneous fragments.
(e)The product shall be made from single variety of dates or a blend of several varieties of dates.
(f) It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:-
Requirements (in per
S.No Characteristics
cent.)
1. Moisture % by weight Not more than 20.0
2. Total ash % by weight Not more than 1.2
3. Acid insoluble ash % by weight Not more than 0.1
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2. Food Additives.-No additives are allowed in the product.
2.3.57:Fermented Soybean Paste
1. Description.-Fermented Soybean Paste is a fermented food whose essential ingredient is
soybean from which trypsin inhibitor has been inactivated. The product is a paste type which has
various physical properties such as semi-solid and partly retained shape of soybean.
2. Essential Composition and Quality Factors.-
(A) Composition:
(i) Basic Ingredients,-
(a) Soybean;
(b) Salt;
(c) Water;
(d) Naturally occurring or cultivated microorganisms (Bacillus spp. and/or Aspergillus spp.,
which are not pathogenic and do not produce toxins).
(ii) Optional Ingredients,-
(a) Grains and/or Flour as defined in sub-regulation 2.4 of Food Safety and Standards
(Food Products Standards and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011;
(b) Yeast and/or yeast extracts;
(c) Lactobacillus and/or Lactococcus;
(d) Distilled ethyl alcohol derived from agricultural products;
(e) Nutritive sugars including honey as defined in sub-regulation 2.8 of Food Safety
and Standards (Food Products Standards and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011;
(f) Starch syrup;
(g) Permitted Natural flavouring materials.
(B) Quality Factors:
(i) The product shall have the flavour, odour, colour and texture characteristic of the product. It
shall conform to the followings
S.No Characteristics Limits
Fermented soybean Fermented soybean
paste manufactured paste manufactured
with soybean only with soybean and
grains
1. Moisture % by weight
60.0
(maximum)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2. Total nitrogen % by
1.6 0.6
weight (minimum)
3. Amino nitrogen % by
0.3 0.12
weight (minimum)
(ii) Minimum Fill.-The container should be well filled with the product which should occupy
not less than ninety percent. (minus any necessary head space according to good manufacturing
practices) of the water capacity of the container. The water capacity of the container is the
value of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container will hold when completely filled.
2.3.58: Harrisa (Red Hot Pepper Paste)
1. Description.-(a)Harissa or Red Hot Pepper Paste means the preserved pulp of fresh red hot
pepper of the Capsicum annuum variety, concentrated and preserved using thermal treatment only.
(b) The product shall contain fresh red hot peppers of the Capsicum annuum variety, fresh garlic,
coriander, caraway and salt. The peppers used in the preparation shall be sufficiently ripe,
wholesome, free of spoilage, rot and impurities and free of insects.
(c) The taste shall be typical to the product, spicy (hot), free from bitterness or burned taste or any
other foreign taste. The smell shall be typical of the product and free of foreign smells.
(d) The final product shall be free of crusts and seeds using a 2 mm sieve.
(e) It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:-
Requirements
S.No. Characteristics (f)
(in per cent.)
The
1. Total acidity % by weight (expressed as citric acid) of total dry Not more than conta
residue 3.6 iner
shoul
2. Not less than d be
Dry extract % by weight (of total soluble solids excluding salt )
14.0 well
3. Not more than filled
Added salt % by weight(on dry weight basis) with
1.5
the
4. Not more than prod
Acid insoluble ash% by weight(of total weight of dry extract)
0.15 uct,
whic
h should occupy not less than ninety percent. (minus any necessary head space according to good
manufacturing practices) of the water capacity of the container. The water capacity of the container
is the volume of distilled water at 20˚C temperature, which the sealed container will hold when
completely filled. Flexible containers should be filled as full as commercially practicable.
2. Food Additives.-No additives are allowed in the product covered by this Standard.
2.3.59: Vegetable Protein Products
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1. Description.-
(a) Vegetable Protein Products means the food products produced by the reduction or removal of
the major non-protein constituents (water, oil, starch, other carbohydrates) from vegetable materials
other than single cell protein sources in a manner to achieve protein content forty percent. or more.
(b) It shall be prepared from clean, sound, plant material, free from foreign matter or from
Vegetable Protein Products of lower protein content meeting the specifications contained in this
standard.
(c) Carbohydrates including sugars, edible fats and oils covered under Food Safety and Standards
(Food Products and Additives) Regulations, 2011, other protein products, vitamins and minerals,
salt, herbs and spices may be added as optional ingredients.
(d) It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:-
S.No Characteristics Requirements (in per cent.)
2. Crude Protein (N 6.25) (on dry weight basis) Not less than 40.0
3. Total Ash (on dry weight basis) Not more than 10.0
5. Crude Fibre (on dry weight basis) Not more than 10.0
1. Description
Quick Frozen Fried Potatoes are the product prepared from clean, sufficiently developed, sound
tubers of the potato plant of the species Solanum tuberosum L.,Solanum Andigena L.and rhizomes
of the sweet potato of the species Ipomoea batatas. They shall have been sorted, washed, peeled or
unpeeled, cut into strips, and treated as necessary to achieve satisfactory colour and fried or
precooked in edible oil or fat prescribed under Food Safety and Standards (Food Products and
Additives) Regulations, 2011 or water blanched. The treatment, precooking and frying operations
shall be sufficient to ensure adequate stability of colour and flavour. The product is subjected to a
o
freezing process in appropriate equipment until its temperature has reached -18 C at the thermal
centre after thermal stabilization.
Sugars (sucrose, invert sugar, dextrose, fructose, glucose syrup, and dried glucose syrup), salt
(Sodium Chloride), spices, herbs and condiments and batters may be added as optional ingredients.
(a) Straight cut- strips of potato with practically parallel sides and with smooth surfaces.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(b) Crinkle cut- strips of potato with practically parallel sides and in which two or more sides have
a corrugated surface.
(c )Other Styles-Any other presentation of the product, distinctive from above two styles to be
adequately described on the label.
Dimension of Cross Section: The cross sectional dimensions of strips of quick frozen fried
potatoes which have been cut on all four sides shall be uniform and not be less than 4 mm when
measured in the frozen condition.
Shoestring 4 upto 8
A tolerance of 10% by length of non-conforming styles units applies, when specific lengths are not
indicate
S.No Characteristics Requirements d. The
product
1. Moisture content % (m/m) (Maximum) 78.0 shall
conform
2. Free Fatty Acid content in the oil extracted % (m/m as oleic 1.5
to the
acid) (Maximum)
followin
3. Frying defects(burnt pieces-any unit which is dark brown to 0.5 g
black) % (m/m) (Maximum) require
ments:
1. Description
(a)Canned chestnuts is the product (i) prepared from fresh, sound, mature chestnuts of varieties
conforming to the characteristics of the species Castaneacrenata Sieb et Zucc. (Japanese chestnut)
or Castanea sativa Miller (European chestnut) which shall be shelled and may be pellicled or
unpellicled; (ii) packed with or without water which may or may not contain sugars, seasonings and
other ingredients appropriate to the product; and (iii) processed by heat in an appropriate manner,
before or after being hermetically sealed in a container, so as to prevent spoilage.
It may contain "salt" (sodium chloride) in an amount not exceeding 1 percent of total net contents.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(b) Canned chestnut puree is the product (i) pureed by sieving, or other mechanical means in
order to obtain a fruit pulp from chestnuts, as defined at (a) (i) above; (ii) packed with or without
sugars and other ingredients appropriate to the product; and (iii) heat processed by a procedure as
defined above in (a) (iii).
It may contain "sugars", as listed in 3(i) (b). They shall amount to not more than 2 percent of total
net contents. It may contain "salt" (sodium chloride) in an amount not exceeding 1 percent of total
net contents.
2. Styles
(i) Canned Chestnuts.- Canned chestnuts may be packed in the following styles:-
(a) Whole - whole chestnuts which are pellicled or unpellicled and/or trimmed into a practical
tetrahedron.
(b) Brokens - small pieces which may not be uniform in size and/or shape.
(a)Sweetened - with added sugars; not less than 12 percent total soluble solids (12° Brix).
(b)Unsweetened - without added sugars; not less than 10 percent total soluble solids (10°
Brix).
(a) is sufficiently distinctive from other forms of presentation laid down in this standard;
(c)is adequately described on the label to avoid confusing or misleading the consumer.
(i) Packing Media.- Where a packing medium is used, it may consist of:
(a) Water - in which water is the sole packing medium;
(b) Water which may have one or more of the following nutritive sweeteners as prescribed in
Food Safety & Standards (Food Product Standards and Food Additives) Regulation, 2011:
sucrose, invert sugar syrup, dextrose, dried glucose syrup, glucose syrup, fructose, fructose
syrup, honey.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Slightly sweetened water/ Not less than 10° Brix but less than 14° Brix
Extra light syrup
Light syrup - Not less than 14° Brix but less than 18° Brix
Heavy syrup - Not less than 18° Brix but less than 22° Brix
The cut-out strength for any packing medium shall be determined on average, but no container
may have a Brix value lower than that of the next category below.
(a) Colour: When colour is not added, canned chestnuts or canned chestnut puree shall have a
normal colour characteristic of the varieties used. Browning and discolouration shall be
regarded as defects.
(b) Flavour: Canned chestnuts or canned chestnut puree shall have a normal flavour and odour
free from flavours and odours foreign to the products.
(c) Texture: Canned chestnuts shall have a reasonably uniform thick texture and shall not be
excessively firm nor unreasonably soft. Canned chestnut puree shall have a uniform
consistency and particle size.
(d) Uniformity of size : Whole - in 95 percent, by count, of units that are most uniform in size,
the weight of the largest unit shall be no more than twice the weight of the smallest unit.
(iv) Defects and Allowances
The products shall be substantially free from defects such as harmless plant material, shell, pellicle
(in pellicled styles), blemished units, split and broken units (in whole styles) and discoloured units.
Slight syneresis in canned chestnut puree should not be regarded as a defect. Certain common
defects shall not be present in amounts greater than the following limitations:
-Not more than 14 percent by mass of chestnuts on the net drained weight; and
-Not more than 20 percent of chestnuts which are not whole on the net drained weight for
the style "whole".
(v)Minimum Fill
The container shall be well filled with chestnuts or chestnut puree and the product (including
packing medium) shall occupy not less than 90 percent of the water capacity of the container. The
water capacity of the container, is the volume of distilled water at 20°C which the sealed container
will hold when completely filled.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The drained weight of the product packed with liquid packing medium shall be not less than the
following percentages, calculated on the basis of the weight of distilled water at 20 C which the
sealed container will hold when completely filled:
- Not less than 300 ml of water capacity of the container 60%
- Less than 300 ml of water capacity of the container 55%
The requirements for minimum drained weight shall be deemed to be complied with when the
average drained weight of all containers examined is not less than the minimum required, provided
that there is no unreasonable shortage in individual containers.
4. Food Additives.-No additives are allowed in the product covered by this Standard.
5. Labelling
The product covered by this Standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food Safety and
Standards (Packaging & Labelling) Regulation, 2011. In addition the name of packing media shall
be declared as part of the name or in close proximity thereto, as:
(i) when the packing medium is composed of water, the packing medium shall be declared as:
“In water" or "Packed in water".
(ii) When nutritive sweeteners are added to water, the packing medium shall be declared as:
“Slightly Sweetened Water/ Extra Light Syrup”
or
“Light Syrup”
or
“Heavy Syrup”
or
(iii) When salt is added to water, the packing medium shall be declared as: “Brine”
1. Description
Edible Fungi Products means products prepared from fresh edible fungi. The products may be dried
edible fungi (including freeze-dried fungi, fungi grits, fungi powder), pickled fungi, salted fungi,
fermented fungi, fungi in vegetable oils, quick frozen fungi, sterilized fungi, fungi extract, fungi
concentrate and dried fungi concentrate.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Edible fungi products shall be clean, undamaged, free, as far as possible, of maggot damage and
possess the flavour and taste appropriate to the species.
Edible Fungi products may contain salt (sodium chloride), vinegar, spices and herbs, sugars (any
carbohydrate sweetening matter), refined edible vegetable oil, refined edible animal fat, butter,
milk, milk powder, cream, water or any other suitable ingredients whose standards are prescribed in
Food Safety & Standards (Food Product Standards and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011.
2. General Requirements
(i) Styles
(A) The products may be presented in various styles, e.g. whole with stalks, whole caps(buttons)
without stalks, slices, pieces and stalks, grits, powder or concentrate.
(B) Other Styles.- The product may be presented in any other presentation provided it:
(a) is sufficiently distinctive from other forms of presentation laid down in this standard;
(b) meets all relevant requirements of this standard, including requirements relating to
limitations on defects, drained weight, and any other requirements in this standard which are
applicable to that style in the standard which most closely resembles the style or styles
intended to be provided for under this provision;
(c) is adequately described on the label to avoid confusing or misleading the consumer.
(ii) Composition
Except in the case of fungi products consisting entirely of caps or where the addition of
stalks is stated on the label in accordance with the labelling provisions, the number of stalks
shall not exceed the number of caps.
3. Specific Requirements
(i) Dried fungi means the product obtained by drying edible fungi of one species, whether whole or
sliced. It shall conform to the following requirements:
S.No Requirements Limits
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Shii-take mushrooms 1.0
(iii) Pickled Fungi means fresh or previously preserved edible fungi of one or more species
appropriately prepared after previous cleaning, washing and blanching, soaked in vinegar and
with or without the addition of salt, spices, sugars, vegetable oils, acetic, lactic, citric or ascorbic
acid, and then pasteurized in hermetically sealed containers. It shall conform to the following
requirements:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
5 Organic impurities of vegetable origin % 0.02
m/m (Maximum)
(iv)Fermented Fungi means fresh edible fungi of one species preserved by salt and by lactic acid
fermentation. It shall conform to the following requirements:
(v) Fungi in Olive Oil and other Vegetable Oils means edible fungi either fresh or previously salted,
of one species, whole or sliced, packed in airtight containers in olive oil or other edible vegetable
oil and heat treated to a degree to ensure the resistance of the product to spoilage. It shall conform
to the following requirements:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
damage
(vi) Quick Frozen Fungi means fresh edible fungi of one species which, after cleaning, washing and
blanching, are subjected to a freezing process in appropriate equipment. This freezing operation
shall be carried out in such a way that the range of temperature of maximum crystallization is
passed quickly. The quick-freezing process shall not be regarded as complete unless and until
the product temperature has reached -18oC (0oF) at the thermal centre after thermal
stabilization. It shall conform to the following requirements:
(vii) Sterilized Fungi means edible fungi, either fresh, salted or frozen, of one or more species, whole
or sliced, packed in airtight containers in water and salt, and heat treated to a degree to ensure the
resistance of the product to spoilage. It shall conform to the following requirements:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Fungi Extract means a product concentrated from fresh edible fungi juice or from dried fungi water
of edible fungi of one or more species with the addition of salt and which is concentrated to 7% of
saltless extract.
Fungi concentrate means a product concentrated from fresh edible fungi juice or from dried fungi
water of edible fungi of one or more species with the addition of salt and which is concentrated to
24% of saltless extract. It shall conform to the following requirements:
(ix) Dried Fungi Concentrate means the dried product obtained from fungi extract or fungi
concentrate. It shall conform to the following requirements:
(x) Salted Fungi (semi-processed product) means fresh edible fungi of one species, either whole or
sliced, preserved in brine after previous cleaning, washing and blanching. It shall conform to the
following requirements:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(Maximum)
4. Definition of Defects
a. Damaged fungi means fungi with more than quarter of the cap missing.
b. Carbonized fungi means whole or cut dried fungi with traces of carbonization on their
surface
c. Crushed fungi means parts of fungi passing through a sieve having a 15 x 15 mm mesh for
fresh fungi and a 5 x 5 mm mesh for dried fungi.
d. Spoiled fungi means fungi which are brownish or rotten as a result of attack by
microorganisms and/or mould.
e. Maggot damaged fungi means fungi having holes caused by maggots.
f. Seriously maggot damaged fungi means fungi having four or more holes caused by
maggots.
g. Fallen off stalks means stalks separated from the caps.
h. Organic impurities of vegetable origin means admixtures of other edible fungi, parts of
plants such as leaves and pine needles.
i. Mineral impurities means those substances which, after ashing, remain as insoluble
residues in hydrochloric acid.
5. Labelling
The product covered by this Standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food Safety and
Standards (Packaging & Labelling) Regulation, 2011. In addition the following shall be declared as
part of the name or in close proximity thereto, as:
(i) The terms "fungi" may be replaced by the terms genus or species, e.g. "mushroom" or
"mushrooms" for the genus Agaricus. The method of processing to which the product has
been subjected, e.g. "dried", "sterilized" or "quick-frozen", shall be indicated on the label.
(ii) In the case of dried, salted, quick-frozen, fermented, pickled and canned fungi, the common
name of the species of fungi shall be stated in addition to the word "fungi". The scientific
name of the species shall also be stated.
(iii) In the case of fungi products consisting of more than one species of fungi, the word "mixed"
shall be indicated on the label.
(iv) In the case of fungi products made from fungi other than fresh fungi, there shall be a
statement on the label indicating the method of processing to which the fungi used in the
preparation of the final product have been subjected.
(v) Where salted fungi are used for the preparation of other fungi products, there shall be a
statement on the label indicating that salted fungi have been used.
(vi) If stalks have been added to fresh fungi or fungi products, the words "stalks added" shall
appear on the label.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(III).In the Food Safety and Standards (Food Products Standards and Food Additives) Regulations,
2011, in sub-regulation 2.3.27, relating to Tomato Ketchup and Tomato Sauce,in the standards
specified therein, for the entry against ‘Acidity as acetic acid’ the following entry shall be
substituted, namely: - “Not less than 0.2 per cent”.]
2.4.1 ATTA
1. Atta or resultant atta means the coarse product obtained by milling or grinding clean
wheat free from rodent hair and excreta It shall conform to the following standards:—
Moisture Not more than 14.0 per cent
(when determined by heating at 130-133oC for
2 hours).
Total ash Not more than 2.0 per
cent (on dry weight
Ash insoluble in dilute basis).
HCl Gluten (on dry Not more than 0.15 percent (on dry
weight basis). weight basis). Not less than 6.0 per cent
Alcoholic acidity (with 90 per cent Not more than 0.18 per cent
alcohol) expressed as H2SO4 (on
dry weight basis)
It shall be free from rodent hair and
excreta
5
[
2. Fortified atta means the product obtained by adding one or more of the following
materials to atta, namely:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Retinylpropionate;
5. Ascorbic Acid (Vitamin C) – Ascorbic acid, sodium 100 mg
ascorbate, calcium ascorbate, ascorbyl- 6-palmitate;
6. Thiamine (Vitamin B1) – Thiamine hydrochloride, 3.5mg
Thiamine
mononitrate;
7. Riboflavin (Vitamin B2) – Riboflavin, Riboflavin 5’- 4.0mg
Phosphate sodium;
8. Niacin – Nicotinamide, nicotinic acid; 45mg
9. Pyridoxine (Vitamin B6) – Pyridoxine hydrochloride; 5.0mg
10. Folic acid- Folic acid; 250μg
11. Vitamin B12- Cyanocobalamine, hydroxycobalamin; 2.5μg
12. Vitamin D- Cholecalciferol, Ergocalciferol 1000 IU
Note: It shall be free from any extraneous matter including rodent hair and excreta.]
3. Protein rich (paushtik) atta means the product obtained by mixing wheat atta with
groundnut flour "or soya flour", or a combination of both". flour up to an extent of 10.0 per
cent. Soya flour which is a solvent extracted soya flour used in such mix shall conform to the
standards of Soya flour laid down under 2.4.13 (1). It shall be free from insect or fungus
infestation, odour and rancid taste. It shall not contain added flavouring and colouring agents
or any other extraneous matter. It shall conform to the following standards:—
Moisture Not more than 14.0 per cent
Total ash Not more than 2.75 per cent on dry basis.
Ash insoluble in dilute HCl Not more than 0.1 percent on dry basis.
Total Protein (N x 6.25) Not less than 12.5 percent on dry basis
Crude Fibre Not more than 2.5 per cent on dry basis
Alcoholic acidity (with 90 per cent alcohol) Not more than 0.12 per cent
expressed as H2SO4
It shall be free from Rodent hair and excreta
2.4.2 MAIDA:
1. Maida means the fine product made by milling or grinding clean wheat free from
rodent hair and excreta and bolting or dressing the resulting wheat meal. It shall conform to
the following standards:—
Moisture Not more than 14.0 per cent
(when determined by heating at 130-133oC for
2 hours).
Total ash Not more than 1.0 per cent
(on dry weight basis).
Ash insoluble in dilute It shall be free from Rodent hair and
excreta.
HCl Gluten (on dry
weight basis).
Alcoholic acidity (with 90 per cent
alcohol) expressed as H2SO4
(on dry weight basis)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
weight basis). Not less than 7.5 per cent
Not more than 0.1 percent (on dry Not more than 0.12 per cent
If the product is to be used for bakery purpose, the following flour treatment agents in the
quantities mentioned against each may be used, namely:—
Benzoyl peroxide (Max) 40 p.p.m.
Potassium bromate (Max) 20 p.p.m.
Ascorbic acid (Max) 200 p.p.m.
5
[2. Fortified maida means the product obtained by adding one or more of the following
materials to maida, namely:—
S. No Nutrient Level of fortification per
Kg of
Atta (Not more than)
1. Calcium- Calcium carbonate, Calcium chloride, 1500mg
Calcium
citrate, Calcium phosphate monobasic, Calcium
phosphate
dibasic, Calcium phosphate tribasic;
2. Iron- (a) Ferrous citrate, Ferrous lactate, Ferrous 60mg
sulphate, 25mg
Ferric pyrophosphate, electrolytic iron, ferrous
fumarate;
(b) Sodium Iron (III) Ethylene Diamine tetra Acetate,
Trihydrate (Sodium Feredetate- Na Fe EDTA)
3. Zinc-Zinc Sulphate 30mg
4. Vitamin A- Retinyl acetate, Retinylpalmitate, 1500 μg RE
Retinylpropionate;
5. Ascorbic Acid (Vitamin C) – Ascorbic acid, sodium 100 mg
ascorbate, calcium ascorbate, ascorbyl- 6-palmitate;
6. Thiamine (Vitamin B1) – Thiamine hydrochloride, 3.5mg
Thiamine
mononitrate;
7. Riboflavin (Vitamin B2) – Riboflavin, Riboflavin 5’- 4.0mg
Phosphate sodium;
8. Niacin – Nicotinamide, nicotinic acid; 45mg
9. Pyridoxine (Vitamin B6) – Pyridoxine hydrochloride; 5.0mg
10. Folic acid- Folic acid; 250μg
11. Vitamin B12- Cyanocobalamine, hydroxycobalamin; 2.5μg
12. Vitamin D- Cholecalciferol, Ergocalciferol 1000 IU
Note : It shall be free from any extraneous matter including rodent hair and excreta.]
3. Protein rich (paushtik) maida means the product obtained by mixing maida (wheat
flour) with groundnut flour "or soya flour; or a combination of both" up to an extent of 10.0
per cent soya flour which is a solvent extracted flour used in such mix shall conform to the
standards of soya flour laid down under regulation 2.4.13 (1). it shall be free from insect or
fungus infestation, odour and rancid taste. It shall not contain added flavour and colouring
agents or any other extraneous matter. It shall conform to the following standards:
Moistu re
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Total Not more than 14.0 per cent
ash Not more than 1.4 per cent on dry
Ash insoluble in dilute basis. Not more than 0.1 percent
HCl Total Protein (N on dry basis. Not less than 12.5
x 6.25) Crude Fibre percent on dry basis Not more
Alcoholic acidity (with 90 per cent than 0.53 per cent on dry basis
alcohol) expressed as H2SO4
Not more than 0.12 per cent
Gluten Not less than 7.0
percent on dry basis It shall be free from Rodent hair and excreta
37
[4. “Durum wheat maida” means the product prepared from grains of durum wheat (Triticum
durum Desf.) by grinding or milling process in which the bran and germ are essentially
removed and the remainder is comminuted to a suitable degree of fineness, which shall
conform to the following standards, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1. Semolina (suji or rawa) means the product prepared from clean wheat free from rodent hair
and excreta by process of grinding and bolting. It shall be free from musty smell and off-odour and
shall be creamy yellow in colour. It shall conform to the following standards:—
Moisture Not more than 14.5 per cent
(when determined by heating at 130-133oC for 2
hours).
Total ash Not more than 1.0 per cent
(on dry weight basis).
Ash insoluble in dilute HCl Not more than 0.1 percent (on dry weight basis).
Gluten (on dry weight basis). Not less than 6.0 per cent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
standards:—
Moisture Not more than 14.0 per cent
(when determined by heating at 130-133oC for
2 hours).
Total ash Not more than 3.0 per cent
(on dry weight basis).
Ash insoluble in dilute HCl Not more than 0.5 percent (on dry weight
basis).
Alcoholic acidity (with 90 per cent alcohol) Not more than 0.17 per cent
expressed as H2SO4 (on dry weight basis)
2.4.6 Food grains:
1. Food grains meant for human consumption shall be whole or broken kernels of
cereals, millets and pulses. In addition to the undermentioned standards to which foodgrains
shall conform, they shall be free from Argemone, Maxicana and Kesari in any form. They
shall be free from added colouring matter. The foodgrains shall not contain any insecticide
residues other than those specified in regulation 2.3.1 of Food Safety and Satandards
(Contaminats, Toxins and Residues) Regulation, 2011 and the amount of insecticide residue in
the foodgrains shall not exceed the limits specified in Regulation 2.3.1. of the said Table Food
Safety and standards (Contaminats, Toxins and Residues) Regulatio, 2011. The foodgrains
meant for grinding/processing shall be clean, free from all impurities including foreign matter
(extraneous matter).
2. Wheat
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
0.05 percent
by weight, respectively.
(v) Weevilled grains— Not more than 10 per cent by count.
(vi) Uric acid— Not more than 100 mg. per kg.
51[ omition]
Deoxynivalenol Not more than 1000 micrograms per
(viii) (DON) kilogram
Description: Wheat shall be the dried mature grains of Triticum aestivum Linn. or
Triticum vulgare vill, triticum drum Desf., triticum sphaerococcum perc., Triticum dicoccum
schubl., Triticum Compactum Host. It shall be sweet, clean and wholesome. It shall also
conform to the following standards namely:—
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Provided that the total of foreign matter, other edible grains and damaged grains shall not
exceed 12 per cent by weight.
3. MAIZE:
Maize shall be the dried mature grains of Zea mays Linn. It shall be sweet, hard, clean
and wholesome. It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:—
Not more than 16.0 per cent by weight
(i) Moisture- (obtained by
heating the pulverised grains at 130oC-
133oC for two
hours).
Not more than 1 per cent. by weight of
(ii) Foreign matter — which not
more than 0.25 per cent. by weight shall be
(Extraneous matter) mineral
matter and not more than 0.10 per cent. by
weight
shall be impurities of animal origin.
(iii) Other edible grains - Not more than 3 per cent by weight.
(iv) Damaged grains- Not more than 5 per cent by weight.
(v) Weevilled grains- Not more than 10 per cent by count.
(vi) Uric acid- Not more than 100 mg. per kg.
51
(vii) [omition]
Provided that the total of foreign matter, other edible grains and damaged grains shall not
exceed 9 per cent by weight.
51
[ 4. Jawar:
Jawar shall be the dried mature grains of Sorghum Vulgare Pers. and shall be sweet, hard, clean
and wholesome, which shall conform to the following standards, namely:—
(II) Foreign matter -Extraneous Not more than 1 per cent. by weight of which not
Matter more than 0.25 per cent. by weight shall be mineral
matter and not more than 0.10 per cent. by weight
shall be impurities of animal origin.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(III) Other edible grains Not more than 3 per cent. by weight.
(IV) Damaged grains Not more than 6 per cent. by weight out of which
ergot affected grains shall not exceed 0.05 per cent.
by weight.
Provided that the total of foreign matter, other edible grains and damaged grains shall not exceed 10
per cent. by weight.]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
5. RICE:
Rice shall be the mature kernels or pieces of kernels of Oryza sativa Linn. obtained from
paddy as raw or par boiled. It shall be dry, sweet, clean, wholesome and free from
unwholesome poisonous substance. It shall also conform to the following standards,
namely:—
Not more than 16 per cent by weight
(i) Moisture- (obtained by
heating the pulverised grains at 130oC-
133oC for two
hours).
Not more than 1 per cent. by weight of
(ii) Foreign matter - which not
more than 0.25 per cent. By weight shall be
(Extraneous matter) mineral
matter and not more than 0.10 per cent. by
weight
shall be impurities of animal origin.
(iii) Damaged grains- Not more than 5 per cent by weight
(iv) Weevilled grains- Not more than 10 per cent by count.
(v) Uric acid- Not more than 100 mg. per kg.
51
[omition]
Provided that the total of foreign matter, and damaged grains shall not exceed 6
per cent by eight.
51
[Clause 6 tp 14 ommitted]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
15. Any other foodgrains not specified above shall conform to the following standards,
namely: —
(i) Moisture- Not more than 16 per cent by weight
(obtained by
heating the pulverized grains at 130oC-
133oC for two
hours).
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
which the maximum 0.5 per cent. by weight may be the inorganic matter and impurities
of animal origin.
In addition, unprocessed whole raw pulse shall conform to the requirements of
other standards referred to in this regulation. Pulses for direct human consumption shall
conform to the standards of the relevant pulse prescribed in the regulation 2.4.6.]
26[17.OATS
(1) Oats shall be dried mature grains of Avena sativa or Avena byzantina. It shall be sound,
clean, wholesome, and free from toxic seeds, live insects and visible mold. It shall also
confirm to the following standards, namely:-
(ii) Foreign matter (Extraneous matter) Not more than 1 per cent. by
weight of which not more than 0.25
per cent. by weight shall be
mineral matter and not more than
0.10 per cent. by weight shall be
impurities of animal origin.
(iii) Other edible grains (grains other than Not more than 3 per cent. by
oats) weight.
(iv) Damaged grains ( including pieces of Not more than 3 per cent. by
kernels that show visible deterioration weight.
due to moisture, weather, disease,
insects, mould, heating, fermentation,
sprouting or other causes)
(v) Weevilled grains(weevilled grains Not more than 2 per cent. by count
include weevil infested grains and count out of which not more than
insect bored (which may be partially 0.5 per cent. by count shall be
or wholly bored by insects) insect bored.
(vii) Hull-less and broken kernels Not more than 5 per cent. by
weight.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The product shall contain food additives specified in Appendix A appended to these
regulations.
The product contaminants, toxin and residues shall be in accordance with the Food
Safety and Standards (Contaminants, Toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
37
[18. “Quinoa” means the dried matured grain obtained from the plant of Chenopodium
quinoa from which saponin has been removed by washing, scouring, dehulling or by any
other suitable process, which shall conform to the following Standards, namely:-
(2) Extraneous matter Not more than 1 per cent. by mass of which
not (Extraneous matter) more than 0.25 per
cent. by mass shall be mineral matter and not
more than 0.10 per cent. by mass shall be
impurities of animal origin.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(4) Damaged grains, Max % 3.0
48
[19. Durum Wheat
(1) Durum wheat shall be dried mature grains obtained from varieties of the species Triticum
durum Desf., which shall be free from abnormal flavours, odours, living insects and mites
and shall conform to the following standards:
Parameters Limits
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
volume expressed in Kg)
(2)Food additives
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and residues) Regulations, 2011.
(a) The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidance provided in
Schedule 4 to the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food
Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and any other such guidance provided from time to time
under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006(34 of 2006).
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement given in Appendix B.
The product covered by this Standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food Safety
and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
As provided in the relevant Food Safety and Standards Authority of India Manual on
Analysis of Food.
(1) Ragi shall be the dried mature grains of Eleusine coracana L. Gaertn, which shall be free from
added colouring matter, moulds, weevils, obnoxious substances, discolouration, poisonous seeds
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
and all other impurities except to the extent indicated in the table in sub-clause (2) and shall also
be free from rodent hair and excreta.
Parameters Limits
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and residues) Regulations, 2011.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(a) The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidance provided in
Schedule 4 to the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food
Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and any other such guidance provided from time to time
under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006(34 of 2006).
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement given in Appendix B.
The product covered by this standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
As provided in the relevant Food Safety and Standards Authority of India Manual on
Analysis of Food.
21. Amaranth
(1) Amaranth shall be the dried mature grains of Amaranthus caudatus, Amaranthus cruentus
and Amaranthus hypochondriacus, which shall be free from added colouring matter, moulds,
weevils, obnoxious substances, discolouration, poisonous seeds and all other impurities except to
the extent indicated in the table in sub-clause (2) and shall also be free from rodent hair and
excreta.
Parameters Limits
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
per cent by mass shall be impurities of
animal origin.
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
(a) The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidance provided in
Schedule 4 to the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food
Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and any other such guidance provided from time to time
under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006(34 of 2006).
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement given in Appendix B.
The product covered by this standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food Safety
and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
As provided in the relevant Food Safety and Standards Authority of India Manual on
Analysis of Food.]
51
[22. Pulses: (1) This standard applies to the whole or shelled (de-husked) or split pulses and
they shall be free from toxic or noxious seeds and added coloring matter and also applies to mix of
various pulses covered in this standard.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(2) The following pulses shall be covered under his standards, namely:-
(I) Lentil (Masur) - Lenil esculenta Moench or Lens culinaris Medik or Ervem lens Linn;
(II) Black gram (Urd) – Phaseolus mungoLinn;
(III) Green gram (Moong) - Phaseolus aureus Roxb., Phaseolus radiatus Roxb;
(IV) Bengal gram (Chana or Chick pea) or Kabuli chana or Chhole or(green chick pea)
hara chana - Cicer arietinum Linn;
(V) Red gram (Arhar) – Cajanus cajan (L) Millsp;
(VI) Horse gram (Kulthi) –Dolichosbiflorus;
(VII) Field bean (Black, Brown, White), Sem - Phaseolus vulgaris ;
(VIII) Peas dry (Matra) –Pisumsativum;
(IX) Soybean – Glycine max Merr.);
(X) Rajmah or Double beans or Broad beans or Black beans – (Phaseolus vulgaris);
(XI) Lobia or black eyed beans or black eyed white lobia – (Vignacatjang);
(XII) Moth bean (matki) – (Phaseolusaconitifolius Jacq.).
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(III)
Note- * Broken in whole pulse in which the cotyledon is separated or one cotyledon is broken and
broken in split pulses are pulses in which the cotyledon is broken.
23. Whole and decorticated pearl millet grains (Bajra): (1)Pearl millet grains (whole or decorticated
grains) shall be the dried mature grains of Pennisetum typhoideum Rich or Pennisetum americanum
L.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(2) Whole grains.- The whole grains of pearl millet obtained as such after proper threshing with no
mechanical treatment.
(3) Decorticated grains.- The decorticated grains of pearl millet from which outer parts, amounting
to 20–22per cent. of the weight of the whole grains is removed in an appropriate manner using
mechanical treatment including simple abrasion.
(4) The grain shall be free from abnormal flavours, odours and living insects and they shall also be
free from added coloring matter, moulds, weevils, obnoxious substances, discoloration, poisonous
seeds, etc.
(5) The grain shall conform to the following standards for Whole millet grains, namely.-
(III) Extraneous matter Not more than 1 per cent. By mass of which not
more than 0.25 per cent. By mass shall be
mineral matter and not more than 0.10 per cent.
By mass shall be impurities of animal origin.
(IV) Damaged grains per cent. by mass (Not 6 out of which ergot affected grains shall not
more than) exceed 0.05 per cent. by mass
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(VII) Uric acid (Not more than) 100 mg per kg
(6) The grain shall conform to the following standards for decorticated millet grains, namely:-
(V) Extraneous matter Not more than 1 per cent. By mass of which
not more than 0.25 per cent. By mass shall
be mineral matter and not more than 0.10 per
cent. By mass shall be impurities of animal
origin.
(VI) Damaged grains (per cent. by mass), Not 6 out of which ergot affected grains shall not
more than exceed 0.05 per cent. by mass
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(X) Ash (per cent. on dry matter basis)
0.8 to 1
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The Corn flakes shall conform to the following standards, namely.-
(IV) Alcoholic acidity (with 90 per cent. alcohol) Shall be equivalent to not more
than 2.0 ml. N. NaOH per 100
g. of dried substance.]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
minerals; edible fats and oils; yeast extract, yeast and product thereof; hydrolysed plant
protein and soy sauce powder.
It may contain food additives specified in Appendix A appended to these regulations. It shall
be free from dirt, insect’s larvae and impurities or any other extraneous matter.
It shall conform to the following standards:-
Moisture Not more than 12.5 per cent.
Ash insoluble in dilute HCl Not more than 0.1 per cent.]
(On dry basis)
37[2. (1)The “Instant noodle (not applied to noodle seasoning)” means the product
prepared from wheat flour or rice flour or flour of any other cereals, millets and legumes
covered in sub-regulation 2.4 of these regulations or combination thereof or flour from
tubers and water as the main ingredient, with or without the addition of herbs,
condiments and seasoning, spices, iodised salt, sugar, wheat gluten by kneading the
dough and extending it, and starches, dried fruits and vegetables, or their products or
extracts, nuts, edible protein and egg powder, meat, poultry, marine or their products
[whose standards are prescribed in these regulations] may be added, if required.
(2) Instant noodle is characterised by the use of pregelatinization process and
dehydration either by frying in any oil or fat covered under sub-regulation 2.2 or by other
methods, and the product shall be presented as Fried noodles or Non-fried noodles.
(3) The product shall be of good characteristic colour, appearance, texture, aroma and
taste and shall be free from undesirable taste, dirt, insect’s larvae and impurities or any
other extraneous matter, which shall conform to the following standards, namely:-
(4) the
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
manufacturer shall label seasoning, if any, accompanying the instant noodles distinctly on the
package]
2.4.11 MALTED AND MALT BASED FOODS
16. MALTED MILK FOOD means the product obtained by mixing whole milk, partly
skimmed milk or milk powder with the wort separately from a mash of ground barley malt,
any other malted cereal grain and wheat flour or any other cereal flour or malt extract with or
without addition of flavouring agents and spices, emulsifying agents, eggs, protein isolates,
edible common salt, sodium or potassium bicarbonate, minerals and vitamins and without
added sugar in such a manner as to secure complete hydrolysis of starchy material and
prepared in a powder or granule or flake form by roller drying, spray drying, vacuum drying or
by any other process. It may contain cocoa powder. It shall be free from dirt and other
extraneous matter. It shall not contain any added starch (except starch natural to cocoa
powder) and added non-milk fat. It shall not contain any preservative or added colour. Malted
milk food containing cocoa powder may contain added sugar. Malted milk food shall also
conform to the following standards, namely:—
Malted milkfood withcocoa
Malted milkfood without powder
Cocoa powder
Not more than 5 per cent by Not more than 5 per cent by
(a) Moisture weight. weight
Not less than 12.5 per cent by Not less than 11.25 per cent by
(b) Total protein weight. weight.
(N x 6.25) (on dry
basis)
(c) Total fat (on Dry basis) Not less than 7.5% by weight Not less than 6% by weight.
(d) Total ash (on dry basis) Not more than 5% by weight Not more than 5% by weight.
Not more than 0.1 per cent by Not more than 0.1 per cent by
(e) Acid insoluble ash weight weight
(on dry basis) (in dilute
HCl)
(f) Solubility Not less than 85% by weight. Not less than 80% by weight.
(g) Cocoa powder (on dry basis) -- Not less than 5.0% by weight.
(h) Test for starch Negative —
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Malted milkfood withcocoa
Malted milkfood without powder
Cocoa powder
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
with 90 per cent alcohol
(on dry weight basis)
Vibrio cholera and
(k) V.Paraheamolyticus absent in 0.1 gm
(l) Faecal streptococci and absent in 0.1 gm
Staphylococcus aureas
27
[3. MALT EXTRACT means the product prepared by digesting with water, sound malted
grains, of cereals (such as barley, wheat and millets) at a suitable temperature with or without
adding enzymes. The water extract is then strained and evaporated into a viscous product. Malt
or malt extract shall not be prepared from wheat gluten, corn grits, edible starches (such as
potato or tapioca), unmalted whole grains and legume flours. It shall be a viscous liquid, amber
or yellowish brown in colour and shall possess a characteristic odour and sweet taste. The
material shall be free from any adulterants, off-odour, foreign flavour and impurities. It may
contain wheat gluten, soya protein or any other external protein sources intended for use in the
manufacture of malted milk food, malt based foods etc.
Malt Extract shall be of the following types:-
(i) Diastatic Malt Extract;
(ii) Non Diastatic Malt Extract; and
(iii) Brewery Grade Malt Extract.
Characteristic Requirement
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3
Density at 200 C Min 1.39 1.39 1.39
Refractive Index at 200 C, Min 1.489 1.489 1.489
Total solids (as is basis), % by 77 77 55
weight, Min
Reducing sugar, on dry basis, 55-65 55-65 55-65
(calculated as anhydrous maltose),
% by weight,
Crude protein (on dry basis), % by 3.5 3.5 2.5
weight, Min
Test for starch Negative Negative Negative
2. Food Additives
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Only those food additives permitted under the Food Safety and Standards (Food Products Standards
and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011 shall be used.
3. Hygiene
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines provided in Schedule
4, Part-II of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulations, 2011 and such guidance as provided from time to time under the provisions of the
Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006.
53
[4. Formulated supplements for children
(1) Scope: This standard specifies requirements of formulated supplements for children of age
above 24 months till 36 months.
(a) Cereals: All milled cereals suitable for human consumption processed in such a way as to
reduce the fibre content, when necessary. Such cereals processed in a way to decrease, and, if
possible to eliminate the anti-nutrients such as phytates, tannins and other phenolic materials,
lectins, trypsins and chymo-trypsin inhibitors which can lower the protein quality and digestibility,
amino acid bioavailability and mineral absorption shall be permitted. Appropriate enzymes for
decreasing the fibre content and anti-nutrients may be used during such processing. Cereals as a
source should mainly contain carbohydrates and significant quantity (8-12%) of protein.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(b) Legumes and pulses: Legumes and pulses such as chick peas, cow peas, lentils, peas, green
gram, kidney beans, soya beans containing at least 20% protein on dry basis. Legumes and pulses
provide lysine that is deficient in cereals but deficient in L-methionine which may be added.
Legumes and pulses must be appropriately processed to reduce, as much as possible, the anti-
nutritional factors normally present such as phytates, lectins (haemagglutenins), trypsin and chemo-
trypsin inhibitors. Soya when used must be ensured that it contains low levels of phytoerstrogens.
[lectins may be reduced by moist heat treatment; trypsin inhibitor activity by heating to high
temperature or prolonged boiling; phytates may be reduced enzymatically or by soaking;
phytoestrogens by fermentation]. Field beans and faba beans shall not be used due to favism.
(c) Oil seed flours and oil seed protein products: Flours, protein concentrates and protein
isolates of oil seeds with reduced anti-nutritional factors and undesirable toxic substances such as
trypsins and chymotrypsin inhibitors, gossypol and urease activity. The following oil seeds
depending on local conditions and requirements may be used;
I. Soyabeans: dehulled flour, (full fat and defatted) protein concentrate, protein
isolate
II. Ground nut: paste, protein isolate
III. Sesame seeds: whole ground and defatted flour
IV. Sunflower seed: defatted flour
V. Low erucic acid rape seed: full fat flour
Defatted oil seed flours and protein isolates, if produced and appropriately processed for
human Consumption, can be used as a good source of protein (47-95%).
(d) Animal source foods: Animal source foods such as meat, fish, poultry and eggs and
their primary processed products are nutrient dense and source of high quality protein and
micronutrients. It may also contain protein concentrates derived from these sources.
(e) Fats and oils: Fats and oils may be added in adequate quantities for the purpose of
increasing the energy density of the product. It shall not contain partially hydrogenated fats.
(f) Fruits and vegetables: Fruits and vegetables and their primary processed products as a
good source of micronutrients, when technologically feasible.
(g) Milk and milk products: Foods such as milk and milk products are nutrient dense and
source of high quality protein and micronutrients. It may also contain protein concentrates
derived from these sources.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(ii) Other ingredients: Other ingredients including those listed below may be used to
improve the nutritional quality,-
(a) Digestible carbohydrates to increase energy density of foods;
(b) Protein isolates, concentrates and hydrolysates;
(c) Probiotic ingredient(s) and prebiotc ingredient(s) as provided under schedule VII and
schedule VIII, respectively, of the Food Safety and Standards (Health Supplements,
Nutraceuticals, Food for Special Dietary Use, Food for Special Medical Purpose, Functional
Food and Novel Food) Regulations, 2016 along with other requirements laid down under
the said regulations;
(d) Algal and fungal oil as sources of Docosahexaenoic Acid (DHA) and Arachidonic Acid
(ARA) from Crypthecodinium cohnii, Morterella alpine, Schizochytrium sp., and Ulkenia
sp. at the level of maximum 0.5 per cent Docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) of total fatty acids
and ratio of arachidonic acid (ARA): docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) as 1:1 minimum.
Provided that docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) content shall not be less than 0.2 per cent of
total fatty acids, if a claim related to the addition of docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) is made.
(e) Carbohydrates such as sucrose, dextrose and dextrins or maltodextrin, maltose and
lactose.
Provided that the energy from added sugar per 100 g of the product shall not exceed 10 per
cent of energy of the product.
(f) Vitamins, minerals and other nutrients: Following vitamins, minerals and other nutrients
may be added to improve the micronutrient level of the product at the level as shown in the
table:-
1. Vitamin A (as retinol), µg per 100 g Not less than 120.0
Not more than 400.0
2. Vitamin D (expressed as cholecalciferol or Not less than 3.0
ergocalciferol), µg per 100 g Not more than 10.0
3. Vitamin C, mg per 100 g Not less than 12.0
Not more than 40.0
4. Thiamine, µg per 100 g Not less than 150.0
Not more than 500.0
5. Riboflavin, µg per 100 g Not less than 180.0
Not more than 600.0
6. Niacin, mg per 100 g Not less than 2.50
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Not more than 8.0
7. Pyridoxine, µg per 100 g Not less than 270.0
Not more than 900.0
8. Folic Acid, µg per 100 g1 Not less than 14.50
Not more than 48.0
9. Pantothenic acid, mg per 100 g Not less than 0.60
Not more than 2.0
10. Vitamin B12, µg per 100 g Not less than 0.15
Not more than 0.50
11. Choline, mg per 100 g Not less than 32.0
12. Vitamin K, µg per 100 g Not less than 4.50
Not more than 15.0
13. Biotin, µg per 100 g Not less than 2.50
Not more than 8.0
14. Vitamin E (as L- tocopherols), mg per 100 g Not less than 1.50
Not more than 5.0
15. Sodium, mg per 100 g Not less than 90.0
Not more than 300
16. Potassium, mg per 100 g Not less than 270.0
Not more than 900.0
17. Chloride, mg per 100 g Not less than 240.0
Not more than 800.0
18. Calcium, mg per 100 g Not less than 180.0
Not more than 600.0
19. Phosphorus, mg per 100 g Not less than 135.0
Not more than 450.0
20. Magnesium, mg per 100 g Not less than 15.0
Not more than 50.0
21. Iron, mg per 100 g Not less than 2.50
Not more than 9.0
22. Iodine, µg per 100 g Not less than 27.0
Not more than 90.0
23. Copper, µg per 100 g Not less than 102.0
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Not more than 340.0
(g) Formulated supplements for children shall use the source compounds for vitamins, minerals and
other nutrients from sub-regulation 2.1.19 related to ‘Foods for Infant Nutrition’ provided under
these regulations.
(i) Energy density shall be at least 4 kilo calories per gram on dry basis;
(ii) Protein digestibility corrected amino acid score (PDCAAS) shall not be less than 70% of
the WHO amino acid pattern for the children from 2 to 5 years. Protein shall be min 15%
with Protein Efficiency Ratio (PER) of 2.0 or minimum 20% with PER of 1.75.
(iii) Moisture (per cent by weight) : Max 8.0;
(iv) Fat (per cent by weight): Min 7.50;
(v) Total ash (per cent by weight): Max 7.50;
(vi) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements of ‘Follow up formula’
given in Appendix B of the Food Safety and Standards (Food Products Standards and Food
Additives) Regulations, 2011.
(5) Food additives: (i) The following food additives may be used in the preparation of formulated
supplements for children in 100 g of the product ready for consumption prepared following
Manufacturer’s instruction, unless otherwise indicated.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(ii) Carry-over of food Additives into foods shall be in accordance with clause 3.1.1.(10) of the
Food Safety and Standards (Food Products Standards and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011.
Emulsifiers
Acidity Regulators
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
327 Calcium lactate – L(+)-form only
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
340 ii Dipotassium orthophosphate
Antioxidants
Raising Agents
Thickeners
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
414 Gum arabic
Anticaking Agents
Packaging Gases
Flavours
Ethyl vanillin 7 mg
Vanillin 7mg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(6) The product and its components shall not have been treated by ionizing radiation.
(7) Contaminants, Toxins and Residues: (i) The product shall conform to the limits of
contaminants as Specified in Food Safety and Standards (Contaminants, Toxins and Residues)
Regulations, 2011.
(ii) The products shall be prepared with special care under good manufacturing practices, so that
residues of those pesticides which may be required in the production, storage or processing of the
raw materials or the finished food ingredients do not remain, or, if technically unavoidable, are
reduced to the maximum extent possible.
(iii) The product shall be free from residues of hormones, antibiotics as determined by means of
agreed methods of analysis and practically free from other contaminants, especially
pharmacologically active substances.
(8) Food Hygiene: The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with Schedule 4 of the
Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011.
(i) The food shall be packed in hermetically sealed, clean and sound containers or in flexible
pack made from paper, polymer and/ or metallic film as per the Food Safety and Standards
(Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011 so as to protect the contents from deterioration. It
shall be packed under inert atmosphere.
(ii) The product shall be labelled in accordance with the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging
and Labelling) Regulations, 2011 and the specific labelling requirements provided in these
regulations.
(iii) The name of the food to be declared on the label shall indicate that the food is a formulated
supplement for children.
Provided that these products shall not be presented as ‘Energy food’ or ‘Health food’.
(v) The label should clearly indicate the major sources of protein and product is recommended
for children age above 24 months till 36 months.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(vi) The label shall also declare information relating to allergen.
(a) Directions as to the preparation and use of the food shall be given; preferably accompanied
by graphical presentations.
(b) In the case that addition of water is needed, the directions for the preparation shall include a
precise statement that:
(i) where the food contains non-heat-processed basic ingredients, the food must be
adequately boiled in a prescribed amount of water;
(iii) Formulated supplements for Children foods to which fats, sugars or other digestible
carbohydrates shall be added during preparation, the instructions for use shall identify appropriate
sources and indicate the amounts of the ingredients to be added. In such situations, fats and oils
with an appropriate essential fatty acid ratio shall be recommended.
(iv) Directions for use shall include a statement that only an amount of food sufficient for one
feeding occasion shall be prepared at one time. Foods not consumed during the feeding occasion
shall be discarded, unless consumed within a period as recommended by the manufacturer under
the instructions for use.
(v) The label shall also include a statement that ‘formulated supplements for children are to be
consumed to complement family foods and breast milk or breast milk substitutes’.
(10) Method of sampling and analysis: (i) Method of sampling and analysis shall be as per the
Food Safety and Standards (Laboratory and Sample Analysis) Regulations, 2011 and manuals
published by the Food Authority.
(ii) The tolerance limit for variation in case of formulated supplements for children during analysis
of samples of finished products shall not be more than ±10.0 per cent. from the declared value of
the nutrients or nutritional ingredients on the label.]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2.4.12 ROLLED OATS:
1. ROLLED OATS (quick cooking oats) means the product made from sound hulled oats
(Avena sativa). It shall be free from added colours, rancidity and flavouring agents. It shall be
in the form of flakes of uniform size having a light cream colour. It shall be free from dirt,
insects and insect fragments. It shall conform to the following standards:—
Moisture Not more than 10.0 %
Total ash Not more than 2.0 per cent on dry basis
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2.4.13 SOLVENT EXTRACTED FLOURS:
1. SOLVENT EXTRACT SOYA FLOUR means the product obtained from clean,
sound healthy soyabeans by a process of cracking, dehulling, solvent extraction with food
grade hexane and grinding. It shall be in the form of coarse or fine powder or grits, white to
creamy white in colour of uniform composition and free from rancid and objectionable odour,
extraneous matter, insects, fungus, rodent hair and excreta. It shall be free from any added
colour and flavour. It shall conform to the following standards, namely:—
(a) Moisture Not more than 9.0 per cent by weight
Not more than 7.2 per cent by weight on
(b) Total ash dry basis
Not more than 0.4 per cent by weight on
(c) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl dry basis.
Not less than 48 per cent by weight on
(d) Protein (Nx6.25) dry basis.
Not more than 4.2 per cent by weight on
(e) Crude fibre dry basis.
Not more than 1.5 per cent by weight on
(f) Fat dry basis
(g) Total bacterial count Not more than 50,000 per gm.
(h) Coliform bacteria Not more than 10 per gm.
(i) Salmonella bacteria Nil in 25 gm
(j) Hexane (Food grade) Not more than 10.00 ppm
2. SOLVENT EXTRACTED GROUNDNUT FLOUR means the product obtained
from fresh, clean, degermed groundnut kernels which have been decuticled after mild roasting.
The kernels shall be first expelled followed by solvent extraction with food grade hexane or by
direct extraction of kernels. It shall be whitish to light brown in colour of uniform composition
and shall be free from rancid and objectionable odour, extraneous matter, insect, fungus,
rodent hair and excreta. It shall be free from added colour and flavour. It shall conform to the
following standards namely :—
(a) Moisture Not more than 8.0 per cent by weight
Not more than 5.0 per cent by weight on
(b) Total ash dry basis
Not more than 0.38 per cent by weight on
(c) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl dry
basis.
Not less than 48 per cent by weight on
(d) Protein(Nx6.25) dry basis.
Not more than 5.0 per cent by weight on
(e) Crude fibre dry basis.
Not more than 1.5 per cent by weight on
(f) Fat dry basis
(g) Total bacterial Not more than 50,000 per gm.count
(h) Coliform bacteria Not more than 10 per gm.
(i) Salmonella bacteria Nil in 25 gm
(j) Hexane (Food grade) Not more than 10.00 ppm
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
3. SOLVENT EXTRACTED SESAME FLOUR means the product obtained by
pressing, clean, sound healthy and decuticled sesame seeds followed by solvent extraction
with food grade hexane or by direct extraction of kernels. It shall be in the form of flour of
white or pale creamy white colour, of uniform composition and free from
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
rancid and objectionable odour, extraneous matter, insects, fungus, rodent hair and excreta. It
shall be free from added colour and flavour. It shall conform to the following standards,
namely :—
(a) Moisture Not more than 9.0 per cent by Weight
Not more than 6.0 per cent by weight on
(b) Total ash dry basis
Not more than 0.15 per cent by weight on
(c) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl dry basis.
Not less than 47 per cent by weight on dry
(d) Protein (Nx6.25) basis.
Not more than 6.0 per cent by weight on
(e) Crude fibre dry basis.
Not more than 1.5 per cent by weight on
(f) Fat dry basis
(g) Total bacterial count Not more than 50,000 per gm.
(h) Coliform bacteria Not more than 10 per gm.
(i) Salmonella bacteria Nil in 25 gm.
Not more than 0.5 per cent by weight
(j) Oxalic Acid content on dry
basis.
(k) Hexane (Food grade) Not more than 10.00 ppm.
4. SOLVENT EXTRACTED COCONUT FLOUR means the product obtained from
fresh coconut Kernels or dried coconut copra of good quality and free from mould. Food grade
hexane shall be used for extraction of the oil. It shall be of white or pale brownish yellow
colour of uniform composition and free from rancid and objectionable odour, extraneous
matter, insects, fungus, rodent hair and excreta. It shall be free from added colour and flavour.
It shall conform to the following standards, namely :—
(a) Moisture Not more than 9.0 per cent by weight
Not more than 6.0 per cent by weight on
(b) Total ash dry basis
Not more than 0.35 per cent by weight on
(c) Ash insoluble in — dilute HCl dry basis.
Not less than 22.0 per cent by weight on
(d) Protein (Nx6.25) dry basis.
Not more than 9.0 per cent by weight on
(e) Crude fibre dry basis.
Not more than 1.5 per cent by weight on
(f) Fat dry basis
(g) Total bacterial - Not more than 50,000 per gm.count
(h) Coliform bacteria Not more than 10 per gm.
(i) Salmonella bacteria - Nil in 25 gm.
(j) Hexane (Food grade) Not more than 10.00 ppm.
5. SOLVENT EXTRACTED COTTON SEED FLOUR means the product obtained
by solvent extraction of oil with food grade hexane from oil cake immediately following the
single pressing, from cotton seed of good quality which have been pre-cleaned and are free
from infected or otherwise damage materials and extraneous matter. It shall be in the form of
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
flour of white or pale brownish colour, of uniform composition and free from rancid and
objectionable odour, extraneous matter, insect, fungus, rodent hair and excreta. It shall be free
from added colours and flavours. It shall conform to the following standards, namely :—
(a) Moisture Not more than 8.0 per cent by weight
Not more than 5.0 per cent by weight on
(b) Total ash dry basis
Not more than 0.35 per cent by weight on
(c) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl dry basis.
Not less than 47 per cent by weight on dry
(d) Crude Protein (Nx6.25) basis.
Not less than 3.6 g. per 100 g. of crude
(e) Available lysine protein.
Not more than 5.0 per cent by weight on
(f) Crude fibre dry basis.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Not more than 0.06 per cent by weight on
(g) Free gossypol dry basis.
Not more than 1.2 percent by weight on
(h) Total gossypol dry basis.
Not more than 1.5 per cent by weight on
(i) Fat dry basis.
(j) Total bacterial Count Not more than 50,000 per gm.
(k) Coliform bacteria Not more than 10 per gm.
(l) Salmonella bacteria Nil in 25 gm.
(m Hexane (Food grade)
) - Not more than 10.00 ppm."
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
more of the following ingredients, namely:—
Edible common salt, butter, milk powder, cereals and their products, cheese cocoa, coffee
extract, edible desiccated coconut, dextrose, fruit and fruits products, dry fruit and nuts, egg,
edible vegetable products, ginger, gluten groundnut flour, milk and milk products, honey,
liquid glucose, malt products, edible oilseeds, flour and meals, spices and condiments, edible
starches such as potato starch and edible flours, sugar and sugar products, invert sugar,
jaggery, protein concentrates, oligofructose (max 15%) vinegar and other nutrients and
vitamins:
Provided that it may contain food additives specified in these regulations inclulding
Appendix A:
Provided further that it may contain artificial sweetener as provided in regulation 3.1.3 of
these regulationsand label declaration as provided in regulation 2.4.5 (24, 25, 26, 28 & 29) of
Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labeling) Regulations, 2011.
Provided also that it shall conform to following standards, namely:—
ash insoluble in dilute hydrochloric acid (on dry shall not be more than 0.1
(i) basis): per cent
(ii
) acidity of extracted fat (as oleic acid):- not exceeding 1.5 per cent.
45
[Provided also that biscuit may contain baker’s yeast at the levels required under “good
manufacturing
Practices]
It may contain Oligofructose (dietary fibres) upto 15% maximum subject to label
declaration under Regulation 2.4.5 (43) of Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and
Labeling) Regulations, 2011.
2. BREAD whether sold as white bread or wheat bread or fancy or fruity bread or bun or
masala bread or milk bread or of any other name, shall mean the product prepared from a
mixture of wheat atta, maida, water, salt, yeast or other fermentive medium containing one or
more of the following ingredients, namely:—
Condensed milk, milk powder (whole or skimmed), whey, curd, gluten, sugar, gur or
jaggery, khandsari, honey, liquid glucose, malt products, edible starches and flour, edible
groundnut flour, edible soya flour, protein concentrates and isolates, vanaspati, margarine or
refined edible oil of suitable type or butter or ghee or their mixture, albumin, lime water,
lysine, vitamins, spices and condiments or their extracts, fruit and fruit product (Candied and
crystallized or glazed), nuts, nut products , oligofructose (max 15%) and vinegar:
Provided that it may also contain food additives specified in these regulations including
Appendix A:
Provided further that it may also contain artificial sweetener as provided in regulation
3.1.3 of this regulation and label declaration in Regulation 2.4.5 (24, 25, 26, 28 & 29) of Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labeling) Regulations, 2011.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
ml. N NaOH per 100 g of dried
substances.
(b) ash insoluble in dilute HCL on dry weight
basis —
(i) bread except masala bread or fruit bread Not more than 0.1 per cent
(ii) masala bread or fruit bread Not more than 0.2 per cent
Provided also that it shall be free from dirt, insect and insect fragments, larvae, rodent
hairs and added colouring matter except any permitted food colours present as a carry over
colour in accordance with the provision in regulation 3.1.17, in raw material used in the
products.
45
[Provided also that bread may contain baker’s yeast at the levels required under “good
manufacturing
Practices]
It may contain Oligofructose (dietary fibres) upto 15% maximum subject to label
declaration under labelling regulation 2.4.5 (43) of Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and
Labeling) Regulations, 2011.
27[2.4.16 EXPELLER PRESSED FLOUR
1. Expeller Pressed Edible Groundnut Flour means the product obtained by expeller
pressing fresh, clean degermed groundnut kernels which have been decuticled after mild roasting.
The kernels shall be sorted and selected either by visual inspection, inspection under ultraviolet
light, electronic sorting or by other means. The kernels shall be free from insect or fungal
infestation. Expeller pressed edible groundnut flour shall be whitish to light brown in colour,
uniform in composition and shall be free from insect or fungal infestation, objectionable odour and
rancid taste. It shall not contain added flavouring and colouring agent or any other extraneous
matter. It shall be free from castor husk or MAHUA oilcake. It shall be manufactured, packed,
stored and distributed under hygienic conditions. It shall conform to the following standards,
namely:-
Total ash Not more than 4.5 per cent. by weight on dry
basis.
Ash insoluble in dilute Not more than 0.35 per cent. by weight on dry
HCI basis.
Crude fibre Not more than 5.0 per cent. by weight on dry
basis.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
basis.
2. Food Additives
Only those food additives permitted under the Food Safety and Standards (Food Products Standards
and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011 shall be used.
3. Hygiene
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guideline provided in Schedule 4,
Part-II of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulation, 2011 and such guidance as provided from time to time under the provisions of the Food
Safety and Standards Act, 2006.
4. Contaminants, Toxins and Residues
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
The products covered in this standard shall conform to the Microbiological Requirements given in
Appendix B of the Food Safety and Standards (Food Products Standards and Food Additives)
Regulations, 2011.
37
[2.4.17 “Pearl Millet flour” means the product obtained from pearl millet grains
(Pennisetum americanum L., and Pennisetum typhyoideum) through a process of milling.
which shall be free from abnormal flavours, odours, living insects, filth (impurities of
animal origins, including dead insects), and shall conform to the following standards,
namely:-
(2) Total Ash (on dry matter basis ), Max % 0.8 to 1.0
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(4) Fat (on dry mass basis), Max. % 6.0
(1) Sorghum flour is the product obtained from grains of Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench through a
process of milling, which shall be free from abnormal flavours, odours, and living insects and it
shall also be free from filth (impurities of animal origin, including dead insects).
Parameters Limits
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(4) Contaminants, toxins and residues
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
(a) The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidance provided in
Schedule 4 to the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulations, 2011 and any other such guidance provided from time to time under the provisions of
the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006(34 of 2006).
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement given in Appendix B.
The product covered by this standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
As provided in the relevant Food Safety and Standards Authority of India Manual on
Analysis of Food.
2.4.19. Soybean
(1) Soybean shall be obtained from the plants of Glycine max (L.) Merr. , which shall be mature,
clean and dried seeds free from mould and musty odour and shall also be free from non-edible and
toxic seeds.
Parameters Limits
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
0.10 per cent. by weight shall be
impurities of animal origin.
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
(a) The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidance provided
in Schedule 4 to the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food
Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and any other such guidance provided from time to time
under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006(34 of 2006).
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement given in Appendix B.
The product covered by this standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
As provided in the relevant Food Safety and Standards Authority of India Manual on
Analysis of Food.
(1) Soy Protein Products (SPP) means the food products obtained by the reduction or removal from
soybeans of the major non-protein constituents (water, oil, carbohydrates),which shall be clean,
sound, mature and dry seeds. The Soy Protein Products so obtained shall be of following three
types, namely:-
Optional Ingredients (which are standardised in various regulations under Food Safety and
Standards Act, 2006(34 of 2006):-
Parameters: Limits
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Moisture (per cent. by mass), Maximum 10.0 10.0 10.0
Crude Protein (per cent. on dry mass basis) 50.0 and 65.0 and less More than
* less than than 90.0
65.0 90.0
Note:- * The protein content is calculated on dry mass basis excluding added vitamins, mineral,
amino acids and food additives.
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
(a) The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidance provided in
Schedule 4 to the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food
Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and any other such guidance provided from time to time
under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006(34 of 2006).
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement given in Appendix B.
The product covered by this standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(7) Method of analysis
As provided in the relevant Food Safety and Standards Authority of India Manual on
Analysis of Food.
(1) Whole Maize (Corn) Flour is prepared from fully mature, sound, ungerminated, whole kernels
of maize, Zea mays L., by a grinding process in which the entire grain is comminuted to a suitable
degree of fineness and in the said preparation, coarse particles of the ground maize kernel may be
separated, reground and recombined with all of the material from which they were separated.
(2) The product shall be free from abnormal flavours, odours, living insects and filth (impurities of
animal origin, including dead insects).
Parameters Limits
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
(a) The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidance provided in
Schedule 4 to the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulations, 2011 and any other such guidance provided from time to time under the provisions of
the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006(34 of 2006).
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement given in Appendix B.
The product covered by this standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
As provided in the relevant Food Safety and Standards Authority of India Manual on
Analysis of Food.
(1) Wheat Protein Products (WPP) are produced from wheat or wheat flour by separation of certain
non-protein constituents such as starch and other carbohydrates, and-
(a) vital wheat gluten is characterised by its property of high viscoelasticity as hydrated;
(c) solubilized wheat proteins are characterized by their reduced property of viscoelasticity
as hydrated due to partial hydrolysis of wheat gluten.
(2) The optional ingredients for solubilised wheat proteins are carbohydrates, including sugars,
edible fats and oils, other protein products, amino acids, vitamins and minerals, salt, herbs and
spices and enzymes may also be added.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Parameters Limits
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
(a) The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidance provided in
Schedule 4 to the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food
Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and any other such guidance provided from time to time
under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006(34 of 2006).
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement given in Appendix B.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The product covered by this standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
As provided in the relevant Food Safety and Standards Authority of India Manual on
Analysis of Food.
Limits
Parameters
Whole Durum Wheat
Durum Wheat Semolina
Semolina
Protein (N x 5.7)
Minimum
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(with 90 per cent. alcohol
expressed as H2SO4)
(Maximum percentage)
(a) The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidance provided in
Schedule 4 to the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food
Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and any other such guidance provided from time to time
under the provisions of the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006(34 of 2006).
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement given in Appendix B.
The product covered by this standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food Safety
and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
As provided in the relevant Food Safety and Standards Authority of India Manual on
Analysis of Food.[
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
51
[2.4.24. Degermed Maize (Corn) Meal and Maize (Corn) Grits: (1) Degermed maize (corn) meal
are prepared from fully mature, cleaned, free from mould degermed kernels of maize (corn), Zea
mays L., by a grinding process in which the grain is comminuted to a suitable degree of fineness
and from which bran and germ are removed. In its preparation, coarse particles of the ground maize
kernel may be separated, reground and recombined with all of the material from which they were
separated.
(2) Degermed maize (corn) grits are prepared from fully mature, cleaned, free from mould, kernels
of maize (corn), Zea mays L., by a grinding process in which the grain is comminuted to a suitable
degree of fineness and from which bran and germ are almost completely removed.
(3) Degermed Maize (Corn) Meal and Maize (Corn) Grits shall be free from abnormal flavours,
odours, living insects and filth (impurities of animal origin, including dead insects).
(4) The Degermed Maize (Corn) Meal and Maize (Corn) Grits shall conform to the following
standards:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(V)
-and-
(i) degermed maize meal 45 per cent. or more shall pass through a
0.71 mm sieve(25 mesh);
-and-
Note: The parameter ‘Particle size’ will not be applicable for intermediate products not for direct
consumption.
2.4.25.(1) Couscous is obtained from durum wheat semolina (Triticum durum) the elements of
which are bound by adding potable water and which has undergone physical treatment such as
cooking and drying.
(2) Couscous may be prepared from a mixture of coarse and fine semolina and it can also be
prepared from “coarse medium” semolina which shall be clean and safe.
(3) Semolina proportions in the mixture intended for the preparation of couscous are:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(4) “Coarse medium” semolina obtained from a mixture of:
(I) 25–30per cent. for coarse semolina;
(II) 70–75per cent. for medium semolina.
2.4.26. (1) Tempe is a compact, white, cake-form product, prepared from dehulled boiled soybeans
through solid state fermentation with Rhizopus spp.
(2) Product covered by this standard shall consist of the following ingredients:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(II) Protein Content (on dry matter basis), Min per cent. 15
(IV) 2.5
Crude Fibre (per cent. on dry mass basis) Max
2.4.27. Textured Soy Protein (Soy Bari or Soy Chunks or Soy Granules) is obtained by extrusion of
defatted soy flour or grits.
(III) Fat (per cent. not more than) on dry mass basis 1
(V) Crude Fiber (per cent. on dry mass basis) Max. 3.5
(VI) Acid Insoluble Ash (per cent. on dry mass basis), Max. 0.3
0.05-0.2 pH
(VIII) Urease Index Value
Units rise
2.4.28. Sago flour is the product prepared from the pith or soft core of sago palm tree
(Metroxylon sp.) or the Sago of Tapioca (Manihot utilissima). The product shall be free from off-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
flavours and odours. It must be free from filth (impurities of animal origin including insects) and
other extraneous matters. Colour shall be white to light-brown.
2.5.1 Definition:
(a)"animal" means an animal belonging to any of the species specified below;-
(i)Ovines;
(ii) Caprines;
(iii) Suillines;
(iv) Bovines;
(v) 34[Domestic rabbits (Oryctolagus cuniculus)]
and includes poultry and fish
(b) "carcass" means the dead body or any part thereof including the viscera of any animal
which has been slaughtered
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(c)"meat" means the flesh and other edible parts of a carcass
(d) "meat food products" means any article of food or any article intended for, or capable
of, being used as a food which is derived or prepared from meat by means of drying, curing,
smoking, cooking, seasoning, flavouring, freezing or following a method of processing meat
akin to any of the above methods, but shall not include the following products
(i)Meat extracts, meat consommé and stock, meat sauces and similar products not
containing fragments
of meat;
(ii) Whole, broken or crushed bones, meat peptones, animal gelatin, meat powder,
pork-rind powder, blood plasma, dried blood, dried blood plasma, cellular proteins, bone
extracts and similar products;
(iii) Fats melted down from animal tissues;
(iv)Stomachs, bladders and intestines, clean and bleached, salted or dried;
(v) Products containing fragments of meat, but which contain a quantity of meat or
meat product not exceeding ten percent of the total weight of the final product;
(vi)Patties, puffs, rolls, samosas, cutlets, koftas, kababs, chops, tikkas and soups
made from mutton, chicken, goat meat, buffalo meat, beef and grilled chicken which are
prepared for immediate consumption, the ampoules of chicken essence, hot-dogs and
hamburgers prepared for immediate consumption which can not be stored even under
refrigerated conditions;
(e) "Slaughter house" means the building, premises or place which is licensed as a
slaughter house by the local authority for the slaughter of animals intended for human
consumption.
The product shall be uniformly cured with edible common salt and sodium and / or potassium
nitrite. The product may contain ascorbic acid, sodium ascorbate or isoascorbate acid/ sodium iso-
ascorbate singly or in
combination not exceeding 500 mg/kg. The product may also contain sucrose, dextrose,
lactose, maltose and glucose syrup including corn syrup.
The product shall be packed in hermetically sealed containers and subjected to heat
treatment followed by rapid cooling to ensure that the product is shelf stable. The sealed
containers shall not show any change on incubation at 35oC for 10 days and 55oC for 5 days.
The product shall be in the form of a solid pack capable of being sliced.
The product shall be free from any added colour and natural and artificial flavour. The
product shall be clean and substantially free from staining and contamination from the
container, foreign matter and objectionable odour.
The product shall conform to the following requirements, namely:—
Sl.
No. Characteristics Requirements
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(1) Total Plate Count 1000 / gram maximum
(2) E.Coli Absent in 25 gram
(3) Solmonella Absent in 25 gram
(4) Staphylococcus aureus Absent in 25 gram
Clostridium perfringens and Clostridium
(5) botulinum Absent in 25 gram
2. CANNED LUNCHEON MEAT means the product prepared from edible portion of
meat of mammalian animal, slaughtered in an abattoir, which have been subjected to ante-
mortem and postmortem inspection and/or edible meat of poultry birds, including chickens,
turkeys, ducks, geese, guinea fowl or pigeonslaughtered in an abattoir.
The product shall be uniformly cured with edible common salt and sodium and /or
potassium nitrite. The product may be with or without binders such as cereal flour/starch,
bread, biscuits or bakery products, milk powder, whey powder, egg protein, vegetable protein
products, glucose, invert sugar, dextrose, lactose, maltose, glucose syrup, including corn
syrup, spices, seasoning and condiments and water soluble hydrolysed protein.
The product may be smoked and flavoured with natural and natural identical flavours and
permitted flavour enhancer.
The product may contain ascorbic acid / isoascorbic acid and its sodium salts singly or in
combination not exceeding 500 mg/kg expressed as ascorbic acid as antioxidant and sodium
and or potassium mono - di - polyphosphates singly or in combination not exceeding 3000
mg/kg expressed as P2O5 as water retention agents.
The product shall be packed in hermetically sealed container and subjected to heat
treatment followed by rapid cooling to ensure that the product is shelf stable. The sealed
container shall not show any change on incubation at 35oC for 10 days and 55oC for 5 days.
The product shall be clean and substantially free from stains from the container and
foreign matter and shall be capable of being sliced.
The product shall conform to the following requirement, namely:—
Sl. No. Characteristics Requirements
(1) Total Fat content:
Not more than 30.0
a) Product without binder percent
Not more than 35.0
b) Product with binder percent
1000 / gram
(2) Total Plate Count maximum
(3) E.Coli Absent in 25 gram
(4) Salmonella Absent in 25 gram
(5) Staphylococcus aureus Absent in 25 gram
Clostridium perfringens and Clostridium
(6) botulinum Absent in 25 gram
3. CANNED COOKED HAM means the product prepared from meat of pigs which
have been subjected to ante-mortem and postmortem inspection. The product shall be free
from bones, detached cartilage tendous, ligaments and may be with or without skin and fat.
The product shall be uniformly cured with edible common salt and sodium and / or potassium
nitrite.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The product may contain sucrose, invert sugar, dextrose, lactose, maltose, glucose syrup
including corn syrup, honey, spices, seasoning and condiments, water soluble hydrolysed
protein and food grade gelatin. The product may be smoked and flavoured with natural
flavouring substances and nature identical flavours as well as permitted flavour enhancers. The
product may contain ascorbic acid / isoascorbic acid and its sodium salt singly or in
combination not exceeding 500 mg/kg expressed as ascorbic acid, sodium and or potassium
mono - di - polyphosphates singly or in combination not exceeding 3000 mg/ kg expressed as
P2O5 as antioxidant and water retention agents respectively. The product may also contain
sodium/potassium alginate not exceeding 10 mg/kg and or agar, carrageenan and sodium
citrate as emulsifying and stabilizing agents.
The product shall be packed in hermetically sealed containers and subjected to heat
treatment followed by rapid cooling to ensure that the product is shelf stable. The sealed
containers shall not show any change on incubation at 350C for 10 days and 550C for 5 days.
The product shall be free from any stains from the container/package, objectionable
matter and shall be capable of being sliced.
The product shall confirm to the following requirement, namely:—
Sl.
No. Characteristics Requirements
4. CANNED CHOPPED MEAT means the product prepared form edible portion of
meat of mammalian animals slaughtered in an abattoir, which have been subjected to ante-
mortem and postmortem inspection and / or edible meat of poultry birds including chickens,
turkeys, ducks, geese, slaughtered in an abattoir.
The product shall be uniformly cured with edible common salt and Sodium or Potassium
Nitrite. The product may be with or without binders such as cereal flour/starch, bread, biscuit,
or bakery product. Vegetable protein product, fructose, invert sugar; dextrose, lactose, maltose,
glucose syrup including corn syrup, spices, seasoning and condiments and water soluble
hydrolysed protein.
The product may be smoked and flavoured with natural and nature identical flavours and
permitted flavour enhancer.
The product may contain ascorbic acid / iso-ascorbic acid and its sodium salts singly or in
combination not exceeding 500 mg / kg expressed as ascorbic acid and sodium and or
potassium mono-di-polyphosphate, singly or in combination not exceeding 3000 mg/kg
expressed as P205 as antioxidants and water retention agent respectively.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The product shall be packed in hermetically sealed containers and subjected to heat
treatment followed by rapid cooling to ensure that the product is shelf stable. The sealed
containers shall not show any change on incubation at 35oC for 10 days and 55oC for 5 days.
The product shall be clean and substantially free from staining and contamination from
the container, foreign matter and shall be capable of being sliced.The product shall conform to
the following requirements, namely:—
Sl.
No. Characteristics Requirements
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
6. CANNED MUTTON AND GOAT MEAT means the product prepared from edible
portion of meat of sheep and goat animals slaughtered in an abattoir, which have been
subjected to ante-mortem and postmortem inspection. The product shall be free from bones,
blood clots, skin, hair, strings and fibrous tissue, bruised material, viscera, tendons and
excessive fat.
The product shall be cut into pieces of reasonably uniform size and cured with a mixture
of edible salt and sodium nitrate and or sodium nitrite. The product shall be free from added
colour, flavour and meat tenderizer. The packing medium and other ingredients shall be of
food grade quality.
The product shall be packed in hermetically sealed clean and sound tin containers and
subjected to adequate heat treatment followed by rapid cooling to ensure that the product is
shelf stable. The sealed container shall not show any change on incubation at 350C for 10 days
and 550C for 5 days.
The contents shall have characteristic colour, free from objectionable odour, discoloration
and excessive disintegration.
The product shall conform to the following requirements, namely:—
Sl.
No. Characteristics Requirements
57
[7. FRESH OR CHILLED OR FROZEN PORK OR PIG MEAT: (1) The standards
specified in this clause shall apply to fresh or chilled or frozen pork including raw pork,
whole carcasses, pieces, cuts or edible offal that have been packed in any suitable packaging
material.
(2) For the purposes of this clause,-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(a) fresh or chilled or frozen carcasses or carcass halves or carcass quarters;
(b) fresh or chilled or frozen cuts; bone-in or bone-less, true to its type;
(4) Boneless meat shall have moisture content between 70 % to 72%, protein content between
20 % to 22 % and fat content between 5 % to 6 %.
(5) Pork must be stored at 4 ºC for short term storage and at -18 ºC or below for long term
storage.
(6) The chilled pork shall be consumed within two to four days under normal chilling
conditions of storage and frozen pork shall be consumed within ten months.
(1) The standards specified in this clause shall apply to fresh or chilled or frozen beef including
raw beef whole carcasses, pieces, cuts or edible offal that have been packed in any suitable
packaging material.
(a) “beef” means the edible portion of bovine animals including buffaloes;
(b) “fresh beef” means bovine meat that has not been treated in any way to ensure its
preservation;
(c) “chilled beef” means fresh bovine meat subjected to chilling in such a way that the
product attains a temperature of 0C to 4C;
(d) “frozen beef” means chilled bovine meat subjected to freezing in an appropriate
equipment in such a way that the product attains a temperature of -18 C or lower;
(e) “beef edible offal” means edible by-products derived from slaughtered bovine animals
which include brain, liver, gut, paunches, tripe, lungs.
(b) fresh or chilled or frozen cuts ; bone-in or bone-less, true to its type;
(5) Beef shall be stored at 4 ºC for short term storage and at -18 ºC or below for long term storage.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(6) The chilled beef shall be consumed within two to four days under normal chilling conditions of
storage and frozen beef shall be consumed within twelve months.
(1) The standard specified in this clause shall apply to fresh or chilled or frozen chevon including
goat whole carcasses, pieces, cuts or edible offal that have been packed in any suitable packaging
material.
(b) “fresh chevon” means goat meat that has not been treated in any way to ensure its
preservation;
(c) “chilled chevon” means fresh goat meat subjected to chilling in such a way that the
product attains a temperature of 0C to 4 C;
(d) “frozen chevon” means chilled goat meat subjected to freezing in an appropriate
equipment in such a way that the product attains a temperature of -18 C or lower;
(e) “chevon edible offal” means edible by products derived from slaughtered goat which
includes brain, liver, gut, paunches, tripe, lungs and other edible parts.
(b) fresh or chilled or frozen cuts ; bone-in or bone-less, true to its type;
(4) Boneless meat shall have moisture content between 74 %to 76 %, protein content between 20 %
to 22 % and fat content between 2% to 4 %.
(5) Chevon shall be stored at 4 ºC for short term storage and at -18 ºC or below for long term
storage.
(6) The chilled chevon should be consumed within two to four days under normal chilling
conditions of storage and frozen chevon shall be consumed within twelve months.
(1) The standards specified in this clause shall apply to fresh or chilled or frozen mutton including
sheep whole carcasses, pieces, cuts or edible offal that have been packed in any suitable packaging
material.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(a) “mutton” means the edible portion of domestic sheep;
(b) “fresh mutton” means sheep meat that has not been treated in any way to ensure its
preservation;
(c) “chilled mutton” means fresh sheep meat subjected to chilling in such a way that the
product attains a temperature of 0C to 4 C;
(d) “frozen mutton” means chilled sheep meat subjected to freezing in an appropriate
equipment in such a way that the product attains a temperature of -18 C or lower;
(e) “mutton edible offal” means edible by products derived from slaughtered sheep which
includes brain, liver, gut, paunches, tripe, lungs and other edible parts.
(b) fresh or chilled or frozen cuts ; bone-in or bone-less, true to its type;
(4 ) Boneless meat shall have moisture content between 68% to 72 %, protein content between 20
% to 22 % and fat content between 4% to 10 %.
(5) Mutton shall be stored at 4ºC for short term storage and at -18ºC or below for long term storage.
(6)The chilled mutton shall be consumed within two to four days under normal chilling conditions
of storage and frozen mutton shall be consumed within twelve months.
(1) The standards specified in this clause shall apply to Fresh or Chilled or Frozen Poultry Meat
including poultry whole carcasses, pieces, cuts or edible offal that have been packed in any suitable
packaging material.
(a) “poultry meat” means the edible portion of poultry birds (chicken, duck, turkey,
geese, guinea fowl, Japanese quail);
(b) “fresh poultry meat” means poultry meat that has not been treated in any way to
ensure its preservation;
(c) “chilled poultry meat” means fresh poultry meat subjected to chilling in such a way
that the product attains a temperature of 0C to 4 C;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(d) “frozen poultry meat” means chilled poultry meat subjected to freezing in appropriate
equipment in such a way that the product attains a temperature of -18 C or lower;
(e) “poultry edible offal” means edible by products derived from slaughtered poultry
birds which includes gizzard, liver and heart.
(b) fresh or chilled or frozen cuts, ; bone-in or bone-less, true to its type;
(4) Boneless meat shall have moisture content between 60% to 74.86 %, protein content between
19.50% to 23.20 % and fat content between 3.50% to 18 %.
(5) Poultry meat shall be stored at 4º C for short term storage and at -18º C or below for long term
storage.
(6) The chilled poultry meat shall be consumed within two to four days under normal chilling
conditions of storage and frozen poultry meat shall be consumed within twelve months.
Note: All the products listed in regulation 2.5.2 under clause 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 shall comply with
following requirements:
(a) Notifications or advisories issued under the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945 as well
as by the Department of Animal Husbandry, Dairying and Fisheries concerning use in or
consumption of veterinary drugs (antibiotics and growth promoters) by food producing
animals or poultry birds must be complied with by the producers or marketers of meat
and poultry products.
(b) Use of genetically modified techniques are prohibited for production of meat of
animals or poultry birds.
(c) Meat producing animals except poultry shall not be fed with feed containing meat or
bone meal including internal organs, blood meal and tissues of bovine or porcine origin
materials except milk and milk products.
(d) Production or slaughtering or processing of animals for production of meat of porcine
origin in the same production facilities where animals of bovine or ovine or
caprine origin are produced or slaughtered or processed is prohibited.
(e) Where eligible meat products are intended to be imported, there should be appropriate
inspection and certification procedures in place to ensure all the above compliances before
grant of market access.]
57[2.5.3 Egg and Egg Products:
1. Fresh Eggs:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(1) Fresh eggs means eggs which have not been washed or dry-cleaned and which are collected at
least once weekly and shall be packed and graded not later than the first working day after arrival at
the packing station.
(2) The standard specified in this clause shall be applicable to eggs in shell other than broken,
incubated or cooked eggs, laid by poultry species or birds meant for direct human consumption or
for the preparation of egg products
(3) Eggs shall have clean and sound shell and free from cracks, leaks and fecal contamination.
(4) Minimum requirements of major chemical constituents in the whole egg contents of various
poultry species:
(a) Frozen shrimp which includes shrimps, means the product frozen raw or partially or fully
cooked, peeled or unpeeled.
(b) Frozen shrimp is the product obtained from species belonging to Penaeidae,
Solenoceridae, Aristeidae, Sergestidae, Hippolytidae, Crangonidae, Palaemonidae and
Atyidae. The product after preparation, shall be subject to a freezing process and shall comply
with the conditions laid down hereafter;-
(i) the freezing process shall be carried out in appropriate equipment in such a way that the
range of temperature of maximum crystallization is passed quickly. The freezing process
shall not be regarded as complete unless and until the product temperatures has
reach ed -18 0 C or l ower at the thermal centre after thermal stabilisation;
( i i ) the water used for cooking shall be of potable quality or clean seawater, which meets the
same microbiological standards as potable water and is free from potential contaminants;
( i i i ) the product shall be kept deep frozen to maintain the quality during transportation, storage
and distribution;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
( i v ) frozen shrimps shall be processed and packaged to minimise dehydration and oxidation;
( v ) the practice of repacking frozen products under controlled conditions which shall
maintain the quality of the product, followed by the reapplication of the freezing process as
defined, is permitted.
(c) Requirements.-
(i) frozen shrimp shall be prepared from sound shrimps or prawns which are of a good
quality to be sold fresh for human consumption;
(ii) if glazed, the water used for glazing or preparing glazing solutions shall be of potable
quality (IS 10500) or shall be clean sea-water, which meets the same microbiological
standards as potable water and is free from potential contaminants;
(iii) other ingredients shall be of food grade quality and conform to all applicable standards
prescribed in these regulations.
Only those food additives specified under these regulations shall be used.
(e) Hygiene.-
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guideline specified in Part-II
of Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food
Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such guidelines provided from time to time under the
provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
The products covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011 and conform to the microbiological
requirements specified in Appendix B of these regulations.
The products shall comply with the packaging and labelling requirements specified in the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling), Regulations, 2011 and shall also apply to the
pre-packaged products. The product shall be stored at -18°C or lower and shall be displayed on
the label.]
Frozen Lobsters means the product prepared from fresh lobsters of sound quality
2. belonging to the
genus Homarus of the family Nephropidae and from the families Palinuridae and Scyllaride.
The Norway Lobster may be prepared from Nephros norvegicus. The product shall not be a
mixture of different species. The product may be raw or cooked. The product may be glazed
with water. The product shall conform to the following requirements:—
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
S.No Requirements in Requirement in
. Characteristics RawProduct CookedProduct
(a) Frozen finfish means the product frozen from the species as defined below and offered for
direct consumption and for further processing.
(b) Frozen finfish refers to finfish species suitable for human consumption, with or without
the head, from which the viscera or other organs may have been completely or partially
removed. The product after preparation shall be subject to a freezing process and shall comply
with the conditions laid down hereafter;-
(i) the freezing process shall be carried out in appropriate equipment in such a way that the
range of temperature of maximum crystallization is passed quickly. The freezing process
shall not be regarded as complete unless and until the product temperature has reached -
18°C or lower at the thermal centre after thermal stabilization;
(ii) the product shall be kept deep frozen to maintain the quality during transportation,
storage and distribution;
(iii) the product shall be processed and packaged to minimise dehydration and oxidation.
(iv) the practice of repacking frozen products under controlled conditions which shall
maintain the quality of the product, followed by the reapplication of the freezing process as
defined, is permitted.
(c) Requirements.-
(i) frozen finfish shall be prepared from sound fish which are of a good quality to be sold
fresh for human consumption;
(ii) if glazed, the water used for glazing or preparing glazing solutions shall be of potable
quality (IS 10500: 2012) or shall be clean sea-water, which meets the same
microbiological standards as potable water and is free from potential contaminants;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(iii) other ingredients shall be of food grade quality and conform to all applicable standards
prescribed in these regulations;
(iv) the raw material shall not contain more than 100 mg/Kg of histamine. This shall only
apply to species of Carangidae, Chanidae, Clupeidae, Coryphaenidae, Engraulidae,
Istiophoridae, Mugilidae, Pristigasteridae, Scombridae and Xiphiidae.
Only those food additives specified under these regulations shall be used.
(e) Hygiene.-
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines specified in Part-
II of Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food
Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such guidelines as provided from time to time under the
provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
The products covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011 and conform to the microbiological
requirements specified in Appendix B of these regulations.
The products shall comply with the packaging and labelling requirements specified in the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling), Regulations, 2011and shall apply to the pre-
packaged products. The product shall be stored at -18°C or lower and shall be displayed on the
label.
(a) Frozen fish fillets means the product frozen from the species of fish as defined below
and offered for direct consumption for further processing.
(b) Frozen fillets are slices of fish which are removed from the carcass of the same species of
fish suitable for human consumption by cuts made parallel to the backbone and sections of
such fillets cut so as to facilitate packing, and further processing. The product after preparation
shall be subject to a freezing process and shall comply with the conditions specified below:-
(i) the freezing process shall be carried out in appropriate equipment in such a way that the
range of temperature of maximum crystallization is passed quickly. The freezing
process shall not be regarded as complete unless and until the product temperature
has reached -18°C or lower at the thermal centre after thermal stabilization. The
product shall be kept deep frozen so as to maintain the quality during transportation,
storage and distribution;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(ii) The product shall be processed and packaged so as to minimize dehydration and
oxidation;
(iii) re-packing of the frozen products can be carried out under controlled conditions,
which will maintain the quality of the product, followed by the re-application of freezing
process as mentioned above;
(iv) fillets may be presented as boneless, provided that boning has been completed including
the removal of pin- bones.
(c) Requirements.-
(i) Frozen fish fillets shall be prepared from sound fish which are of a good quality to be
sold fresh for human consumption;
(ii) if glazed, the water used for glazing or preparing glazing solutions shall be of potable
quality (IS 10500) or clean sea-water, which meets the same microbiological standards as
potable water and is free from potential food contaminants;
(iii) other ingredients shall be of food grade quality and conform to all applicable standards
prescribed in these regulations;
(iv) The raw material shall not contain more than 100 mg/Kg of histamine. This shall only
apply to species of Carangidae, Chanidae, Clupeidae, Coryphaenidae, Engraulidae,
Istiophoridae, Mugilidae, Pristigasteridae, Scombridae and Xiphiidae.
Only those food additives specified under these regulations shall be used.
(e) Hygiene.-
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines specified in
Part-II of Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Regulation of Food
Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such guidelines as provided from time to time under the
provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
The products covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011 and shall conform to the
microbiological requirements specified in Appendix B of these regulations.
The products shall comply with the packaging and labelling requirements specified in the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling), Regulations, 2011and shall also apply to the
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
pre-packaged product. The product shall be stored at -18°C or lower and shall be displayed on
the label.]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2. Salt Content (percent Sodium Not less than 12 %
Chloride)*
(a) Canned fishery products means canned finfish, crustaceans and molluscs solid packed or
packed in oil, water or other suitable medium.
(b) Description
Canned fishery products are obtained from the following categories of finfish, crustaceans
and molluscs:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Thunnus obesus
Thunnus maccoyii
Thunnus thynnus
Thunnus tonggol
Euthynnus affinis
Katsuwonus
pelamis
Sarda orientalis
Sarda sarda
Mackerel
Rastrelliger
kanagurta
Seer fish
Scomberomorus
spp.
Pomfret
Pampus argenteus
Pampus chinensis
Parastromateus
niger
* For canned shrimp the head, shell and antennae shall be removed
** Canned crab meat is prepared singly or in combination from the leg, claw, body and
shoulder meat from which the shell has been removed.
Canned fishery products are packed in hermetically sealed containers and shall have received a
processing treatment sufficient to ensure commercial sterility.
(iii) Presentation
(1)The product shall be presented in one of the following packing media: own juice, brine or
water, edible oil, tomato sauce or curry.
(2)The can shall not show any visible external defects like denting, paneling, swelling or
rusting.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(3)The contents of the can, on opening shall not display any appreciable disintegration.
Pieces from which portions have separated out would be treated as disintegrated units.
The percentage of detached portion of fish calculated on the basis of the drained mass
shall not exceed 5 percent by mass based on the average of 5 cans.
(4)The product shall have the odor, flavor and color characteristic of the species.
(a) Peeled shrimp- shrimp which have been headed and peeled without removal of the
dorsal tract;
(b) Cleaned or de-veined – peeled shrimp which have had the back cut open and the
dorsal tract removed at least up to the last segment next to the tail. The portion of the
cleaned or de–veined shrimp shall make up 95% of the shrimp contents;
(c) Broken shrimp – more than 10% of the shrimp contents consist of pieces of peeled
shrimp of less than four segments with or without the vein removed;
(d) Canned shrimp may be designated as to size in accordance with the actual count
range declared on the label.
(c) Requirements.-
(i)Raw Material
1. Fish
The material used for preparation of canned finfish shall be from sound fish of the species in
sub-section 2.1 and of a quality fit to be sold fresh for human consumption.
Heads and gills shall be completely removed, scales and tail may be removed. The fish may
be eviscerated. If eviscerated it shall be practically free from visceral parts other than roe,
milt or kidney. If ungutted, it shall be practically free from undigested feed or used feed.
2. Shrimp
Shrimp shall be prepared from sound shrimp of the species in sub-section 2.1 which are of a
quality fit to be sold fresh for human consumption.
3. Crab meat
Canned crab meat shall be prepared from sound crab of the species specified, which are
alive immediately prior to the commencement of processing and of a quality suitable for
human consumption.
4. Mussels
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The mussels shall be of sound quality and free from any evidence of spoilage and
degradation.
5. Squid Rings
Squid rings shall be prepared from sound quality whole cleaned squids without any evidence
of spoilage and deterioration.
The packing medium and all other ingredients used shall be of food grade quality and conform to
all applicable standards prescribed in these regulations.
(iii) Decomposition
The raw material (fish) shall not contain more than 100 mg/Kg of histamine based on the
average of the sample unit tested. This shall apply only to species of fish with potential to form
hazardous level of histamine as mentioned in Food Safety and Standards (Contaminants, Toxins
and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
The product shall be free from foreign materials, filth and from grittiness. Other parameters like
drained weight, disintegrated portion as % of drained weight, medium, percentage of water,
vacuum, etc. are mentioned below:
Brine Brine
Curry Curry
Tomato
Sauce
2. Drained wt. 70 65 70 66 64 65 65 64
as % of
water
capacity*
3. % of water 5 10 10 10 5 -
in the
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
drained
liquid**
4. Disintegrat 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
ed portion
as % of
drained
weight
(max)
5. Vacuum For round cans 100 mm and negative pressure in flat cans
(Minimum)
The percentage of sodium chloride in the final product of sardine and mackerel shall be 3.5
percent in the case of brine treated cans. The acidity of brine as citric acid anhydrous shall be
between 0.06 and 0.20 percent (m/v).
The products covered in this standard shall comply with Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
The products covered in this standard shall comply with the microbiological requirements given
in Appendix B of these regulations.
Only the food additives permitted under these regulations shall be used.
(vii) Hygienic.-
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines provided in
Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulations, 2011 and any other such guidance provided from time to time under the provisions
of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(a) Canned products shall be packed in suitable containers, free from rust and hermetically
sealed. Cans shall be lacquered, the lacquer used shall be non-toxic and shall be of such
quality that it does not impart any foreign taste and smell to the contents of the cans and
does not peel off during processing and storage of the product. The lacquer shall not be
soluble in oil or brine.
(b) The provisions laid down under Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling),
Regulations, 2011, shall apply to the pre-packaged product.]
Note II: The product listed under articles 8 shall be packed in hermetically sealed clean
and sound containers and subjected to adequate heat treatment followed by rapid cooling to
ensure commercial sterility. The container shall be free from rust and mechanical defects. The
container shall not show any change or incubation at 37ºC for 7 days. The final product shall
be free from foreign matter, objectionable odour, or flavour. The products may contain food
additives permitted in Appendix A except products listed under regulation 2.6.1 (11). The
product shall conform to the microbiological requirement given in Appendix B.
Note- Without prejudice to the standards laid down in this Appendix, whenever water is
used in the manufacture or preparation of any article of food, such water shall be free from
micro-organisms likely to cause disease and also free from chemical constituents which may
impair health.
36
[9. Frozen cephalopods:
(a) frozen cephalopods means the raw frozen cephalopods and parts of raw cephalopods, as
defined below and offered for direct consumption and for further processing.
(b) frozen cephalopods and parts of cephalopods are obtained from the following categories:
Category Family
Squid Loliginidae
Onychoteuthidae
Ommastrephidae
Thysanoteuthidae
Cuttlefish Sepiidae
Sepiolidae
Octopus Octopodidae
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(c) The product after preparation shall be subject to a freezing process and shall comply with
the following conditions:-
(i) the freezing process shall be carried out in appropriate equipment in such a way
that the range of temperature of maximum crystallization is passed quickly. The
freezing process shall not be regarded as complete unless and until the product
temperature has reached -18°C or lower at the thermal centre after thermal
stabilization;
(ii) the product shall be kept deep frozen so as to maintain the quality during
transportation, storage and distribution;
(d) Requirements.-
(i) Frozen cephalopods shall be prepared from sound squid, cuttlefish or octopus which is
of a good quality to be sold fresh for human consumption;
(ii) if glazed, the water used for glazing or preparing glazing solutions shall be of potable
quality (IS 10500) or shall be clean sea-water, which meets the same microbiological
standards as potable water and is free from potential contaminants.
Only the food additives specified under these regulations shall be used.
(f) Hygiene.-
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines specifed in Part-
II of Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Regulation of Food
Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such guideline as provided from time to time under the
provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
(g) Contaminants, Toxins and Residues.-
The products covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011 and shall conform to the
microbiological requirements specified in Appendix B of these regulations.
The products shall comply with the packaging and labelling requirements specified in the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling), Regulations, 2011 and shall also apply to the
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
pre-packaged products. The product shall be stored at -18°C or lower and shall be displayed on
the label.
1. Smoked fishery products means the product smoked, smoke-flavoured and smoke-dried
fish prepared from fresh, chilled or frozen raw material. It deals with whole fish, fillets and
sliced and similar products thereof. The standard applies to fish, either for direct
consumption or for further processing, or for addition into speciality or minced products
where fish constitutes only part of the edible contents.
2. The product shall be of following types:
(i) smoked fish is prepared from fish that has undergone hot or cold smoking process. The
smoke must be applied through one of the smoking processes defined in regulation 3.0
and the end product must have smoked sensory characteristics. Spices and other optional
ingredients may be used.
(ii) smoke-dried fish is prepared from fish that has undergone combined smoking and drying
process and may include a salting process as described in regulation 3.0. The smoke must
be applied through a traditional or industrial smoke-drying process and the end product
must have smoke-dried sensory characteristics. Spices and other optional ingredients may
be used.
(iii) smoke-flavoured fish is prepared from fish that has been treated with smoke flavours,
without employing a smoking process as described in sub regulation 3.0. The end product
must have a smoked taste. Spices and other optional ingredients may be used.
3. Process for smoked fish, smoke – dried fish and smoke-flavoured fish is as follows:
(i) smoking is a process of treating fish by exposing it to smoke from smouldering wood or
plant materials. This process is usually characterised by an integrated combination of
salting, drying, heating and smoking steps in a smoking chamber:
Provided that wood or other plant material for generation of smoke or smoke-
condensates shall not contain toxic substances either naturally or through contamination,
or after having been treated with chemicals, paint or impregnating materials and shall be
handled in a way to avoid contamination:
Provided further that smoking of fish shall be done in a manner that minimises the
formation of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH);
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(ii) smoking by regenerated smoke is a process of treating fish by exposing it to smoke which
is regenerated by atomizing smoke condensate in a smoking chamber under the time and
temperature conditions similar to those for hot or cold smoking;
(iii) smoke condensates are products obtained by controlled thermal degradation of wood
in a limited supply of oxygen (pyrolysis), subsequent condensation of the resultant smoke
vapours, and fractionation of the resulting liquid products;
(v) cold smoking is a process of treating fish with smoke using a time and temperature
combination that will not cause significant coagulation of the proteins in the fish flesh but
that will cause some reduction of the water activity;
(vi) salting is a process of treating fish with salt of food grade quality to lower water
activity in fish flesh and to enhance flavour by any appropriate salting technology (e.g., dry
salting, brining, injection salting);
(vii) drying is a process in which the moisture content in the fish is decreased to appropriate
required characteristics under controlled hygienic conditions;
(ix) storage is a process in which smoked fish is kept refrigerated or frozen to assure
quality and safety of the product;
(x) smoke drying is a process in which fish is treated by combined smoking and drying steps
to such an extent that the final product can be stored and transported without refrigeration
and to achieve a water activity of 0.75 or less (10% moisture content or less), as necessary to
control bacterial pathogens and fungal spoilage;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
( x i ) smoke flavours are either smoke condensates or artificial flavour blends prepared by
mixing chemically-defined substances in known amounts or any combination of both
(smoke-preparations);
(xii) smoke flavouring is a process in which fish or fish preparations are treated with smoke
flavour. The smoke flavour can be applied by dipping, spraying, injecting, or soaking.
(d) Requirements.-
(i) smoked fish, smoke-flavoured fish and smoke-dried fish shall be prepared from sound and
wholesome fish, which may be fresh, chilled or frozen, and of a quality to be sold for human
consumption after appropriate preparation;
(ii) other ingredients shall be of food grade quality and conform to all applicable standards
prescribed in these regulations.
The products covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011 and shall conforms to the
microbiological requirements specified in Appendix B of these regulations.
(ii) the provisions laid down under Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling)
Regulations, 2011, shall apply to the pre-packaged products.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(a) Ready-to-Eat finfish or Shell fish curry in Retortable Pouches means the product thermal
processed instant fish or shell fish curry in retortable pouches.
(b) Definition-
(i) Product Definition-
(1) Ready-To-Eat Finfish/Shellfish Curry in Retortable Pouches is prepared from
finfish or shellfish species of sound quality without any visible sign of
decomposition.
(2) The product is prepared from the edible portions of sound fish, packed in gravy
of spices, vegetable fat and other ingredients appropriate to the product and
heat processed by an appropriate manner after being sealed in a container so as
to prevent spoilage.
(ii) Process Definition.-
Products are hermetically sealed and shall have received a processing treatment sufficient to
ensure commercial sterility.
(iii) The product shall be presented in curry packing medium.
(c) Requirements.-
(i) Raw Material-
The material used for preparation of this product shall be from sound finfish or shellfish
species and of a good quality to be sold fresh for human consumption.
For fish, heads and gills shall be completely removed, scales and tail may be removed. The
fish may be eviscerated. If eviscerated, it shall be practically free from visceral parts other
roe, milt or kidney. If ungutted, it shall be practically free from undigested feed or used feed.
For shrimps, heads, shell, antennae shall be completely removed.
(ii) Other Ingredients-
The packing medium and all other ingredients used shall be of food grade quality and
conform to all applicable standards prescribed in these regulations. No artificial colouring
matter and firming agents shall be used.
(iii) Decomposition-
The total volatile base nitrogen (TVBN) level of raw material (fin fish or shell fish) should
not exceed 35mg/100g.
(d) Final Product.-
(i) the finished product shall have the odour, flavour and colour characteristic of the
product. The bones shall be soft and yielding;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(ii) the contents of the pouch on opening shall not display any appreciable disintegration.
Pieces from which portions have separated out would be treated as disintegrated
units. The percentage disintegrated portions of the fish, calculated on the basis of the
drained mass shall not exceed 5 % based on the average of five pouches;
(iii) the product shall be free from foreign materials such as sand, dirt and insects,
objectionable odour, or flavour;
(iv) the residual air in the pouch after processing shall be less than 2 % of the volume of
the pouch contents;
(v) the average proportion of fish to curry in retort pouch shall be in the ratio of 60: 40.
(vi) the percentage of salt in the product shall be 1% to 2 %, maximum.
(f) Processing.-
(i) The material shall be packed in retortable pouches, exhausted or vacuumized and heat-
sealed. Exhausting can be done either by steam injection or hot filling to achieve residual
air level of less than 2%.
(ii) Processing (Retorting) shall be done in over pressure autoclave till the product reaches
a F0 value of 8-10 minutes at the slowest heating point. The water used for cooling of
retort pouches shall be as per IS 10500:2012 standards and chlorinated to maintain free
residual chlorine of less than 2 mg/l.
(g) Hygiene.-
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines specified in
Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food
Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such guideline as provided from time to time under the
provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(i) Packaging and Labelling.-
(i) the retort pouches shall be packed in suitable retail containers to prevent physical impact
during transportation.
(ii) retort pouch materials of food grade quality having the configuration of
polyester/aluminium foil/cast polypropylene or four layers consisting of
polyester/aluminium foil or aluminium oxide/nylon and cast polypropylene may be
used. Other suitable packaging materials which can withstand high temperature and
pressure can also be used.
(iii) the pouches shall be of food grade quality. The retort pouch shall have the mechanical
properties as under:
Sr. No. Characteristics Requirement
1. Tensile strength (Kgf/15 mm) machine direction 3.0-5.25
(iv) the provisions laid down under the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and
Labelling), Regulations, 2011, shall apply to the pre-packaged product.
12. Sardine Oil:
(a) Sardine oil shall be prepared from fresh or well preserved or frozen sound wholesome
sardine fish (Sardinella longiceps) either whole or dressed body portion (that is without
head entrails and tail fin).
(b) The sardine oil shall be prepared by cooking pressing and separating oil from press
liquor by centrifugation or by any other suitable means.
(c) Requirements.-
(i) Sardine oil shall be free from foreign matters in settled or suspended condition, and
separated water. The product shall be a bright and clear liquid when heated to a
temperature of 40°C.
(ii) it shall be free from any other kind of oil including mineral oils. It shall be free
from foul and offensive putrefactive odour and should have only characteristic fish- oil
odour.
(iii) it shall be of greenish straw light golden yellow or light brown colour.
(iv) product shall also conform to the requirement given in table below:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table
(d) Hygiene.-
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines specified in
Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulations, 2011 and such guideline as provided from time to time under the provisions of the
Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
The products covered in this Standard shall comply with Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, Toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011 and shall conformance to with the
microbiological requirements specified in Appendix B of these regulations.
The provisions laid down under Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling),
Regulations, 2011, shall apply to the pre-packaged product.
(a) Edible fish powder means the product prepared from non-oily white fish like sprats, either
from a single species or their mixture. Fresh fish of edible quality which is normally
consumed whole should be used for the preparation. Poisonous fish like marine snakes,
elasmobranch fish with a high quantity of urea, oily fish and fish with black viscera are not
considered suitable for preparation of edible fish powder.
(b) The fish need not be dressed but should be washed and cooked well for the preparation of
the powder.
(c) Requirement.-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(i)Edible fish powder shall be a fine powder free from needle-like bones. It shall blend
easily with cereal flours. It shall have a faint yellow colour and the characteristic
flavour and taste of dry fish. It shall be free from rancidity and off-flavours.
(iii)Particle Size – Unless otherwise specified, the edible fish powder shall be of such
fineness that it passes completely through a 100-mesh sieve.
(iv) The edible fish powder shall comply with the requirements given in Table below.
(v) The Protein Efficiency Ratio (PER) shall not be less than 2.5 (IS : 7481).
Table
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011 and conforms to the
microbiological requirements specified in Appendix B of these regulations.
(g) Packaging and Labelling.-
(i) The edible fish powder shall be packed in clean sound containers made of tinplate, Post
Consumer Recycled Content (PCR C) sheets, cardboard paper or other food grade
material to protect it from spillage, contamination, migration of moisture, or air from the
atmosphere and seepage of fat into the material through the packing material. When
packed in flexible material, the packaging material shall be capable of withstanding
handling during transportation. The edible fish powder shall not come in direct contact
with packaging material other than grease proof or sulphate paper cellulose paper or any
other non-toxic packing material which may be covered with moisture proof laminate or
coated paper. When packed in metallic container, the container shall be airtight and
completely filled to have minimum air, or the space shall be filled with inert gas or the
content held in vacuum.
(ii) The provisions of the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling),
Regulations, 2011, shall apply to the pre-packaged products.
14. Fish Pickles:
(a) Fish pickle shall possess a good uniform colour and appearance and shall be practically free
from defects, visible fungal growth and disintegration of meat.
(b) The material shall possess a good texture, shall not be unduly hard, or tough, and shall be
free from development of any softening.
(c) Requirements,-
(i) Raw material;
(ii) Edible fish;
(iii) Spices and condiments such as ginger garlic, chillies, curry powder;
(iv) Edible common salt;
(v) Preservation media;
(vi) Vinegar (4 % acetic acid); and
(vii) Edible vegetable oils.
The product shall possess the characteristic pleasant aroma and flavour and shall be devoid
of any objectionable off -taste smell or odour.
The material shall be free from artificial colouring matter and firming agents other than
edible common salt and vinegar.
The material shall conform to the requirement specified in the Table below.
Table
Requirement for Fish Pickles
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
S. No. Characteristics Requirement
1. Fluid portion % by weight, Max 40
2. pH 4.0-4.5
3. Acidity as acetic acid of fluid Portion % by 2.5-3.0
weight, Max
(a) Frozen minced fish meat means the product frozen and defined below and offered for
direct consumption and for further processing.
(i) clean and fresh fish which do not show any signs of degradation and spoilage shall be
used;
(ii) the fish shall be gutted; the tail, entrails, bones, tips, skin, head and other non- edible
portion shall be removed and eviscerated. Fish shall be washed thoroughly with clean
potable water to remove the blood. The variety of fish used shall be specified;
(iii) the fish shall be properly iced and maintained at a temperature not exceeding 5˚C till
transported to the freezing factory.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(c) Requirements.-
(i) Processing-
(1) fresh fish, shall be washed to make free of all foreign matter preferably by eighth
chilled potable water (5˚C) having 5 mg/kg (ppm) of available chlorine and meat
separated from fish in wholesome condition.
(2) the material shall be quick frozen at a temperature not exceeding -30˚C in
polyethylene wrappers and packed in waxed cartons in the minimum possible time.
(3) the quick frozen material shall be stored in the cold storage at a temperature not less
than -23 ˚C.
(1) The frozen minced fish meat, on thawing be clean and shall be found undamaged and
free from defects. Deterioration, such as dehydration, oxidative rancidity and adverse
changes in the texture shall not be present. The product shall be free from foreign
matter and finishing agents.
(2) The products shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below:
Table
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
(v) Contaminants, Toxins and Residues.-
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011 and conforms to the microbiological
requirements specified in appendix B of these regulations.
(vi) Packaging and Labelling.-
The provisions of the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling), Regulations,
2011, shall apply to the pre-packaged products.
(a) Freeze dried prawns (shrimps) means the product freeze dried prawns as defined below
and offered for consumption.
(i) peeled, non-deveined and cooked – head and shell removed completely and cooked.
(ii) peeled, deveined and cooked – head, shell and dorsal tract removed and cooked.
(d) Requirements.-
(i) The raw material shall be prepared from clean, wholesome and fresh prawns, and shall
not show any visible sign of spoilage.
(ii) The colour of the raw material shall typically be of freshly caught prawns. The meat
shall be firm and shall have the typical odour of freshly caught prawns. The material
shall be free from any discoloration and off odours.
(iii) The water used in the processing of prawns shall be of potable quality and shall contain
5 mg/kg available chlorine.
(iv) The maximum value for moisture content shall be 2.0 percent.
(v) The extent of rehydration shall be minimum 300 percent (IS: IS 14949).
(vi) When observed visually, physical defects for various characteristics shall not exceed the
values specified in the table below.
Table
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Physical Defects for Various Characteristics
e) Food Additives.-
Only the food additives permitted under these regulations shall be used.
f) Hygiene.-
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines specified in Part-
II of the Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Regulation of Food
Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such guidelines as provided from time to time under the
provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
g) Contaminants, Toxins and Residues.-
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011and conform with the microbiological
requirements specified in Appendix B of these regulations.
h) Packaging and Labelling
The provisions of the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling), Regulations,
2011, shall apply to the pre-packaged products.
a) Frozen clam meat means the product frozen and as defined below and offered for
consumption.
b) Frozen clam meat is the picked either raw or after heating from Vallarta species or Meretrix
species or any other edible species of clams and frozen either raw or after cooking.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Note.– The clams treated with hot water for opening the shell with the meat picked up from it
and subsequently frozen shall not be treated as cooked variety.
d) The frozen clam meat shall have the characteristic appearance and colour. It shall be free
from discolouration, deterioration, sand particles, pieces of shell, filth or any other foreign
matter.
e) Requirements.-
The frozen clam meat shall have a soft and firm texture. The material shall be of reasonably
uniform size with broken pieces of meat not exceeding 10 % by count.
f) Food Additives.-
Only the food additives permitted under these regulations shall be used.
g) Hygiene.-
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines specified in Part-
II of Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Regulation of Food
Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and such guidelines as provided from time to time under the
provisions of the Food Safety and Standard Act, 2006.
h) Contaminants, Toxins and Residues.-
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011and conform with the
microbiological requirements specified in Appendix B of these regulations.
i) Packaging and Labelling.-
The provisions of the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling), Regulations,
2011, shall apply to the pre-packaged products.]
57
[ 18. Live and Raw Bivalve Molluscs:
Standard specified in this clause shall apply to live bivalve molluscs and to raw bivalve molluscs
that have been shucked or frozen or processed to reduce or to limit target organisms while
essentially retaining the sensory characteristics of live bivalve molluscs. Raw bivalve molluscs are
marketed either in a frozen or chilled state. Both live and raw bivalve molluscs may be intended for
direct consumption or further processing. The standard does not apply to scallops when the final
product is the adductor muscle only.
(a) Live bivalve molluscs are products that are alive immediately prior to consumption.
Presentation includes the shell.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(b) Live bivalve molluscs are harvested alive from a harvesting area either approved for
direct human consumption or classified to permit harvesting for an approved method of
purification, e.g. relaying or depuration, prior to human consumption. Both relaying
and depuration must be subject to appropriate controls implemented by the official
agency having jurisdiction.
(c) Live bivalve molluscs shall possess organoleptic characteristics associated with
freshness, as well as an adequate response to percussion (i.e. the shellfish will close by
themselves when tapped) and freedom from extraneous matter, as determined by
specialists familiar with the species concerned.
(i) Foreign Matter .-The presence in the sample unit of any matter which has not been
derived from bivalve molluscs, does not pose a threat to human health and is readily
recognized without magnification or is present at a level determined by any method
including magnification, that indicates non-compliance with good manufacturing and
sanitation practices.
(e) Live bivalve molluscs shall be labelled by weight, count, count per unit weight, or
volume as appropriate to the product.
(a) Raw bivalve molluscs processed for direct consumption or for further processing are
products that were alive immediately prior to the commencement of processing.
(b) Raw bivalve molluscs shall be of a quality fit for human consumption.
(c) All ingredients used shall be of food grade quality and conform to these regulations.
(d) Definition of defectives.- The sample unit shall be considered as defective when it exhibits
any of the properties defined below, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(i) Deep Dehydration.-greater than 10% of the weight of the bivalve molluscs in the
sample unit or greater than 10% of the surface area of the block exhibits excessive loss
of moisture clearly shown as white or abnormal colour on the surface which masks the
colour of the flesh and penetrates below the surface, and cannot be easily removed by
scraping with a knife or other sharp instrument without unduly affecting the appearance
of the bivalve mollusks;
(ii) Foreign matter.- The presence in the sample unit of any matter which has not been
derived from bivalve molluscs, does not pose a threat to human health and is readily
recognized without magnification or is present at a level determined by any method
including magnification, that indicates non-compliance with good manufacturing and
sanitation practices;
(iii) Odour or flavor.- Persistent and distinct objectionable odours or flavours indicative
of decomposition or rancidity;
(e) The label shall specify the conditions for storage and temperature that will maintain the
product safety or viability during transportation, storage and distribution.
(1) Standard specified in this clause shall apply to granular sturgeon caviar of the fish of the
Acipenseridae family.
(3) The product is prepared from fish eggs of sturgeon fishes belonging to the Acipenseridae family
(four genera Acipenser, Huso, Pseudoscaphirhynchus and Scaphirhynchus and hybrid species of
these genera).
(4) The eggs are of about one size and characteristically coloured according to the species used.
Colour can vary from light grey to black or from light yellow to yellowish grey. Brownish and
greenish shades are permissible.
(5) The product is made with addition of salt and is intended for direct human consumption. The
salt content of the product shall be in the range of 3-5 g/100gm in the end product.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(6) The product, after suitable preliminary preparation of the caviar, shall be subject to treatment or
conditions sufficient to prevent the growth of spore and non-spore forming pathogenic
microorganisms and shall comply with the conditions laid down hereafter.
(7) Ovulated eggs are harvested after hormonal induction of ovulation of the female. The eggs are
appropriately treated to remove adhesive layer and to harden the shell. Permitted harmones may be
used to produce ovulated eggs.
(9) During packaging, storage and retail, the product temperature is between 2°C to 4°C, whereas
for wholesale business, including storage and transportation, the temperatures are between 0°C to -
4°C.
(10) Freezing as well as frozen storage of caviar is not permitted unless the deterioration of quality
is avoided.
(12) Re-packaging of the product from larger to smaller containers under controlled conditions
which maintain the quality and safety of the product shall be permitted. No mixing of caviar from
different sturgeon species or lots shall be permitted.
(a) caviar shall be prepared from fish eggs extracted from sound and wholesome sturgeons of
biological species of the genera which are of a quality fit to be sold fresh for human
consumption.
(b) Salt shall be of food grade quality and conform to sub-regulation 2.9.30.
(14) Definition of defects.- The sample unit shall be considered as defective when it exhibits any of
the properties given below, namely:-
(a) Foreign matter.- The presence in the sample unit of any matter which has not been
derived from sturgeon eggs, does not pose a threat to human health, and is readily recognised
without magnification; or is present at a level determined by any method including
magnification, that indicates non-compliance with good manufacturing practices and
sanitation practices.
(b) Odour or flaovur.- The product affected by persistent and distinct objectionable odour or
flavour indicative of decomposition, oxidation, or taste of feed (in fish reared in aquaculture),
or contamination by foreign substances (such as fuel oil).
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(c) consistency and condition.- The presence of hard cover of caviar grains that is not easily
chewable or tenuous. The breaking up of the outer membranes when attempting to separate
the grains. The Presence of broken eggs or fluid.
(d) Objectionable matter.- The presence of remnants of membranes or secreted fat in finished
caviar shall be objectionable.
(15) Only those food additives permitted under these regulations shall be used. The use of colours
and texturising agents is not allowed.
(1) Standard specified in this clause shall apply to fish sauce produced by means of fermentation by
mixing fish and salt and may include other ingredients added to assist the fermentation process. The
product is intended for direct consumption as a seasoning, or condiment or ingredient for food. This
standard does not apply to fish sauce produced by acid hydrolysis.
(2) Fish sauce is a translucent, not turbid liquid product with a salty taste and fish flavour obtained
from fermentation of a mixture of fish and salt.
(3) The product is prepared by mixing fish with salt and is fermented in covered containers or tanks.
Succeeding extractions may follow by adding brine to further the fermentation process in order to
extract the remaining protein, fish flavour and odour. Other ingredients may be added to assist the
fermentation process.
(4) Fish sauce shall be prepared from sound and wholesome fish or parts of fish in a condition fit to
be sold fresh for human consumption.
(5) Organoleptic criteria shall be acceptable in terms of appearance, odour and taste as follows:
(a) Fish sauce must be translucent, not turbid and free from sediments except salt crystals;
(b) Fish sauce shall have an odour and taste characteristic of the product;
(a) Total nitrogen content: not less than 10 g/l. competent authorities may also specify a
lower level of total nitrogen if it is the preference of that country;
(b) Amino acid nitrogen content: not less than 40% of total nitrogen content;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(c) pH: between 5.0 - 6.5 typical for a traditional product; but not lower than 4.5 if
ingredients are used to assist fermentation;
(7) Definition of defectives.- The sample unit shall be considered as defective when it exhibits any
of the properties defined below, namely:-
(a) Foreign Matter.- The presence in the sample unit of any matter which has not been
derived from salt and fish, does not pose a threat to human health and is readily recognised
without magnification or is present at a level determined by any method including
magnification, that indicates non-compliance with good manufacturing and sanitation
practices;
(b) Appearance.- The presence of any sediments (except NaCl crystals) or cloudiness;
(c) Odour.- A sample unit affected by distinct objectionable odour, e.g. rotten, putrid, rancid,
gamey, pungent, etc.;
(d) Taste.- sample unit affected by distinct objectionable taste, e.g. bitter, sour, metallic,
taint, etc.
21. Quick Frozen Fish Sticks (fish fingers), Fish Portions and Fish Fillets - Breaded or Battered:
(1) This standard applies to quick frozen fish sticks (fish fingers) and fish portions cut from quick
frozen fish flesh blocks, or formed from fish flesh, and to natural fish fillets, breaded or batter
coatings, singly or in combination, raw or partially cooked and offered for direct human
consumption without further industrial processing.
(b) fillets are slices of fish of irregular size and shape which are removed from the carcass
by cuts made parallel to the back bone and pieces of such fillets, with or without the skin.
(3) The product after any suitable preparation shall be subjected to a freezing process and shall
comply with the conditions laid down hereafter.
(4) The freezing process shall be carried out in appropriate equipment in such a way that the range
of temperature of maximum crystallisation is passed quickly.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(5) The quick freezing process shall not be regarded as complete unless and until the product
temperature has reached -180C or colder at the thermal centre after thermal stabilisation. The
product shall be kept deep frozen so as to maintain the quality during transportation, storage and
distribution.
(6) Industrial repacking or further industrial processing of intermediate quick frozen material under
controlled conditions which maintains the quality of the product, followed by the re-application of
the quick freezing process, is permitted.
(7) Quick frozen breaded or battered fish sticks (fish fingers) breaded or battered fish portions and
breaded or battered fillets shall be prepared from fish fillets or minced fish flesh, or mixtures
thereof, of edible species which are of a quality such as to be sold fresh for human consumption.
(8) The products shall not contain more than 10 mg/100 g of histamine based on the average of the
sample unit tested. This shall apply all the species mentioned in list of histamine. to species of
Clupeidae, Scombridae, Scombresocidae, Pomatomidae and Coryphaenedae families.
(9) Definition of defectives.- the sample unit shall be considered defective when it exhibits any of
the properties defined below, namely:-
(a) Foreign Mater (cooked state).- The presence in the sample unit of any matter which has
not been derived from fish (excluding packing material), does not pose a threat to human
health, and is readily recognised without magnification or is present at a level determined by
any method including magnification that indicates non-compliance with good manufacturing
and sanitation practices;
(b) Bones (cooked state) (in packs designated boneless).- One bone per kg greater or equal
to 10 mm in length, or greater or equal to 1 mm in diameter; a bone less than or equal to 5
mm in length, is not considered a defect if its diameter is not more than 2 mm. The foot of a
bone (where it has been attached to the vertebra) shall be disregarded if its width is less than
or equal to 2 mm, or if it can easily be stripped off with a fingernail;
(c) Odour and flavor.- A sample unit affected by persistent and distinct objectionable odour
and flavours indicative of decomposition, or rancidity or of feed.
(e) The product shall be stored at -18°C or lower and shall be declared on the label.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(1) This standard applies to bivalve species of the Pectinidae family in the following product
categories:
(a)“Fresh or Quick Frozen Scallop Meat”, which is the scallop adductor muscle meat.
(b)“Fresh or Quick Frozen Roe-on Scallop Meat”, which is the scallop adductor muscle
meat and attached roe.
(c) Quick Frozen Scallop Meat”, or “Quick Frozen Roe-on Scallop Meat”, with added water
and/or solutions of water and phosphates.
(2) Products covered by this Standard may be intended for direct human consumption or for further
processing.
(b) “fresh or quick frozen Roe-on Scallop meat” are prepared by completely removing the
adductor muscle and attached roe from the shell and detaching all other viscera to the extent
practical. The roe should remain attached to the adductor muscle. Roe-on scallop meat
contain no added water, phosphates, or other ingredients. The adductor muscle and roe are
presented whole;
(c) “Quick frozen Scallop Meat”, or “Quick Frozen Roe-on Scallop Meat”, with added water
or solutions of water and phosphates contain the products, and a solution of water and/or
phosphates and optionally salt.
(5) After the preparation of “Scallop Meat” or “Roe on Scallop Meat” under good hygiene
practices, the products are rinsed, drained and stored with a method that minimises absorption of
water to the extent that is technologically practicable. The fresh product shall be kept at 4°C or
below. Product intended to be frozen shall be subjected to a freezing process carried out in
appropriate equipment in such a way that the range of temperature of maximum crystallisation is
passed quickly. The recognised practice of repacking quick frozen products under controlled
conditions which will maintain the quality of the product, followed by the reapplication of the quick
freezing process as defined, is permitted. These products shall be processed and packaged so as to
minimise dehydration and oxidation.
Quick Frozen Scallop Meat or Quick Frozen Roe-on Scallop Meat Processed with Added Water or
Solution of Water and Phosphates.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(6) The product shall be prepared from sound and wholesome scallops which are of a quality
suitable to be sold quick frozen for direct human consumption. Added water and/or solution of
water and phosphates and salt are permitted to the extent that the water uptake is accurately
measured and labelled and their use is acceptable in accordance with the law or custom of the
country in which the product is sold. Water shall be of potable quality, phosphates and salt shall be
food grade. If glazed, the water used for glazing or for preparing glazing solutions shall be potable
water or clean water.
(7) Definition of defectives.- The sample unit shall be considered as defective when it exhibits any
of the properties defined below, namely:-
(a) Deep dehydration.- Greater than 10 per cent of the weight of the scallop meat or greater
than 10 per cent of the surface area of the block exhibits excessive loss of moisture clearly
shown as white or yellow abnormality on the surface which masks the colour of the flesh
and penetrates below the surface, and cannot be easily removed by scraping with a knife or a
sharp instrument without unduly affecting the appearance of the product;
(b) Foreign matter.- The presence in the sample unit of any matter which has not been
derived from scallops, does not pose a threat to human health, and is readily recognised
without magnification or is present at a level determined by any method including
magnification that indicates non-compliance with good manufacturing and sanitation
practices;
(c) Odour, flaour, texture and colour.- Scallop meat affected by persistent and distinct
objectionable odours, flavours, texture or colours indicative of decomposition and/or
rancidity; or other objectionable odours, flavours, textures and colours not characteristic of
the product;
(e) objectionable matter.- The presence of sand, shell or other similar particles that is
visible in the thawed state or detected by chewing during sensory examination at an
objectionable level;
(f) exceeding level of added water.- Level of added water exceeding that declared in the
label.
(9) The label shall specify the conditions for storage and/or temperature that will maintain the
product safety or viability during transportation, storage and distribution.
(10) The product shall be stored at 4°C or below for fresh products and at a temperature of -18°C or
below for frozen product processed.]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2.7. SWEETS & CONFECTIONERY:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(xxiv) edible oil seed flour and protein isolates;
(xxv)gum arabic and other edible gum.
15
[ (xxvi) Isomaltulose at 50 per cent. (Max) of the total sugars without adversely
affecting the stability of the product]
It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:—
(i) Ash sulphated (on salt free basis) Not more than 2.5 per cent by weight.
Provided that in case of sugar boiled confectionery where spices are used as centre filling,
the ash sulphated shall not be more than 3 per cent by weight.
(ii) Ash insoluble (in dilute Hydrochloric acid) Not more than 0.2 Per cent by weight.
Provided that in case of sugar boiled confectionery where spices are used as centre filling,
the ash insoluble in dilute Hydrochloric acid shall not be more than 0.4 per cent.
Where the sugar boiled confectionery is sold under the name of milk toffee and butter
toffee, it shall conform to the following additional requirements as shown against each;
(1) Milk toffee-
(i)Total protein (N x 6.25) shall not be less than 3 per cent by weight on dry basis.
(ii) Fat content shall not be less than 4 per cent by weight on dry basis.
(2) Butter toffee- fat content shall not be less than 4 per cent by weight on dry basis.
Provided that it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
appendix 'A'.
Provided further that if artificial sweetener has been added as provided in Regulation
3.1.3, it shall be declared on the label as provided in regulation 3.1.3, it shall be declared on
the label as provided inRegulation 2.4.5 (24, 25, 26, 28 & 29) of Food Safety and Standards
(Packaging and Labeling) Regulations, 2011.
2.7.2: Lozenges:
Lozenges shall mean confections made mainly out of pulverised sugar, or icing sugar
with binding materials such as edible gums, edible gelatine, liquid glucose or dextrin and
generally made from cold mixing which does not require primary boiling or cooking of the
ingredients. It may contain any of the following:—
(i) sweetening agents such as dextrose, dextrosemonohydrate, honey, invert sugar,
sugar, jaggery, bura sugar, khandsari, sorbitol, liquid glucose;
(ii) milk and milk products;
(iii) nuts and nuts products;
(iv) malt syrup;
(v) edible starches;
(vi) edible common salt;
(vii) ginger powder or extracts;
(viii) cinnamon powder or extracts;
(ix) aniseed powder or extracts;
(x) caraway powder or extracts;
(xi) cardamom powder or extracts;
(xii) cocoa powder or extracts;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(xiii) protein isolates;
(xiv)coffee-extracts or its flavour;
(xv) permitted colouring matter;
(xvi)permitted emulsifying and stabilizing agents
(xvii) vitamins and minerals;
15
[ (xviii) Isomaltulose at 50 per cent. (Max) of the total sugars without adversely
affecting the stability of the product;]
It shall also conform to the following
standards:
Not less than 85.0 per cent by
(i) Sucrose content weight.
Not more than 3.0 percent by
(ii) Ash Sulphated (salt free basis) weight
Ash insoluble in dilute Hydrochloric Not more than 0.2 per cent by
(iii) acid weight
The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix A.
Provided that if artificial sweetener has been added in the product as provided in the
regulation 3.1.3, it shall be declared on the label as provided in Regulation 2.4.5 (24, 25, 26,
28 & 29) of Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labeling) Regulations, 2011.
Provided further that if only permitted artificial sweetener is used in the products as
sweetener, the requirement for sucrose prescribed in these standards shall not be applicable to
such products.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(14) Agar (food grade)
It may also contain any of the following ingredients, namely:—
(a) Malt
(b) Milk powder
(c) Chocolate
(d) Coffee
(e) Gelatin, (food grade)
(f) Permitted Emulsifiers
(g) Water, potable
(h) Nutrients like Vitamins, minerals, proteins
15
[ (i) Isomaltulose at 50 per cent. (Max) of the total sugars without adversely affecting the
stability of the product]
It shall be free from dirt, filth, adulterants and harmful ingredients. it shall also conform
to the following standards, namely:—
Ingredients Chewing gum Bubble gum
Not less than 12.5 per cent by Not less than 14.0 per cent by
(i) Gum weight weight
Not more than 3.5 per cent by Not more than 3.5 per cent by
(ii) Moisture weight weight
Not more than 9.5 per cent by Not more than 11.5 per cent by
(iii) Sulphated Ash weight. weight.
Not more than 2.0 per cent by Not more than 3.5 per cent by
(iv) Acid insoluble ash weight. weight.
Not less than 4.5 per cent by Not less than 5.5 per cent by
(v) Reducing sugars weight. weight.
(calculated as
dextrose)
Not more than 70.0 per cent by Not more than 60.0 percent by
(vi) Sucrose weight. weight.
Provided that it may contain food additives permitted in and these regulations Including
Appendix A
Provided further, if artificial sweetener has been added as provided in Regulation 3.1.2
(1), it shall be declared on the label as provided in Regulation 2.4.5 (24, 25, 26, 28 & 29) of
Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labeling) Regulations, 2011.
Provided also, that, if only artificial sweetener is added in the product as sweeteners the
parameters namely, reducing sugars and sucrose prescribed in the table above shall not be
applicable to such product
29[2.7.4Chocolate
1. Chocolate means a homogeneous product obtained by an adequate process of manufacture
from a mixture of one or more of the ingredients, namely, cocoa materials including cocoa
beans, cocoa nib, cocoa mass (cocoa liquor/cocoa paste), cocoa press cake and cocoa powder
(cocoa fines or cocoa dust), including fat reduced cocoa powder with or without addition of
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
sugars, cocoa butter, milk solids including milk fat. The addition of vegetable fats other than
cocoa butter shall not exceed 5 per cent of the finished product, after deduction of the total
weight of any other added edible foodstuffs, without reducing the minimum contents of cocoa
materials. The nature of the vegetable fats permitted for this purpose is specified in clause (ii)
of paragraph 5 of these regulations.
2. The product may contain Isomaltulose at 50 per cent. (Max) of the total sugars without
adversely affecting the stability of the product.
3. The material shall be free from rancidity or off odour, insect and fungus infestation, filth,
adulterants and any harmful or injurious matter.
(i) milk chocolate is obtained from one or more of cocoa nib, cocoa mass, cocoa press cake,
cocoa powder including low-fat cocoa powder with sugar and milk solids including milk fat
and cocoa butter. Milk solids refers to the addition of milk ingredients in their natural
proportion except that milk fat may be added or removed;
(ii) milk covering chocolate as defined above, but suitable for covering purposes;
(iii) plain chocolate is obtained from one or more of cocoa nib, cocoa mass, cocoa press cake,
cocoa powder including low fat cocoa powder with sugar and cocoa butter. Provided that dark
chocolate shall contain, on a dry matter basis, not less than 35 per cent. total cocoa solids, of
which not less than 18 per cent. shall be cocoa butter and not less than 14 per cent. fat-free
cocoa solids;
(iv) plain covering chocolate is same as plain chocolate but suitable for covering purposes;
(v) blended chocolate means the blend of milk chocolate and plain chocolate in varying
proportions;
(vi) white chocolate is obtained from cocoa butter, milk solids, including milk fat and sugar;
(vii) filled chocolate means a product having an external coating of chocolate with a centre
clearly distinct in its composition from the external coating, but does not include flour
confectionery, pastry and biscuit products, the coating shall meet the requirements of one or
more of the chocolate types specified under paragraph 4 of this standard. The chocolate
component of the coating shall not be less than 25 per cent. of the total mass of the finished
product; centre filling(s) or component(s) shall comply with the standards specified under
these regulations;
(viii) composite chocolate means a product containing at least 60 per cent of chocolate by
weight and edible wholesome substances such as fruits, nuts and raisins. It shall contain one or
more edible wholesome substances which shall not be less than 10 per cent. of the total mass
of finished product;
(ix) praline means a product in a single mouthful size, where the amount of the chocolate
component shall not be less than 25 per cent of the total weight of the product; the product
shall consist of either filled chocolate or a single or combination of the chocolate specified
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
under paragraph 4 of this standard.
(x) couverture chocolate shall contain, on a dry matter basis, not less than 35 per cent total
cocoa solids of which not less than 31 per cent shall be cocoa butter and not less than 2.5 per
cent fat-free cocoa solids
5. Optional ingredients
(a) In addition to the aforementioned ingredients, the chocolate may contain one or more of
the substances given below, namely:-
I. edible salts;
II. spices and condiments and their extracts;
III. vitamins and minerals;
IV. permitted emulsifying and stabilizing agents;
V. permitted sequestering and buffering agents;
(b) the vegetable fat may be singly or in blends and shall comply with the following
standards, namely:-
(I) they are non–lauric vegetable fats, which are rich in symmetrical
monounsaturated triglycerides of the type POP (palmitic acid -oleic acid-
palmitic acid), POSt (palmitic acid -oleic acid-stearic acid) and StOSt (stearic acid -
oleic acid- stearic acid);
(II) they are miscible in any proportion with cocoa butter and are compatible with its
physical properties (melting point and crystallization temperature, melting
rate, need for tempering phase);
(III) they are obtained by the process of refining and /or fractionation, which
excludes enzymatic modification of the triglyceride structure and in
conformity with above standard, the following vegetable fats, obtained from
the plants, may be used: Sal (Shorea robusta), Kokum gurgi (Garcinia indica),
Mango kernel (Mangifera indica), Palm oil (Elaeis guineensis and Elaeis olifera), Mahua Oil
(Bassia latifolia or B. longifolia), Dhupa Fat (Vateria indica), Phulwara fat
(Madhuca butyracea), and Dharambe fat (Garcinia cambogia) as Cocoa Butter
Equivalents.
Chocolate Chocolate
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sr. Characterist Requirements for
No. ics
Milk Milk Plain Plain White Blended
Chocolate Chocolate
less than
In case of chocolate which contain vegetable fats other than cocoa butter, it shall have the
following label declaration in bold: “CONTAINS VEGETABLE FAT IN ADDITION TO
COCOA BUTTER”.]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
flavours and colours. It may also contain permitted stabilizers and/or emulsifiers not
exceeding 0.5 per cent by weight. It shall not contain any artificial sweetner.
Ice Candy means the product obtained by freezing a pasteurized mix prepared from a
mixture of water, nutritive sweeteners e.g. sugar, dextrose, liquid glucose, dried liquid
glucose, honey, fruits and fruit products, coffee, cocoa, ginger, nuts and salt 49[spices and
condiments]. The product may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and
Appendices. It shall conform to the microbiological requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It
shall conform to the following requirement:—
Total sugars expressed as Sucrose ... Not less than 10.0 percent
15
[The ice lollies or edible ices and ice candy may contain Isomaltulose at 50 per cent.
(max) of the total sugars without adversely affecting the stability of the product.]
51
[2.7.6 Dry Mixtures of Cocoa and Sugars (1) The standard applies to dry mixtures of cocoa and
sugars intended for direct consumption. Dry Mixtures of Cocoa and Sugars is the product obtained
from Cocoa Cake transformed into powder.
Parameter Cocoa Butter Content (as a minimum cocoa powder content on a dry matter
basis)
Level ≥20per cent. m/m ≥10per cent. m/m < 10per cent. m/m
but
< 20per cent. m/m
Cocoa powder Not < 25per Sweetened Cocoa, Sweetened Cocoa, Sweetened Cocoa,
content in dry cent. m/m or Fat-reduced, Highly Fat-
mixtures Sweetened Cocoa or reduced
Powder, Sweetened Cocoa or
or Powder, Fat- Sweetened Cocoa
Drinking reduced, Powder, Highly
Chocolate or Fat-reduced
Fat-Reduced or
Drinking Highly Fat-
Chocolate Reduced Drinking
Chocolate
Not < 20per Sweetened Cocoa Sweetened Cocoa Sweetened Cocoa
cent. m/m Mix, Mix, Fat-reduced, Mix, Highly Fat-
or or reduced
Sweetened Sweetened or
Mixture with Mixture with Sweetened
Cocoa Cocoa, Fat- Mixture with
reduced: Cocoa, Highly Fat-
reduced
< 20per cent. Sweetened Cocoa- Sweetened Cocoa- Sweetened Cocoa-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
m/m flavoured Mix flavoured Mix, flavoured Mix,
Fat-reduced Highly Fat-
reduced
(c) Chocolate Powder: Mixture of cocoa powder and sugars and/or sweeteners, containing not less
than 32 per cent. wt/wt cocoa powder (29 per cent. wt/wt on a dry matter basis).
(a) Spices
(b) Salt (Sodium chloride)]
56
[2.7.7: Cocoa Powder
1. Description.-(a) Cocoa powder shall be the material obtained by mechanical transformation into
powder form of cocoa press cake or cocoa mass resulting from the partial removal of fat from the
ground nib of well-fermented sound roasted beans of Theobroma cacao L.
(b)It shall be in the form of powder, having characteristic taste and flavor.
(c) It shall be free from dirt, filth, deleterious substances, adulterant and added colouring matter and
shall also be free from rancidity, off-flavour, mould growth and insect infestation.
(d) It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2.7.8: Cocoa mass or Cocoa/Chocolate Liquor and Cocoa Cake
1. Description.-(a) Cocoa (Cacao) Mass or Cocoa/Chocolate Liquor means product prepared by
cocoa beans, the seeds of Theobroma cacao by adequate grinding of clean, practically shell free
nibs (cotyledons) with or without roasting, and with or without removal or addition of any of its
constituents.
(b) Cocoa Cake is the product obtained by partial or complete removal of fat from cocoa nib or
cocoa mass.
(c) The products shall have their characteristic colour, odour and flavour and shall be free from any
added colouring matter, flavour, or added fats other than Cocoa butter.
(d)It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:-
Requirements (in per cent.)
S.No. Characteristics
Cocoa Mass Cocoa Cake
1. Moisture content by weight Not more than 10.0 Not more than
10.0
2 Cocoa Shell Calculated
and Germ % on the fat Not more than Not more than
by weight free
5.0 5.0
drymatter
Calculated Not more than Not more than
on an alkali 1.75 4.5
free basis
(for cocoa
shell only)
3. Cocoa Butter % by weight 47.0 -60.0 Not applicable
4. Alkalinity of total Ash as K2O Not more than Not more than
% by weight (on moisture and 12.0
12.0
fat-free basis)
5. Acid insoluble ash % (on Not more than Not more than
moisture and fat-free basis) 1.0
1.0
6. Crude fibre % by weight (on Not more than Not more than
moisture and fat-free basis) 7.0]
7.0
2.8.1: SUGAR
1. PLANTATION WHITE SUGAR (commonly known as sugar) means the crystallised
product obtained from sugarcane or sugar beet. It shall be free from dirt, filth, iron filings, and
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
added colouring matter. Extraneous matter shall not exceed 0.1 per cent by weight. It shall
also conform to the following standards, namely :—
(a) Moisture (when heated at 105 degree ± 1°C for 3 Not more than 0.5 per cent by
hours) weight. Not less than 98 per
(b) Sucrose
cent by weight.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The product may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices.
2. REFINED SUGAR means the white crystallised sugar obtained by refining of plantation
white sugar. It shall be free from dirt, filth, iron filings and added colouring matter. Extraneous
matter shall not exceed 0.1 per cent by weight. It shall also conform to the following standards,
namely:—
Not more than 0.5 per cent by
0 0
(a) Moisture (when heated at 105 ± 1 C for 3 hours) weight.
Not less than 99.5 per cent by
(b) Sucrose weight.
The product may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices.
3. KHANDSARI SUGAR obtained from sugarcane juice by open pan process may be of two
varieties, namely:
(i)Khandsari Sugar Desi; and
(ii) Khandsari Sugar (sulphur) also known as "Sulphur Sugar".
It may be crystalline or in powder form. It shall be free from dirt, filth, iron filings and
added colouring matter. Extraneous matter shall not exceed 0.25 per cent by weight. It may
contain sodium bicarbonate (food grade). It shall also conform to the following standards,
namely:—
Khandsari Sugar (Sulphur Khandsari Sugar
Sugar) (Desi)
Not more than 1.5 per cent by Not more than 1.5 per
(i) Moisture (when heated weight. cent
at 105° ± 1° C for 3 hours) by weight.
Ash insoluble in dilute hydrochloric Not more than 0.5 per cent by Not more than 0.7 per
(ii) acid weight cent
by weight.
Not less than 96.5 per cent by Not less than 93.0 per
(iii) Sucrose weight. cent
by weight.
The product may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices.
NOTE: - Khandsari sugar can be distinguished from plantation white sugar on the
following characteristics, namely:
Khandsari Sugar (Sulphur Khandsari Sugar
Sugar) (Desi)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
not exceed 0.1 per cent by weight. It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:—
Not less than 90.0 per cent by
(a) Sucrose weight.
Ash insoluble in dilute hydrochloric Not more than 0.7 per cent by
(b) acid weight.
The product may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices.
5. CUBE SUGAR means the sugar in the form of cube or cuboid blocks manufactured
from refined crystallised sugar. It shall be white in colour, free from dirt and other extraneous
contamination. It shall conform to the following standards :—
Not less than 99.7 per cent by
(a) Sucrose weight.
Not more than 0.25 per cent by
(b) Moisture weight.
Not more than 0.03 per cent by
(c ) Total ash weight
The product may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices.
6. ICING SUGAR means the sugar manufactured by pulverizing refined sugar or
vacuum pan (plantation white) sugar with or without edible starch. Edible starch, if added,
shall be uniformly extended in the sugar. It shall be in form of white powder, free from dust, or
any other extraneous matter.
The product may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Total starch and sucrose (moisture
(a) free) Not less than 99.0 per cent by weight.
(b) Moisture Not more than 0.80 per cent by weight.
Not more than 4.0 percent by weight on
(c) Starch dry basis.
2.8.2: MISRI
1. MISRI means the product made in the form of candy obtained from any kind of sugar
or palmyrah juice. It shall be free from dirt filth, iron filings and added colouring matter.
Extraneous matter shall not exceed 0.1 per cent by weight. It shall also conform to the
following standards, namely:—
Not more than 0.4% by
(a) Total ash weight
Total Sugar (Called, known or expressed as Not less than 98.0% by
(b) Sucrose) weight
The product may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(II) Honey shall be free from organic and inorganic matter including visible mould, insects and
insect debris, fragments of bees, brood, pieces of bees wax, grains of sand, and any other
extraneous matter.
(III) Honey consists essentially of different sugars, predominantly fructose and glucose as well
as other substances such as organic acids, enzymes and solid particles derived from honey
collection. The colour of honey varies from nearly colourless to dark brown. The
consistency can be fluid, viscous or partly to entirely crystallised.
(IV) Honey sold as such shall not have added to it any food ingredient, including food additives,
nor shall any other addition be made other than honey.
(V) Honey shall comply with the following requirements:
7. (a) Acidity expressed as formic acid per cent. by mass, Max, 0.20
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
9. Diastase activity, Schade units, Min 3
18. (a) Δδ13C Max (Maximum difference between all measured ± 2.1
δ13C values); per mil
(vi)Honey shall not be heated or processed to such an extent that its essential composition is
changed and / or its quality is impaired.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(vii) Honey can be labelled according to floral or plant source, if it comes from any particular
source, and has the organoleptic, physicochemical and microscopic properties corresponding
with that origin:
(a) in the case of “Monofloral Honey”, the minimum pollen content of the plant species
concerned shall not be less than 45 per cent. of total pollen content; and
(b) in the case of “Multi floral Honey”, the pollen content of any of the plant species shall not
exceed 45 per cent. of the total pollen content.
Note: “Carvia callosa” is the honey derived from flower of Carvia callosa plant which is
described as thixotrophic and is gel like extremely viscous when standing still and turns into
liquid when agitated or stirred.
(viii)"Honeydew honey" is the honey which comes mainly from excretions of plant sucking
insects of Order Hemiptera on the living parts of plants or secretions of living parts of plants.
2. Bees Wax.- (i) Beeswax is obtained from the honeycombs of bees (Family: Apidae e.g. Apis
mellifera L) after the honey has been removed by draining or centrifuging. The combs are
melted with hot water, steam or solar heat and the melted product is filtered and cast into cakes
of yellow beeswax. White beeswax is obtained by bleaching the yellow beeswax with
oxidizing agents, e.g. hydrogen peroxide, sulfuric acid, or sunlight.
Beeswax consists of a mixture of esters of fatty acids and fatty alcohols, hydrocarbons and free
fatty acids; minor amounts of free fatty alcohols are also present.
(II) Description.- (a) Yellow beeswax: Yellow or light-brown solid that is somewhat brittle
when cold and presents a dull, granular, non-crystalline fracture when broken; it becomes
pliable at about 35o. It has a characteristic odour of honey.
(b) White beeswax: White or yellowish white solid (thin layers are translucent) having a
faint and characteristic odour of honey.
(III) Requirements: When tested in accordance with method specified in JECFA for Beeswax
(INS No. 901) shall conform to the following requirement:
3. Acid value 17 – 24
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
6. Carnauba wax Absent
3. Royal Jelly.- (a) Royal jelly is the mixture of secretions from hypopharyngeal and mandibular
glands of worker bees, free from any additive. It is the food of larval and adult queens.
It is a raw and natural food, unprocessed except for filtration which does not undergo addition
of substances. The color, taste and the chemical composition of royal jelly are determined by
absorption and transformation by the bees fed with the following two types of foods during
the royal jelly production time:
(i) type 1: only bee’s natural foods (pollen, nectar and honey);
(ii) type 2: bee’s natural food and other nutrients (proteins, carbohydrates)
(b) 10-hydroxy-2-decenoic acid (HDA): HDA is the characteristic component of royal jelly.
(c) Requirements,-
(i) Description Royal jelly is milky white, pale yellow, with lustre. It is pasty or jelly-like
at normal temperature with fluidity, and shall be free from the bubble and foreign
substances. Minor crystallization phenomena can occur naturally in royal jelly during
storage.
(ii) Odor and taste: It is pungent, unfermented and shall not be rancid. It is acerb, spicy, and
brings acrid taste to palate and throat.
(iii)Chemical requirements: Royal jelly shall comply with the requirements as follows:
Table - Chemical requirements of royal jelly
Type 1 Type 2
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sr.No. Characteristic Permissible limit
(iv) Furosine is an additional, optional quality parameter which shows freshness of royal jelly.]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
boiling or processing juice pressed out of sugarcane (Saccharum officinarum). It shall be
free from substances unsafe to health and shall confirm to the following analytical
standards on dry weight basis:-
Sodium bicarbonate, if used for clarification purpose, shall be of food grade quality.
(3) Hygiene
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines specified in Schedule
4, Part-II of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Regulation of Food Businesses)
Regulations, 2011 and any other guidelines as provided from time to time under the Act.
2.8.5: DEXTROSE
1. DEXTROSE is a white or light cream granular powder, odourless and having a sweet
taste.
Sulphated ash Not more than 0.1 per cent on dry basis
0.5 gm. Dissolved in 50 ml. of freshly
Acidity boiled and
cooled water requires for neutralisation
not more
than 0.20 ml. of N/10 sodium hydroxide
to
phenolphthalein
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
indicator.
Glucose Not less than 99.0 per cent on dry basis.
When heated with potassium cupritartarate solution it shall produce a copious precipitate
of cuprous oxide. It shall conform to the following standards:—
The product may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices.
2.8.7 DRIED GLUCOSE SYRUP means the material in the form of coarse or fine, white to
creamish white powder, sweet to taste, bland in flavour and somewhat hygroscopic. It shall be
free from fermentation, evidence of mould growth, dirt or other extraneous matter or added
sweetening or flavouring agent.
It shall also not contain any added natural or coaltar food colour. It shall conform to the
following standards:—
Total solid contents Not less than 93.0 per cent by weight.
Reducing sugar content Not less than 20.0 per cent by weight.
Sulfated Ash Not more than 1.0 per cent by weight.
The product may contain food additives permitted in these Regulations and Appendices.
47[
2.8.8: Sodium Saccharin (Food Grade)-
(1) Sodium Saccharinis white crystals or white crystalline powder. It is odour less or having a
faint odour. It is intensely sweet to taste, even in dilute solution. 1 g is soluble in 1.5 ml of
water and in about 50 ml of alcohol. When tested in accordance with method specified in
Indian Standard, IS 5345, it shall conform to the following standards:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
4 h, per cent. by mass, min
Moisture, per cent. by mass, Max 15.0
Acidity and alkalinity To pass the test
Benzoate and salicylate To pass the test
Readily carbonizable substances To pass the test
Toluene sulfonamides, ppm, Max 25.0
(2) Hygiene The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines
specified in Schedule 4, Part-II of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Regulation of
Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011 and any other guidelines as provided from time to time
under the Act.
(3) Contaminants, Toxins and Residues The product covered in this standard shall comply
with the Food Safety and Standards (Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
The products covered in this standard shall confirm to the microbiological requirements
specified in Appendix B of these regulations.
(4) Packaging and Labelling The product shall comply with the packaging and labelling
requirements as specified in the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling)
Regulations, 2011]
2.8.11:
Sucralose
1.
Sucralose:
Chemical name - 1, 6-Dichloro-1, 6-Dideoxy-β-D-Fructofuranosyl-4-Chloro-4-Deoxy-a-
D-galactopyranoside;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Synonyms -4, 1 '6'-Trichlorogalactosucrose; INS 955
Chemical formula -
C12H19CI3O8 Molecular
weight- 397.64
It shall be white to off-white, odourless, crystalline powder, having a sweet taste. It shall
be freely soluble in water, in methanol and in alcohol and slightly soluble in ethyl acetate. It
shall contain not less than 98.0% and not more than 102.0% of C12H19CI3O8 calculated on
anhydrous basis. It shall not contain more than 3PPM of Arsenic (as AS) and 10PPM or heavy
metals (as Pb). It shall not contain more than 0.1% of methanol. Residue on ignition shall not
be more than 0.7% and water not more than 0.2%.
47[2.8.12: Calcium Saccharin (Food Grade)- (1) Calcium Saccharin is white crystals or white
crystalline powder. It shall be odourless or having a faint odour and an intensely sweet taste even in
dilute solution. One gram is soluble in 1.5 ml of water. When tested in accordance with method
specified in Indian Standard, IS 5345, it shall conform to the following standards:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1. (Siahjira) whole means the mericarps of nearly mature fruit of Carum carvi L. The
fruits are split into two mericarps by thrashing after drying. It shall have characteristic flavour
and shall be free from extraneous flavour and mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living
and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. It shall be free from attack by
Screlotinia mushrooms. It shall be free from added colouring matter and other harmful
substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 1.0 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight
Not more than 13.0 percent by
(ii) Moisture weight
(iii Not more than 8.0 percent by
) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iv Not more than 1.5 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis. weight
Not less than 2.5 percent by
(v) Volatile oil content on dry basis (v/w).
(vi Not more than 1.0 percent by
) Insect damaged matter weight
Blond Caraway (Carum carvi) whole is slightly larger and its colour is paler.
2. Caraway Black (Siahjira) Whole means the dried seeds of Carum bulbocastanum. It
shall conform to the following standards.
Not more than 1.0 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight
Not more than 12.0 percent by
(ii) Moisture weight
(iii Not more than 9.0 percent by
) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iv Not more than 2.0 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis. weight
Not less than 1.5 percent by
(v) Volatile oil content on dry basis (v/w)
(vi Not more than 1.0 percent by
) Insect damaged matter weight
1. Caraway (Siahjira) powder means the powder obtained by grinding the dried mature
fruit of Carum Carvi L. without addition of any other matter. It may be in the form of small
pieces of seeds or in finely ground form. It shall have characteristic flavour and shall be free
from extraneous flavour and mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects,
insect fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall be free from added colouring matter
and other harmful substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 12.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight
Not more than 8.0 percent by
(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iii Not more than 1.5 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(iv Not less than 2.25 percent by
) VolVolatile oil content on dry basis Black v/w
Not less than 1.33 percent by
Blond v/w
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
3. Cardamom (Chhoti Elaichi) powder means the powder obtained by grinding dried
seeds of Elettaria Cardamomum L. Maton var miniscula Burkill without addition of any other
substance. It may be in the form of small pieces of seeds or in finely ground form. It shall have
characteristic flavour free from foreign odour, mustiness or rancidity. It shall be free from
mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall be
free from added colouring matter and other harmful substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(iii Not more than 12.0 percent by
) Moisture weight
(iv Not more than 8.0 percent by
) Total ash on dry basis weight
Not more than 2.0 percent by
(v) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis. weight
(vi Not less than 1.0 percent by
) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w
Not more than 1.0 percent by
(vii) Insect damaged matter weight.
6. Large Cardamom (Badi Elaichi) powder means the powder obtained by grinding
seeds of Amomum subulatum Roxb, without the addition of any other substance. It may be in
the form of small pieces of seeds or in finely ground form. The powder shall have
characteristic flavour free from off flavour, mustiness and rancidity. It shall be free from
mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall be
free from added colouring matter and any harmful substance.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 11.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight
Not more than 8.0 percent by
(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iii Not more than 2.0 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis. weight
(iv Not less than 1.0 percent by
) Volatile oil content on dry basis weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall
be dry, free from dirt, extraneous colouring matter, flavouring matter, mineral oil and other
harmful substances. The chilli powder may contain any edible vegetable oil to a maximum
limit of 2.0 percent by weight under a label declaration for the amount and nature of oil used.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 11.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight
Not more than 8.0 percent by
(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iii Not more than 1.3 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis weight
(iv Not more than 30.0 percent by
) Crude fibre weight
Not less than 12.0 percent by
(v) Non-volatile ether extract on dry basis weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(iii Not more than 2.0 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis. weight
(iv Not less than 0.5 percent by
) Volatile oil content on dry basis weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Not more than 1.0 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight
Not more than 2.0 percent by
(ii) Tendrils, Mother Cloves weight
(iii Not more than 2.0 percent by
) Khokar Cloves weight
(iv Not more than 12.0 percent by
) Moisture weight
Not less than 17.0 percent by
(v) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w
(vi Not more than 2.0 percent by
) Headless cloves weight
Not more than 2.0 percent by
(vii) Insect damaged cloves weight
Explanation: (1) Headless Cloves: A Clove consisting of only the receptacle and sepals
and which has lost the domed shaped head.
(2)Khoker Cloves: A Clove which has undergone fermentation as a result of incomplete
drying as evidenced by its pale brown colour whitish mealy appearance and other wrinkled
surface.
(3) Mother Cloves: A fruit in the form of a ovoid brown berry surmounted by four
incurved sepals.
2. Cloves (Laung) powder means the powder obtained by grinding the dried unopened
flower buds of Eugenia Caryophyllus (C. Sprengel) Bullock and Harrision without any
addition. It shall be of a brown colour with a violet tinge and shall have a strong spicy
aromatic odour free from off flavour and mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and
dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. It shall be free from added colouring
matter.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 10.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight
Not more than 7.0 percent by
(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iii Not more than 0.5 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis. weight
(iv
) Volatile oil content on dry basis Not less than 16.0 percent by v/w
Not more than 13.0 percent by
(v) Crude Fibre weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2.9.8: Cumin (Zeera, Kalonji)
1. Cumin (Safed Zeera) whole means the dried mature fruits of Cuminum Cyminum L.
It shall have characteristic aromatic flavour free from mustiness. It shall be free from mould,
living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The product shall be free from
added colour and harmful substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 3.0 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight
Not more than 5.0 percent by
(ii) Broken fruits (Damaged, shrivelled, weight
discoloured and immature seed)
(iii Not more than 10.0 percent by
) Moisture weight
(iv Not more than 9.5 percent by
) Total ash on dry basis weight
Not more than 3.0 percent by
(v) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis. weight
(vi Not less than 15.0 percent by
) Non volatile ether extract on dry basis weight
Not less than 1.5 percent by
(vii) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w
(viii) Proportion of edible seeds other than cumin
seeds Absent
Not more than 1.0 percent by
(x) Insect damaged matter weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2. Cumin (Safed Zeera) powder means the powder obtained by grinding the dried
mature seeds of Cuminum Cyminum L. It shall have characteristic aromatic flavour free from
mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent
contamination. The powder shall be free from added colour and harmful substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 10.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight
Not more than 9.5 percent by
(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iii Not more than 1.5 percent by
) Acid insoluble ash on dry basis weight
(iv Not less than 15.0 percent by
) Non volatile ether extract on dry basis weight
Not less than 1.3 percent by
(v) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w
3. Cumin Black (Kalonji) whole means the seeds of Nigella sativa L. It shall have
characteristic aromatic flavour free from mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and
dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The product shall be free from added
colour and harmful substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 1.5 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight
Not more than 5.0 percent by
(ii) Broken fruits (Damaged, shrivelled, weight
discoloured and immature seed)
Not more than 10.0 percent by
(iii) Moisture weight
Not more than 8.0 percent by
(iv) Total ash on dry basis weight
Not more than 1.5 percent by
(v) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis weight
Not less than 12.0 percent by
(vi) Non volatile ether extract on dry basis weight
Not less than 1.0 percent by
(vii) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w
(viii Not more than 2.0 percent by
) Edible seeds other than cumin black weight
Not more than 1.0 percent by
(ix) Insect damaged matter weight
4. Cumin Black (Kalonji) powder means the powder obtained by grinding the dried
seeds of Nigella sativa L. It shall have characteristic aromatic flavour free from mustiness. It
shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The
powder shall be free from added colour and harmful substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 10.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight
(ii) Total ash on dry basis Not more than 7.0 percent by
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
weight
(iii Not more than 1.5 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis weight
(iv Not less than 0.9 percent by
) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w
Non volatile ether extract on dry basis Not less than 12.0 percent by
(v) (ml/100gm) weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(vi) Volatile oil content on dry basis Not less than 1.0 percent by v/w
(vii) Edible seeds other than fennel Absent
Not more than 1.0 percent by
(viii) Insect damaged matter weight
2. Fennel (Saunf) powder means the power obtained by grinding ripe fruits (seeds) of
Foeniculum Vulgare P. Miller Var Vulgare. The powder shall have characteristic aromatic
flavour free from off flavour, mustiness and rancidity. It shall be free from mould, living and
dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The powder
shall be free from added colouring matter and any harmful
substance.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 12.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight
Not more than 9.0 percent by
(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iii Not more than 2.0 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis. weight
(iv Not less than 1.0 percent by
) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
weight
Not more than 5.0 percent by
(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iii Not more than 1.5 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis. weight
(iv Not less than 30.0 percent by
) Cold water soluble extract on dry basis weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Not more than 12.0 percent by
(b) Bleached weight
(iv
) Calcium as Calcium oxide on dry basis
Not more than 1.1 percent by
(a) Unbleached weight
Not more than 2.5 percent by
(b) Bleached weight
(v) Volatile oil content on dry basis Not less than 1.5 percent by v/w
(vi Insect damaged Not more than 1.0 percent by
) matter weight
56
2. [Dried Ginger (Sonth, Dried Adrak)] Powder means the powder obtained by
grinding rhizome of Zingiber officinale Roscoe. It shall have characteristic taste and flavour
free from musty odour or rancid or bitter taste. It shall be free from mould, living and dead
insects, insect fragments, and rodent contamination. The powder shall be free from added
colouring matter.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 12.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight
(ii) Total ash on dry basis
Not more than 8.0 percent by
(a) Unbleached weight
Not more than 12.0 percent by
(b) Bleached weight
(iii
) Calcium as Calcium oxide on dry basis
Not more than 1.1 percent by
(a) Unbleached weight
Not more than 2.5 percent by
(b) Bleached weight
(iv
56
) Volatile oil content on dry basis [Not less than 1.0 per cent]
Not less than 1.7 percent by
(v) Water soluble ash on dry basis weight
(vi Not more than 1.0 percent by
) Acid insoluble ash on dry basis weight
(vii) Alcohol (90% v/w) soluble extract on dry Not less than 5.1 percent by
basis weight
56
(viii) Cold water soluble extract on dry basis [Not less than 10.9 per cent]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 0.5 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight
Not more than 10.0 percent by
(ii) Moisture weight
(iii Not more than 4.0 percent by
) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iv Not more than 0.5 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis. weight
Not less than 7.5 percent by
(v) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w
(vi Not more than 1.0 percent by
) Insect damaged matter weight
Not more than 1.0 percent by
(vii) Nutmeg in mace weight
2. Mace (Jaipatri) powder means the powder obtained by grinding dried coat or aril of
the seed of Myristica fragrans Houttuyn. It shall have characteristic aromatic flavour free from
foreign odour and mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect
fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall be free from added colouring matter.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The powder shall conform to the following
requirements:—
Not more than 10.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight
Not more than 3.0 percent by
(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iii Not more than 0.5 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis weight
(iv
) Volatile oil content on dry basis Not less than 5.0 percent by v/w
Not more than 10.0 percent by
(v) Crude fibre weight
(vi Not less than 20.0 and not more
) Non-volatile ether extract than 30.0
percent by
weight.
2.9.13: Mustard (Rai, Sarson)
1. Mustard (Rai, Sarson) whole means the dried, clean mature seeds of one or more of
the plants of Brassica alba. (L). Boiss (Safed rai), Brassica compestris L.var, dichotoma (Kali
Sarson), Brasssica Compestris, L. Var, yellow Sarson, Syn, Brassica compestris L, var glauca
(Pili Sarson), Brassica, compestris L. Var. toria (Toria), Barassicajuncea,
(L). Coss et Czern (Rai, Lotni) and Brassica nigra (L); Koch (Benarasi rai). It shall be free
from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The product shall
be free from the seeds of Argemone Maxicana L, any other harmful substances and added
colouring matter.
It shall conform to the following standards:
Not more than 2.0 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight
Not more than 2.0 percent by
(ii) Damaged or Shrivelled seeds weight
(iii Not more than 10.0 percent by
) Moisture weight
(iv Not more than 6.5 percent by
) Total ash on dry basis weight
Not more than 1.0 percent by
(v) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis weight
(vi Not less than 28.0 percent by
) Non volatile ether extract on dry basis weight
(vii) Violatile oil content on dry basis Not less than 0.3 percent by v/w
Not more than 1.0 percent by
(viii) Insect damaged matter weight
(ix
) Allyl iso thiocyanate (m/m) on dry basis
Not less than 1.0 percent by
(a) B nigra weight
Not less than 0.7 percent by
(b) B Juncea weight
P-hydroxybenzyl iso-thiocyanate (m/m) on dry Not less than 2.3 percent by
(x) basis weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
in sinapist alba
(xi
) Argemone seeds Absent
2. Mustard (Rai, Sarson) powder means the powder obtained by grinding dried, clean
mature seeds of one or more of the plants of Brassica alba. (L). Boiss (Safed rai), Brassica
compestris L. var, dischotoma (Kali Sarson), Brassica Compestris, L. Var, (yellow Sarson),
Syn, Brassica compestris L, var glauca (Pili Sarson), Brassica, compestris L. Var. toria
(Toria), Barassicajuncea, (L). Coss et Czern (Rai, Lotni) and Brassica nigra (L); Koch
(Benarasi rai) without addition of any other matter. It shall have characteristic pungent
aromatic flavour free from rancidity and mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and
dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall be free from
Argemone maxicana. L and other harmful substances. It shall also be free from added
colouring matter.
It shall conform to the following standards:
Not more than 7.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight
Not more than 6.5 percent by
(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iii Not more than 1.0 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis. weight
(iv Not less than 28.0 percent by
) Non volatile ether extract on dry basis weight
Not less than 0.3 percent by
(v) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w
(vi Not more than 8.0 percent by
) Crude fibre weight
Not more than 2.5 per cent by
(vii) Starch weight
(viii) Test for argemone oil Negative
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2.9.14: Nutmeg (Jaiphal)
1. Nutmeg (Jaiphal) whole means the dried seed (kernel) of Myristica fragrans
Houttuyn. It shall be of greyish brown colour but it may be white if it has been subjected to
liming. It shall have characteristic aromatic flavour free from foreign odour and mustiness. It
shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, and rodent contamination.
The product shall be free from added colouring matter.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
(i) Extraneous matter Absent
Not more than 3.0 percent by
(ii) Mace in Nutmeg weight
(iii Not more than 10.0 percent by
) Moisture weight
(iv Not more than 3.0 percent by
) Total ash on dry basis weight
Not more than 1.5 percent by
(v) Water insoluble ash on dry basis weight
(vi Not more than 0.5 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis. weight
Not less than 6.5 percent by
(vii) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w
(viii) Calcium content expressed as Calcium Oxide Not more than 0.35 percent by
on dry basis weight
2. Nutmeg (Jaiphal) powder means the powder obtained by grinding the dried seeds
(kernel) or Myristica fragrans Houttuyn. It shall have characteristic aromatic flavour free from
foreign odour and mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect
fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall be free from added colouring matter.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 8.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight
Not more than 3.0 percent by
(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iii Not more than 1.5 percent by
) Water insoluble ash on dry basis weight
(iv Not more than 0.5 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis weight
Not less than 6.0 percent by
(v) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w
(vi Not more than 10.0 percent by
) Crude Fibre weight
Not less than 25.0 percent by
(vii) Non volatile ether extract on dry basis weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
colour, mineral oil and any other harmful substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 1.0 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight
Not more than 5.0 percent by
(ii) Light Berries weight
(iii Not more than 4.0 percent by
) Pinheads or broken berries weight
(iv Not less than 490 gm/litre by
) Bulk Density (gm/litre) weight
Not more than 13.0 percent by
(v) Moisture weight
(vi Not more than 6.0 percent by
) Total ash on dry basis weight
Not less than 6.0 percent by
(vii) Non volatile ether extract on dry basis weight
Not less than 2.0 percent by
(viii) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w
(ix Not less than 4.0 percent by
) Peperine Content on dry basis weight
Not more than 1.0 percent by
(x) Insect damaged matter (percent by weight) weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Explanation:—
(a) Light Berry means berry that has reached an apparently normal stage of
development but the kernel does not exist.
(b) Pinhead means berry of very small size that has not developed.
(c)Broken berry means berry that has been separated in two or more parts.
2. Pepper Black (Kali Mirch) powder means the powder obtained by grinding dried
berries of Piper nigrum L without addition to any other matter. It shall have characteristic
aromatic flavour free from foreign odour, mustiness or rancidity. It shall be free from mould,
living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall be free from
added colouring matter, mineral oil and any other harmful substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 12.5 percent by
(i) Moisture weight
Not more than 6.0 percent by
(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iii Not more than 1.2 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis weight
(iv Not more than 17.5 percent by
) Crude Fibre on dry basis weight
Not less than 6.0 percent by
(v) Non volatile ether extract on dry basis weight
(vi Not less than 1.75 percent by
) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w
Not less than 4.0 percent by
(vii) Peperine Content on dry basis weight
3. Light Black Pepper means the dried berries of Piper nigrum L. dark brown to dark
black in colour. It shall be well dried and free from mould, living and dead insects, insect
fragments, rodent contamination.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 1.0 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight
(ii Not more than 2.0 percent by
) Other Foreign edible seeds weight
4. Pinheads shall be wholly derived from the spikes of piper nigrum L. They shall be
reasonably dry and free from insects. The colour shall be from dark brown to black. It shall be
free from added colouring matter.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Extraneous matter Not more than 1.0 percent by
weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 2.0 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight
Not more than 11.0 percent by
(ii) Moisture weight
(iii Not less than 40.0 percent by
) Non volatile ether extract on dry basis weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(iv Not more than 8.0 percent by
) Total ash on dry basis weight
Not more than 1.5 percent by
(v) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis weight
(vi Not less than 65.0 percent by
) Solubility in cold water on dry weight Basis weight
(vii) Bitterness expressed as direct reading of Not less than 30.0 percent by
absorbance weight
of picrocrocine at about 257 nm on dry basis
(viii) Safranal expressed as direct reading of Not less than 20.0 percent by
absorbance weight and
not more than 50.0 percent by
of 330 nm on dry basis weight
(ix Not less than 80.0 percent by
) Colouring strength expressed as direct reading of weight
absorbance of 440 nm on dry basis
Total Nitrogen on dry Not more than 2.0 percent by
(x) basis weight
(xi Crude Fibre on dry Not more than 6.0 percent by
) basis weight
Explanation:- Floral waste means yellow filaments that are unattached and separated
pollens, stamens, parts of ovaries and other parts of flowers of Crocus sativus Linnaeus.
2. Saffron (Kesar) powder means the powder obtained by crushing dried stigmas of
Crocus Sativus Linnaeus. It shall be dark red in colour with a slightly bitter and pungent
flavour, free from foreign odour and mustiness.
It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent
contamination. The powder shall be free from added colouring matter.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 10.0 percent by
(i) Moisture and volatile matter weight
Not more than 8.0 percent by
(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iii Not more than 1.5 percent by
) Acid insoluble ash on dry basis weight
(iv Not more than 65.0 percent by
) Solubility in cold water on dry weight basis weight
Bitterness expressed as direct reading of Not less than 30.0 percent by
(v) absorbance weight
of picrocrocine at about 257 nm on Dry basis
(vi Safranal expressed as direct reading of Not less than 20.0 percent by
) absorbance weight and
not more than 50.0 percent by
of 330 nm on dry basis weight
(vii) Colouring strength expressed as direct reading Not less than 80.0 percent by
of weight
absorbance of 440 nm on dry basis
Not more than 3.0 percent by
(viii) Total Nitrogen on dry basis weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(ix Not more than 6.0 percent by
) Crude Fibre on dry basis weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2. Turmeric (Haldi) powder means the powder obtained by grinding dried rhizomes or
bulbous roots of Curcuma Longa L. The powder shall have characteristic odour and flavour
and shall be free from mustiness or other foreign odour. It shall be free from mould, living and
dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall be free from any added
colouring matter including Lead Chromate and morphologically extraneous matter including
foreign starch.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 10.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight
Not more than 9.0 percent by
(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iii Not more than 1.5 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dil. HCl on dry basis weight
(iv Not less than 2.0 percent by
) Colouring power expressed as weight
curcuminoid content on dry basis
Not more than 60.0 percent by
(v) Total Starch weight
(vi
) Test for lead chromate Negative
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
poppy seeds and curry leaves. It shall be free from added colouring matter. It shall be free
from mould growth and insect infestation. The proportion of extraneous matter shall not
exceed five per cent by weight, out of which the proportion of organic matter including
foreign edible seeds and inorganic matter shall not exceed three per cent and two per cent
respectively.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(iv Not more than 9.0 percent by
) Total ash on dry basis weight
Not more than 1.5 percent by
(v) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis weight
(vi
) Volatile oil content on dry basis Not less than 1.0 percent by v/w
(vii) Insect damaged Not more than 1.0 percent by
matter weight
(viii) Foreign edible Not more than 2.0 percent by
seeds weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1. Dried Mango Powder (Amchur)--Means the powder obtained by grinding clean and
dried mango slices having characteristic taste and flavour. It shall be free from musty odour
and objectionable flavour, rodent contamination, mould, fungus and insect infestation,
extraneous matter and added colouring, flavouring matter. It shall also be free from deleterious
substances injurious to health. It shall not contain any preservative except edible common salt
which may be added to the extent of 5 per cent by weight on dry basis.
It shall also conform to the following standards,
namely:—
Not more than 12 per cent by
(a) Moisture Weight
Not more than 6 per cent by
(b) Total ash (salt free basis) weight
Not more than 1.5 per cent by
(c) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl weight
Not more than 6 per cent by
(d) Crude fibre weight
Not less than 12 per cent and not
(e) Acidity as anhydrous tartaric acid more than
26 percent by weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2.9.25: Pepper White
1. Pepper White whole means the dried berries of Piper nigrum L. from which the outer
pericap is removed with or without preliminary soaking in water and subsequent drying, if
necessary. The berries shall be light brown to white in colour with a smooth surface. The
berries on grinding shall have characteristic aromatic flavour and shall be free from mustiness.
It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination.
The product shall be free from added colouring matter and any other harmful substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 0.8 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight
Not more than 3.0 percent by
(ii) Broken Berries weight
(iii Not more than 5.0 percent by
) Black berries weight
(iv Not less than 600 percent by
) Bulk Density (gm/litre) weight
Not more than 13.0 percent by
(v) Moisture weight
(vi Not more than 3.5 percent by
) Total ash on dry basis weight
Not less than 6.5 percent by
(vii) Non Volatile ether extract on dry basis weight
Not less than 1.0 percent by
(viii) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w
(ix Not less than 4.0 percent by
) Peperine Content on dry basis weight
Not more than 1.0 percent by
(x) Insect damaged matter weight
Explanation:- (a) Broken berries means berry that has been separated in two or more
parts.
(b) Black Berry means berry of dark colour generally consisting of black pepper berry
whose pericarp has not been fully removed.
2. Pepper White powder means the powder obtained by grinding dried berries of Piper
nigrum L. from which the outer pericarp is removed and to which no foreign matter is added.
It shall have characteristic aromatic flavour and shall be free from mustiness. It shall be free
from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall
be free from added colouring matter and any other harmful substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 13.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight
Not more than 3.5 percent by
(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iii Not more than 0.3 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dilute HCl on dry basis weight
(iv Crude fibre on dry basis Not more than 6.5 percent by
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
) weight
Not less than 6.5 percent by
(v) Non Volatile ether extract on dry basis weight
(vi Not less than 0.7 percent by
) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w
Not less than 4.0 percent by
(vii) Peperine Content on dry basis weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The products may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix - A and it shall conform to the following standards, namely:—
(i) Extraneous matter Not more than 0.5 percent
(ii) Moisture
Not more than 5.0 percent by
a. In case of powdered Garlic weight
Not more than 8.0 percent by
b. other than powdered Garlic weight
(iii Not more than 5.0 percent by dry
) Total ash on dry basis weight
(iv Not more than 0.5 percent by
) Ash insoluble in dil HCl weight
Not less than 70.0 and not more
(v) Cold water soluble extract on dry basis than 90.0
percent by weight
(vi Volatile organic sulphur compound on dry Not less than 0.3 percent by
) basis weight
(vii) Peroxidase test Negative
2.9.27: Celery
1. Celery whole means the dried ripe fruits (seeds) of Apium graveoleans L. It shall be of
uniform colour with characteristic aromatic flavour and shall be free from mustiness. It shall
be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The
product shall be free from added colouring matter and any other harmful substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:—
Not more than 2.0 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight
(ii Not more than 10.0 percent by
) Moisture weight
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(a) In case of powdered onion Not more than 5.0 percent by
weight
(b) Other than powdered onion Not more than 8.0 percent by
weight
Total Ash on dry basis Not more than 5.0 percent by
weight
Ash insoluble in dil HCl Not more than 0.5 percent by
weight
Peroxidase Negative
2.9.29 Asafoetida
ASAFOETIDA (Hing or Hingra) means the oleogumresin obtained from the rhizome
and roots of Ferula alliaces, Ferula rubricaulis and other species of Ferula. It shall not contain
any colophony resin, galbonum resin, ammoniaccum resin or any other foreign resin. Hing
shall conform to the following standards, namely:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(1) Total ash content shall not exceed 15 per cent by weight.
(2) Ash insoluble in dilute hydrochloric acid shall not exceed 2.5 per cent by
weight.
(3)The alcoholic extract (with 90 per cent alcohol) shall not be less than 12 per cent
as estimated by the U.S.P. 1936 method.
(4) Starch shall not exceed 1 per cent by weight.
Hingra shall conform to the following standards namely:—
(1) The total ash content shall not exceed 20 per cent by weight.
(2) Ash insoluble in dilute hydrochloric acid shall not exceed 8 per cent by
weight.
(3)The alcoholic extract (with 90 per cent alcohol) shall not be less than 50 per cent
as estimated by the U.S.P. 1936 method.
(4) Starch shall not exceed 1 per cent by weight.
Compounded asafoetida or Bandhani Hing is composed of one or more varieties of
asafoetida (Irani or Pathani Hing or both) and gum arabic, edible starches or edible cereal
flour.
It shall not contain:—
(a)colophony resin,
(b) galbanum resin,
(c) ammoniaccum resin,
(d) any other foreign resin,
(e)coal tar dyes,
(f) mineral pigment,
(g) more than 10 per cent total ash content,
(h) more than 1.5 per cent ash insoluble in dilute hydrochloric acid,
(i) less than 5 per cent alcoholic extract, (with 90 per cent of alcohol) as estimated by
the U.S.P. 1936
method.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
basis)
The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix A. The total matter insoluble in water where an anticaking agent has been added
shall not exceed 2.2 percent and sodium chloride content on dry basis shall not be less than
97.0 percent by weight.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2. IODISED SALT means a crystalline salt, white or pale, pink or light grey in colour,
free from contamination with clay, grit and other extraneous adulterants and impurities. It
shall conform to the following standards, namely:—
Moisture Not more than 6.0 per cent by weight of the
undried
sample.
Sodium Chloride (NaCl) Not less than 96.0 per cent by weight on dry
basis.
Matter insoluble in water Not more than 1.0 per cent by weight on dry
basis
Matter soluble in water Other than Sodium Chloride Not more than 3.0 per cent by
weight on dry basis
Iodine content at—
(a) Manufacture level Not less than 30 parts per million on dry
weight basis
(b) Distribution channel including retail level Not less than 15 part per million on dry
weight basis.
The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix A. The total matter insoluble in water where an anticaking agent has been added
shall not exceed 2.2 percent and sodium chloride content on dry basis shall not be less than
97.0 percent by weight.
3. IRON FORTIFIED COMMON SALT means a crystalline solid, white or pale, pink
or light grey in colour, free from visible contamination with clay and other extraneous
adulterants and impurities. It shall conform to the following standards namely:—
Moisture Not more than 5.0 per cent by weight
Water insoluble matter Not more than 1.0% on dry
weight basis.
Chloride content as Nacl Not less than 96.5% by weight on dry weight
basis
Matter insoluble in dilute HCl Not more than 3.0 % by weight on dry
weight basis, (to
be determined by the method specified in IS
253-1970).
Matter soluble in water other than Nacl Not more than 2.5% on dry weight weight
basis
Iron content (as Fe) 850-1100 parts per million.
Phosphorous as Inorganic (PO4 ) 1500-2000 parts per million
Sulphate as (SO4) Not more than 1.1% by weight.
Magnesium as (Mg) water soluble Not more than 0.10% by weight
pH value in 5% aqueous Solution 2 to 3.5
The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix A. The total matter insoluble in water where an anticaking agent has been added
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
shall not exceed 2.2 percent on dry weight basis.
4. POTASSIUM IODATE means a crystalline powder, white in colour free from
impurities. It shall confirm to the following standards namely:—
Potassium Iodate (as KIO3) percent by weight Not less
1. than 99.0
Soluble in '30 Parts of
2. Solubility water
3. Iodine (as I) per cent by wt. not more than 0.002
4. Sulphate (as SO4) per cent by wt. not more than 0.02
Bromate, bromide, chlorate & chloride percent by wt. not
5. more than 0.01
6. Matter insoluble in water percent by wt. not more than 0.10
7. Loss on drying percent by wt. not more than 0.1
8. PH (5 percent solution) Neutral
9. Heavy metal (as Pb) ppm not more than 10
10. Arsenic (as As) ppm not more than 3
11. Iron (as Fe) ppm not more than 10
5. Iron Fortified Iodized Salt (double fortified salt) means a crushed Crystalline Solid;
white or pale or pink pr light grey in colour, free from contamination with clay and other
extraneous adulterants and impurities. Salt used for manufacture of double fortified salt shall
have minimum 99.0 percent sodium chloride content on dry weight basis 4[when ferrous
sulphate is used for fortification; minimum 98 per cent sodium chloride content on dry weight
basis when ferrous fumarate in encapsulated form is used for fortification] and moisture not
more than 1.5 percent and it shall conform to the following standards namely:—
Moisture Not more than 1.5 per cent by weight
Water insoluble matter Not more than 1.0% on dry weight basis.
Chloride content (as NaCl) Not less than 97.0% on dry weight basis
Matter insoluble in dilute HCl Not more than 0.30 % on dry weight basis
Matter soluble in water other than Nacl Not more than 2.5% on dry weight basis
Iron content (as Fe) 850-1100 parts per million.
Iodine content:
a. Manufacturers level Not less than 30 ppm
b. Distribution Channel including Retail level Not less than 15 ppm
4
[Phosphorous as P2O5 Not more than 3100 parts per million]
Sulphate as (SO4) Not more than 1.1% by weight.
Magnesium as (Mg) water soluble Not more than 0.10% by weight
44
[omitted]
4
[Provided that double fortified salt may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A
and Hydroxy Propyl Methyl Cellulose, Titanium dioxide, fully Hydrogenated Soyabean oil
and Sodium hexametaphosphate (all food grades) at concentration of not more than GMP and
anti –caking agent not more than 2.0 per cent on dry weight basis, and the water insoluble
matter wherein anti-caking is used shall not exceed 2.2 percent.]
30
[6. Salt Substitutes.- (1) The composition of salt substitutes shall be as follows:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(a) Potassium sulphate, potassium, calcium GMP, except that
or Phosphorus not to exceed 4
ammonium salts of adipic, glutamic, per cent. m/m and NH4+ 3
carbonic, succinic, lactic, tartaric, citric, per cent. m/m of the salt
acetic, hydro- chloric or ortho phosphoric substitute mixture
acids, and/or
(b) Magnesium salts of adipic, glutamic, Mg++to be not more
carbonic, citric, succinic, acetic, tartaric, than 20 per cent. m/m of the
lactic, hydro- chloric or orthophosphoric total of the cations K+,
acids, mixed with other Mg-free salt Ca++and NH4+ present in the
substitutes as listed in salt substitute mixture and
6.(1)(a), 6.(1)(c) and 6.(1)(d), and/or Phosphorus not to exceed 4
per cent. m/m of the salt
substitute mixture
(c) Choline salts of acetic, carbonic, lactic, The choline content not
tartaric, citric or hydrochloric acids, mixed to exceed 3 per cent. m/m of
with other choline-free salt substitutes as the salt substitute mixture
listed in 6.(1) (a), 6.(1)(b) and 6.(1)(d),
and/or
(d) Free adipic, glutamic, citric, lactic or GMP
malic acids
(a) Colloidal silica or calcium silicate: not more than one per cent. m/m of the salt
substitute mixture, individually or in combination.
(b) Diluents: safe and suitable nutritive foods as normally consumed namely, sugars,
cereal flour.
(4) The sodium content of salt substitutes shall be not more than 120 mg/100 g of the
salt substitute mixture.
(5) Salt substitutes shall conform to the following specific provisions for the labelling in
addition to the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011,
namely:-
(a) a declaration on the label as “low sodium salt substitute” or “low sodium dietetic
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
salt";
(b) a declaration on the label regarding the amount of cations (that is, sodium,
potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium and choline/100 g (m/m) in the salt substitute
mixture.]
32
[2.9.31 SEASONING
1. Description: (a) Seasoning is intended to enhance flavour.
(b) It may contain ingredients such as spices, condiments and herbs including their extracts,
salt, fruits and vegetables or their products or extracts, dry fruits, nuts and raisins or their
products, edible starches, yeast and its product including yeast extract, soya and its products,
hydrolyzed protein or their products, meat, poultry ,marine, aquatic and their products, edible
vegetable oils and fats, cereal and cereal products, milk and milk products, nutritive
sweeteners or any other suitable ingredient whose standards are prescribed in Food Safety and
Standards(Food Product Standards and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011
(c) The ingredients referred to in clause (b) shall conform to the standards, wherever prescribed
under these regulations.
(d) The product shall also conform to the following requirements, namely:-
2. Food additives:
The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A.
4. Hygiene:
(a) The products shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidance provided in the
Schedule 4 of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulations, 2011 and any other such guidance provided from time to time under the provisions of
the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006 (34 of 2006).
(b) The product shall conform to the microbiological requirement given in Appendix B.
5. Labelling:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The product covered by this standard shall be labelled in accordance with the Food Safety and
Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulation, 2011.
6. Method of analysis:
The product shall be analysed as provided in the relevant Food Safety and Standards Authority of
India Manual of Method of Analysis of Food.]
2.10: BEVERAGES, (Other than Dairy and Fruits & Vegetables based)
2.10.1: TEA
1. TEA means tea other than Kangra tea obtained by acceptable processes, exclusively
from the leaves, buds and tender stems of plant of the Camellia sinensis (L) O. Kuntze. It may
be in the form of black or oolong tea. The product shall have characteristic flavour free from
any off odour, taint and mustiness. It shall be free from living insects, moulds, dead insects,
insect fragments and rodent contamination visible to the naked eye (corrected if necessary for
abnormal vision). The product shall be free from extraneous matter, added colouring matter
and harmful substances:
Provided that the tea may contain "natural flavours" and "natural flavouring substances"
which are flavour preparations and single substance respectively, acceptable for human
consumption, obtained exclusively by physical processes from materials of plants origin either
in their natural state or after processing for human consumption in packaged tea only. Tea
containing added flavour shall bear proper label declaration as provided in regulation 2.4.5
(23) of Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labeling) Regulations, 2011. Tea used in
the manufacture of flavoured tea shall conform to the standards of tea. The flavoured tea
manufacturers shall register themselves with the Tea Board before marketing flavoured tea.
Pectinase enzyme can be added up to a level of 0.2% during manufacture as processing aid.
The product shall conform to the following requirement in which all the figures given are
expressed on the basis of the material oven-dried at 103±2° C.
(a) Total Ash (m/m) Not less than 4.0 percent and not more
than 8.0
percent
(b) Water Soluble Ash Not less than 45.0 percent of total ash
(c) Alkalinity of water soluble ash Not less than 1.0 percent and not more
expressed as KOH (m/m) than 3.0 percent
(d) Acid-insoluble ash (m/m) Not more than 1.0 percent
(e) Water extract (m/m) Not less than 32.0 percent
(f) Crude Fibre (m/m)
25
[ (g) Iron filling (mg/Kg) Not more than 16.5 percent
Not more than 250]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2. KANGRA TEA means tea derived exclusively from the leaves, buds and tender stems
of plants of the Camellia sinensis or Camellia tea grown in Kangra and Mandi valleys of
Himachal Pradesh. It shall conform to the following specifications namely;
(a) Total ash determined on tea dried to constant 4.5 to 9.0 Per cent. By weight
weight at 1000C
(b) Total ash soluble in boiling distilled water Not less than 34 percent of total
ash
(c) Ash insoluble in dilute hydrochloric acid Not more than 1.2 per cent. By
weight on dry basis.
(d) Extract obtained by boiling dried tea (dried to Not less than 1.2 per cent.
constant at 1800C) with 100 parts of distilled
water for one hour under reflux
(e) Alkalinity of soluble ash Not less than 1.0 per cent. And not
more than 2.2 per cent. Expressed
as K2O on dry basis.
(f) Crude fibre determined on tea dried to constant Not more than 18.5 per cent.
weight at 1000C
25
[ Iron Filling (mg/Kg) Not more than 250]
(g)
It shall not contain any added colouring matter It may also contain 0.2 per cent Pectinase
enzyme
Provided that tea may contain Natural Flavours and Natural Flavouring Substances which
are flavour preparations and single substance respectively, acceptable for human consumption,
obtained exclusivley by physical process from materials of plant origin either in their raw state
or after processing for human consumption:
Provided further that such tea containing added flavour shall bear proper label declaration
as provided in regulation 2.4.5 (23) of Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labeling)
Regulations, 2011.
Provided also that tea used in the manufacture of flavoured tea shall conform to the
standards of tea.
Provided that if tea is sold or offered for sale without any indication as to whether it is
Kangra tea or not, the standards or quality of tea prescribed in item regulation 2.10.1 (1) shall
apply.
Provided also that Flavoured tea manufacturers shall register themselves with the Tea
Board before marketing Flavoured tea;
3. Green Tea means the product derived solely and exclusively, and produced by
acceptable processes, notably enzyme, inactivation, rolling or comminution and drying, from
the leaves, buds and tender stems of varieties of the species Camellia sinensis (L) O. Kuntze,
known to be suitable for making tea for consumption as a beverage. The product shall have
characteristic flavour free from any off odour, taint and mustiness. It shall be free from living
or dead insects, moulds, insect fragments and rodent contamination visible to the naked eye
(corrected if necessary for abnormal vision). The product shall be free from extraneous matter,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
added colouring matter and harmful substances;
Provided that the tea may contain "natural flavours" and "natural flavouring substances"
which are flavour preparations and single substance respectively, acceptable for human
consumption, obtained exclusively by physical processes from material of plants origin either
in their natural state or after processing for human consumption in packaged tea only. Tea
containing added flavour shall bear proper label declaration as provided in regulation 2.4.5
(23) of Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labeling) Regulations, 2011. Tea used in
the manufacture of flavoured tea shall conform to the standards of tea. The flavoured tea
manufacturers shall register themselves with the Tea Board before marketing flavoured tea.
The product shall conform to the following requirements in which all the figures given are
expressed on the basis of the material oven-dried at 103±2° C.
Parameter Limits
2.10.2: COFFEE
1. Coffee (green raw or unroasted) means the dried seeds of Coffea arabica, Coffea
liberica, Coffee excelsa or Coffea canephora (robusta) with their husks (mesocarp and
endocarp) removed.
1.1 Roasted coffee means properly cleaned green coffee which has been roasted to a
brown colour and has developed its characteristic aroma.
1.2. Ground coffee means the powdered products obtained from 'roasted coffee' only and
shall be free from
husk.
1.3.Coffee (green raw or unroasted), 'roasted and ground coffee' shall be free from any
artificial colouring, flavouring, facing extraneous matter or glazing substance and shall be in
sound, dry and fresh condition, free from rancid or obnoxious flavour.
1.4. Roasted coffee and ground coffee shall conform to the following analytical
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
standards:-
Moisture (on dry basis) m/m Not more than 5.0 percent
Total Ash (on dry basis) m/m 3.0 to 6.0 percent
Acid insoluble ash (on dry basis) m/m Not more than 0.1 percent
Water soluble ash (on dry basis) m/m Not less than 65 percent of total ash
Alkainity of soluble ash in milliliters of Not less than 3.5 ml & Not more than 5.0
ml
0.1 N hydrochloric acid per gram of material
(on dry basis) m/m
Aqueous extracts on dry basis m/m Not less than 26.0 and not more than 35.0
percent
Caffeine (anhydrous)(on dry basis) m/m Not less than 1.0 percent
2. Soluble Coffee Powder means coffee powder, obtained from freshly roasted and
ground pure coffee beans. The product shall be in the form of a free flowing powder or shall
be in the agglomerated form (granules) having colour, taste and flavour characteristic of
coffee. It shall be free from impurities and shall not contain chicory or any other added
substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:
(i) Moisture (on dry basis) m/m Not more than 4.0 percent
(ii) Total ash (on dry basis) m/m Not more than 12.0 percent
Caffeined content (on dry basis)
(iii) m/m Not less than 2.8 percent
Dissolves readily in 30 seconds with
(iv) Solubility in boiling water moderate
stirring
Soluble with moderate stirring in 3
(v) Solubilty in cold water at 16±2oC minutes
2.10.3: CHICORY
1. Chicory means the roasted chicory powder obtained by roasting and grinding of the
cleaned and dried roots of chicorium intybus Lin with or without the addition of edible fats
and oils or sugar, like glucose or sucrose in proportion not exceeding 2.0 percent by weight in
aggregate. It shall be free from dirt, extraneous matter, artificial colouring and flavouring
agents.
It shall conform to the following standards, namely:—
Total ash (on dry basis) Not less than 3.5 percent and Not more
(i) m/m than 8.0
percent
(ii) Acid insoluble ash (on dry basis) m/m Not more than 2.5 percent
in diluted Hcl
(iii) Aqueous extracts (on dry basis) m/m Not less than 55.0 percent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1. Coffee - Chicory Mixture means the product prepared by mixing roasted and ground
coffee and roasted and ground chicory and shall be in a sound, dry and dust free condition
with no rancid or obnoxious flavour. It shall be in the form of a free flowing powder having
the colour, taste and flavour characteristic of coffee - chicory powder. It shall be free from any
impurities and shall not contain any other added substance. The coffee content in the mixture
shall not be less than 51 per cent by mass. The percentage of coffee and chicory used shall be
marked on the label as provided in Regulation 2.4.5 (1) (i) of Food Safety and Standards
(Packaging and Labeling) Regulations, 2011.
It shall conform to the following standards, namely:—
Not more than 5.0 per
(i) Moisture cent.
Not more than 7.50 per
(ii) Total ash on dry basis cent.
Not more than 0.6 per
(iii) Acid insoluble ash on dry basis cent.
Not less than 0.6 per
(iv) Caffeine content on dry basis cent.
Not more than 50 per
(v) Aqueous extracts cent.
2. Instant Coffee - Chicory Mixture means the product manufactured from roasted and
ground coffee and roasted and ground chicory. It shall be in sound dry and dust free condition
with no rancid or obnoxious flavour. It shall be in the form of a free flowing powder or shall
be in the agglomerated (granules) form having the colour, taste and flavour characteristics of
coffee chicory powder. It shall be free from any impurities and shall not contain any other
added substance. The coffee content in the mixture shall not be less than 51 per cent by mass
on dry basis. The percentage of coffee and chicory used shall be marked on the label as
provided in Regulation 2.4.5 (1) (ii) of Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labeling)
Regulations, 2011.
It shall conform to the following standards, namely:—
(i) Moisture Not more than 4.0 per cent.
(ii) Total ash on dry basis Not more than 10 per cent.
(iii) Acid insoluble ash on dry basis Not more than 0.6 per cent.
(iv) Caffeine (anhydrous) Not less than 1.4 per cent on dry basis.
Dissolves readily in 30 seconds with
(v) Solubility in boiling water moderate
stirring
Solubility in cold water at 16 ± Soluble with moderate stirring in 3
(vi) 20C minutes
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:
Alcoholic content Not less than 5 percent (v/v)
Total acid as Tartaric acid (expressed in terms of Not less than 400 grams
100 litres of absolute alcohol)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Infra Red Spectrum-Obtain the infra-red spectram of a thin film of the sample deposited
on a potassium bromide plate-scan between 600 and 4000 wave numbers. Compare with
typical spectrum obtained from pure ester-gum.
Test for absence of tall oil rosin (Sulphur test)-Pass the test as given below:
When sulphur-containing organic compounds are heated in the presence of sodium
formate, the sulphur is converted to hydrogen sulfide which can readily be detected by the use
of lead acetate paper. A positive test indicates the use of tall oil rosin instead of wood rosin.
Apparatus-Test Tube: Use a standard, 10x75 mm, heat-resistant, glass test tube, Burner -
Bunsen: A small size burner of the microflame type is preferred.
Reagents
Sodium Formate Solution: Dissolve 20g of reagent grade sodium formate, NaOOCH, in
100 ml of distilled water. Lead Acetate Test Paper: Commercially available from most
chemical supply houses.
Procedure-Weigh 40-50 mg of sample into a test tube and 1-2 drops of sodium formate
solution. Place a strip of lead acetate test paper over the mouth of the test tube. Heat the tube
in the burner flame until fumes are formed that contact the test paper. Continue heating for 2-5
minutes. There must be no formation of a black spot of lead sulphide indicating the presence
of sulphur containing compounds.
Detection Limit: 50 mg/kg sulphur).
Drop softening point-Between 880 C
and 960 C. Arsenic-Not more than
3ppm.
Lead-Not more than 10ppm.
Heavy metals (as lead)-Not more than
40 ppm. Acid value- Between 3 and
9.
Hydroxyl number-Between 15 and 45.
24[“2.Caffeinated Beverage. -
The following are the standards for caffeinated beverages:
(I) Water used in preparation of caffeinated beverages should conform to the standards of
packaged drinking water as prescribed in regulation 2.10.8 of the Food Safety and
Standards (Food Products Standards and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011.
(II) Essential Composition: It shall contain not less than 145mg per liter and not more than 300
mg per litre total caffeine from whatever sources it may be derived in the formulation of
the product.
(III) Optional ingredients: It may contain the following:
Any of the substances listed in column (1) of the table given below provided that the
amount of that substance is not more than the amount specified in relation to that
substance in column (2) of the table:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(A) Any additional item or ingredient proposed to be added (other than the substances
prescribed in the said table will be subject to approval by the Food Authority after safety
assessment and substantiating scientific evidence.
(i) A declaration “consume not more than 500 ml per day” shall be made on the label
that represents the per day quantity.
(ii) The per day quantity is the maximum amount of caffeinated beverage (as package or
serves) that is consumed in one day and determined as in sub-clause (iii).
(iii) Where any one of the substances given in column (1) of the following table is
consumed at the maximum level given in column (2), it shall represent the per day
quantity and the declaration shall be made on the basis of the number of packs of serves
that cumulatively delivers this amount when consumed in a day.
Explanation: if taurine is used at 1000mg and D-glucurono-Y-lactone at 300mg in a 250ml
pack the per day quantity is reached by consuming 2×250ml packs and represents the one-
day quantity. If the pack size is a 125ml bottle, then the per day quantity is reached by
consuming 4×125ml bottles.”
(B) The vitamins namely, thiamine, riboflavin, niacin, vitamin B6, vitamin B12 may be
added at one Recommended Daily Allowance level (100% Recommended daily
allowance)
Table
Column (1) Column (2)
Substance Maximum amount per day consumption
Taurine 2000mg
D-glucurono-Ү-lactone 1200mg
Inositol 100mg
Pantothenic Acid 10mg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
substitutes, fruits or flowers or vegetables and their products including extractives, herbs,
spices and their
derivatives and permitted flavouring, singly or in combination and the non-carbonated
water may contain
caffeine not exceeding 145 parts per million from whatever sources it may be derived in
the formulation of
the product:
Provided that added herbs shall comply with safety requirements as specified in the Food
Safety
and Standards Act, 2006 and the regulations made thereunder, and shall also be declared
on the label.
(ii) Food Additives.- For products covered under this standard, specific food additives
permitted in
Appendix A may be used within the limits specified.
(iii) Hygiene.- The products shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B.
(iv) Labelling.- The products shall comply with the packaging and labelling requirements
as laid down
under the provision of the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling)
Regulations, 2011.
Note:
1. Data of toxicological analysis to be provided for its approval for the herbs other than
those
specified in the Food Safety and Standards (Health Supplements, Nutraceuticals, Food
for Special
Dietary Use, Food for Special Medical Purpose, Functional Food and Novel Food)
Regulations,
2016, and these regulations when added in the beverages.
2. No psychotropic substance, as defined in the Schedule to the Narcotic Drugs and
Psychotropic
Substances Act, 1985 (61 of 1985) and the rules made thereunder, and substances listed
in
Schedules E and E1 of the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945, shall be included.’;
(b) in APPENDIX B relating to “Microbiological Requirements”, after Table 6, the
following shall be
inserted, namely: -
“Table 7
Microbiological Requirements for Non-Carbonated Water Based
Beverages (Non Alcoholic)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2.10.7 Mineral water
1. Mineral water means includes all kinds of Mineral Water or Natural mineral water by
whatever name it is called and sold.
2. Description and Types of Mineral water.
(i)Natural mineral water is water clearly distinguished from ordinary drinking water
because -
(a) it is characterized by its content of certain mineral salts and their relative
proportions and the presence of trace elements or of other constituents;
(b) it is obtained directly from natural or drilled sources from underground
water bearing strata
and not from Public water supply for which all possible precautions should be taken
within the protected perimeters to avoid any pollution of, or external influence on,
the chemical and physical qualities of natural mineral water.
(c) of the constancy of its composition and the stability of its discharge and its
temperature, due account being taken of the cycles of minor natural fluctuations;
(d) it is collected under conditions which guarantee the original
microbiological purity and chemical composition of essential components;
(e) it is packaged close to the point of emergence of the source with
particular hygienic precautions;
(f) it is not subjected to any treatment other than those permitted by this
standard;
(ii) Naturally Carbonated Natural Mineral Water - A naturally carbonated natural
mineral water is a natural mineral water which, after possible treatment as given
hereunder and re-incorporation of gas from the same source and after packaging taking
into consideration usual technical tolerance, has the same content of carbondioxide
spontaneously and visibly given off under normal conditions of temperature and
pressure.
(iii) Non-Carbonated Natural Mineral Water- A non-carbonated natural mineral
water is a natural mineral water which, by nature and after possible treatment as given
hereunder and after packaging taking into consideration usual technical tolerance, does
not contain free carbon dioxide in excess of the amount necessary to keep the hydrogen
carbonate salts present in the water dissolved.
(iv)Decarbonated Natural Mineral Water - A decarbonated natural mineral is a
natural mineral water which, after possible treatment as given hereunder and after
packaging, has less carbon dioxide content than that at emergence and does not visibly
and spontaneously give off carbon dioxide under normal conditions of temperature and
pressure.
(v) Natural Mineral Water Fortified with Carbon Dioxide from the Source - A
natural mineral water fortified with carbon dioxide from the source is a natural mineral
water which, after possible treatment as given hereunder and after packaging, has more
carbon dioxide content than that at emergence.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
natural mineral water which, after possible treatment as given hereunder and after
packaging, has been made effervescent by the addition of carbon dioxide from another
origin.
50
[(vii) Natural Spring Water – Natural spring water is natural mineral water which is
derived from an underground formation from which water flows naturally to the surface
of the earth at an identified location. Spring water shall be collected only at the spring or
through a borehole tapping the underground formation feeding the spring. There shall be
a natural force causing the water to flow to the surface through an orifice.
The product shall conform to the standards for mineral water as specified in clause 4 of
this sub-regulation, except Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) content.
Sl.No
. Characteristic Requirements
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Not more than 2 nephelometric turbidity unit
(4) Turbidity (NTU)
(5) Total Dissolved Solids 150-700 mg/litre
(6) pH 6.5-8.5
(7) Nitrates (as NO3) Not more than 50 mg/litre
(8) Nitrites (as NO2) Not more than 0.02 mg/litre
(9) Sulphide (as H2S) Not more than 0.05 mg/litre
Not more than 0.05 mg/litre
(10) Mineral oil Absent
Phenolic compounds (as
(11) C6H5OH) Absent
(12) Manganese (as Mn) Not more than 2.0 mg/litre
(13) Copper (as Cu) Not more than 1 mg/litre
(14) Zinc (as Zn) Not more than 5 mg/litre
(15) Fluoride (as F) Not more than 1 mg/litre
(16) Barium (as Ba) Not more than 1.0 mg/litre
(17) Antimony (as Sb) Not more than 0.005 mg/litre
(18) Nickel (as Ni) Not more than 0.02 mg/litre
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(41) Salmonella and Shigella Absent
(42) E.Coli or thermotolerant Coliforms Absent
1 x 250 ml
(43) Total coliform bacteria Absent
A x 250 ml
(44) Fecal streptococci and Absent
Staphylococcus aureus
1 x 250 ml
(45) Pseudomonas aeruginosa Absent
1 x 250 ml
(46) Sulphite-reducing anaerobes Absent
1 x 50 ml
(47) Vibrocholera Absent
1 x 250 ml
(48) V Paraheamolyticus Absent
1 x 250 ml
24
[4. Blue tint as provided in Indian Standard, IS: 9833 may be allowed in plastic container of
five liter and above made of poly carbonate and Poly Ethylene Terephthalate (PET) used for
Packaging mineral water:
Provided the overall migration of pigment/colour used in container should not exceed 60
mg/liter as per IS: 9845.]
2. Water shall be derived from surface water or civic water supply or underground water or
sea water or any other consistent source of water which may be subjected to herein under
specified treatments, namely, decantation, filtration, combination of filtration, aerations,
filtration with membrane filter depth filter, cartridge filter, activated carbon filtration,
demineralization, remineralization, reverse osmosis and packed after disinfecting the water
to a level that shall not lead to any adverse effect in the drinking water by means of
chemical agents or physical methods to reduce the number of micro-organisms to a level
scientifically accepted level for food safety or its suitability.
Provided that sea water, before being subjected to the above treatments, shall be subjected
to desalination and related processes.
3. It shall be filled in sealed containers of various compositions, forms and capacities that are
suitable for direct consumption without further treatment. In case remineralization is a part
of the treatment process, the ingredients used shall conform to food grade/pharma grade
quality.
4. Packaged drinking water shall be clear without any sediments, suspended particles and
extraneous matter. It shall also comply with the requirements given in Tables 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
and 6.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Packaged drinking water shall comply with the following requirements:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sr. No. Characteristic Permissible Limit
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4 Parameters concerning toxic substance
5. The product shall comply with labelling requirements as laid down under the Food Safety
and Standards (Packaging and Labelling), Regulations, 2011.]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
24
[Blue tint as provided in Indian Standard, IS: 9833 may be allowed in plastic container of
five liter and above made of poly carbonate and Poly Ethylene Terephthalate (PET) used for
packaging packaged drinking water:
Provided the overall migration of pigment or colour used in container should not exceed
60 mg/liter as per IS: 9845.]
58
[2.10.9 Drinking Water (Purified).- (1) Means water, other than packaged drinking water and
natural mineral water which is offered or sold through water vending machine.
(2) Drinking water (purified) shall be clear without any sediments, suspended particles
and extraneous matter which shall also comply with the requirements of Indian Standards,
IS:10500.
Explanation.- For the purposes of this sub-regulation, “water vending machine” means
decentralised water purification systems that purify and dispense waters and does not include
installation intended for use of water for captive consumption]
When tested, baking powder shall yield not less than 10 per cent of its weight of carbon
dioxide.
2.11.2 CATECHU (Edible) shall be the dried aqueous extract prepared from the heart-wood
of Acacia Catechu. It shall be free from infestation, sand, earth or other dirt and shall conform
to the following standards:
(a)5 ml. of 1 per cent aqueous solution and 0.1 per cent solution of ferric ammonium
sulphate shall give a dark green colour, which on the addition of sodium hydroxide
solution shall change to purple.
(b) When dried to constant weight at 100oC, it shall not lose more than 16 per cent of
its weight.
(c) Water insoluble residue (dried at 100oC) shall not be more than 25 per cent
by weight. Water insoluble matter shall be determined by boiling water.
(d) Alcohol insoluble Not more than 30 per
residue in 90 per
cent cent by weight.
alcohol dried at
100oC
Total ash on dry
(e) basis Not more than 8 per cent
by weight.
(f) Ash insoluble in Not more than 0.5 per
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
HCl cent
on dry weight basis.
Provided that in case of Bhatti Katha, the ash insoluble in dilute hydrochloric acid on dry
basis shall not be more than 1.5 per cent.
2.11.3 GELATIN shall be purified product obtained by partial hydrolysis of collagen,
derived from the skin, white connective tissues and bones of animals. It shall be colourless or pale
yellowish and translucent in the form of sheets, flakes, shreds or coarse to fine powder. It shall have
very slight odour and taste but not objectionable which is characteristic and boluillon like. It is
stable in air when dry but is subject to microbial decomposition when moist or in soluble. It shall
not contain:—
(a)more than 15 per cent moisture;
(b) more than 3.0 per cent of total ash;
(c)more than 1000 parts per million of sulphur dioxide;
(d) less than 15 per cent of nitrogen, on dry weight basis.
16[2.11.4 SILVER LEAF (Chandi-ka-warq): food grade shall,-
(i) be in the form of sheet of uniform thickness, free from creases and folds;
(ii) have weight of silver foil upto 2.8 gm/Sq meter;
(iii) have silver content of minimum 999/1000 fineness;
(iv) not be manufactured using any material of animal origin at any stage;
(v) be in accordance with the provisions of the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, Toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011 and the Food Safety and
Standards (Packaging and Labelling), Regulations, 2011. ]
2.11.5 Pan Masala means the food generally taken as such or in conjunction with Pan, it may
contain;—
Betelnut, lime, coconut, catechu, saffron, cardamom, dry fruits, mulethi, sabnermusa,
other aromatic herbs and spices, sugar, glycerine, glucose, permitted natural colours, menthol
and non prohibited flavours.
It shall be free from added coaltar colouring matter and any other ingredient
injurious to health. It shall also conform to the following standards namely:—
Not more than 8.0 per by weight (on
Total ash cent dry
basis)
Not more than 0.5 per cent by weight
Ash insoluble in dilute HCl acid (on dry
basis)
56
[2.11.6 Omit]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2.11.7: CAROB POWDER means the powder obtained from the roasted pods of carob
(fibbled carob) of Ceratonia Siliqua (L) Taub. (fam. Leguminosae) and shall be free from husk. It
shall be free from any artificial colouring, flavouring, extraneous matter or glazing substance and
shall be in sound, dry and fresh condition, free from rancid or obnoxious flavours. It shall also
conform to the following standards, namely:—
Total ash Not more than 1.2 per cent by weight.
Acid insoluble matter Not more than 5 per cent by weight.
Tannin content Not less than 0.1 per cent and not more
than 0.15
percent.
15[2.11.8: Dietary Fibre (Dextrin – soluble fibre) means glucose polymer of natural origin
obtained by dextrinification, i.e. dry roasting acidified starch under specific conditions and further
purified. The average degree of polymerization of Dietary Fibre (Dextrin – soluble fibre) is from
12-25 compared to several thousand for starch. Unlike starches and maltodextrins, which contain
only “digestible” α- (1, 4) and α- (1, 6) glucosidic linkages, Dietary Fibre (Dextrin – soluble fibre)
also shall contain “indigestible” α- and β- linkages.
Dietary Fibre (Dextrin-soluble fibre) may be used in the following food products at the level
of Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP). It shall bear the label declaration as provided in serial
number (54) of sub- regulation 2.4.5 of the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling)
Regulations, 2011, and the source of the ingredients (wheat/maize) shall be Non- Genetically
Modified (GM):
Provided that in above products if it is intended to make claims on source of dietary fibre, it
shall not contain less than 3g/100g or 1.5g/100Kcal:
Provided further that in above products if it is intended to make claims on high source of
dietary fibre, it shall contain not less than 3g/100g or 1.5g/100 kCal and not more than 6g/100g or
3g/100 kCal.]
30
[2.11.9: Special dietary food with low sodium content:- (1) The special dietary food with
low sodium content is a food whose special dietary value results from the reduction, restriction, or
removal of sodium. It shall conform to the essential composition and standards namely standards
applicable to such food excluding salt substitutes as such.
(2) Low sodium and Very low sodium food is a food conforming to the respective
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
provisions regarding maximum sodium content specified, namely:-
(a) a special dietary food with low sodium content is a food which has been processed
without the addition of sodium salts, and the sodium content of which is not more than one half of
that of the comparable normal product as consumed, and the sodium content of which is not more
than 120 mg/100 g of the final product as normally consumed;
(b) a special dietary food with very low sodium content is a food which has been
processed without the addition of sodium salts, and the sodium content of which is not more than
one half of that of the comparable normal product as consumed, and the sodium content of which is
not more than 40 mg/100 g of the final product as normally consumed.
(3) The addition of salt substitutes conforming to clause (6) of sub-regulation 2.9.30 of
the Food Safety and Standards (Food Products Standards and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011 to
a special dietary food with low sodium content is permitted and shall be limited by good
manufacturing practice (GMP) as provided under Food Safety and Standards Regulations, 2011.
(4) The special dietary Food with low sodium content shall conform to the following
specific provisions for the labelling in addition to the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and
Labelling) Regulations, 2011, namely:-
(a) the label shall bear the description "low sodium" or "very low sodium" in
accordance with the provisions of sub-regulations 2.11.9 (2) (a) and 2.11.9 (2)(b) of this
regulation;
(b) the sodium content shall be declared on the label to the nearest multiple of 5 mg per
100 g and, in addition per a specified serving of the food as normally consumed;
c) the average carbohydrate, protein and fat content in 100 g of the product as normally
consumed, and the kilocalorie (or kilojoule) value shall be declared on the label;
(d) the addition of the salt substitutes listed in clause (6) of sub-regulation 2.9.30 of the
Food Safety and Standards (Food Products Standards and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011
shall be declared on the label.
(e) when a salt substitute, composed entirely or partially of a potassium salt, has been
added, the total amount of potassium, expressed as mg cation per 100 g of the food as
normally consumed, shall be declared on the label.
(f) in addition, the salt equivalent in terms of sodium chloride (NaCl) content
should also be declared per serving and the total amount of NaCl in the packet.
(1) Proprietary food means an article of food that has not been standardised under these
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
regulations, but does not include novel foods, foods for special dietary uses, foods for special
medical purposes, functional foods, nutraceuticals, health supplements and such other food articles
which the Central Government may notify in this behalf.
Provided that any deviation in quality parameters of a standardised food, as
specified in the Food Safety and Standards Regulations made under the Food Safety and Standards
Act, 2006 shall not qualify the resultant product as a proprietary food.
57
[(2) Proprietary food shall contain only those ingredients other than additives which are either
standardised or permitted for use in the preparation of food products under the Food Safety
Standards and Regulations and those food or ingredients mentioned in the Indian Food
Composition Tables (IFCT), 2017, National Institute of Nutrition, except the ingredients which
may be specified by the Authority from time to time and those specified under prohibition of
hunting in the Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 (53 of 1972):
Provided that a proprietary food may also contain vitamins and minerals in quantities not
exceeding one Recommended Dietary Allowance of the respective micronutrients (3) Proprietary
food shall use only such additives and at such levels, as specified for the Category or Sub-category
under Appendix A of these Regulations, to which the food belongs. Such Category or Sub-category
shall be clearly mentioned on the label along with the generic name, nature and composition of the
proprietary food.]
(4) Proprietary food shall comply with the microbiological requirements as specified in Appendix
B of these Regulations. If no microbiological standards are specified for any foods or food
categories in Appendix B of these regulations, proprietary foods falling under such food categories
shall not contain any pathogenic microorganism at a level that may render the food product unsafe.
(5) Proprietary food shall also comply with the provisions, as applicable, of all other Regulations
made under the Food Safety and Standards Act 2006. No health claims shall be made in respect of
proprietary foods either on the product label or otherwise, unless it is substantiated by adequate and
scientific evidence.
(6) The Food Business Operator shall be fully responsible for safety of the proprietary food in
respect of human consumption.]
Table 1: Classes of Food Products and Dose Limits for Radiation Processing
(kilo Gray)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Minimum Maximum
1 2 3 4 5
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Class Food Purpose Dose Limit kGy
(kilo Gray)
Minimum Maximum
1 2 3 4 5
Minimum Maximum
1 2 3 4 5
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
ve dosimentry shall be carried out during operation and record kept of such measurements as
provided under Atomic Energy (Radiation Processing of Food and Allied Products) Rules, 2012.
(1) Approval of facilities - No irradiation facility shall be used for the treatment of food unless
such facility -
(i) has been approved and licensed under the Atomic Energy (Radiation Processing of Food and
Allied Products) Rules, 2012.
(ii) complies with the conditions for approval, operation, license and process control prescribed
under the Atomic Energy (Radiation Processing of Food and Allied Products) Rules, 2012.
(iii) carries out irradiation in accordance with the provisions of the Atomic Energy (Radiation
Processing of Food and Allied Products) Rules, 2012.
(2) No food or irradiated food shall leave the irradiation facility unless it has been irradiated in
accordance with the provisions of Atomic Energy (Radiation Processing of Food and Allied
Products) Rules, 2012 and a certificate of irradiation indicating the dose of irradiation and the
purpose of irradiation is provided by the facility.
(1) The radiation processing shall conform to the dose limit, the radiation source, and the
conditions specified for each type or category of food for processing by radiation, under the Atomic
Energy (Radiation Processing of Food and Allied Products) Rules, 2012.
(2) The food which has been processed by radiation shall be identified in such a way so as to
prevent its being subjected to re-irradiation.
(3) The radiation processing shall be carried out by personnel having the minimum
qualifications and training as prescribed for the purpose under the Atomic Energy
(Radiation Processing of Food and Allied Products) Rules, 2012.
(4) The food once irradiated shall not be re-irradiated unless specifically so permitted under
these regulations.
Any treatment of food by radiation shall be recorded by facility as specified under the Atomic
Energy (Radiation Processing of Food and Allied Products) Rules, 2012.
The Radiation processed food shall comply with all the provisions of the Food Safety and Standards
Act and the Regulations made thereunder specifying standards of such food.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2.13.6: Storage and Sale of Radiation Processed Food -
Save as otherwise provided in these regulations, no person shall irradiate for sale, store for sale, or
transport for sale irradiated food.
The Radiation processed food shall be offered for sale only in pre-packaged conditions.
(1) The label of a food, which has been treated with ionizing radiation, shall carry a written
statement indicating the treatment in close proximity to the name of the food.
(2) All packages of radiation processed food shall bear the Radura logo in green colour and
following declaration, namely:—
PROCESSED BY RADIATION
Date of Processing..................…………”]
13[2.14 Gluten Free Food.- (1) Gluten free food consist of or is made of one or more ingredients
containing rice, millets, ragi, pulses or legumes.
(2) It shall bear the label declaration referred to in sub-regulation 2.4.5 (50) of Food Safety and
Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
(3) A food which, by its nature, is suitable for use as part of a gluten free diet shall not be named as
‘special dietary’, “special dietetic” or any other equivalent term, however, such food may bear a
statement on the label that ‘this food is by its nature gluten-free’.
(4) For the purpose of labelling of a product as gluten free, when such a product is analysed, the
gluten levels shall be below 20 mg/kg as per the method declared by the Organization for
Economic Co-operation and Development or the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists.
Provided that it complies with the essential composition provisions for Gluten Free food
and such a statement does not mislead the consumer.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2.15 Food specially processed to reduce gluten content to a level 20 -100mg/kg.- (1) This food
consists of or are made of one or more ingredients which may contain rice, millets, ragi, oats, rye,
barley, maize, wheat, pulses and legumes containing gluten content in range of 20 -100 mg/kg.
(2) It shall bear the label declaration referred to in sub-regulation 2.4.5 (51) and (52) of Food Safety
and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulation, 2011.]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Chapter 3:
SUBSTANCES ADDED TO FOOD
18[3.1:Food Additives
3.1.1:
(4)Food Additive means any substance not normally consumed as a food by itself and not
normally used as a typical ingredient of the food, whether or not it has nutritive value, the
intentional addition of which to food for a technological (including organoleptic) purpose in the
manufacture, processing, preparation, treatment, packing, packaging, transport or holding of
such food results, or may be reasonably expected to result (directly or indirectly), in it or its by-
products becoming a component of or otherwise affecting the characteristics of such foods but
does not include contaminants or substances added to food for maintaining or improving
nutritional qualities.
(5)Acceptable Daily Intake (ADI) means the amount of a food expressed on a body weight
basis that can be ingested daily over a lifetime without appreciable health risk andan additive,
meeting this criterion shall be used within the bounds of Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP)
as specified in clause (8) of this sub-regulation.
(6)Maximum Use Level of an additive is the highest concentration of the additive determined
to be functionally effective in a food or food category and agreed to be safe and it is generally
expressed as mg/kg of food andthe maximum use level shall not usually correspond to the
optimum, recommended, or typical level of use and under Good Manufacturing Practice
(GMP), the optimum, recommended, or typical use level will differ for each application of an
additive and is dependent on the intended technical effect and the specific food in which the
additive would be used, taking into account the type of raw material, food processing and post-
manufacture storage, transport and handling by distributors, retailers, and consumers. 52[Unless
otherwise specified, maximum use levels for additives in Tables are set on the final product as
consumed.]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(7) Justification for the use of Food Additives
The use of food additives is justified only when such use has an advantage, does not present an
appreciable health risk to consumers, does not mislead the consumer, and serves one or more of
the technological functions as specified in these regulations and the needs set out in sub-clause
(a) to (d) below, and only where these objectives cannot be achieved by other means that are
economically and technologically practicable:
(a) to preserve the nutritional quality of the food; an intentional reduction in the nutritional
quality of a food shall be justified in the circumstances dealt within sub-clause (b) and also
in other circumstances where the food does not constitute a significant item in a normal
diet;
(b) to provide necessary ingredients or constituents for foods manufactured for groups of
consumers having special dietary needs;
(c) to enhance the keeping quality or stability of a food or to improve its organoleptic
properties, provided that it does not change the nature, substance or quality of the food so
as to deceive the consumer;
(d) to aid in the manufacture, processing, preparation, treatment, packing, transport or storage
of food, provided that the additive is not used to disguise the effects of the use of faulty
raw materials or of undesirable (including unhygienic) practices or techniques during the
course of any of these activities.
All food additives subject to the provisions of these regulations shall be used under conditions
of Good Manufacturing Practice, which includes the following, namely:-
(a) the quantity of the additive added to food shall be limited to the lowest possible level
necessary to accomplish its desired effect;
(b) the quantity of the additive that becomes a component of food as a result of its use in the
manufacturing, processing or packaging of a food and which is not intended to accomplish
any physical, or other technical effect in the food itself, is reduced to the extent reasonably
possible; and,
(c) The additive is of appropriate food grade quality and is prepared and handled in the same
way as a food ingredient.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Food additives used in accordance with these regulations shall be of appropriate food grade
quality and should at all times conform with the applicable Specifications of Identity and Purity
recommended under these regulations and in terms of safety, food grade quality is achieved by
conformance of additives to their specifications as a whole (not merely with individual criteria)
and through their production, storage, transport, and handling in accordance with Good
Manufacturing Practice (GMP).
(a) Conditions applying to carry-over of Food Additives from ingredients and raw
materials into foods
Other than by direct addition, an additive may be present in a food as a result of carry-over
from a raw material or ingredient used to produce the food, provided that,-
(i) the additive is acceptable for use in the raw materials or other ingredients (including food
additives) in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations;
(ii) the amount of the additive in the raw materials or other ingredients (including food
additives) does not exceed the maximum use level specified in these regulations;
(iii)the food into which the additive is carried over does not contain the additive in a quantity
greater than thatshall be introduced by the use of raw materials, or ingredients under
proper technological conditions or manufacturing practice, consistent with the provisions
of these regulations.
(b) Special conditions applying to the use of Food Additives not directly authorised in
food ingredients and raw materials
An additive may be used in or added to a raw material or other ingredient if the raw material or
ingredient is used exclusively in the preparation of a food that is in conformity with the
provisions of these regulations, including that any maximum level applying to the food is not
exceeded.
Carry-over of a food additive from a raw material or ingredient shall not be permissible for
foods belonging to the following food categories; unless a food additive provision in the
specified category is mentioned in these regulations:
(i) infant formulae, follow-up formulae, and formulae for special medical purposes for
infants.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
3.2: Standards of Additives
3.2.1 Food Colours: Standards of various Food Colours with characteristics are specified
in the table below: 1 Tartrazine
Common Name Tartrazine
FD and C Yellow No.5, E.E.C. Serial No.E 102, L-
Synonyms Gebb 2, C.I.
Food Yellow 4.
Colour of the 0.1 Per cent
(M/V) solution in distilled water. Yellow
Colour Index Number (1975) No 19140
Class Monoazo.
Trisodium salt of 5-hydroxy-1-p- sulphopheny1-
Chemical Name 4-(p-
sulphophenylazo) pyrazol-3-
carboxylic acid.
C
Empirical formula 16 H9 N4 O9 S2 Na3
Molecular Weight 534.37
Solubility Soluble in water. Sparingly soluble in Ethanol.
General Requirements
The material shall conform to the requirements prescribed in Table below:—
TABLE
Requiremen
Sl. No. Characteristic t
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
It shall be free from mercury, copper and chromium in any form; aromatic amines,
aromatic nitro compounds, aromatic hydrocarbons, and cyanides.;
2. SUNSET YELLOW
Common Name
Synonyms Sunset Yellow
FD and C Yellow No.6, Janus
Orange S, C.l. Food Yelow 3,
Colour of the 0.1 Percent (M/V) -Orange 2, Janune soil, EEC
solution in distilled water
Serial No.E.10
Colour Index Number
Orange
(1975) Class
Chemical Name No 15985
Monoazo
Empirical formula Disodium salt of 1.(4-sulphophenylazo) 2-
Molecular Weight napthol-6-sulphonic acid
Solubility C10H10N2O7S2Na2
General Requirements 452.37
Soluble in water. Sparingly soluble in Ethanol
The material shall conform to the requirements prescribed in Table below:—
TABLE
Requirements for Sunset Yellow, FCF
Requiremen
Sl. No. Requirements for Sunset Yellow, FCF Characteristic t
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
It shall be free from mercury, copper and chromium in any form; aromatic amines, aromatic
nitro compounds,
aromatic hydrocarbons, and cyanides;
3. ERYTHROSINE
Common Name Erythrosine
Synonyms FD and C red No.3, C.l. Food Red 14, LB-Rot-I
Colour of the 0.1 Percent (M/V)
solution in Red
distilled water
Colour Index Number (1975) No 45430
Class Xanthene
Disodium or dipotassium salt of 2',4', 5', 7',
Chemical Name tetraiodo-
fluerescein
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Empirical formula
Molecular Weight
C20H6O5I4Na2
Solubility
879.87 (Disodium
General Requirements Salt)
Soluble in water. Sparingly soluble in
The material shall Ethanol
conform to the
requirements prescribed in Table below:—
TABLE
Indigo
carmine FD and C Blue No.2, Cl Food Blue 1,
Indigotine,
EEC Serial No. E132 L-Blue 2
Blu
e
No
73015
Indigoi
dDisodium Salt of indigotine-5, 5'-
Disulphonic
C
16H8N2 O8 Sacid
2
Na
2 466.36
Soluble in water. Sparingly soluble in
Ethanol
0.
8. Organic compounds other than colouring matter 2
(a) Tri-iodoresorcinol, percent by mass, Max. 0.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2
(b) 2.(2,4-dihydroxy-3,5-di-iodobenzoyl) benzoic acid, percent by mass, 0.
Max. 2
1
9. Lead, mg/kg, Max. 0
10. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max. 3
5
11. Zinc, mg/kg, Max. 0
4
12. Heavy metals, mg/kg, Max. 0
It shall be free from mercury, copper and chromium in any form; aromatic amines,
aromatic nitro compounds,
aromatic hydrocarbons, and
cyanides. 4. INDIGO
CARMINE
Common
Name
Synonyms
Requiremen
Sl. No. Characteristic t
1. Total dye content, corrected for Sample dried at 105±1oC for 2 hours, per cent
by mass, Min. 85
3. Water insoluble matter, percent by mass, Max. 0.2
4. Combined ether extracts, percent by mass. Max. 0.2
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
5. Subsidiary dyes, percent by mass, Max. 1.0
6. Isatin Sulphonic acid, percent by mass, Max. 0.5
7. Lead, mg/kg, Max. 10
8. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max. 3
9. Heavy metals, mg/kg, Max. 40
2. Loss on drying at 135oC, percent by mass and Chlorides and Sulphates expressed as
sodium salt, 15 percent by mass, Max.
It shall be free from mercury, copper and chromium in any form; aromatic amines,
aromatic nitro compounds, aromatic hydrocarbons, and cyanides.
5. β-CAROTENE.
β-Carotene is obtained as dark violet hexagonal prisms when crystallised from benzene
methanol solution; or as red rhombic, almost quardratic plates, from petroleum ether.
Synonyms C.I. natural yellow 26
Colour Index Number (1956) No.75130
Class Carotenoids
Chemical Name all trans β-Carotene
Empirical formula C40 H56
Molecular Weight 536.89
Melting Point 183oC ± 1oC
Solubility.- Soluble in carbon disulphide, benzene and chloroform, moderately soluble in
normal hexane, cyclohexane, ether, petroleum ether and oils; practically insoluble in methanol
; insoluble in water.
Spectrophotometric Requirement.-The wavelengths of absorption maxima of all trans β-
Carotene in cyclohexane (0.2 mg per 100 ml. approximately) and in-1cm cell shall be 456 mμ
to 484 mμ region. There shall be no cis-peak in the 330 mμ to 355 mμ region.
A solution of β-carotene in chloroform on addition of antimony trichloride solution shall
give a dark blue colour having maximum absorption at a wavelength of 590 mμ.
Colour Reaction- When 2ml. of concentrated sulphuric acid is added to 2ml. of 0.2 per
cent solution of β-Carotene in chloroform, the acid layer shall turn blue.
The material shall have a minimum purity of 96.0 per cent.
Maximum limit of metallic impurities shall be:—
3
Arsenic (as As) ppm
10
Lead (as Pb) ppm.
40
Heavy metal ppm.
And shall also meet the following requirements:—
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(i) Subsidiary colouring matter, percent by weight, Max 3
(ii) Sulphated ash, percent of total colouring matters, Max 0.1
6-CHLOROPHYLL:
Chlorophyll, the green pigment of plants, is extracted and widely used as a colouring
matter for various food
items.
Synonyms C.I. Natural Green 3; Lebensmittel Green No.1
Colour Index Number (1956) No.75810
Colour Index Number (1924) No. 12499
Color Green
Class Phorbin (dihydrophorphin)
Chemical Name Chlorophyll a - magnesium complex of 1,3,5,8-
tetramethyl 4-ethyl-
2-vinyl-9-keto-10 carbomethoxy phorbinphytyl-7-
propionate.
Chlorophyll b magnesium complex 1,5,8 trimethyl-3-
formyl-4-ethyl-
2- vinyl-9-keto-10 carbomethoxyphorbinphytyl-7-
propionate
Empirical formula Chlorophyll a - C55H72O5N4Mg
Chlorophyll b- C55H70O6N4Mg
Molecular Weight Chlorophyll a- 893.54
Chlorophyll b - 907.52
General- The material shall be an intensely dark green, aqueous, ethanolic, or oily
solution of chlorophyll degradation products. It shall be soluble in ethanol, ether, chloroform
and benzene. It shall be insoluble in water.
Identification test- A solution of chlorophyll in ethanol shall be blue with deep red
flourescence.
Brown-phase Reaction-When green ether or petroleum ether solution of chlorophyll is
treated with a small quantity of a 10 per cent solution of potassium hydroxide in methanol, the
colour shall become brown quickly returning to green.
Note.- This test is applicable only when chlorophyll has not been treated
with alkalies.
Maximum limits for metallic impurities shall be:—
Arsenic (as As) 3 ppm
Lead (as Pb) 10 ppm
Copper (as Cu) 30 ppm
Zinc (as Zn) 50 ppm
The material shall also conform to the following requirements:—
CHLOROPHYLL - MAGNESIUM COMPLEX
Requiremen
Sl. No. Characteristic t
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Total combined phaeophytines and their magnesium complexes, percent by
1 weight, max. 10
Residual solvents, mg/kg, Max. Acetone, methanol, ethanol, propan-2-ol,
2 hexane 50
Dichloromethane 10
7 - CARAMEL
Caramel shall be prepared from the food grade carbohydrates or their combinations in the
presence of food grade acids, alkalis or salts. It shall be of four types, namely:—
Type-I- Plain Caramel-It shall be prepared by heating carbohydrates with or without
acids or alkalis, or their salts. No. ammonium or sulphite compounds are used.
Type-II-Caustic sulphite caramel- It shall be prepared by heating carbohydrates with or
without acids or alkalis or their salt in the presence of sulphite compounds; no ammonium
compounds are used.
Type - III - Ammonia Process Caramel- It shall be prepared by heating carbohydrates
with or without acids or alkalis or their salts in the presence of ammonium compounds; no
sulphites are used.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
It shall be miscible with water. It shall be free from any other extraneous colouring
matter. It may contain permitted emulsifying and stabilising agents.
It shall conform to the requirements prescribed in Table 1 below. All requirements
shall be on solids basis, except metallic impurities.
TABLE 1 - ROUTINE TEST REQUIREMENTS FOR CARAMEL
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
TABLE 2 - TYPE TEST REQUIREMENTS FOR
CARAMEL
The material shall be filled in amber coloured glass or high density polythylene
containers or any other well closed suitable containers with as little air space as possible. The
containers shall be such as to preclude contamination of the contents with metals or other
impurities.
8. ANNATTO
Class Carotenoids
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Chemical Formula Bixin C25 H30 O4
Norbixin C24 H28 O4
Molecular Weight Bixin 394.50
Norbixin 380.48
The material shall be of the following two types:
(a)Solution in oil for use in butter and other food products, and
(b) Solution in water for use in cheese and other food products.
General
The material shall be derived only from the plant Bixa orellana L. and shall not contain
any extraneous colouring matter. It shall be processed, packed, stored and distributed under
hygienic conditions in licensed premises.
(1) Solution of Annatto Colour in Oil for Use in Butter and Other Food Products:—
Annatto extract in oil, as solution or suspension, is prepared by extraction of the outer
coating of seeds with vegetable oils. In the preparation of the solution of annatto colour in oil,
only the edible vegetable oils shall be used, either singly or in a mixture.
The solution of annatto colour in oils shall be clear and shall remain so on storage in
suitable containers at 15oC except for a slight deposit of stearine or shall be in the form of a
suspension. The suspension on dilution with hot oil to bring the bixin content to 0.24 per cent
shall be a clear solution.
Colour
The colour of solution in amyl acetate at a dilution of 1:1000 (m/v) when measured in a
Lovibond Tintometer with a 1 cm Cell Spectrophotometrically/Calorimeterically shall be not
less than the following:
Yellow units 5.0
Red units 0.4
or be not less than the colour of the following inorganic solution at a liquid depth of one
centimeter which may be employed for matching the stated dilution in a plunger type
colorimeter using incident light closely approximating the normal day light:
Potassium Bichromate 0.320 g
Cobalt ammonium sulphate
(CoSO4 (NH4)2 SO4 6H2O) 2.02 g
Sulphuric acid, Sp-gr 1.84 2ml
Distilled water To make solution to one litre
These reagents shall be of the analytical reagent grade. Although the solution retains its
tinctorial value for a considerable time, after prolonged storage, its optical clarity shall be
examined before use, to ensure that no alteration has taken place.
Note 1 - Diluted solution of annatto colour in amyl acetate is not stable in colour quality,
particularly if exposed to light, and measurement shall be carried out on the diluted solution
without undue delay.
(ii) Solution of Annatto Colour in Water for use in Cheese and Other Food Products:
Water soluble annatto colour is prepared by extraction of the outer coating of the seeds
with aqueous alkali (sodium or potassium hydroxide). In the preparation of the solution,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
potable water shall be used. A little quantity (0.5 to 3 per cent) of alkali may be added.
The solution shall be clear and shall remain so on storage in suitable containers at a
temperature of 15oC. Colour
The colour of the solution in 0.1 N sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide at a
dilution of 1:1000 (m/v) measured in a 1-cm shall be the same as that specified in (i) above.
The material shall conform to the requirements prescribed in
Table below: TABLE
Requirement for Annatto
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Specific Rotation-It shall be determined in a 0.5 per cent w/v solution in a mixture of 1.5
ml of 0.1 N alcoholic solution of potassium hydroxide (free from carbonate) and sufficient
freshly boiled and cooled water to produce 10 ml. The specific rotation, when calculated with
reference to the substance dried to constant weight in the dark at 105oC, shall be,- 122oC.
The material shall have minimum purity of
97.0 per cent. Maximum limit of metallic
impurities shall be:—
Arsenic (as As) 5 ppm
Lead (as Pb) 20 ppm.
10 - PONCEAU 4R
Common Name Ponceau 4R
Synonyms Cl Food Red 7, L-Rot No.4, Coccine Nouvelle,
Cochineal Red
A; EEC Serial No.E 124
Colour of the 0.1 Percent (m/v) solution Red
in distilled water
Colour Index Number (1975) No. 16255
Class Monoazo
Chemical Name Trisodium salt of 1-(4-sulpho-1-naphtylazo)
naphthol-6, 8-
disulphonic acid
Empirical formula C20 H11 N2 O10 S3 Na2
Molecular Weight 604.5
Solubility Soluble in water. Sparingly soluble in Ethanol
The material shall conform to the requirements prescribed in Table below:—
TABLE
Requirements for Ponceau 4R
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
It shall be free from mercury, selenium and chromium in any form; aromatic amines,
aromatic nitro compounds, aromatic hydrocarbons, and cyanides.;
11-CARMOISINE
Common Name Carmoisine
Synonyms Azorubine, C.I. Food Red 3, EEC. Serial No.E
122
Colour of the 0.1 Percent (M/V) solution in Red
distilled water
Colour Index Number (1956) No.14720
Class Monoazo
Chemical Name Disodium salt of 2-(4-sulpho-1-naphthylazo)-1-
hydroxy-
naphthalene-4-sulphonic acid
Empirical formula C20H12N2O7S2Na2
Molecular Weight 502. 44
General Requirements: The material shall be free from mercury, selenium and chromium
in any form, aromatic amines, aromatic nitro compounds, aromatic hydrocarbons and
cyanides.
Carmoisine shall also comply with requirements prescribed in
Table below:— TABLE
Requirements for Carmoisine
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
MIXTURES. Colour Preparation
A Preparation containing one or more of the permitted synthetic food colours conforming
to the prescribed standard alongwith diluents and/or filler materials and meant to be used for
imparting colour to food. It may contain permitted preservatives and stabilizers.
The colour preparation would be either in the form of a liquid or powder. Powder
preparations shall be reasonably free from lumps and any visible extraneous/foreign matter.
Liquid preparations shall be free from sediments.
Only the following diluents or filler materials shall be permitted to be used in colour
preparations conforming to the prescribed standards:—
1. Potable water
2. Edible common salt
3. Sugar
4. Dextrose Monohydrate
5. Liquid glucose
6. Sodium sulphate
7. Tartaric acid
8. Glycerine
9. Propylene glycol
10. Acetic acid, dilute
11. Sorbitol
12. Citric acid
13. Sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate
14. Lactose
15. Ammonium, sodium and potassium alginates
16. Dextrins
17. Ethyl acetate
18. Starches
19. Diethyl ether
20. Ethanol
21. Glycerol mono, di and tri acetate
22. Edible oils and fats
23. Isopropyl alcohol
24. Bees wax
25. Sodium and ammonium hydroxide
26. Lactic acid
27. Carragenan and gum arabic
28. Gelatin
29. Pectin
Colour Mixtures
A mixture of two or more permitted synthetic food colour conforming to prescribed
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
standards without diluents and filler material and meant to be used for imparting colour to
food.
It may contain permitted preservatives and stabilizers.
General Requirements-For Colour Preparation & Colour Mixture. The total Synthetic dye
content, per cent by mass (m/v) in the colour preparation or in the mixture shall be declared on
the label of the container. In powder preparations the declared value shall be on moisture free
basis and in case of liquid preparations on as in basis. The total dye content shall be within the
tolerance limits given below on the declared value:
(a) Liquid preparation +15 per cent
-5 per cent
(b) Solid preparations ±7.5 per cent
The limits of impurities shall be as prescribed in Table below:—
TABLE
Limits for Impurities
It shall be free from mercury, copper and chromium in any form; aromatic amines,
aromatic nitro compounds, aromatic hydrocarbons, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon, 2-
naphthyl aminobenzidine, amino-4-diphenyl (xenylamine) or their derivatives and cyanides.
The total coal tar dye content percent by mass (m/v) in colour preparation or in mixture
shall be declared on the lable of the container. In powder preparation, the declared value shall
be on moisture free basis and in case of liquid preparation on ' as is basis' and the total dye
content shall within _+ 15 percent of the declared value. Colour preparation and colour
mixture shall also comply with the following requirements namely: -
Sl. No. Characteristics Requirements
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Colour Index Number (1975) No.42900
Class Triarymethane
Chemical Name Disodium salt of alpha 4-(N- ethylbeta
sulfobenzylamino)-
phenyl] alpha [4-(N-ethyl-3-
Sulfonatobenzylimino]cyclohexa-
2, 5-dienylidene] toluene-2-sulfonate
Empirical formula C37H34N2Na2O9S3
Molecular Weight 792.86
General requirements: The material shall conform to the requirement prescribed in Table
below, namely:—
Requirement
Sl. No. Characteristics s
Total dye content, corrected for Sample dried at 105±1 oC for 2 hours, percent by
(i) Mass, Minimum 85
Loss on drying at 135oC, and Chlorides and Sulphates expressed as sodium salt, per
(ii) cent by Mass, 15
Maximum
(iii) Water insoluble matter, percent by Mass, Maximum 0.2
(iv) Combined ether extracts, percent by Mass. Maximum 0.2
(v) Subsidiary dyes, percent by Mass, Maximum 3
(vi) Dye intermediates, percent by Mass, Max.
(a) O, sulpho-benzaldehyde, Maximum 1.5
(b) N-N' ethyl-benzyl-aniline-3-sulphonic acid, Maximum 0.3
(c) Leuco base, percent by Mass, Maximum 5
(vii
) Heavy metals, (as Pb), mg/kg, Maximum 40
Lead, mg/kg, Maximum 10
Arsenic, mg/kg, Maximum 3
Chromium, mg/kg, Maximum 50
Note:- The material shall be free from aromatic amines, aromatic nitro compounds,
aromatic hydrocarbons and cyanides.
14. Fast Green FCF:
Fast Green FCF is hydroscopic in nature and its shade changes with different pH.
Suitable precautions
should, therefore, be taken in packing the colour.
Fast Green FCF is described below, namely:—
Common Name Fast Green FCF
Synonyms C.l. Food Green 3, FD and C
Green No.3, Vert Solide FCF
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Class Triary methane
Colour Green
Colour Index (1975) No.42053
Chemical Name Disodium salt of 4-[4-(N-ethyl-p-
sulfobenzylamino)-phenyl-
(4-hydroxy-2-sulphonumphenyl)-methylene]-(N-
ethyl-N-p-
sulphobenzyl 2, 5-cyclohexadienimine).
Empirical Formula C37 H34 O10 N2 S2 Na2
Molecular Weight 808.86
Requirements The material shall conform to the requirement prescribed in Table below,
namely:—
Requiremen
Sl. No. Characteristic t
(i) Total dye content, corrected for Sample dried
at 105±1oC for 2 hours, percent by mass, Minimum 85
o
Loss on drying at 135 C, and, percent by Mass, Maximum and chlorides and
(ii) Sulphates expressed 13
as sodium salt, percent by mass, Maximum
(iii) Water insoluble matter, percent by Mass, Maximum 0.2
(iv) Combined ether extracts, percent by Mass. Max 0.2
(v) Subsidiary dyes, percent by mass, Maximum 1.0
(vi) Organic compound other than colouring matter uncombined intermediates
and products of side reactions
(a) Sum of 2-, 3-, 4-formyl benzene sulphonic acid, sodium salts, percent by
Mass, Maximum 0.5
(b) Sum of 3- and 4-[ethyl (4-sulfophenyl) amino methyl benzene sulphonic acid,
disodium salts,
Percent by Mass, Maximum 0.3
(c) 2-formyl-5-hydroxybenzene sulphonic acid sodium salt, percent by Mass,
Maximum 0.5
(d) Leuco base, percent by Mass, Maximum 5.0
(e) Unsulphonated primary aromatic amines (calculated as aniline), percent by
Mass, Maximum 0.01
(vii) Lead, mg/kg, Maximum 10
(viii
) Arsenic, mg/kg, Maximum 3
(ix) Chromium, mg/kg, Maximum 50
(x) Mercury, mg/kg, Maximum Absent
(xi) Heavy metals, mg/kg, Maximum 40
Note:- The material shall be free from aromatic nitro compounds, aromatic hydrocarbons
and cyanides
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
15. Aluminium Lake of Sunset Yellow FCF- Food Yellow No.5 Aluminium Lake is a
fine orange yellow water soluble, odourless powder. It is prepared by percipating Sunset
Yellow FCF (conforming to specification under 10.02 of Appendix C of these Regulations on
to a substratum of Alumina.
Chemical Name - Sunset Yellow FCF Aluminium Lake -6, hydroxy-5 (4-
sulfophenlyazo)-2 Naphthalenesulphonic acid, Aluminium Lake.
Synonym - CI Pigment Yellow, 104, FD and C Yellow No. 6, Aluminium Lake (USA),
Food Yellow No. 5 Aluminium Lake (Japan).
(1) Sunset yellow dye used in preparation of lake colour shall conform to specifications
laid down under table 2 of these Regulations.
Pure dye content of Aluminium Lake weight by not less than 17
(2) weight percent
not more than 83
(3) Substratum of Aluminium oxide percent.
not more than 44
(4) Aluminium content in the lake weight by weight percent
not more than 2.0
(5) Sodium chlorides and sulphates (as sodium salts) percent
not more than 0.5
(6) Inorganic matter (HCl insoluble) percent
not more than 10
(7) Lead (as Pb) ppm
(8) Arsenic (as As) not more than 3 ppm
Alumina used in colour shall conform to following, namely:—
(a)Identity: Alumina (dried as aluminium hydroxide) is a white, odourless, tasteless,
amorphous powder consisting essentially of Aluminium hydroxide (Al2O3 × H2O).
(b) Specifications: Alumina (dried aluminium hydroxide) shall conform to the
following specifications,
namely:-
Agitate 1 gm with 25ml of water
(i) Acidity or alkalinity and filter.
The filtrate shall be neutral to
litmus paper
(ii) Lead (as Pb) not more than 10 parts per million
(iii) Arsenic (as As)
not more than 1 parts per million
not more than 1 parts per
(iv) Mercury (as Hg) million
(v) Aluminium oxide (Al2O3) not less than 50 percent
Solubility: Lakes are insoluble in most solvents. They are also insoluble in water in pH
range from 3.5-9.0 but outside this range and lake substrate tends to dissolve releasing the
captive dye.
42[16. Beta-apo-8’-carotenal:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(1) Beta-apo-8’-carotenal in crystal form shall be deep violet with metallic luster, and in case of
solution in oil, fat or organic solvents or water-dispersible forms including powder, granules or
capsules, it shall be orange to red in colour and as described below, namely:-
Table
(1) Ethyl ester of Beta-apo-8'-carotenoic acid in crystal form shall be red and in case of solution in
oil, fat or organic solvent or water-dispersible forms including, powder, granules or capsules, it
shall be yellow to orange in colour and as described below, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Molecular Weight 460.70
(2) Ethylester of Beta-apo-8'-carotenoic acid shall conform to the requirements specified in the
table below, namely:-
Table
(1) Titanium Dioxide shall be a white, tasteless, odourless, infusible powder and as described
below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1. Purity as TiO2, per cent. by mass, Min 99
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
5. Water soluble substances, per cent. by mass, Max 0.25
6. Aluminium oxide and/or silicon dioxide (either 2.0
singly or combined), per cent. by mass, Max
7. Mercury, mg/kg, Max 1.0
8. Antimony, mg/kg, Max 2.0
9. Zinc, mg/kg, Max 50.0
10. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 1.0
11. Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
12. Barium compounds, mg/kg, Max 3.0
13. Aluminium, mg/kg, Max 1.0]
[3.2.2 Sweetener:- The standards for various sweeteners with characteristics are –
10
(1) Steviol Glycoside- White to light yellow powder, odorless or having a slight characteristic
odor. About 200 - 300 times sweeter than sucrose. The product is obtained from the leaves of stevia
rebaudiana bertoni. The leaves are extracted with hot water and the aqueous extract is passed
through an adsorption resin to trap and concentrate the component steviol glycosides. The resin is
washed with a solvent alcohol to release the glycosides and the product is re-crystallized from
methanol or aqueous ethanol. Ion exchange resins may be used in the purification process. The
final product may be spray-dried. Stevioside and rebaudioside A are the component glycosides of
principal interest for their sweetening property. Associated glycosides include rebaudioside B,
rebaudioside C, rebaudioside D, rebaudioside F, dulcoside A, rubusoside and steviolbioside which
are generally present in preparations of steviol glycosides at levels lower than stevioside or
rebaudioside A.
Rebaudioside A: 13-[(2-O-β-D-glucopyranosyl-3-O-β-D-
glucopyranosyl-β-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]kaur-16-en-18-oic acid,
β-D-glucopyranosyl ester.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Rebaudioside A: 967.03.
51
[Assay/purity Not less than 95 per cent. of the total of steviol glycosides
on the dry weight basis]
51
[Total ash Not more than 1 percent.]
Residual solvents Not more than 200 mg/kg methanol and not more than 5000
mg/kg ethanol (Method I in Vol. 4, General Methods, Organic
Components, Residual Solvents).
(i) Baker’s Yeast (Compressed) shall be in the form of a block having creamy white colour, and
odour characteristic of good baker’s yeast (compressed) and a fine even texture. It shall not be
slimy or mouldy and shall not show any sign of deterioration or decomposition. It shall be free
from extraneous materials. Starch of an edible quality may, however, be added in a quantity not
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
exceeding 7% by weight on dry basis. Permissible edible binders and fillers may be added. It shall
break sharply on bending. The yeast blocks shall be stored at temperature between 1 to 50C.
(ii) Baker’s Yeast (Dried) shall be in the form of small powder granules, pellets or flakes. It shall
have an odour characteristic of good baker’s yeast (dried). It shall not be mouldy and shall not
show any sign of deterioration or decomposition. It shall be free from adulterants and other
extraneous materials. Starch of an edible quality may, however, be added in a quantity not
exceeding 10 % by weight of the material. The yeast shall be stored in a cool and dry place at a
temperature not more than 250C.
Baker’s Yeast shall conform to the following standards namely:-
2. Food Additives
Only those food additives permitted under the Food Safety and Standards (Food Products Standards
and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011 shall be used.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
3. Hygiene
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines provided in Schedule
4, Part-II of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulation, 2011 and such guidance as provided from time to time under the provisions of the Food
Safety and Standards Act, 2006.
4. Contaminants, Toxins and Residues
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
The products covered in this standard shall conform to the Microbiological Requirements given in
Appendix B of the Food Safety and Standards (Food Products Standards and Food Additives)
Regulations, 2011.
The products shall comply with the packaging and labelling requirements specified under the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
1. Lactic acid shall be yellowish to colourless syrupy liquid with an acidic taste and no odour. It
shall be obtained by lactic fermentation of sugars or prepared synthetically. It shall be miscible in
water and ethanol. It shall give positive test for lactate. It shall conform to the following
specifications:
Characteristics Requirement
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Characteristics Requirement
2. Hygiene
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines provided in Schedule
4, Part-II of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulations, 2011 and such guidance as provided from time to time under the provisions of the
Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006.
3. Contaminants, Toxins and Residues
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, Toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
4. Packaging and Labelling
The products shall comply with the packaging and labelling requirements specified under the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
1. Ascorbic acid shall be a white or almost white odourless crystalline solid. Its melting range is
190◦C to 192◦C with decomposition. The material is freely soluble in water and sparingly soluble in
ethanol and insoluble in ether. It shall conform to the following standards:
Characteristic Requirement
Purity as C6H8O6 % by weight , Min 99
Loss on drying over sulphuric acid for 24 hours, % 0.4
by weight, Max
Sulphated ash, % by weight, Max 0.1
Specific rotation, when determined in a 2 % (m/v) +20.50 to +21.50
solution in water at 200C
pH of 2 % (m/v) solution 2.4 - 2.8
Lead mg/kg, Max 2
2. Hygiene
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines provided in Schedule
4, Part-II of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulations, 2011, and such guidance as provided from time to time under the provisions of the
Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006.
3. Contaminants, Toxins and Residues
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
4. Packaging and Labelling
The products shall comply with the packaging and labelling requirements specified under the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
1. Calcium propionate shall be in the form of white crystals or crystalline solid possessing a faint
odour of propionic acid. The material shall be freely soluble in water. It shall conform to the
following standards:
Characteristic Requirement
Purity as C6H10O4Ca, % by weight on dry basis, 98
Min
Moisture, % by weight, Max 5.0
Matter insoluble in water, % by weight, Max 0.3
Iron (as Fe), mg/kg, Max 50
Fluoride, mg/kg, Max 10
Lead mg/kg, Max 5
Magnesium (as MgO) To pass the test (about
0.4%)
pH of the 10 %(m/v) solution at 25 + 20C 7-9
2. Hygiene
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guideline provided in Schedule
4, Part-II of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulation, 2011, and such guidance as provided from time to time under the provisions of the
Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006.
3. Contaminants, Toxins and Residues
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
4. Packaging and Labelling
The products shall comply with the packaging and labelling requirements specified under the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.
Characteristics Requirement
Purity
(a) As Na2S2O5 , % by weight , Min 95
(b) As SO2, % by weight, Min 64
Water insoluble matter, % by weight, Max 0.05
Thiosulphate, % by weight, Max 0.01
Iron mg/kg, Max 5
Selenium (as Se), mg/kg, Max 5
Lead mg/kg, Max 2
pH Acidic to litmus
2. Hygiene
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guideline provided in Schedule
4, Part-II of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulation, 2011 and such guidance as provided from time to time under the provisions of the Food
Safety and Standards Act, 2006.
3. Contaminants, Toxins and Residues
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
3.2.8 Potassium Metabisulphite (Food Grade) (INS 224)
1. Potassium Metabisulphite shall be white or colourless, free flowing crystals, crystalline powder
or granules usually having an odour of sulphur dioxide. It gradually oxidizes in air to sulphate. The
material is soluble in water but insoluble in ethanol. It shall conform to the following standards:
Characteristic Requirement
Purity, as K2S2O5, % by weight , Min 90
Water insoluble matter, %by weight, Max 0.05
Thiosulphate, % by weight, Max 0.1
Iron, mg/kg, Max 5
Selenium (as Se), mg/kg, Max 5
Lead mg/kg, Max 2
pH Acidic to litmus
2. Hygiene
The product shall be prepared and handled in accordance with the guidelines provided in Schedule
4, Part-II of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulations, 2011 and such guidance provided from time to time under the provisions of the Food
Safety and Standards Act, 2006.
3. Contaminants, Toxins and Residues
The product covered in this standard shall comply with the Food Safety and Standards
(Contaminants, toxins and Residues) Regulations, 2011.
4. Packaging and Labelling
The products shall comply with the packaging and labelling requirements specified under the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations,
2011.]
42
[3.2.9. Preservatives:
1. Sodium benzoate:
(1) Sodium benzoate shall be a white, almost odourless, crystalline powder or flakes and as
described below, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
C.A.S No. 532-32-1
Chemical Name Sodium salt of benzene carboxylic acid,
and sodium salt of phenyl carboxylic acid
Empirical Formula C7H502Na
Molecular Weight 144.11
(2) Sodium benzoate shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1. Purity, expressed as C7H502Na, per cent. by mass, 99.0
Min
2. Melting range of liberated benzoic acid 121.5°C- 123.5°C
3. Moisture, per cent. by mass, Max 1.5
4. Acidity or alkalinity shall conform to test as per
BIS standard
5. Readily carbonizable substances shall conform to test as per
BIS standard
6. Readily oxidizable substances shall conform to test as per
BIS standard
7. Chlorinated organic compounds shall conform to test as per
BIS standard
8. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
9. Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
2. Benzoic acid:
(1) Benzoic acid shall be in the form of white crystals, scales or needles and as described below,
namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Molecular Weight 122.12
(2) Benzoic acid shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
(1) Potassium nitrate shall be colourless, odourless and salty to taste and may be in the form of
transparent prisms or white granules or crystalline powder and as described below, namely:-
Table
SI.No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1. Purity, as KNO3, per cent. by mass, Min 99
2. Moisture per cent. by mass, Max 1
3. Matter insoluble in water Shall pass the test as per BIS
standard
4. Chlorates Shall pass the test as per BIS
standard
5. Sulphates (as K2SO4), per cent. by mass, Max 0.10
6. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
7. Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
8. Nitrite, mg/kg, Max 20.0
4. Sorbic acid:
(1) Sorbic acid shall be colourless needles or white free flowing powder, having a slight
characteristic odour and as described below, namely:-
Common Name Sorbic acid
INS No. 200
C.A.S No. 110-44-1
Chemical Name Sorbic acid; trans, all trans 2, 4-
hexadienoic acid.
Empirical Formula C6H8O2
Molecular Weight 112.13
(2) Sorbic acid shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI.No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1 Purity, as C6H8O2, per cent. by mass(on dry basis), 99
Min
2 Moisture, per cent. by mass, Max 0.5
3 Sulphated ash, per cent. by mass, Max 0.2
4 Aldehydes, per cent. by mass, Max 0.1
5 Melting range, 0C 132 - 135
6 Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
7 Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
5. Potassium nitrite:
(1) Potassium nitrite shall be in the form of small white or yellowish deliquescent granules or
cylindrical sticks and as described below, namely:-
Common Name Potassium nitrite
INS No. 249
C.A.S No. 7758-09-0
Chemical Name Potassium nitrite
Empirical Formula KNO2
Molecular Weight 85.11
(2) Potassium nitrite shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Molecular Weight 96.06
(2) Sodium propionate shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI.No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1. Purity as C3H5O2Na, per cent. by mass, on dry 99
basis, Min
2. Moisture, per cent. by mass, Max 1
3. Matter insoluble in water, per cent. by mass, Max 0.1
4. Iron, mg/kg, Max 30
5. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
6. Lead, mg/kg, Max 5.0
7. Sulphur dioxide:
(1) Sulphur dioxide shall be a colourless, non-flammable gas, with a strong, pungent suffocating
odour and as described below, namely:-
Common Name Sulphur dioxide
INS No. 220
C.A.S No. 7446-09-5
Chemical Name Sulphur dioxide, sulphurous acid
anhydrate
Empirical Formula SO2
Molecular weight 64.007
(2) Sulphur dioxide shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1. Purity (as SO2), per cent. by mass, on dry basis, 95
Min
2. Non-volatile residue shall conform to test as per
BIS Standard
3. Moisture, per cent. by mass, Max 0.05
4. Selenium, mg/kg, Max 20.0
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
6. Lead, mg/kg, Max 5.0
(1) Ammonium hydrogen carbonate shall be in the form of white crystals or fine white crystalline
powder and as described below, namely:-
(2) Ammonium hydrogen carbonate shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below,
namely:-
Table
SI.No. Characteristic Requirements
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
9. Copper, mg/kg, Max 5.0
2. Trisodium citrate:
(1) Trisodium citrate shall be in the form of colourless crystals or white crystalline powder and as
described below, namely:-
(2) Trisodium citrate shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI.No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1. Purity, (asC6H5Na3O7), on dry basis, per cent. by 99
mass, Min
2. Moisture, per cent. by mass, Max
a) Anhydrous 1
b) Dehydrate 13
3. Alkalinity shall pass the test as per
BIS standard
4. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
5. Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
3. Fumaric acid:
(1) Fumaric acid shall be in the form of white, odourless granules or crystalline powder with
characteristic acid taste and as described below, namely:-
Common Name Fumaric acid
INS No. 297
C.A.S No. 110-17-8
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Chemical Name trans-butenedioic acid, and trans-1,2
ethylene dicarboxylic acid
Empirical Formula C4H4O4
Molecular Weight 116.07
(2) Fumaric acid shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1. Purity as C4H4O4, per cent. by mass, (on anhydrous 99.5
basis), Min
2. Moisture, per cent. by mass, Max 0.5
3. Sulphated ash, per cent. by mass, Max 0.1
4. Maleic acid, per cent. by mass, Max 0.1
5. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
6. Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2. Loss on drying, per cent. by mass, on drying at 0.5
105 0C for 3 hours over P3O4,Max
3. Sulphated ash, per cent. by mass, Max 0.1
4. Oxalate shall pass the test as per BIS
standard
5. Sulphate 0.05
6. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
7. Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
5. Dicalcium phosphate:
(1) Dicalcium phosphate shall be white crystals or granules or granular powder or powder and as
described below, namely:-
a) Anhydrous, Max 2
b) Dihydrate 18 to 22
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(1) Phosphoric Acid shall be a clear, colourless, odourless viscous liquid and as described below,
namely:-
(2) Phosphoric acid shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1. Purity as H3PO4, per cent. by mass, Min 85
2. Nitrates, mg/kg, Max 5
3. Volatile acids, mg/kg, Max 10
4. Chlorides, mg/kg, Max 200
5. Sulphates per cent. by mass, Max 0.15
6. Chloride, mg/kg, Max 200.0
7. Fluoride, mg/kg, Max 10.0
8. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 2.0
9. Lead, mg/kg, Max 4.0
7. Citric Acid:
(1) Citric Acid shall be white or colourless, odourless, crystalline solid which in monohydrate form
effloresces in dry air and as described below, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
C6H8O7.H2O(monohydrate)
Molecular Weight 192.13 (anhydrous)
210.15 (monohydrate)
(2) Citric acid shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirement
(1) (2) (3)
1. Water insoluble matter, ppm, Max 30
2. Chloride (as Cl), ppm, Max 5
3. Calcium, ppm, Max 25
4. Tridodecylamine, ppm, Max 0.1
5. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
6. Lead, mg/kg, Max 0.5
8. Malic acid:
(1) Malic acid shall be a white to nearly white crystalline powder or granules having a strong acid
taste and as described below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1 Purity as C4H6O5 (on dry basis), per cent. by mass, 99.0
Min
2 Moisture, per cent. by mass, Max 0.3
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
3 Residue on ignition (on dry basis), per cent. by 0.1
mass, Max
4 Water insolube matter, per cent. by mass, Max 0.1
5 Fumaric acid, per cent. by mass, Max 1.0
6 Maleic acid, per cent. by mass, Max 0.05
7 Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
8 Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
9. Sodium Hydroxide:
(1) Sodium Hydroxide may be in the form of white or nearly white pellets, flakes, sticks, fused
masses or in any other form and as described below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1 Purity as NaOH, per cent. by mass, Min 95
2 Carbonate, per cent. by mass as Na2CO3, Max 3
3 Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
4 Mercury, mg/kg, Max 1.5
1. Sodium alginate:
(1) Sodium Alginate shall be white, yellowish or pale brown fibrous or granular powder and as
described below, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Common Name Sodium alginate
INS No. 401
C.A.S No. 9005-38-3
Chemical Name Sodium alginate
Empirical Formula (C6H7O6Na)n
Equivalent Weight (average) 222.00
(2) Sodium alginate shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI.No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1 Purity as (C6H7O6Na), per cent. by mass 91 to 106
2 Moisture, per cent. by mass, Max 15
3 Matter insoluble in water, per cent. by mass, Max 1
4 Viscosity of a one per cent. solution (m/m), in 30
centipoise, Min
5 Ash (on dry basis), per cent. by mass, Max 18 to 27
6 Acid insoluble ash (on dry basis), per cent. by mass, 0.5
Max
7 Lead, mg/kg, Max 5.0
8 Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
(1) Sodium Carboxymethyl Cellulose shall be a white or slightly yellowish powder consisting of
very fine particles, fine granules or fine fibers with hygroscopic nature and as described below,
namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
x = 2.00 to 2.80
x + y = 3.00
(2) Sodium Carboxymethyl Cellulose shall conform to the requirements specified in the table
below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1 Purity, as sodium carboxy methyl cellulose per cent. 99.5
by mass, Min (Purity is determined by
subtracting from 100, the
per cent.age of combined
sodium chloride and free
glycolate)
2 Degree of substitution, Max 0.20 to 1.00
3 Loss on drying, per cent. by mass, Max 10
4 Sodium chloride, on dry basis, per cent. by mass, Max 0.5
5 Free glycolate, on dry basis, per cent. by mass, Max 0.1
6 pH of 1 per cent. colloidal solution 6 to 8.5
7 Combined sodium chloride and free glycolate (on dry 0.5
basis), per cent. by mass, Max (Obtained by the simple
addition of values obtained at
SI No. (4 & 5).
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
9 Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
(1) Sodium Carboxymethyl Cellulose, Enzyme hydrolysed shall be a white or slightly yellowish or
greyish, odourless, slightly hygroscopic granular or fibrous powder and as described below,
namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
bundles consisting of thin, membranous strips or in cut, flaked, granulated, or powdered form and
shall be white to pale yellow in colour and as described below, namely:-
(2) Agar shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1 Water absorption shall pass the test as per
BIS standards
2 Moisture, per cent. by mass, Max 20
3 Total ash, per cent. by mass, Max 6.5
4 Acid insoluble ash, per cent. by mass, Max 0.5
5 Gelatin shall pass the test as per
BIS standards
6 Insoluble matter, per cent. by mass, Max 1
7 Starch and dextrins shall pass the test as per
BIS standards
8 Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
9 Lead, mg/kg, Max 5.0
5. Gum Arabic or Acacia Gum:
(a) shall be a dried gummy exudation obtained from the stems and branches of Acacia senegal (L)
wild or Acacia seyal (L) wild, or other related species of Acacia (Family Leguminosae);
(b) may contain extraneous matter like pieces of bark, but which shall be removed before use in
foods;
(c) Acacia gum (A. senegal) shall be pale white to orange brown solid, which breaks with a glassy
fracture;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(d) the best grades shall be in the form of whole, spheroidal tears of varying sizes with a matt
surface texture and when ground, the pieces are paler and have a glassy appearance;
(e) shall also be available in the form of white to yellowish-white flakes, granules, powder, roller
dried or spray dried material; and
(2) Gum Arabic shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1 Loss on drying, per cent. by mass, Max
a) Granular material 15
b) Spray dried material 10
2 Total ash, per cent. by mass, Max 4
3 Acid insoluble ash, per cent. by mass, Max 0.5
4 Insoluble matter, per cent. by mass, Max 1
5 Starch and dextrins shall pass the test as per BIS
standard
6 Tannin-bearing gums shall pass the test as per BIS
standard
7 Salmonella per g, Max Negative
8 Escherichia coli per g, Max Negative
9 Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 2.0
10 Lead, mg/kg, Max 3.0
6. Tragacanth gum:
(1) Tragacanth gum,-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(a) in raw form, is dried gummy exudation obtained from Astragalus strobiliferus or other species
of Astragalus (Fam, Leguminosae) which is a white to yellowish-white and nearly odourless
powder;
(2) Tragacanth gum shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirement
(1) (2) (3)
1 Loss on drying, per cent. by mass, Max 10
2 Total ash, per cent. by mass, Max 4
3 Acid insoluble ash, per cent. by mass, Max 0.5
4 Starch and dextrins shall pass the test as per BIS
standard
5 Tannin-bearing gums shall pass the test as per BIS
standard
6 Viscosity of a 1 per cent. solution, Min 250
7 Karaya gum test, per cent. by mass, Min shall pass the test as per BIS
standard
8 Salmonella per g, Max Negative
9 Escherichia coli per g, Max Negative
10 Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
11 Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
7. Gum Ghatti:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(1) Gum Ghatti is a dried gummy exudation obtained from Anogeissus latifolia Wall (family
Combretaceae) consisting mainly of a calcium salt (which on occasions occur as a magnesium salt)
of high molecular weight polysaccharide which on hydrolysis yields arabinose, galactose, mannose,
xylose and glucuronic acid and shall be amorphous translucent rounded tears with a glassy texture,
light brown to dark brown in colour with lighter colour giving better grade of material and
powdered material shall have grey to reddish grey colour, and as described below, namely:-
(2) Gum Ghatti shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1 Loss on drying, per cent. by mass, Max 14
2 Total ash, per cent. by mass, Max 6
3 Acid insoluble ash, per cent. by mass, Max 0.5
4 Insoluble matter, per cent. by mass, Max 10
5 Starch and dextrins shall pass the test as per BIS
standard
6 Tannin-bearing gums shall pass the test as per BIS
standard
7 Salmonella per g, Max Negative
8 Escherichia coli per g, Max Negative
9 Lead, mg/kg, Max 5.0
10 Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
8. Calcium Alginate:
(1) The calcium salt of alginic acid shall be a white to yellowish fibrous or granular powder and as
described below, namely:-
Common Name Calcium Alginate
INS No. 404
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
C.A.S No. 9005-35-0
Chemical Name Calcium alginate
Empirical Formula [(C6H706)2Ca]
Equivalent Weight (average) 219.00
(2) Calcium Alginate shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirement
(1) (2) (3)
1 Purity as [(C6H706)2Ca], per cent. by mass, on dry 90
basis, Min
2 Moisture, per cent. by mass, (on drying 15
at 105°C for 4 h), Max
3 Insoluble matter, per cent. by mass, Max 0.2
4 Ash, per cent. by mass, Max 18-27
5 Total plate count per g, Max 5000
6 Yeasts and moulds per g, Max 500
7 Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
8 Lead, mg/kg, Max 5.0
9. Alginic acid:
(1) Alginic acid shall be the hydrophilic colloidal carbohydrate extracted by the use of dilute alkali
from various species of brown seaweed (Phaeophyceae),described chemically as a linear glycurono
glycan consisting mainly of B (1-4) linked D-mannuronic and L-guluronic acid units in the
pyranose ring forms and white to yellowish-white, fibrous powder and as described below,
namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(1) (2) (3)
1 Purity as (C6H8O6)n, per cent. by mass, Min 91
2 Moisture, per cent. by mass, on drying 15
at 105°C for 4 h, Max
3 Insoluble matter, per cent. by mass, Max 0.2
4 Ash (on dry basis), per cent. by mass, Max 4
5 Acid insoluble ash (on dry basis), per cent. 0.5
by mass, Max
6 Escherichia coli Absent (in 1 g)
7 Salmonella Absent (in 10 g)
8 Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
9 Lead, mg/kg, Max 5.0
10. Guar Gum:
(1) Guar Gum shall be a white to yellowish white powder with a characteristic guar odour and as
described below, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
7 Mould and yeast count per g, Max 500
8 Escherichia coli, per g, Max Absent
9 Salmonella Absent (in 10 g)
10 Total plate count per g, Max 5000
11 Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
12 Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
11. Gum Karaya:
(1) Gum Karaya shall be a dried gummy exudation obtained from the stems and branches of
Sterculiaurens Roxb and S. Villosa Roxb of family Sterculiaceae, white to amber colour in the form
of tears of variable size or in broken irregular pieces and as described below, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Standard
12 Salmonella Negative (on 1 g)
13 E. coli Negative (on 1 g)
14 Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
15 Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(1) Polyglycerol Esters of Interesterified Ricinoleic Acid shall be a highly viscous liquids,
yellowish to brown in colour, with a typical fat-related odour and as described below, namely:-
Common Name glyceran ester of condensed castor oil fatty acids and polyglycerol
esters of polycondensed fatty acids from castor oil
INS No. 476
Chemical Name Polyglycerol Esters of Interesterified Ricinoleic Acid
(2) Polyglycerol Esters of Interesterified Ricinoleic Acid shall conform to the requirements
specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1. Hydroxyl value 80-100
2. Refractive index 1.4630 to 1.4665
3. Acid value, Max (mg KOH per g) 6
4. Iodine value, Wijs 72-103
5. Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
6. Copper and zinc, mg/kg, Max 50
7. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
14. Glycerol Esters of Wood Rosin:
(1) Glycerol Esters of Wood Rosin shall be a hard pale amber coloured resin produced by the
esterification of pale wood rosin with food grade glycerin and as described below, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
SI. No. Characteristic Requirement
(1) (2) (3)
1. Acid value (mg KOH/g) 3- 9
2. Drop softening point, 0C 88- 96
3. Hydroxyl number 15- 45
4. Lead, mg/kg, Max 1.0
5. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
15. Pectin:
(1) Pectin shall be white, yellowish, light greyish or light brownish powder and as described below,
namely:-
Common Name Pectin
INS No. 440
C.A.S No. 9000-69-5
Chemical Name Pectin
(2) Pectin shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1. Loss on drying, per cent. by mass, Max 12
2. Sulphur dioxide, mg/kg, Max 50
3. Methanol, per cent. by mass, Max 1
4. Ethanol, per cent. by mass, Max 1
5. 2-propanol, per cent. by mass, Max 1
6. Methanol, ethanol and 2-propanol, per cent. by 1
mass, Max
7. Acid insoluble ash, per cent. by mass, Max 1
8. Total insolubles, per cent. by mass, Max 3
9. Nitrogen, per cent. by mass, Max 2.5
10. Galacturonic acid, per cent. by mass on ash-free 65
and dried basis, Min
11. Degree of amidation, per cent. by mass of total 25
carboxyl groups of pectin, Max
12. Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
13. Copper, mg/kg, Max 300
14. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 5.0
16. Carrageenan :
(1) Carrageenan shall be yellowish or tan to white, coarse to fine powder that is practically
odourless and as described below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1. Loss on drying, per cent. by mass, on drying at 12
1O5 0C till constant weight, Max
2. pH(1 in 100 suspension) 8-11
3. Viscosity, at 750 C (1.5% solution), Min 5 cp
4. Sulfate, (as SO4) on the dried basis, per cent. 15 to 40
5. Total ash, on the dried basis, per cent. 15 to 40
6. Acid-insoluble ash, per cent., Max 1
7. Acid-insoluble matter, per cent., Max 2
8. Residual solvents, per cent. of ethanol, 0.1
isopropanol, or methanol, singly or in combination,
Max
9. Total (aerobic) plate count, cfu/g, Max 5000
10. Salmonella spp. Negative (per test)
11. Escherichia coli Negative (in 1 g)
12. Cadmium, mg/kg, Max 1.5
13. Mercury, mg/kg, Max 1.0
14. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
15. Lead, mg/kg, Max 5.0
3.2.12 Antioxidants:
1. Butylated hydroxyanisole
(1) Butylated hydroxy anisole shall be in the form of white or slightly yellow waxy crystalline solid
with an aromatic odour and as described below, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2. Dodecyl gallate:
(1) Dodecyl gallate shall be a creamy white waxy solid, which may have a slightly bitter taste and
as described below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirement
(1) (2) (3)
1. Purity as C19H30O5, per cent. by mass, Min 98.5
2. Moisture, per cent. by mass, Max 0.5
3. Sulphated ash, per cent. by mass, Max 0.05
4. Chlorinated organic compounds (as Cholrine) 100
mass, mg/kg, Max
5. Free acid (as gallic acid), per cent. by mass, Max 0.5
6. Specific absorption at 275 nm,
Min 300
Max 325
7. Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
3. Propyl gallate:
(1) Propyl gallate shall be a white to creamy-white crystalline, odourless solid with a slightly bitter
taste and as described below, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoic acid
Empirical Formula C10H12O5
Molecular Weight 212.21
(2) Propyl gallate shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1. Purity as C10H12O5, per cent. by mass, Min 99
2. Moisture, per cent. by mass, Max 0.5
3. Sulphated ash, per cent. by mass, Max 0.05
4. Melting range, 0C 146-150
5. Chlorinated organic compounds (as cholrine), 100
mg/kg, Max
6. Free acid (as gallic acid), per cent. by mass, Max 0.5
7. Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
8. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
4. Octyl gallate:
(1) Octyl gallate shall be a white to creamy-white odourless solid which may have a slightly bitter
taste and as described below, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2. Moisture, per cent. by mass, Max 0.5
3. Sulphated ash, per cent. by mass, Max 0.05
4. Melting range, 0C 99-102
5. Chlorinated organic compounds (as cholrine), 100
mg/kg, Max
6. Free acid (as gallic acid), per cent. by mass, Max 0.5
7. Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
8. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
5. Ascorbyl palmitate
(1) Ascorbyl palmitate shall be a white or yellowish white solid, with a citrus like odour and as
described below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirement
(1) (2) (3)
1. Purity as C22H38O7, per cent. by mass (on dry 95
basis), Min
2. Sulphated ash, per cent. by mass (on dry basis), 0.1
Max
3. Loss on drying, per cent. by mass, after drying in 2
a vacuum oven at 56-60 0C for one hour, Max
4. Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
5. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
6. Sodium ascorbate:
(1) Sodium Ascorbate shall be a white to yellowish crystalline solid and as described below,
namely:-
Common Name Sodium ascorbate
INS No. 301
C.A.S No. 134-03-2
Chemical Name Vitamin C sodium and sodium L-
ascorbate.
Empirical Formula C6H7Na06
Molecular Weight 198.11
(2) Sodium ascorbate shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1. Assay as C6H7Na06 ( on dry basis), per cent. by 99 to 101
mass
2. Loss on drying, per cent. by mass, Max, after 0.25
drying in vacuum over phosphorus pentoxide
at 600C for 4 hours
3. Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
4. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
MSG
Empirical Formula C5H804NNaH20
Molecular Weight 187.13
(2) Monosodium L-glutamate shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below,
namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1. Purity as (C5H804NNaH20), per cent. by mass, Min 99
2. Loss on drying, per cent. by mass, at 98 0C for 5h, 0.5
Max
3. Chloride, per cent. by mass, Max 0.2
4. Lead, mg/kg, Max 1.0
5. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 2.0
3.2.14 Glazing Agent:
1. Mineral Oil (low viscosity):
(1) Mineral oil, food grade is a mixture of liquid hydrocarbons, essentially parafinic and napthenic
in nature, obtained from petroleum, refined by the use of oleum, excluding the mineral oils
produced by the hydrogenation process unless they have been subsequently refined by the use of
oleum and also excluding other types of white mineral oils to which antioxidants may have been
added for technological purposes which shall be colourless, transparent oily liquid, free from
fluorescence, odourless, tasteless, and as described below, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2. Readily carbonizable substances shall pass the test as per BIS
standard
3. Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons, absorbance 0.10
at wave lengths between 260-350 nm, Max
4. Solid paraffins shall pass the test as per BIS
standard
5. Sulphurs ( as SO4) shall pass the test as per BIS
standard
6. Lead, mg/kg, Max 1.0
7. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 1.0
2. Mineral Oil (High viscosity):
(1) A mixture of highly refined paraffinic and naphthenic liquid hydrocarbons with boiling point
above 3500, obtained from mineral crude oils through various refining steps including distillation,
extraction and crystallization and subsequent purification by acid or catalytic hydro treatment
which may contain antioxidants approved for food use shall be colourless, transparent oily liquid,
free from fluorescence, odourless, tasteless and as described below, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
standard
6. Lead, mg/kg, Max 1.0
7. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 1.0
3.2.15 Humectant or Wetting Agent or Dispersing Agent:
1.Propylene glycol:
(1) Propylene Glycol shall be a clear, colourless, practically odourless, viscous liquid having a
slight characteristic taste and as described below, namely:-
Common Name Propylene glycol
INS No. 1520
C.A.S No. 57-55-6
Chemical Name 1, 2-propanediol, 1, 2 dihydroxypropane and methyl glycol
Empirical Formula C6H802
Molecular Weight 76.1
(2) Propylene glycol shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Table
SI. No. Characteristic Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
1. Purity as C6H802, per cent. by mass, Min 99.5
2. Moisture, per cent. by mass, Max 0.2
3. Acidity shall pass test as per BIS
standard
4. Sulphated ash (on dry basis), per cent. by mass, 0.007
Max
5. Presence of other polyhydroxy compounds Absent
6. Ethylene glycol Absent
7. Lead, mg/kg, Max 2.0
8. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max 3.0
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
C.A.S No. 50-70-4
Chemical Name d-sorbitol, d-glucitol, d-sorbite, d-sorbol, and 1,2,3,4,5,6-
hevanehexal
Empirical Formula C6H14O6
Molecular Weight 182.17
(2) Sorbitol shall conform to the requirements specified in the table below, namely:-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(i) Natural flavours and natural favouring substances means flavour preparations and single
substancerespectively, acceptable for human consumption, obtained exclusively by physical
processes from vegetables, for human consumption
(ii) Nature-identical flavouring substances means substances chemically isolated from aromatic
rawmaterials or obtained synthetically; they are chemically identical to substances present in
natural productsintended for human consumption, either processed or not.
(iii) Artificial flavouring substances means those substances which have not been identified in
naturalproducts intended for human consumption either processed or not;
2) Use of antioxidants, emulsifying and stabilising agents and food preservatives in flavour -
The flavouring agents may contain permitted antioxidants, emulsifying and stabilising agents
and foodpreservatives.
3) Use of anticaking agent in flavours - Synthetic amorphous silicon dioxide (INS 551) may be
used in powder flavouringsubstances to a maximum level of 2 percent.
1) Lactulose syrup may be used in special milk based infant food formulations, which is to be
taken under medical advice upto a maximum level of 0.5 per cent of final food subject to label
declaration.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2) Lactulose syrup may be used in bakery products upto 0.5 per cent maximum by weight.
3.3.3 Oligofructose
Oligofructose may be added at not more than 10 per cent of the product, in the following
products, subject to label declaration under sub-regulation 43 of regulation 2.4.5 of the Food
Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011,-
Dairy products like yoghurt, mousse, spreads, dairy based drinks (milkshakes, yoghurt drink),
cheese, pudding, cream and ice-cream, frozen desserts like non dairy ice, sorbet and fruit ice,
frozen yoghurt, flakes and ready-to-eat dry breakfast cereals, chocolate and sweets and
carbohydrate based and milk product based sweets like halwa, mysore pak, boondi laddu, jalebi,
khoyaburfi, peda, gulabjamun, rasgulla and similar milk product based sweets sold by any name;
cooked sausages, ham and meat spreads.
3.3.4 Trehalose
Trehalose may be added as an ingredient in the following foods, subject to label declaration under
sub-regulation 49 of Regulation 2.4.5 of the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling)
Regulations, 2011,-
Phyto or Plant stanol esters may be added to the following products so as to allow users to easily
restrict their consumption to maximum 3 g per day through the use of either one portion containing
maximum 3 g or three portions containing 1 g and it shall be added subject to the table declaration
under sub-regulation 48 of Regulation 2.4.5 of the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and
Labelling) Regulations, 2011:—
(i) Fat spread, milk products, milk based fruit drink, fermented milk products, soy and rice
drink, cheese products, yoghurt products, spice sauces, salad dressings, juices and
nectars.
(ii) Products containing Phyto or Plant Stanols be sold in single portions containing either
maximum 3 g or ‘maximum 1 g of Phyto or Plant Stanols, calculated as free Phyto or
Plant Stanols, and if they do not contain so, there should be a clear indication of what
constitutes a standard portion of the food, expressed in g or ml, and of the amount of
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Phyto or Plant Stanols, calculated as free Phyto or Plant Stanols, contained in such a
portion;
(a) The Phyto or Plant sterols from Non-Genetically Modified source may be used in the following
categories of food products with their use at the level not exceeding 3 g/day;-
Fat spread, milk products, milk based fruit drink, fermented milk products, soy and rice drinks,
cheese products, yoghurt products, spice sauces, salad dressings, juices and nectars, edible oils,
and bakery products
Products containing Phyto or Plant Sterols be sold in single portions containing either maximum 3
g or maximum 1g of Phyto/ Plant Sterols, calculated as free Phyto or Plant Sterols. And if they do
not contain so, there should be a clear indication of what constitutes a standard portion of the food,
expressed in g or ml, and of the amount of Phyto or Plant Sterol, calculated as free Phyto or Plant
Sterol, contained in such a portion. In all events, the composition and labelling of the products
should be such as to allow users to easily restrict their consumption to maximum 3g/day of
Phytosterols through the use of either one portion of 3g or three portions containing minimum 1g.
(b) The products referred to in sub-clause (a) shall not exceed the Acceptable Daily Intake (ADI)
for Phytosterols and shall contain the label declarations as provided in the clause 55 of sub-
regulation 2.4.5 of the Food Safety and Standards (Packaging and Labelling) Regulations, 2011.]
18[APPENDIX A:
The food category system is a tool for assigning food additive uses in these Regulations.
The food category system applies to all foodstuffs. The food category descriptors are not to be
legal product designations nor are they intended for labelling purposes. The food category
system is based on the following principles:
(a) The food category system is hierarchical, meaning that when an additive is recognised
for use in a general category, it is recognised for use in all its sub-categories, unless
otherwise stated. Similarly, when an additive is recognised for use in a sub-category, its
use is recognised in any further subcategories or individual foodstuffs mentioned in a
sub-category. The food category system is based on product descriptors of foodstuffs as
marketed, unless otherwise stated.
(b) The food category system takes into consideration the carry-over principle. By doing
so, the food category system does not need to specifically mention compound
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
foodstuffs (e.g. prepared meals, such as pizza, because they may contain, pro rata, all
the additives endorsed for use in their components), unless the compound foodstuff
needs an additive that is not endorsed for use in any of its components.
1.0 Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of food category 2.0
1.2 Fermented and renneted milk products (plain), excluding food category (dairy-based drinks)
52
[1.3.2.1 Non - dairy based beverage whitener]
1.4 Cream (plain) and the like
1.4.2 Sterilized and UHT creams, whipping and whipped creams, and reduced fat
creams(plain)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1.5 Milk powder and cream powder and powder analogues (plain)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
2.1.3 Lard, tallow, fish oil, and other animal fats
2.2.1 Butter
2.3 Fat emulsions mainly of type oil-in-water, including mixed and/or flavoured products based on
fat emulsions
2.4 Fat-based desserts excluding dairy-based dessert products of food category 1.7
4.0 Fruits and vegetables (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses and
legumes, and aloe vera), seaweeds, and nuts and seeds
4.1 Fruit
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
4.1.2.8 Fruit preparations, including pulp, purees, fruit toppings and coconut
milk
4.2 Vegetables (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses and legumes, and
aloevera), seaweeds, and nuts and seeds
4.2.1 Fresh vegetables, (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses and
legumes, and aloe vera), seaweeds and nuts and seeds
52
[4.2.1.3 Peeled, cut or shredded minimally processed vegetables [(including
mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, fresh pulses and legumes,
and aloe vera) sea weeds, nuts and seeds]]
4.2.2 Processed vegetables (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses and
legumes, and aloe vera), seaweeds, and nuts and seeds
4.2.2.1 Frozen vegetables (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers,
pulses and legumes, and aloe vera), seaweeds and nuts and seeds
4.2.2.2 Dried vegetables (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers,
pulses and legumes, and aloe vera), seaweeds, and nuts and seeds
4.2.2.3 Vegetables (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses
and legumes, and aloe vera), and seaweeds in vinegar, oil, brine, or
soybean sauce
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
4.2.2.5 Vegetable (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses
and legumes, and aloe vera), seaweed, and nut and seed purees and
spreads (e.g. peanut butter)
4.2.2.6 Vegetable (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses
and legumes, and aloe vera), seaweed, and nut and seed pulps and
preparations (e.g. vegetable desserts and sauces, candied vegetables)
other than food category 4.2.2.5
5.0 Confectionery
5.1 Cocoa products and chocolate products including imitations and chocolate substitutes
5.2 Confectionery including hard and soft candy, nougats, etc. other than food categories 5.1,5.3,
and 5.4
5.4 Decorations (e.g. for fine bakery wares), toppings (non-fruit), and sweet sauces
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
6.0 Cereals and cereal products, derived from cereal grains, from roots and tubers, pulses,
legumes and pith or soft core of palm tree, excluding bakery wares of food category 7.0
6.2.1 Flours
6.2.2 Starches
6.6 Batters
6.8 Soybean products (excluding soybean-based seasonings and condiments of food category12.9)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
6.8.5 Dehydrated soybean curd
7.1.2 Crackers
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
8.2 Processed meat and poultry products in whole pieces or cuts
8.2.1 Non-heat treated processed meat and poultry products in whole pieces or cuts
8.2.1.1 Cured (including salted) non-heat treated processed meat and poultry
products in whole pieces or cuts
8.2.3 Frozen processed meat and poultry products in whole pieces or cuts
9.0 Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
9.1 Fresh fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
9.2 Processed fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
9.2.1 Frozen fish, fish fillets, and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and
echinoderms
09.2.2 Frozen battered fish, fish fillets and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans,
and echinoderms
9.2.3 Frozen minced and creamed fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and
echinoderms
9.2.4 Cooked and/or fried fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and
echinoderms
9.2.5 Smoked, dried, fermented, and/or salted fish and fish products, including molluscs,
crustaceans, and echinoderms
9.3 Semi-preserved fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
9.3.1 Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms, marinated
and/or in jelly
9.3.2 Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans and echinoderms, pickled
and/or in brine
9.4 Fully preserved, including canned or fermented fish and fish products, including molluscs,
crustaceans, and echinoderms
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
10.2 Egg products
11.1.3 Soft white sugar, soft brown sugar, glucose syrup, dried glucose syrup, raw cane
sugar
11.1.4 Lactose
11.3 Sugar solutions and syrups, also (partially) inverted, including treacle and molasses, excluding
products of food category 11.1.3
11.4 Other sugars and syrups 11.5 Honey
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
12.0 Salts, spices, soups, sauces, salads and protein products
12.1.1 Salt
52
[12.2.1 Herbs, spices, masalas, spice mixtures including oleoresins or extracts/derivatives
thereof]
12.3 Vinegars
12.4 Mustards
12.5.1 Ready-to-eat soups and broths, including canned, bottled, and frozen
12.7 Salads and sandwich spreads excluding cocoa-and nutbasedspreads of food categories 4.2.2.5
and 5.1.3
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
12.9.2.1 Fermented soybean sauce
13.1 Infant formulae, follow-on formulae, and formulae for special medical purposes for infants
13.3 Dietetic foods intended for special medical purposes (excluding products of food category
13.1)
13.5 Dietetic foods (e.g. supplementary foods for dietary use) excluding products of food
categories13.1- 13.4 and 13.6
14.1.1 Waters
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
14.1.2.2 Vegetable juices
14.1.5 Coffee, coffee substitutes, tea, herbal infusions, and other hot cereal and grain
beverages, excluding cocoa
14.2.3.3 Fortified grape wine, grape liquor wine, and sweet grape wine
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
14.2.4 Wines (other than grape)
14.2.5 Mead
15.1 Snacks - potato, cereal, flour or starch based (from roots and tubers, pulses and legumes)
15.2 Processed nuts, including coated nuts and nut mixtures 15.3 Snacks - fish based
The examples wherever given below are only indicative and not exhaustive.
1.0 Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of food category 2.0
Includes all types of dairy products that are derived from the milk of healthy milch animal(s) (e.g.
cow, sheep,goat, and buffalo). In this category, a “plain” product is one that is not flavoured, nor
contains fruit, vegetables or other non-dairy ingredients, nor is mixed with other non-dairy
ingredients, unless permitted by relevant standards. Analogues are products in which milk fat has
been partially or wholly replaced by vegetable fats or oils.
Includes all plain and flavoured fluid milk products based on skim, part-skim, low-fat and whole
milk.
Includes plain fluid products only.Includes reconstituted plain milk that contains only dairy
ingredients.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Buttermilk is the nearly milk fat-free fluid remaining from the butter-making process (i.e. the
churning fermented or non-fermented milk and cream) and buttermilk is also produced by
fermentation of fluid skim milk, either by spontaneous souring by the action of lactic acid-forming
or aroma-forming bacteria, or by inoculation of heated milk with pure bacterial cultures (cultured
buttermilk). Buttermilk may be pasteurized or sterilized.
1.2 Fermented and renneted milk products (plain), excluding food category 1.1.2 dairy-
based drinks)
Includes all plain products based on skim, part-skim, low-fat and whole milk. Flavoured products
are included in 1.1.2 (beverages) and 1.7 (desserts).
Includes all plain products, including fluid fermented milk, acidified milk and cultured milk. Plain
yoghurt, which does not contain flavours or colours, may be found in one of the sub-categories of
1.2.1 depending on whether it is heat-treated after fermentation or not.
Products similar to that in 1.2.1.1 except those heat-treated (e.g. sterilized or pasteurized) after
fermentation.
Plain, coagulated milk produced by the action of milk coagulating enzymes which includes curdled
milk. Flavoured - renneted milk products are found in category 1.7.
Includes plain and sweetened types of condensed milk, evaporated milk, and their analogues
(including beverage whiteners) and products based on skim, part-skim, low-fat and whole milk,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
blends of evaporated skimmed milk and vegetable fat, and blends of sweetened condensed
skimmed milk and vegetable fat.
Condensed milk is obtained by partial removal of water from milk to which sugar may have been
added. For evaporated milk, the water removal may be accomplished by heating. Includes partially
dehydrated milk, evaporated milk, sweetened condensed milk, and khoya (cow or buffalo milk
concentrated by boiling).
52
[ Omition]
52
[1.3.2.1 Non-Dairy based beverage whitener]
Milk or cream substitute consisting of a vegetable fat-water emulsion in water with milk protein
and lactose or vegetable proteins for use in beverages such as coffee and tea and includes the same
type of products in powdered form. Includes condensed milk analogues, blends of evaporated
skimmed milk and vegetable fat and blends of sweetened condensed skimmed milk and vegetable
fat.
Cream is a fluid dairy product, relatively high in fat content in comparison to milk. Includes all
plain fluid, semi-fluid and semi-solid cream and cream analogue products. Flavoured cream
products are found in1.1.2 (beverages) and 1.7 (desserts).
Cream subjected to pasteurization by appropriate heat treatment or made from pasteurized milk.
Includes milk cream and “half-and-half.”
1.4.2 Sterilized and UHT creams, whipping and whipped creams, and reduced fat creams
(plain)
Includes every cream, regardless of fat content, which has undergone a higher heat-treatment than
pasteurization, pasteurized creams with a reduced fat content, as well as every cream intended for
whipping or being whipped. Sterilized cream is subjected to appropriate heat-treatment in the
container in which it is presented to the consumer. Ultra-heat treated (UHT) or ultra-pasteurized
cream is subjected to the appropriate heat treatment (UHT or ultra-pasteurization) in a continuous
flow process and aseptically packaged. Cream may also be packaged under pressure (whipped
cream). Includes whipping cream, heavy cream, whipped pasteurized cream, and whipped cream-
type dairy toppings and fillings. Creams or toppings with partial or total replacement of milk fat by
other fats are included in sub-category 1.4.4 (cream analogues).
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1.4.3 Clotted cream (plain)
Thickened, viscous cream formed from the action of milk coagulating enzymes. Includes sour
cream (cream subjected to lactic acid fermentation achieved as described for buttermilk (1.1.1.2).
Cream substitute consisting of a vegetable fat-water emulsion in liquid or powdered form for use
other than as a beverage whitener (1.3.2).Includes instant whipped cream toppings and sour cream
substitutes.
1.5 Milk powder and cream powder and powder analogues (plain)
Includes plain milk powders, cream powders, or combination of the two, and their
analogues.Includes products based on skim, part-skim, low-fat and whole milk.
Milk products obtained by partial removal of water from milk or cream and produced in a
powdered form. Includes casein and caseinates.
52
[1.5.1.1 Dairy based dairy whitener
Milk or cream constituting of milk protein and lactose]
Products based on a fat-water emulsion and dried for use other than as a beverage whitener
(1.3.2).Examples include imitation dry cream mix and blends of skimmed milk and vegetable fat in
powdered form.
Cheese and cheese analogues are products that have water and fat included within a coagulated
milkproteinstructure. Products such as cheese sauce (12.6.2), cheese-flavoured snacks (15.1), and
composite prepared foods containing cheese as an ingredient (e.g. macaroni and cheese; 16.0) are
categorized elsewhere.
Unripened cheese, including fresh cheese, is ready for consumption soon after manufacture. Such
as cottage cheese (a soft, unripened, coagulated curd cheese), creamed cottage cheese (cottage
cheese covered with a creaming mixture), cream cheese (rahmfrischkase, an uncured, soft
spreadable cheese) mozzarella and scamorza cheeses and paneer (milk protein coagulated by the
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
addition of citric acid from lemon or lime juice or of lactic acid from whey, that is strained into a
solid mass, and is used in vegetarian versions of, e.g. hamburgers). Includes the whole unripened
cheese and unripened cheese rind (for those unripened cheeses with a “skin” such as mozzarella).
Most products are plain, however, some such as cottage cheese and cream cheese, may be
flavoured or contain ingredients such as fruit, vegetablesor meat. Excludes ripened cream cheese,
where cream is a qualifier for a high fat content.
Ripened cheese is not ready for consumption soon after manufacture, but is held under such time
and temperature conditions so as to allow the necessary biochemical and physical changes that
characterize the specific cheese. For mould-ripened cheese, the ripening is accomplished primarily
by the development of characteristic mould growth throughout the interior and/or on the surface of
the cheese. Ripened cheese may be soft (e.g. camembert), firm (e.g. edam, gouda), hard (e.g.
cheddar), or extra-hard and includes cheese in brine, which is a ripened semi-hard to soft cheese,
white to yellowish in colour with a compact texture, and Without actual rind that has been
preserved in brine until presented to the consumer.
Refers to ripened (including mould-ripened) cheese, including rind, or any part thereof, such as cut,
shredded, grated or sliced cheesesuch as blue cheese, brie, gouda, havarti, hard grating cheese, and
Swiss cheese.
Dehydrated product prepared from a variety or processed cheese. Does not include grated or
shredded cheese (1.6.2.1 for variety cheese; 1.6.4 for processed cheese). Product is intended either
to be reconstituted with milk or water to prepare a sauce, or used as-is as an ingredient (e.g. with
cooked macaroni, milk and butter to prepare a macaroni and cheese casserole). Includes spray-dried
cheese.
A solid or semi-solid product obtained by concentration of whey with or without the addition of
milk, cream or other materials of milk origin and moulding of the concentrated product which
includes the whole cheese and the rind of the cheese and it is different from whey protein cheese
(1.6.6).
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1.6.4 Processed cheese
Product with a very long shelf life obtained by melting and emulsifying cheese which includes
products manufactured by heating and emulsifying mixtures of cheese, milk fat, milk protein, milk
powder, and water indifferent amounts. Products may contain other added ingredients, such as
aromas, seasonings and fruit, vegetables and/or meat. Product may be spreadable or cut into slices
and pieces. The term “processed” does not mean cutting, grating, shredding, etc. of cheese. Cheeses
treated by these mechanical processesare included under food category 1.6.2 (Ripened cheese).
Processed cheese product that does not contain added flavours, seasonings, fruit, vegetables and/or
meat.Examples include American cheese, Requeson etc.
1.6.4.2 Flavoured processed cheese, including containing fruit, vegetables, meat, etc.
Processed cheese product that contains added flavours, seasonings, fruit, vegetables and/or meat
such asNeufchatel cheese spread with vegetables, pepper jack cheese, cheddar cheese spread with
wine, and cheese balls (formed processed cheese coated in nuts, herbs or spices).
Products that look like cheese, but in which milk fat has been partly or completely replaced by
other fats which includes imitation cheese, imitation cheese mixes, and imitation cheese powders.
Product containing the protein extracted from the whey component of milk. These products are
principally made by coagulation of whey proteins. Example: ricotta cheese. It is different from
whey cheese (1.6.3).
Includes ready-to-eat flavoured dairy dessert products and dessert mixes, frozen dairy confections
and novelties, and dairy-based fillings. Includes flavoured yoghurt (a milk product obtained by
fermentation of milk and milk products to which flavours and ingredients (e.g. fruit, cocoa, coffee)
have been added) that may or may not be heat-treated after fermentation. Other examples include
ice cream (frozen dessert that may contain whole milk, skim milk products, cream or butter, sugar,
vegetable oil, egg products, and fruit,cocoa, or coffee), ice milk (product similar to ice cream with
reduced whole or skim milk content, or made withnon-fat milk), jellied milk, frozen flavoured
yoghurt, junket (sweet custard-like dessert made from flavoured milk set with rennet), dulce de
leche (cooked milk with sugar and added ingredients such as coconut or chocolate),butterscotch
pudding and chocolate mousse. Includes traditional milk-based sweets prepared from milk
concentrated partially, from khoya (cow or buffalo milk concentrated by boiling), or chhena(cow or
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
buffalo milk, heat coagulated aided by acids like citric acid, lactic acid, malic acid, etc), sugar
orsynthetic sweetener, and other ingredients (e.g. maida (refined wheat flour), flavours and colours
(e.g. peda,burfee, milk cake, gulab jamun, rasgulla, rasmalai, basundi). These products are different
from those in food category3.0 (edible ices, including sherbet and sorbet) in that the foods in
category 1.7 are dairy-based, while those in 3.0 are water-based and contain no dairy ingredients.
Whey is the fluid separated from the curd after coagulation of milk, cream, skimmed milk or
buttermilk with milk coagulating enzymes during the manufacture of cheese, casein or similar
products. Acid whey is obtained after the coagulation of milk, cream, skimmed milk or buttermilk,
mainly with acids of the type used for the manufacture of fresh cheese.
Whey powders are prepared by spray- or roller-drying whey or acid whey from which the major
portion of themilkfat has been removed.
Includes all fat-based products that are derived from vegetable, animal or marine sources, or their
mixtures.
Edible fats and oils are foods composed mainly of triglycerides of fatty acids from vegetable,
animal or marine sources.
The milk fat products anhydrous milk fat, anhydrous butter oil and butter oil are products derived
exclusively from milk and/or products obtained from milk by a process that almost completely
removes water and nonfatsolids. Ghee is a product obtained exclusively from milk, cream or butter
by a process that almost completely removes water and non-fat solids; it has a specially developed
flavour and physical structure.
Edible fats and oils obtained from edible plant sources. Products may be from a single plant source
or marketed and used as blended oils that are generally designated as edible, cooking, frying, table
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
or salad oils. Virgin oils are obtained by mechanical means (e.g. pressing or expelling), with
application of heat only so as not to alter the natural composition of the oil. Virgin oils are suitable
for consumption in the natural state. Cold pressed oils are obtained by mechanical means without
application of heat. Examples include virgin olive oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, and vanaspati.
All animal fats and oils should be derived from animals in good health at the time of slaughter and
intended for human consumption.
Include all emulsified products excluding fat-based counterparts of dairy products and dairy
desserts.
2.2.1 Butter
Butter is a fatty product consisting of a primarily water-in-oil emulsion derived exclusively from
milk or products obtained from milk or both.
Includes fat spreads (emulsions principally of the type water and edible fats and oils), dairy fat
spreads (emulsions principally of the type water-in-milk fat), and blended spreads (fat spreads
blended with higher amounts of milk fat)such as margarine (a spreadable or fluid water-in-oil
emulsion produced mainly from edible fats and oils); products derived from butter (e.g. “butterine,”
a spreadable butter blend with vegetable oils), blends of butter and margarine; and minarine (a
spreadable water-in-oil emulsion produced principally from water and edible fats and oils that are
not solely derived from milk). Also includes reduced fat-based products derived from milk fat or
from animal or vegetable fats, including reduced-fat counterparts of butter, margarine, and their
mixtures.
2.3 Fat emulsions mainly of type oil-in-water, including mixed and/or flavoured products
based on fat emulsions
Includes fat-based counterparts of dairy-based foods excluding dessert products. The fat portion of
these products are derived from sources other than milk fat (e.g. vegetable fats and oils) such as
imitation milk (a fat-substituted milk produced from non-fat milk solids by addition of vegetable
fats (coconut, safflower or corn oil)); non-dairy whipped cream; non-dairy toppings; and vegetable
cream. Mayonnaise is included in food category 12.6.1.
2.4 Fat-based desserts excluding dairy-based dessert products of food category 1.7
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Includes fat-based counterparts of dairy-based desserts, which are found in category 1.7.Includes
ready-to-eat products and their mixes, cocoa based spreads including fillings. Also includes non-
dairy fillings for desserts. Examples include ice cream-like products made with vegetable fats
This category includes water-based frozen desserts, confections and novelties, such as fruit sorbet,
and flavoured ice. Frozen desserts containing primarily dairy ingredients are included in food
category1.7.
4.0 Fruits and vegetables (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses and
legumes, and aloe vera), seaweeds, and nuts and seeds
This major category is divided into two categories: 4.1(Fruit) and 4.2 (Vegetables (including
mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses and legumes, and aloe vera), seaweeds, and nuts and
seeds). Each of these categories is further divided into sub-categories for fresh and processed
products.
4.1 Fruits
The surfaces of certain fresh fruit are coated with glazes or waxes or are treated with other food
additives that act as protective coatings and/or help to preserve the freshness and quality of the fruit
such as apples, oranges, dates, and longans.
Fresh fruit that is cut or peeled and presented to the consumer, e.g. in a fruit saladand includes fresh
shredded or flaked coconut.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Includes all forms of processing other than peeling, cutting and surface treating fresh fruits.
Fruits that may or may not be blanched prior to freezing. The product may be frozen in a juice or
sugar syrup. Such as frozen fruit salad and frozen strawberries.
4.1.2.2 Dried fruits, nuts and seeds
Fruit from which water is removed to prevent microbial growth which includes dried fruit leathers
(fruit rolls)prepared by drying fruit purees. Such as cashew nut, almond, raisins, dried apple slices,
figs, copra (dried coconut whole or cut), dried shredded or flaked coconut, prunes, dehydrated fruits
etc.
Includes pickled products such as mango pickles, lime pickles, pickled gooseberries, plumsand
pickled watermelon rind. Oriental pickled (“cured” or “preserved”) fruit products are sometimes
referred to as “candied” fruits. These are not the candied fruit products of category 4.1.2.7 (i.e.
dried, sugar coated fruits).
Fully preserved product in which fresh fruit is cleaned and placed in cans or jars with natural juice
or sugar syrup (including artificially sweetened syrup) and heat-sterilized or pasteurized. Includes
products processed in retort pouches such as canned fruit salad, and applesauce in jars.
Jams, preserves and conserves are thick, spreadable products prepared by boiling whole fruit or
pieces of fruit, fruit pulp or puree, with or without fruit juice or concentrated fruit juice, and sugar
to thicken, and to which pectin and fruit pieces may be added. Jelly is a clear spreadable product
prepared similarly to jam, except that it is has a smoother consistency and does not contain fruit
pieces. Marmalade is a thick spreadable fruit slurry prepared from whole fruit, fruit pulp or puree
(usually citrus), and boiled with sugar to thicken, to which pectin and fruit pieces and fruit peel
pieces may be added. Includes dietetic counterparts made with non-nutritive high-intensity
sweeteners. Examples include orange marmalade, grape jelly, and strawberry jam.
4.1.2.6 Fruit-based spreads (e.g. chutney) excluding products of food category 4.1.2.5
Includes fruit based spreads, condiment-type fruit products such as mango chutney, raisinchutney,
fruit and vegetables chutneys and their mixes (dry or paste form).
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Includes glazed fruits (fruits treated with a sugar solution and dried), candied fruits (dried glazed
fruit immersed in a sugar solution and dried so that the fruit is covered by a candy-like sugar shell),
and crystallized fruit is prepared (dried glazed fruit rolled in icing or granulated sugar and dried).
4.1.2.8 Fruit preparations, including pulp, purees, fruit toppings and coconut milk
Fruit pulp is not usually intended for direct consumption. It isaslurry of lightly steamed and strained
fresh fruit, with or without added preservatives. Fruit puree (e.g. mango puree, prune puree) is
produced in the same way, but has a smoother, finer texture, and may be used as fillings for
pastries, but is not limited to this use. Fruit sauce (e.g. pineapple sauce or strawberry sauce) is made
from boiled fruit pulp with or without added sweeteners and may contain fruit pieces. Fruit sauce
may be used as toppings for fine bakery wares and ice cream sundaes. Fruit syrup (e.g. blueberry
syrup) is a more liquid form of fruit sauce that may be used as a topping e.g. for pancakes. Non-
fruit toppings are included in category 5.4 (sugar- and chocolate-based toppings) and sugar syrups
(e.g. maple syrup) are included in category 11.4. Coconut milk and coconut cream are products
prepared using a significant amount of separated, whole, disintegrated, macerated or comminuted
fresh endosperm (kernel) of coconut palm and expelled, where most filterablefibers and residues
are excluded, with or without coconut water, and/or with additional water. Coconut milk and
coconut cream are treated by heat pasteurization, sterilization or ultrahigh temperature (UHT)
processes. Coconut milk and coconut cream may also be produced in concentrated or skim (or
“light”)forms. Examples of traditional foods in this sub-category are tamarind concentrate (clean
extract of tamarind fruit with not less than 65% total soluble solids), tamarind powder (tamarind
paste mixed with tapioca starch), tamarind toffee (mixture of tamarind pulp, sugar, milk solids,
antioxidants, flavours, stabilizers and preservatives), and fruit bars (a mixture of fruit (mango,
pineapple, or guava) pulp mixed with sugar, flavours and preservatives, dried into a sheet).
Includes ready-to-eat products and mixes. Includes rote gruze, frutgrod, fruit compote, nata de
coco, and mitsumame (desserts of agar jelly, fruit pieces and syrup) etc. This category does not
include fine bakery wares containing fruit (categories 7.2.1 and 7.2.2), fruit-flavoured edible ices
(category 3.0), or fruit-containing frozen dairy desserts (category 1.7).
Type of pickled product produced by preservation in salt by lactic acid fermentation. Examples
include fermented plums, amla/mango pickles etc.
Includes ready-to-eat products and mixes and all type of fillings excluding purees (category4.1.2.8).
These fillings usually include whole fruit or fruit pieces such as cherry pie filling and raisin filling
for oatmeal cookies.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
4.1.2.12 Cooked fruits
Fruit that is steamed, boiled, baked, or fried, with or without a coating, for presentation to the
consumer such as baked apples, fried apple rings, and peach dumplings (baked peaches with a
sweet dough covering).
4.2 Vegetables (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses and legumes, and
aloe vera), seaweeds, and nuts and seeds
4.2.1 Fresh vegetables (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses and legumes,
and aloe vera), seaweeds, and nuts and seeds
4.2.1.1 Untreated fresh vegetables (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses
and legumes (including soybeans), and aloe vera), seaweeds, and nuts and seeds
4.2.1.2 Surface-treated fresh vegetables (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers,
pulses and legumes, and aloe vera), seaweeds, and nuts and seeds
The surfaces of certain fresh vegetables are coated with glazes or waxes or are treated with other
food additives that act as protective coatings and/or help to preserve the freshness and quality of the
vegetable such as avocados, cucumbers, green peppers and pistachio nuts.
Fresh vegetables, e.g. peeled raw potatoes that are presented to the consumer to be cooked at home
(e.g.in the preparation of hash brown potatoes).
4.2.2 Processed vegetables (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses and
legumes, and aloe vera), seaweeds, and nuts and seeds
Includes all forms of processing other than peeling, cutting and surface treating of fresh vegetables.
4.2.2.1 Frozen vegetables (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses and
legumes, and aloe vera), seaweeds, and nuts and seeds
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Fresh vegetables are usually blanched and frozen. Examples include quick-frozen corn, quick-
frozen French-fried potatoes, quick frozen peas, and quick frozen whole processed tomatoes.
4.2.2.2 Dried vegetables (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses and
legumes, and aloe vera), seaweeds, and nuts and seeds
Products in which the natural water content has been reduced below that critical for growth of
microorganismswithout affecting the important nutrients. The product may or may not be intended
for rehydration prior to consumption. Includes vegetable powders that are obtained from drying the
juice, such as tomato powder and beet powder etc such as dried potato flakes, dehydrated carrots or
peas or cabbage or mushroom or spinach leaf or lentil etc.
4.2.2.3 Vegetables (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses and legumes,
and aloe vera) and seaweeds in vinegar, oil, brine, or soybean sauce
Products prepared by treating raw vegetables with salt solution excluding fermented
soybeanproducts. Fermented vegetables, which are a type of pickled product, are classified
in4.2.2.7. Fermented soybean products are classified in 6.8.6, 6.8.7, 12.9.1, 12.9.2.1 and 12.9.2.3
such as pickled cabbage, pickled cucumber, olives, pickled onions, mushrooms in oil, marinated
artichoke hearts, acharetc.Other examples include pickled ginger, pickled garlic, and chilli pickles
etc.
4.2.2.4 Canned or bottled (pasteurized) or retort pouch vegetables (including mushrooms and
fungi, roots and tubers, pulses and legumes, and aloe vera), and seaweeds
Fully preserved product in which fresh vegetables are cleaned, blanched, and placed in cans or jars
in liquid(e.g. brine, water, oil or sauce), and heat-sterilized or pasteurized such as canned peas,
canned baby corn, asparagus packed in glass jars, canned and/or cooked/baked beans, canned
tomato paste/ puree (low acid), and canned tomatoes (pieces, wedges or whole), canned
mushrooms, canned chestnuts etc.
4.2.2.5 Vegetable (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses and legumes, and
aloe vera), seaweed, and nut and seed purees and spreads (e.g. peanut butter)
Vegetable purees are finely dispersed slurries prepared from the concentration of vegetables, which
may have been previously heat-treated (e.g. steamed). The slurries may be filtered prior to
packaging. Purees contain lower amounts of solids than pastes (found in category 4.2.2.6).
Examples include tomato puree, peanut butter (a spreadable paste made from roasted and ground
peanuts by the addition of peanut oil) and other nut butters (e.g. cashew butter) etc.
4.2.2.6 Vegetable (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses and legumes, and
aloe vera), seaweed, and nut and seed pulps and preparations (e.g. vegetable desserts and
sauces, candied vegetables) other than food category 4.2.2.5
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Vegetable pastes and pulps are prepared as described for vegetable purees (category 4.2.2.5).
However, pastes and pulps have a higher amount of solids, and are usually used as components of
other foods (e.g. sauces)such as potato pulp, horseradish pulp, aloe extract, salsa (e.g. chopped
tomato, onion, peppers, spices and herbs), sweet red bean paste (an), sweet coffee bean paste
(filling), tomato paste, tomato pulp, tomato sauce, crystallized ginger, and bean-based vegetable
dessert, sweets (vegetable based):- carrot halwa (gajar halwa/ gajrela), lauki halwa, coconut based
sweets like coconut burfee, kaju based sweets etc.
4.2.2.7 Fermented vegetable (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses and
legumes, and aloe vera) and seaweed products, excluding fermented soybean products of food
category 6.8.6, 6.8.7, 12.9.1, 12.9.2.1 and 12.9.2.3
Fermented vegetables are a type of pickled product, formed by the action of lactic acid bacteria,
usually in the presence of salt. Traditional Oriental fermented vegetable products are prepared by
air-drying vegetables and exposing them to ambient temperatures so as to allow the
microorganisms to flourish; the vegetables are then sealed in an anaerobic environment and salt (to
generate lactic acid), spices and seasonings are added such as achar, pickled cabbage or carrot or
cauliflower, pickled cucumber, olives, pickled onions, mushrooms in oil, marinated artichoke
hearts, piccalilli, lemon pickles, soybean sauce-pickled vegetables , vinegar-pickled vegetables,
brine-pickled vegetables, pickled ginger, pickled garlic, and chilli pickles, red pepper paste,
fermented vegetable products, kimchi and sauerkraut (fermented cabbage) etc. Excludes fermented
soybean products that are found in food categories6.8.6 (fermented soybeans (e.g. natto and tempe),
6.8.7 (fermented soybean curd), 12.9.1(fermented soybean paste e.g. miso), 12.9.2.1 (fermented
soybean sauce), and 12.9.2.3 (other soybean sauce) etc.
4.2.2.8 Cooked or fried vegetables (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers, pulses
and legumes, and aloe vera) and seaweeds
Vegetables those are steamed, boiled, baked, or fried, with or without a coating, for presentation to
the consumer such as simmered beans, pre-fried potatoes, fried okra, and ready-to-eat curries like
paneer makhani, kadhaipaneer, palakpaneer, baigan-ka-bharta, alootamatar, mixed vegetable, dal
makhani, frozen curried vegetables /ready-to-eat vegetables; vegetable gravies, vegetables boiled
down in soy sauceetc.
5.0 Confectionery
Includes all cocoa and chocolate products (5.1), other confectionery products that may or may not
contain cocoa (5.2), chewing gum (5.3), and decorations and icings (5.4), or foods produced solely
with any combination of foods conforming to these sub-categories.
5.1 Cocoa products and chocolate products including imitations and chocolate substitutes
This category is divided to reflect the variety of standardized and non-standardized cocoa- and
chocolatebasedproducts.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
5.1.1 Cocoa mixes (powders) and cocoa mass/cake
Includes a variety of products that are used in the manufacture of other chocolate products or in the
preparation of cocoa-based beverages. Most cocoa products have their origin in the cocoa nib,
which is obtained from cocoa beans that have been cleaned and freed from the shells. Cocoa mass
is obtained from the mechanical disintegration of the nib. Depending on the desired finished
chocolate product, the cocoa nib or mass may be treated by an alkalinization process that mellows
the flavour. Cocoa dust is the fraction of the cocoa bean produced as a product during winnowing
and degerming. Cocoa powder is produced byreducing the fat content of cocoa mass or liquor by
pressing (including expeller pressing) and molding into cocoa press cake. The cocoa press cake is
disintegrated and ground to cocoa powder. Cocoa liquor is ahomogeneous flowing paste produced
from cocoa nib, which has been roasted, dried, disintegrated and milled. Cocoa-sugar mixtures
contain only cocoa powder and sugar. Chocolate powder for beverages is made from cocoa liquor
or cocoa powder and sugar etc.Examples include drinking chocolate powder; breakfast cocoa;
cocoa dust (fines), nibs, mass, press cake;chocolate liquor; cocoa mixes (powders for preparing the
hot beverage); cocoa-sugar mixture; and dry mixes for sugar-cocoa confectionery. Finished cocoa
beverages and chocolate milk are included in category 1.1.2, and most finished chocolate products
are included in category 5.1.4.
Products that may be produced by adding a bacterial amylase to cocoa liquor. The enzyme prevents
the syrup from thickening or setting by solubilizing and dextrinizing cocoa starch. Includes
products such as chocolate syrup used to prepare chocolate milk or hot chocolate. Chocolate syrup
differs from fudge sauce(e.g. for ice cream sundaes), which is found in category 5.4.
Chocolate is produced from cocoa nibs, mass, press cake, powder, or liquor with or without
addition of sugar, cocoa butter, aroma or flavouring substances, and optional ingredients (e.g. nuts).
This category is for chocolate as defined in these regulations, and for confectionery that uses
chocolate that meets the standard and may contain other ingredients, for example chocolate-
covered nuts and fruit (e.g. raisins). This category includes only the chocolate portion of any
confectionery within the scope of food category 5.2. Examples include cocoabutter confectionery
(composed of cocoa butter, milk solids and sugar), white chocolate, chocolate chips, milk
chocolate, cream chocolate, sweet chocolate, bitter chocolate, enrobing chocolate, chocolate
covered in a sugar-based “shell” or with coloured decorations, filled chocolate (chocolate with a
texturally distinctcentre and external coating, excluding flour confectionery and pastry products of
categories 7.2.1and 7.2.2) and chocolate with added edible ingredients. This category does not
include yoghurt-, cereal-, and honey-covered nuts (category 15.2).
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
52[5.1.4 Imitation chocolate, chocolate substitute products]
Includes chocolate-like products that may or may not be cocoa-based, but have similar
organolepticproperties as chocolate, such as carob chips, and cocoa-based products that contain
greater than 5% vegetable fat (other than cocoa butter) that are excluded from the scope of the
Standard for Chocolate. These chocolate-like products may contain additional optional ingredients
and may include filled confectionery. This category includes only the chocolate-like portion of any
confectionery within the scope of food category 5.2.
5.2 Confectionery including hard and soft candy, nougats, etc. other than food categories 5.1,
5.3, and 5.4
Includes all types of products that primarily contain sugar and their dietetic counterparts, and may
or may not containcocoa.Includes hard candy (5.2.1), soft candy (5.2.2), and nougats and marzipans
(5.2.3).
52
[5.2.1 Hard candy
Products made from water and sugar (simple syrup), colour and flavour that may or may not have a
filling, their dietetic counterparts, and products that may or may not contain cocoa. Includes:
pastilles and lozenges (rolled, shaped and filled sweetened candy). These types of products may be
used as fillings for chocolate products within the scope of food categories 5.1.3 and 5.1.4.
Products include soft, chewy products such as caramels (containing sugar syrup, fats, colour and
flavour)and their dietetic counterparts; products that may or may not contain cocoa and milk (e.g.
toffees and chocolate-flavoured caramels); jelly-based candies (e.g. jelly beans, jellied fruit paste
covered in sugar, made from pectin, colour and flavour); and licorice. Also included are halwa, and
oriental specialties, such as sweet bean jelly etc. These types of products may be used as fillings for
chocolate products within the scope of food categories 5.1.3 and 5.1.4.
Nougats consist of roasted ground nuts, sugar and cocoa and their dietetic counterparts, that may be
consumed as is, or may be used as a filling for chocolate products within the scope of food
categories 5.1.3 and 5.1.4. Marzipan consists of almond paste and sugar and their dietetic
counterparts that may be shaped and coloured for direct consumption, or may be used as a filling
for chocolate products within the scope of food categories 5.1.3 and 5.1.4.]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Product made from natural or synthetic gum base containing flavours, sweeteners (nutritive or non-
nutritive), aroma compounds, and other additives. Includes bubble gum and breath-freshener gum
products.
Includes ready-to-eat icings and frostings for cakes, cookies, pies and bread and flour
confectionery, as well as mixes for these products. Also includes sugar- and chocolate-based
coatings for baked goods. Sweet sauces and toppings include butterscotch sauce for use, e.g. on ice
cream. These sweet sauces are different than the syrups (e.g. maple, caramel, and flavoured syrups
for fine bakery wares and ices) included in category 11.4. Fruit-based toppings are included in
4.1.2.8. Chocolate sauce is included in 5.1.2.
6.0 Cereals and cereal products derived from cereal grains, roots and tubers, pulses, legumes
and pith or soft core of palm tree, excluding bakery wares of food category 7.0
Includes unprocessed (6.1) and various processed forms of cereal and cereal-based products.
Includes whole, husked, unprocessed cereals and grains. Examples include rice (including enriched,
instant and parboiled), wheat, corn (maize), sorghum, barley, oats, millets, dried peas or legumes
etc.
The basic milled products of cereal grains, roots, tubers, pulses, pith or softy core of palm tree or
legumes sold as such or used as ingredients (e.g. in baked goods).
6.2.1 Flour
Flour is produced from the milling of grain, cereals and tubers (e.g. cassava) and seeds, pith or soft
core of palm tree. Includes flour pastes for bread and flour confectionery, flour for bread, pastries,
noodles and pasta, and flour mixes (physical mixtures of flours from different cereal or grain
sources, which are different from mixes for bakery goods (dry mixes containing flour and other
ingredients, categories 7.1.6 (mixes for ordinary bakery wares) and 7.2.3 (mixes for fine bakery
wares) such as Atta, besan, suji, durum wheat flour, self-rising flour, enriched flour, instantized
flour, corn flour, corn meal, kuttu-ka-atta, singhade-ka-atta, roasted soybean flour,konjac flour, and
maida (refined wheat flour) and sago flour.
6.2.2 Starches
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Starch is a glucose polymer occurring in granular form in certain plant species, notably seeds (e.g.
cereals, pulses, corn, wheat, rice, beans, peas) and tubers (e.g. tapioca, potato). The polymer
consists of linkedanhydro-alpha-D-glucose units. Native starch is separated by processes that are
specific for each raw material.
Includes all ready-to-eat, instant, and regular hot breakfast cereal products. Examples include
granola-type breakfast cereals, instant oatmeal, corn flakes, puffed wheat or rice or other cereals
(puffed, pounded, popped) like poha, kheel, popcorn, multi-grain (e.g. rice, wheat and corn)
breakfast cereals, breakfast cereals made from soy or bran, and extruded-type breakfast cereals
made from grain flour or powder etc.
Includes all pasta, noodles and similar products e.g. rice paper, rice vermicelli, soybean pastas and
noodles.
Products that are untreated (i.e. not heated, boiled, steamed, cooked, pre-gelatinized or frozen) and
are no dehydrated. These products are intended to be consumed soon after preparation. Examples
include unboiled noodles, and “skins” or crusts for spring rolls, wontons, and shuo mai.
Products that are untreated (i.e. not heated, boiled, steamed, cooked, pre-gelatinized or frozen) and
are dehydrated. Examples include dried forms of: spaghetti, bean vermicelli, rice vermicelli,
macaroni, and rice noodles.
Products that are treated (i.e. heated, boiled, steamed, cooked, pre-gelatinized or frozen). These
products may be sold directly to the consumer (e.g. pre-cooked, chilled gnocchi to be heated prior
to consumption), or may be the starch component of prepared meals (e.g. heat-and-serve frozen
dinner entrees containing spaghetti, macaroni or noodles; canned spaghetti and meatballs entrée).
Also includes instant noodles, e.g. pre-cooked ramen, udon, rice noodles, that are pre-gelatinized,
heated and dried prior to sale to the consumer.
Dessert products containing cereal, starch or grain as the main ingredient. Also includes cereal- or
starch based fillings for desserts such as rice pudding, semolina pudding, tapioca pudding, gujiya,
balusahi, soan-papdi, patisa, malpua, and starchy pudding based desserts, cereal based desserts, suji
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
or moong dal halwa, jalebi, boondiladdoo, motichoorladdoo, mysorepak, emarti, modak,rice
flourdumplings, steamed yeast-fermented wheat flour dough desserts, starchy pudding based
dessertsetc.
6.6 Batters
Products containing flaked or ground cereal or grain that when combined with other ingredients
(e.g. water, milk, egg, fats, milk solids, spices, seasonings etc.)may be used as a coating for fish or
poultry and includes products sold as dry mix of cereal or grain component. Examples include idli
or vada or dosa batters, upma, idli or vada or dosa mixes, pongal mix, sattu, etc., batters for
breading or batters for fish or poultry etc. Doughs (e.g. for bread) are found in 7.1.4, and other
mixes (e.g. for bread or cakes) are found in 7.1.6 and 7.2.3, respectively.
Fermented or non fermented products prepared from cereals and/or pulse. Including processed
cereals, cereal or malt-based food or beverage and/or pulse and enriched cereals and/or pulse
products, such as poha, upma, idli, vada, dhokla, khandvi, papad etc. Products prepared from rice
that is soaked, drained, steamed, kneaded and shaped into cake forms. Crisp snacks made from rice
grains, also called “rice cakes” are categorized in 15.1, and dessert-type rice cakes are in 6.5.
Category 6.7 would also include processed rice and enriched rice products, such as pre-cooked
products that are sold canned, chilled or frozen; and processed rice products sold in retort pouches.
This is to distinguish from category 6.1 (Whole, broken, or flaked grain, including rice) that is
intended to include only whole, husked, unprocessed cereals and grains.
6.8 Soybean products (excluding soybean-based seasonings, and condiments of food category
12.9)
Includes dried, cooked, fried or fermented soybean products, and soybean curd products.
Products prepared from dried soybeans that are soaked in water, pureed, boiled and strained, or
prepared fromsoybean flour, soybean concentrate, or soybean isolate. Also includes soybean
products, such as soybean-based beverage powder.
Film formed on the surface of boiling soybean-based beverage that is dried. It may be deep-fried or
softened in water prior to use in soups or poached food.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Soybean curd is prepared from dried soybeans that are soaked in water, pureed, and strained to
produce soybean-based beverages, which is then made into a curd with a coagulant, and placed in a
mould. Soybean curds may be of a variety of textures (e.g. soft, semi-firm, firm).
Soybean curd that has been pressed while being moulded into blocks so that some moisture has
been removed, but so that it is not completely dried (see food category 6.8.5). Semi-dehydrated
soybeancurd typically contains 62% water, and has a chewy texture.
Partially dehydrated soybean curd that is cooked (stewed) with a thick sauce (e.g. miso sauce). The
partially dehydratedsoybean curd typically absorbs the sauce, and so regains its original texture.
Partially dehydrated soybean curd that is deep-fried. It may be consumed as such, or cooked (e.g.
stewed in sauce) after frying.
6.8.4.3 Semi-dehydrated soybean curd, other than food categories 6.8.4.1 and 6.8.4.2
Partially dehydrated soybean curd prepared other than by stewing in thick (e.g. miso) sauce or by
deepfrying.Includes grilled products and mashed products that may be combined with other
ingredients (e.g. to make a patty or a loaf).
Soybean curd from which all moisture has been removed through the process of freezing, aging,
and dehydrating. It may be reconstituted with water or sauce for consumption, or is used directly in
prepared dishes. It may also be deep-fried or simmered in sauce.
The product is prepared from soybeans that have been steamed and fermented with certain fungi or
bacteria (starter). The soft, whole beans have a distinctive aroma and taste. It includes products
such as Kinema (Darjeeling hills and Sikkim), Turangbai (Meghalaya), Bekang (Mizoram),
Peruyyan (Arunachal Pradesh), Hawaijar (Manipur), and Aakhuni (Nagaland) and other like Natto,
and Tempe etc.
The product is prepared by forming soybean curd into a loaf during the fermentation process. It is a
soft, flavoured product, either in red, rice-yellow, or grey-green.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
6.8.8 Other soybean protein products
Other products from soybeans composed mainly of soybean protein such as extruded, textured,
concentrated, and isolated soybean protein.
Includes categories for bread and ordinary bakery wares (7.1) and for sweet, salty and savoury fine
bakery wares (7.2).
Includes yeast-leavened and specialty breads like white or brown ormultigrain breadandIndian
breads (like kulcha, chapatti, roti, parantha, nan, pav etc.), wheat rolls, milk rolls, challa bread,
pizza-base or pizza-bread, soda bread etc.
Includes all types of non-sweet bakery products and bread-derived products such as include white
bread, rye bread, pumpernickel bread, raisin bread, whole wheat bread, pain courant francais, malt
bread, hamburger rolls, whole wheat rolls, and milk rolls.
The term “cracker” refers to a thin, crisp wafer, usually dough. Flavoured crackers (e.g. cheese
flavoured) that are consumed as snacks are in 15.1 such as soda crackers, rye crispsetc.
Includes all other ordinary bakery wares, such as cornbread and biscuits, bagels, pita and muffins.
The term “biscuit” in this category refers to a small cake of shortened bread, leavened with baking
powder or baking soda. It does not refer tithe British “biscuit,” which is a “cookie” or “sweet
cracker” included in category 7.2.1.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Includes bread-based products such as croutons, bread stuffing and stuffing mixes, and prepared
doughs (e.g. for biscuits, toasted bread (rusks), prepared doughs for bread/bread-type products
including their frozen counterparts etc.). Bread mixes are included in category 7.1.6.
Oriental-style leavened wheat or rice products that are cooked in a steamer. Products may be made
with or without fillingsuch as twisted rolls of various shapes, filled dumplings and steamed bun
with meat, jam or other filling.
Includes all the mixes containing the dry ingredients to which wet ingredients (e.g. water, milk, oil,
butter, and eggs) are added to prepare dough for baked goods from food categories 7.1.1 to 7.1.5
such as French bread mix, tin bread mix, panettone mix, ciabatta mix, among others. Mixes for fine
bakerywares (e.g. cakes, cookies, pancakes) are found in category 7.2.3.
Includes sub-categories for ready-to-eat products (7.2.1 and 7.2.2) as well as mixes (7.2.3)
forpreparingfine baked goods.
The term “sweet cracker” or “sweet biscuit” used in this category refers to a cookie-like product
that may beaten as a dessert such as butter cake, cheesecake, fruit-filled cereal bars, pound cake,
moist cake (type of starchy dessert), western cakes, moon cakes, sponge cake, fruitfilledpies (e.g.
apple pie), custard types, oatmeal cookies, sugar cookies and British “biscuits” (cookies or sweet
crackers).
Includes products that may be eaten as a dessert or as breakfast such as doughnuts, sweet rolls,
muffins, pancakes, waffles, filled sweet buns, Danish pastry, wafers or cones for ice cream, flour
confectionery, and trifles.
Mixes containing the dry ingredients to which wet ingredients (e.g. water, milk, oil, butter, eggs)
are added to preparea dough for fine baked goods such as cake mix, flour confectionery mix,
pancake mix, pie-mix, and waffle mix. Prepared dough is found in category 7.1.4. Mixes for
ordinary bakery wares (e.g. bread) is found in category 7.1.6.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
8.0 Meat and meat products, including poultry
This category includes all types of meatandpoultry products, in pieces and cuts or comminutes
fresh (8.1) and processed (8.2 and 8.3).
Includes various treatments for non-heat treated meat cuts (8.2.1), and heat-treated meat cuts
(8.3.2).
8.2.1 Non-heat treated processed meat and poultry products in whole pieces or cuts
This category describes several treatment methods (e.g. curing, salting, drying, pickling) that
preserve and extend the shelf life of meats.
8.2.1.1 Cured (including salted) non-heat treated processed meat and poultry products in
whole pieces or cuts
Salted products are treated with sodium chloride. Dry cured (dry pickled) products are prepared by
rubbing salt directly on the meat surface. Wet pickle cured products are prepared by submerging
the meat in a brine solution. Pump cured products are prepared by injecting brine into the meat.
Curing may also be achieved by addition of additives. Smoked products are also included here.
8.2.1.2 Cured (including salted) and dried non-heat treated processed meat and poultry
products in whole pieces or cuts
The meat cuts may be cured or salted as described for category 8.2.1.1, and then dried, or they may
only be dried. Drying is achieved either in hot air or in vacuum.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
8.2.1.3 Fermented non-heat treated processed meat and poultry products in whole pieces or
cuts
Fermented products are a type of pickled product produced by the action of lactic acid bacteria in
the presence of salt.
8.2.2 Heat-treated processed meat and poultry products in whole pieces or cuts
Includes cooked (including cured and cooked, and dried and cooked), heat-treated (including
sterilized) and canned meat cuts.
Includes raw and cooked meat cuts that have been frozen.
Includes various treatments for non-heat treated products (8.3.1) and heat-treated products (8.3.2).
This category describes several treatment methods (e.g. curing, salting, drying, pickling) that
preserve and extend the shelf life of comminuted and mechanically deboned meat products.
8.3.1.1 Cured (including salted) non-heat treated processed comminuted meat and poultry
products
Salted products are treated with sodium chloride. Dry cured (dry pickled) products are prepared by
rubbing salt directly on the meat surface. Wet pickle cured products are prepared by submerging
the meat in a brine solution. Pump cured products are prepared by injecting brine into the meat.
Curing may also be achieved by addition of additives. Also includes smoked products.
8.3.1.2 Cured (including salted) and dried non-heat treated processed comminuted meat and
poultry products
The comminuted or mechanically deboned products may be cured or salted as described for
category 8.3.1.1, and then dried, or they may only be dried. Drying is achieved either in hot air or
in vacuum.
8.3.1.3 Fermented non-heat treated processed comminuted meat and poultry products
Fermented products are a type of pickled product produced by the action of lactic acid bacteria in
the presence of salt. Certain types of sausages may be fermented.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Includes cooked (including cured and cooked, and dried and cooked), heat-treated (including
sterilized) and canned comminuted products.
Includes raw, partially cooked and fully cooked comminuted or mechanically deboned meat
products that have been frozen.
Casings or tubing prepared from collagen, cellulose, or food-grade synthetic material or from
natural sources that contain the sausage mix.
9.0 Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
This broad category is divided into categories for fresh fish (9.1) and various processed fish
products (9.2– 9.4). This category includes aquatic vertebrates (e.g. fish) andaquatic invertebrates
(e.g. jellyfish), as well as molluscs (e.g. clams, snails), crustaceans (e.g. shrimp, crab, lobster), and
echinoderms (e.g. sea urchins, sea cucumbers). Fish products may be treated with coatings, such as
glazes and spice rubs, prior to marketing to the consumer (e.g. glazed frozen fish fillets).
9.1 Fresh fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
The term “fresh” refers to fish and fish products that are untreated except for refrigeration, storage
on ice, or freezing upon catching at sea or in lakes or other bodies of water in order to prevent
decomposition and spoilage.
Includes fresh rohu, catla, hilsa, singhada, trout, pomphret, cod, salmon, fishroe etc
9.2 Processed fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
This category refers to fish products that are frozen and may require further cooking, as well as
ready-to-eat cooked, smoked, dried, fermented, and salted products.
9.2.1 Frozen fish, fish fillets, and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and
echinoderms
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Fresh, including partially cooked, fish subjected to freezing or quick-freezing at sea and on land for
further processing such as frozen or deep frozen clams, cod fillets, crab, finfish, haddock, hake,
lobster, minced fish, prawns and shrimp; frozen fish roe; frozen surimietc.
9.2.2 Frozen battered fish, fish fillets and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and
echinoderms
Uncooked product prepared from fish or fish portions, with dressing in eggs and bread crumbs or
batter.Examples include frozen raw breaded or batter-coated shrimp; and frozen or quick-frozen
breaded or battercoatedfish fillets, fish portions and fish sticks (fish fingers) etc.
9.2.3 Frozen minced and creamed fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and
echinoderms
9.2.4 Cooked and/or fried fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and
echinoderms
Cooked products include steamed, boiled or any other cooking method except frying (see 9.2.4.3).
The fish may be whole, in portions or comminuted such as fish sausage; cooked fish products
boiled down in soy sauce; cooked surimi products, cooked fish roe; cooked fish and lobster paste
(surimi-like products. Other fish paste (Oriental type) is found in 9.3.4.
Cooked products include steamed, boiled or any other cooking method except frying (see 9.2.4.3)
such as cooked Crangon crangon and Crangon vulgaris (brown shrimp; cooked shrimp), clams and
crabs.
9.2.4.3 Fried fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Ready-to-eat products prepared from fish or fish portions, with or without further dressing in eggs
and breadcrumbs or batter, that are fried, baked, roasted or barbecued, and then packaged or canned
with or without sauce or oil. Examples include ready-to-eat fried surimi, fried calamari, and fried
soft-shell crabs.
9.2.5 Smoked, dried, fermented, and/or salted fish and fish products, including molluscs,
crustaceans, and echinoderms
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Smoked fish are usually prepared from fresh deep frozen or frozen fish that are dried directly or
after boiling, with or without salting, by exposing the fish to freshly-generated sawdust smoke.
Dried fish are prepared by exposing the fish to sunlight or drying directly or after boiling in a
special installation; the fish may be salted prior to drying. Salted fish are either rubbed with salt or
placed in a salt solution. This manufacturing process is different from that described in food
category 9.3 for marinated and pickled fish. Cured fish is prepared by salting and then smoking fish
such as salted anchovies, shrimp, and shad; smoked chub, cuttlefish and octopus; fish ham; dried
and salted species of the Gadidae species; smoked or salted fish paste and fish roe; cured and
smoked sablefish, shad, and salmon; dried shellfish, dried bonito, and boiled, dried fish.
9.3 Semi-preserved fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Includes products treated by methods such as marinating, pickling and partial cooking that have a
limited shelf life.
9.3.1 Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms, marinated
and/or in jelly
Marinated products are manufactured by soaking the fish in vinegar or wine with or without added
salt and spices. They are packaged in jars or cans and have a limited shelf life. Products in jelly
may be manufactured by tenderizing fish products by cooking or steaming, adding vinegar or wine,
salt and preservatives, and solidifying in a jelly such as “roll mops” (a type of marinated herring),
sea eel(dogfish) in jelly and fish aspic.
9.3.2 Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms, pickled
and/or in brine
Pickled products are sometimes considered a type of marinated product. Pickling results from the
treatment of the fish with a salt and vinegar or alcohol (e.g. wine) solution. Examples include
different types of Oriental pickled productse.g. pickled fish, pickled herring and sprat.
The term “caviar” refers only to the roe of the sturgeon species. Caviar substitutes are made of roe
of various sea and freshwater fish (e.g. cod and herring) that are salted, spiced, dyed and may be
treated with a preservative such as salted salmon roe, processed, salted salmon roe, cod roe, salted
cod roe and lumpfish caviar. Occasionally, roe may be pasteurized. In this case, it is included in
food category 9.4, since it is a fully preserved product. Roe products that are frozen, cooked or
smoked are included in category 9.2.1, 9.2.4.1, and 9.2.5, respectively; fresh fish roe is found in
category 9.1.1, 9.3.4. Semi-preserved fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and
echinoderms (e.g. fish paste), excluding products of food categories 9.3.1 – 9.3.3such as fish or
crustacean pates and traditional Oriental fish paste. The latter is produced from fresh fish or the
residue from fish sauce production, which is combined with other ingredients such as wheat flour,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
rice or soybeans. The product may be further fermented. Cooked fish or crustacean pastes(surimi-
like products) are found in 9.2.4.1 and 9.2.4.2, respectively.
9.4 Fully preserved, including canned or fermented fish and fish products, including
molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Products with extended shelf life, manufactured by pasteurizing or steam retorting and packaging in
vacuumsealedair-tight containers to ensure sterility. Products may be packed in their own juice or
in added oil or sauce. This category excludes fully cooked products (see category 9.2.4) such
ascanned tuna, clams, crab, fish roe and sardines; gefilte fish balls; and surimi (heat-pasteurized).
Includes fresh in-shell eggs (10.1), products that may substitute for fresh eggs (10.2) and other egg
products (10.3 and 10.4).
Products that may be used as replacement for fresh eggs in recipes or as a food (e.g. omelette).
They are produced from fresh eggs by either (i) mixing and purifying the whole egg; or (ii)
separating the egg white and yolk, and then mixing and purifying each separately. The purified
whole egg, white or yolk is then further processed to produce liquid, frozen or dried eggs.
The purified whole egg, egg yolk or egg white is pasteurized and chemically preserved (e.g. by
addition of salt).
Includes purified, pasteurized and frozen whole egg, egg yolk or egg white.
De-sugared purified, pasteurized and dried whole egg, egg yolk or egg white.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Includes traditional Oriental preserved products, such as salt-curedand alkaline treated eggs.
Includes ready-to-eat products and products to be prepared from a dry mixsuch as flan and egg
custard. Also includes custard fillings for fine bakery wares (e.g. pies).
Includes all standardized sugars (11.1), non-standardized products (e.g. 11.2, 11.3, 11.4 and 11.6),
and natural sweeteners (11.5 – honey).
Nutritive sweeteners, such as fully or partially purified sucrose (derived from sugar beet and sugar
cane), glucose (derived from starch), or fructose, that are included in sub-categories 11.1.1 to
11.1.5.
White sugar is purified and crystallized sucrose. Dextrose anhydrous is purified and crystallized D-
glucose without water of crystallization. Dextrose monohydrate is purified and crystallized D-
glucose with one molecule of water of crystallization. Fructose is purified and crystallized D-
fructose. Examples include refined sugar, cube sugar, mishri etc.
Powdered sugar (icing sugar) is finely pulverized white sugar with or without added anti-
cakingagents. Powdered dextrose (icing dextrose) is finely pulverized dextrose anhydrous or
dextrose monohydrate, or a mixture of the two, with or without added anti-caking agents.
11.1.3 Soft white sugar, soft brown sugar, glucose syrup, dried glucose syrup, raw cane sugar
Soft white sugar is fine grain purified, moist sugar, that is white in colour. Soft brown sugar is fine
grain moist sugar that is light to dark brown in colour. Glucose syrup is a purified concentrated
aqueous solution of nutritive saccharides derived from starch or inulin or both. Dried glucose syrup
is glucose syrup from which water has been partially removed. Raw cane sugar is partially purified
sucrose crystallized from partially purified cane juice without further purification. Examples
include Khandsari sugar.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Dried glucose syrup, as described in 11.1.3, used to manufacture candy products that are included
in food category5.2 (e.g. hard or soft candies).
Glucose syrup, as described in 11.1.3, used to manufacture candy products that are included in food
category5.2 (e.g. hard or soft candies).
11.1.4 Lactose
A natural constituent of milk normally obtained from whey. It may be anhydrous, or contain one
molecule of water of crystallization, or be a mixture of both forms.
52
[11.1.6 Gur or Jaggery means the product obtained by boiling or processing juice pressed out of
sugarcane or extracted from palmyra palm, date palm or coconut palm.
11.1.6.1 Cane Jaggery or Gur means the product obtained by boiling or processing juice pressed
out of or extracted from sugarcane.
11.1.6.2 Palm Jaggery or Gur means the product obtained by boiling or processing juice pressed
out of or extracted from palmyra palm or coconut palm.
11.1.6.3 Date Jaggery or Gur means the product obtained by boiling or processing juice pressed
out of or extracted from date palm.]
Includes large-grain, brown or yellow lump sugars, such as demerara sugar, gur and jaggery.
11.3 Sugar solutions and syrups, also (partially) inverted, including treacle and molasses,
excluding products of food category 11.1.3
Includes co-products of the sugar refining process (e.g. treacle and molasses), invert sugar
(equimolarmixture of glucose and fructose produced from the hydrolysis of sucrose), and other
sweeteners, such as high fructose corn syrup, high fructose inulin syrup and corn sugar.
Includes all types of table syrups (e.g.xylose, maple syrup), syrups for fine bakery wares and ices
(e.g. caramel syrup, flavoured syrups), and decorative sugar toppings (e.g. coloured sugar crystals
for cookies).
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
11.5 Honey:
Honey is the natural sweet substance produced by honeybees from the nectar of blossoms or
secretions of plants. Examples of honey include wildflorahoney, multi-flora honey, rapeseed or
mustard honey, clover honey etc.
Includes products that are preparations of high-intensity sweeteners (e.g. acesulfame potassium,
steviols) and/or ofpolyols (e.g. sorbitol).These products, which are sold to the final consumer, may
be in powder, solid (e.g. tablets or cubes), or liquid form.
This is a broad category that includes substances added to food to enhance its aroma and taste (12.1
– salt and salt substitutes; 12.2 – herbs, spices, seasonings and condiments (e.g. seasoning for
instant noodles);12.3 – vinegars; and 12.4 - mustards), certain prepared foods (12.5 – soups and
broths; 12.6 – sauces and like products; and 12.7 – salads (e.g. macaroni salad, potato salad) and
sandwich spreads, excluding cocoaandnut-based spreads of food categories 4.2.2.5 and 5.1.3)), and
products composed primarily of protein that are derived from soybeans or from other sources (e.g.
milk, cereal, or vegetables) (12.9 –soybean basedseasonings and condiments; and 12.10 – protein
products other than from soybeans).
Includes salt (12.1.1) and salt substitutes (12.1.2) used as seasoning for food.
12.1.1 Salt
Primarily food-grade sodium chloride. Includes table salt, iodized and fluoride iodized salt, and
dendritic salt. This category also includes similar traditional products like black salt, rock salt
(sendhanamak, kala namak, Gumma namak) sea saltetc.
Salt substitutes are seasonings with reduced sodium content intended to be used on food in place of
salt.
This category describes items intended to enhance the aroma and taste of food. Spices means any
form of spice including curry powders, spice oils, oleoresins and other mixtures where spice
content is predominant.]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
52[12.2.1 Herbs, spices, masalas, spice mixtures including oleoresins or extracts/derivatives
thereof]
Herbs and spices are usually derived from botanical sources, and may be dehydrated, and either
ground or whole. Examples include chilli, turmeric, pepper, asafoetida, anise, aniseed (saunf), basil,
bay leaf, caraway (shiajeera), cardamom (elaichi), large cardamom, cinnamon, clove, cumin, and
carom seeds (ajowain) etc. Spices may also be found as blends in powder or paste form. Examples
of spice blends include chilli seasoning, chilli paste, curry paste, curry roux, and dry cures or rub
that are applied to external surfaces of meat or fish. Blends of spices with other ingredients
(Masalas) include curry powder, sambhar masala, rasam masala, chhole masala, pavbhaji masala
etc.
Seasonings and condiments are spice mixes with other ingredients which go as toppings to sprinkle
on rice and other foods, and include seasonings for noodles, Puliyogare mix, onion salt, garlic salt
etc.The term “condiments” as used in the Food Category System does not include condiment
sauces (e.g. ketchup, mayonnaise, mustard) or relishes.
12.3 Vinegars
Liquid produced from fermentation of ethanol from a suitable source (e.g. wine, cider). Examples
include cider vinegar, wine vinegar, malt vinegar, spirit vinegar, grain vinegar, raisin vinegar, fruit
(wine) vinegar and synthetic vinegar.
12.4 Mustards
Condiment sauce prepared from ground often defatted mustard seed that is mixed into slurry with
water, vinegar, salt, oil and other spices and refined. Examples include Dijon mustard, and “hot”
mustard (prepared from seeds with hulls).
Includes ready-to-eat soups and mixes. The finished products may be water- (e.g. consommé) or
milk-based (e.g. chowder).
12.5.1 Ready-to-eat soups and broths, including canned, bottled, and frozen
Water- or milk-based products consisting of vegetable, meat or fish broth with or without other
ingredients (e.g. vegetables, meat, noodles) such as rasam, bouillon, broths, consommés, water- and
cream-based soups, chowders, and bisques.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
12.5.2 Mixes for soups and broths
Concentrated soup to be reconstituted with water and/or milk, with or without addition of other
optional ingredients (e.g. vegetables, meat, noodles) such as rasam powder, bouillon powders and
cubes; powdered and condensed soups; and stock cubes and powders etc.
Includes ready-to-eat sauces, gravies and dressings, and mixes to be reconstituted before
consumption.The ready-to-eat products are divided into sub-categories for emulsified (12.6.1) and
non-emulsified (12.6.2)products, whereas the sub-category for the mixes (12.6.3) encompasses
both emulsified and non-emulsified sauce mixes.
Sauces, gravies, dressings based and dips, at least in part, on a fat- or oil-in water emulsionsuch as
salad dressing (e.g. French, Italian, Greek, ranch style), fat-based sandwich spreads (e.g.
mayonnaise with mustard), salad cream, and fatty sauces and snack dips (e.g. bacon and cheddar
dip, onion dip).
Include water-, coconut milk-, and milk-based sauces, gravies and dressings. Examples
includebarbecue sauce, tomato ketchup, cheese sauce, Worcestershire sauce, Oriental thick
Worcestershire sauce, chilli sauce, sweet and sour dipping sauce, and white (cream-based) sauce
(sauce consisting primarily of milk or cream, with little added fat (e.g. butter) and flour, with or
without seasoning or spices).
Includes thin, non-emulsified clear sauces that may be water-based. These sauces may be used as
condiments or ingredients rather than as finished gravy such asoyster sauce and fish sauce.
12.7 Salads and sandwich spreads excluding cocoa- and nut-based spreads of food categories
4.2.2.5 and 5.1.3
Includes prepared salads (e.g. macaroni salad, potato salad), milk-based sandwich spreads, non-
standardized mayonnaise-like sandwich spreads, and dressings etc.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Includes baker’s yeast and leaven used in the manufacture of baked goods. Includes the products
used in the production of alcoholic beverages.
Includes products that are derived from soybeans and other ingredients intended for use as
seasonings andcondiments, such as fermented soybean paste and soybean sauces.
The product is made of soybeans, salt, water and other ingredients, using the process of
fermentation (e.g. miso).
A clear, non-emulsified sauce made of soybeans, cereal, salt and water by the fermentation process.
Non-fermented soybean sauce, which is also known as non-brewed soybean sauce, may be
produced from vegetable proteins, such as defatted soybeans that are acid-hydrolyzed (e.g. with
hydrochloric acid), neutralized (e.g. with sodium carbonate), and filtered.
Non-emulsified sauce made from fermented soybean sauce and/or non-fermented soybean sauce,
with or without sugar, with or without caramelization process.
Includes cereal or legume or vegetable protein productssuch as wheat gluten, vegetable protein
analogues, and proteinaceous meat or milk and fish substitutes. Includes their isolates, concentrates
and hydrolystes, single cell protein including Spirulina.
13.1 Infant formulae, follow-up formulae, and formulae for special medical purposes for
infants
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
13.1.1 Infant formulae
13.3 Dietetic foods intended for special medical purposes (excluding products of food category
13.1)
13.5 Dietetic foods (e.g., supplementary foods for dietary use) excluding products of food
categories 13.1 -13.4 and 13.6
This broad category includes waters and carbonated waters (14.1.1), fruit and vegetable juices
(14.1.2), fruit and vegetable nectars (14.1.3), water-based flavoured carbonated and non-carbonated
drinks (14.1.4), and water-based brewed or steeped beverages such as coffee and tea (14.1.5).
14.1.1 Waters
Includes natural waters (14.1.1.1) and other bottled waters (14.1.1.2), each of which may be non-
carbonated or carbonated.
Waters obtained directly at the source and packaged close to the source; are characterized by the
presence of certain mineral salts in relative proportions and trace elements or other constituents.
Natural mineral water may be naturally carbonated (with carbon dioxide from the source),
carbonated (with added carbon dioxide of another origin), decarbonised (with less carbon dioxide
than present in the water at the source so it does not spontaneously give off carbon dioxide under
conditions of standard temperature and pressure), or fortified (with carbon dioxide from the
source), and non-carbonated (contains no free carbon dioxide).
Includes waters other than natural source waters that may be carbonated by addition of carbon
dioxide and may be processed by filtration, disinfection, or other suitable means. These waters may
contain added mineral salts. Carbonated and non-carbonated waters containing flavours are found
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
in category 14.1.4such as table water, bottled water with or without added minerals, purified water,
seltzer water, club soda, and sparkling water.
This category applies only to fruit and vegetable juices. Beverages based on fruit and vegetable
juices are found in food category 14.1.4.2. Fruit-vegetable juice blends have separate classifications
for each component (i.e. fruit juice (14.1.2.1) and vegetable juice (14.1.2.3).
Fruit juice is the unfermented but fermentable liquid obtained from the edible part of sound,
appropriately mature and fresh fruit or of fruit maintained in sound condition by suitable means.
The juice is prepared by suitable processes, which maintain the essential physical, chemical,
organoleptical and nutritional characteristics of the juices of the fruit from which it comes. The
juice may be cloudy or clear, and may have restored (to the normal level attained in the same kind
of fruit) aromatic substances and volatile flavour components, all of which must be obtained by
suitable physical means, and all of which must have been recovered from the same kind of fruit.
Pulp and cells obtained by suitable physical means from the same kind of fruit may be added. A
single juice is obtained from one kind of fruit. A mixed juice is obtained by blending two or more
juices or juices and purees, from different kinds of fruit. Fruit juice may be obtained, e.g. by
directly expressing the juice by mechanical extraction processes, by reconstituting concentrated
fruit juice(food category 14.1.2.3) with water, or in limited situations by water extraction of the
whole fruit.. Examples include orange juice, apple juice, black currant juice, lemon juice, orange-
mango juice and coconut water.
Vegetable juice is the liquid unfermented but fermentable product intended for direct consumption
obtained by mechanical expression, crushing, grinding, and/or sieving of one or more sound fresh
vegetables or vegetables preserved exclusively by physical means. The juice may be clear, turbid,
or pulpy. It may have been concentrated and reconstituted with water. Products may be based on a
single vegetable (e.g. carrot)or blends of vegetables (e.g. carrots, celery).
Concentrated fruit juice is the product that complies with the definition given in food category
14.1.2.1. It is prepared by the physical removal of water from fruit juice in an amount to increase
the Brix level to a value at least 50% greater than that established for reconstituted juice from the
same fruit. In the production of juice that is to be concentrated, suitable processes are used, and
may be combined; with simultaneous diffusion of the pulp cells or fruit pulp by water, provided
that the water-extracted soluble fruit solids are added in-line to the primary juice, before the
concentration procedure. Fruit juice concentrates may have restored (to the normal level attained in
the same kind of fruit) aromatic substances and volatile flavour components, all of which must be
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
obtained by suitable physical means, and all of which must be recovered from the same kind of
fruit. Pulp and cells obtained by suitable physical means from the same kind of fruit may be added.
Sold in liquid, syrup and frozen forms for the preparation of a ready-to-drink juice by addition of
water. Examples include frozen orange juice concentrate, and lemon juice concentrate.
Prepared by the physical removal of water from vegetable juice.Sold in liquid, syrup and frozen
forms for the preparation of a ready-to-drink juice by addition of water. Includes carrot juice
concentrate.
Fruit and vegetable nectars are beverages produced from purees, juices, or concentrates of either,
blended with water and sugar, honey, syrups, and/or sweeteners. Fruit-vegetable nectar blends are
reported under their components (i.e. fruit nectar (14.1.3.1) and vegetable nectar (14.1.3.2).
Fruit nectar is the unfermented but fermentable product obtained by adding water with or without
the addition of sugar, honey, syrups, and/or sweeteners to fruit juice, concentrated fruit juice, fruit
purees or concentrated fruit purees, or a mixture of those products. Aromatic substances, volatile
flavour components, pulp and cells, all of which must have been recovered from the same kind of
fruit and obtained by suitable physical means, may be added. Products may be based on a single
fruit or on fruit blends such aspear nectar and peach nectar.
Product obtained by adding water with or without the addition of sugar, honey, syrups, and/or
sweeteners to vegetable juice or concentrated vegetable juice, or a mixture of those products.
Products may be based on a single vegetable or on a blend of vegetables.
Prepared by the physical removal of water from fruit nectar or its starting materials. Sold in liquid,
syrup and frozen forms for the preparation of a ready-to-drink nectar by addition of water.
Examples: pear nectar concentrate and peach nectar concentrate.
Prepared by the physical removal of water from vegetable nectar.Sold in liquid, syrup and frozen
forms forth preparation of ready-to-drink nectars by addition of water.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
14.1.4 Water-based flavoured drinks, including “sport,” “energy,” or “electrolyte” drinks
and particulateddrinks
Includes all carbonated and non-carbonated varieties and concentrates, products based on fruit and
vegetable juices, coffee-, tea- and herbal-based drinks etc.
Includes water-based flavoured drinks with added carbon dioxide with nutritive, non-nutritive
and/or intense sweeteners and other permitted food additives. Includes gaseosa (water-based drinks
with added carbon dioxide, sweetener, and flavour), and sodas such as colas, pepper-types, root
beer, lemon-lime, and citrus types, both diet/light and regular types. These beverages may be clear,
cloudy, or may contain particulate matter (e.g. fruit pieces). Includes so-called “energy” drinks that
are carbonated and contain high levels of nutrients and other ingredients.
Include water-based flavoured drinks without added carbon dioxide, fruit and vegetable juice-based
drinks(e.g. almond, aniseed, coconut-based drinks, and ginseng drink), fruit flavoured ades (e.g.
lemonade, orangeade), fruit based soft drinks, capile groselha, lactic acid beverage, ready-to-drink
coffee and tea drinks with or without milk or milk solids, and herbal-based drinks (e.g. iced tea,
fruit-flavoured iced tea, chilled canned cappuccino drinks) and “sports” drinks containing
electrolytes. These beverages may be clear or contain particulated matter (e.g. fruit pieces), and
may be unsweetened or sweetened with sugar ora non-nutritive high-intensity sweetener. Includes
so-called “energy” drinks that are non-carbonated and contain high levels of nutrients and other
ingredients.
Include powder, syrup, liquid and frozen concentrates for the preparation of carbonated or non-
carbonated water-based non-alcoholic beverages by addition of water or carbonated water.
Examples include squashes, fountain syrups (e.g. cola syrup), fruit syrups for soft drinks, frozen or
powdered concentrate for lemonade and iced tea mixes.
14.1.5 Coffee, coffee substitutes, tea, herbal infusions, and other hot cereal and grain
beverages, excluding cocoa
Includes the ready-to-drink products (e.g. canned), and their mixes and concentrates such as
chicory-based hot beverages (postum), rice tea, mate tea, and mixes for hot coffee and tea
beverages (e.g. instant coffee, powder for hot cappuccino beverages). Treated coffee beans for the
manufacture of coffee products are also included. Ready-to-drink cocoa is included in category
1.1.2, and cocoa mixes in 5.1.1.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The alcohol-free and low-alcoholic counterparts are included in the same category as the alcoholic
beverage.
Alcoholic beverages brewed from germinated barley (malt), hops, yeast, and water such as ale,
lager, pilsner, brown beer, weiss beer, oud bruin beer, Obergariges Einfachbier, light beer, table
beer, malt liquor, porter, stout, and barley wine.
Fruit wines made from apples (cider) and pears (Perry). Also includes cider bouche.
Alcoholic beverage obtained exclusively from the partial or complete alcoholic fermentation of
fresh grapes, whether crushed or not, or of grape must (juice).
Grape wine (white, red, rosé, or blush, dry or sweet) that may contain up to a maximum 0.4g/100
ml (4000mg/kg) carbon dioxide at 20oC.
Grape wines in which carbonation is produced during the fermentation process, either by bottle
fermentation or closed tank fermentation. Also includes carbonated wine whose carbon dioxide is
partially or totally of exogenous origin such as spumante, and “cold duck” wine.
14.2.3.3 Fortified grape wine, grape liquor wine, and sweet grape wine
Grape wines produced either by: (i) the fermentation of grape must (juice) of high sugar
concentration; or (ii) by the blending of concentrated grape juice with wine; or (iii) the mixture of
fermented must with alcohol such as grape dessert wine.
Includes wines made from fruit other than grapes, apples and pears, and from other agricultural
products, including grain (e.g. rice). These wines may be still or sparkling. Examples include rice
wine (sake),and sparkling and still fruit wines.
14.2.5 Mead
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Alcoholic liquor made from fermented honey, malt and spices, or just of honey. Includes honey
wine.
Includes all distilled spirituous beverages derived from grain (e.g. corn, barley, rye, wheat), tubers
(e.g. potato), fruit (e.g. grapes, berries) or sugar cane that contain greater than 15% alcohol such as
aperitifs, brandy (distilled wine), cordials, liqueurs (including emulsified liqueurs), tequila,
whiskey, and vodka.
Includes all non-standardized alcoholic beverage products. Although most of these products contain
less than 15% alcohol, some traditional non-standardized aromatized products may contain up to
24% alcoholsuch as aromatized wine, cider and perry; aperitif wines; and prepared cocktails
(mixtures of liquors, liqueurs, wines, essences, fruit and plant extracts, etc. marketed as ready-to-
drink products or mixes). Cooler-type beverages are composed of beer, malt beverage, wine or
spirituous beverage, low-alcoholic refreshers, fruit juice(s), and soda water (if carbonated) etc.
15.1 Snacks - potato, cereal, flour or starch based (from roots and tubers, pulses and legumes)
Includes all savoury snacks, with or without added flavourings, 52[but excludes unsweetened
crackers (category 7.1.2). Example includes potato chips], popcorn, pretzels, rice crackers,
flavoured crackers (e.g. cheese-flavoured crackers), bhujia (namkeen; snack made of a mixture of
flours, maize, potatoes, salt, dried fruit, peanuts, spices, colours, flavours, and antioxidants), and
papads(prepared from soaked rice flour or from black gram or cow pea flour, mixed with salt and
spices, and formed into balls or flat cakes), khari, kara, murukku, namakpara, chiwda, palakayalu,
ribbon or thattupakoda, dalmoth or mixtures, soya nuts, nimki, fali (e.g. cholafali), other fried or
baked snacks or savouries, uppuseedai, appam, bhel-mix, sev, gathiya, shankarpali, farsan,
kurmura, murmura, papadi, crisps, chakli, etc. Also includes sweet snacks e.g. chikki, gajak,
murrunda, gudchana, sugar coated dals and other sweet dal snacks (dals coated with jaggery, sugar,
honey and other ingredients).
Includes all types of whole nuts processed by, e.g. dry-roasting, roasting, marinating or boiling,
either in-shellor shelled, salted or unsalted. Yoghurt-, cereal-, and honey-covered nuts, and dried
fruit-nut-and-cereal snacks are classified here. 52[Chocolate-covered nuts are classified in 5.1.3, and
nuts covered in imitation chocolate are included in 5.1.4.]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
15.3 Snacks - fish based
This describes savoury crackers with fish, fish products or fish flavouring. Dried fish per sethat
may be consumed as a snack is assigned to food category 9.2.5, and dried meat snacks are assigned
to food category 8.3.1.2.
These foods are not included in the other food categories (1-15) and shall be considered on a case-
bycasebasis. Prepared foods are mixtures of multiple components (e.g. meat, sauce, grain, cheese,
vegetables); the components are included in other food categories. Prepared foods require minimal
preparation by the consumer (e.g. heating, thawing, rehydrating).e.g. pav- bhaji, ready-to-eat
dishes, biryani,curried rice, sandwiches (filling with egg /chicken/vegetarian sandwiches etc.),
burgers, fish burgers, pizza etc. Provisions for additives will be listed in this food category in these
regulations only if the additive is needed: (i) solely to have a technological function in the prepared
food as sold to the consumer; or (ii) at a use level that has an intentional technological function in
the prepared food that exceeds the use level that can be accounted for by carry-over from the
individual components
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Reno. Functional Classes Definition Technological purpose
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Reno. Functional Classes Definition Technological purpose
fat separation.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Reno. Functional Classes Definition Technological purpose
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Food products may contain additives as specified in theseregulations and in the following Tables.
(All capital and bold additives in the Tables 1 to 15 refer to the Group of Additives listed with their
INS Numbers in Annex-1)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
1.0 Dairy products
and analogues,
excluding
products of food
category 2.0
1.1 Milk and dairy-
based drinks
1.1.1 Milk and
buttermilk No additives permitted
(plain)
1.1.1.1 Milk (plain) PHOSPHATES 1,500 mg/kg 33, 227
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg 52
vegetable
CHLOROPHYLLS 50 mg/kg 190, 52
AND
CHLOROPHYLLI
NS, COPPER
COMPLEXES
Diacetyltartaric and 472e 5,000 mg/kg
fatty acid esters of
glycerol
Fast green FCF 143 100 mg/kg 52
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 150 mg/kg 181, 52
IRON OXIDES 20 mg/kg 52
Indigotine (Indigo 132 100 mg/kg 52
carmine)
Neotame 961 20 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 1,320 mg/kg 33
POLYSORBATES 3,000 mg/kg
Ponceau 4R 124 100 mg/kg 52
Carmoisine 122 100 mg/kg
Erythrosine 127 50 mg/kg
Tartrazine 102 100 mg/kg
Propylene glycol 477 5,000 mg/kg
esters of fatty acids
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg 52
SACCHARINS 80 mg/kg
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 220, 42
Steviol glycosides 960 200 mg/kg 26, 201
Sucralose 955 300 mg/kg
(Trichlorogalactosucr
ose)
Sucroglycerides 474 5,000 mg/kg
Sunset yellow FCF 110 100 mg/kg 52
Sodium 554 60 mg/kg 6, 253
aluminosilicate
Hydroxy propyl 464 7.5 g/kg For
methyl cellulose flavoured
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
milk only
1.2 Fermented and PHOSPHATES 1,000 mg/kg 33
renneted milk
products
(plain),
excluding food
category 01.1.2
(dairy-based
drinks),
fermented milk
products,yoghur
t, flavoured
yoghurt, dahi,
flavoured
dahi,mishti dahi
1.2.1 Fermented Caramel IV - sulfite 150d 150 mg/kg 12
milks (plain)* ammonia caramel
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
Guar gum 412 GMP 234
Gum arabic (Acacia 414 GMP 234
gum)
Hydroxypropyl 463 GMP 234
cellulose
Hydroxypropyl 464 GMP 234
methyl cellulose
Hydroxypropyl 1440 GMP 234
starch
Karaya gum 416 GMP 234
Konjac flour 425 GMP 234
Lactic and fatty acid 472b GMP 234
esters of glycerol
Magnesium 504(i) GMP
carbonate
Magnesium chloride 511 GMP 234
Magnesium 528 GMP
hydroxide
Magnesium 504(ii) GMP
hydroxide carbonate
Malic acid, DL- 296 GMP
Methyl cellulose 461 GMP 234
Methyl ethyl 465 GMP 234
cellulose
Microcrystalline 460(i) GMP 234
cellulose (Cellulose
gel)
Mono and di 471 GMP 234
glycerides of fatty
acids
Nitrogen 941 GMP 59
Nitrous oxide 942 GMP 59
Pectins 440 GMP 234
Alginic acid 400 GMP 234
Ammonium alginate 403 GMP 234
Ammonium 527 GMP
hydroxide
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
Calcium alginate 404 GMP 234
Calcium carbonate 170(i) GMP
Calcium hydroxide 526 GMP
Calcium lactate 327 GMP
Calcium oxide 529 GMP
Carbon dioxide 290 GMP 59
Carob bean gum 410 GMP 234
Citric acid 330 GMP
Citric and fatty acid 472c GMP 234
esters of glycerol
Potassium alginate 402 GMP 234
Potassium carbonate 501(i) GMP 234
Potassium 332(i) GMP 234
dihydrogen citrate
Potassium lactate 326 GMP
Powdered cellulose 460(ii) GMP
Salts of myristic, 470(i) GMP 234
palmitic and stearic
acids with ammonia,
calcium, potassium
and sodium
Salts of oleic acid 470(ii) GMP 234
with calcium,
potassium and
sodium
Sodium alginate 401 GMP 234
Sodium carbonate 500(i) GMP
Carboxymethyl 466 GMP 234
cellulose
Sodium dihydrogen 331(i) GMP 234
citrate
Sodium hydrogen 500(ii) GMP
carbonate
Sodium hydroxide 524 GMP
Sodium lactate 325 GMP
Tara gum 417 GMP 234
Tragacanth gum 413 GMP 234
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
Tripotassium citrate 332(ii) GMP 234
Xanthan gum 415 GMP 234
Curcumin 100 100 mg/kg
RIBOFLAVINS GMP
Caramel colour 150a 150 mg/kg
(Plain) Caramel I
Annatto 160b(i), 100 mg/kg
(ii)
CAROTENOIDS 100 mg/kg INS 160f
only in
flavoured
and fruit
yoghurt
Canthaxanthin 161g 100 mg/kg
Tartrazine 102 100 mg/kg
Sunset yellow FCF 110 100 mg/kg
Carmoisine 122 100 mg/kg
Ponceau 4R 124 100 mg/kg
Erythrosine 127 50 mg/kg
Indigotine 132 100 mg/kg 3
(Indigocarmine)
Brilliant blue FCF 133 100 mg/kg
Fast green FCF 143 100 mg/kg
1.2.2 Renneted milk Caramel IV - sulfite 150d GMP
(plain) ammonia caramel
Diacetyltartaric and 472e 5,000 mg/kg
fatty acid esters of
glycerol
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
Gum arabic (Acacia 414 GMP
gum)
Mannitol 421 GMP
Glycerol 422 GMP
Microcrystalline 460(i) GMP
cellulose (Cellulose
gel)
Methyl cellulose 461 GMP
Hydroxypropyl 463 GMP
cellulose
Hydroxypropyl 464 GMP
methyl cellulose
Methyl ethyl 465 GMP
cellulose
Acetic and fatty acid 472a GMP
esters of glycerol
Lactic and fatty acid 472b GMP
esters of glycerol
Citric and fatty acid 472c GMP
esters of glycerol
Magnesium chloride 511 GMP
Nitrogen 941 GMP
Dextrins, roasted 1400 GMP
starch
Acid-treated starch 1401 GMP
Alkaline treated 1402 GMP
starch
Bleached starch 1403 GMP
Oxidized starch 1404 GMP
Monostarch 1410 GMP
phosphate
Distarch phosphate 1412 GMP
Acetylated distarch 1414 GMP
phosphate
Acetylated distarch 1422 GMP
adipate
Hydroxypropyl 1440 GMP
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
starch
Hydroxypropyl 1442 GMP
distarch phosphate
Pectins 440 GMP
Phosphated distarch 1413 GMP
phosphate
Potassium 332(i) GMP
dihydrogen citrate
Powdered cellulose 460(ii) GMP
Salts of myristic, 470(i) GMP
palmitic and stearic
acids with ammonia,
calcium, potassium
and sodium
Salts of oleic acid 470(ii) GMP
with calcium,
potassium and
sodium
Carboxymethyl 466 GMP
cellulose
Sodium dihydrogen 331(i) GMP
citrate
Starch acetate 1420 GMP
Starch sodium 1450 GMP
octenyl succinate
Starches, enzyme 1405 GMP
treated
Tara gum 417 GMP
Tragacanth gum 413 GMP
Tripotassium citrate 332(ii) GMP
Trisodium citrate 331(iii) GMP
1.3 Condensed
/evaporated
milk and
analogues
(plain)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
1.3.1 Condensed milk Calcium carbonate 170(i) Total salt
(plain), content
evaporated Sodium citrates 331 shall not
milk(s), Potassium citrates 332 exceed
sweetened Calcium citrates 333 3,000
PHOSPHATES 2,000 mg/kg
condensed mg/kg
singly or 3,000
milk(s) Sodium carbonate 500(i) calculated
mg/kg in
Potassium carbonate 501(i) as
combination
Potassium chloride 508 phosphoh
Calcium chloride 509 orus/carbo
nates
/citrate/
chloride
Glucono delta 575 GMP Permitted
lactone in khoya
only
Propionic acid; 280, 281, 2,000 mg/kg Permitted
sodium and calcium 282 in khoya
propionate expressed only
as propionic acid
(singly or in
combination)
SORBATES 2,000 mg/kg Permitted
in khoya
only
Nisin 234 12.5 mg/kg Permitted
in khoya
only
Carrageenan 407 150 mg/kg
1.3.2 Beverage
whitener
1.3.2.1 Non dairy based ASCORBYL 80 mg/kg 10
beverage ESTERS
whitener Acesulfame 950 2,000 mg/kg 188
potassium
Aspartame 951 6,000 mg/kg 191
CAROTENOIDS 100 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
Caramel III - 150c 1,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
Caramel IV - sulfite 150d 1,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Diacetyl tartaric and 472e 5,000 mg/kg
fatty acid esters of
glycerol
Neotame 961 65 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 13,000 mg/kg 33
POLYSORBATES 4,000 mg/kg
Propylene glycol 477 1,000 mg/kg
esters of fatty acids
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
SORBATES 200 mg/kg 42
Sodium alumino 554 570 mg/kg 260, 6
silicate
Sucralose 955 580 mg/kg
(Trichlorogalactosucr
ose)
Sucroglycerides 474 20,000 mg/kg
Tertiary 319 100 mg/kg 15, 195
butylhydroquinone
(TBHQ)
1.4 Cream (plain)
and the like
cream and
malai
1.4.1 Pasteurized
cream (plain),
No additives permitted
cream and
malai
1.4.2 Sterilized and PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33
UHT creams, POLYSORBATES 1,000 mg/kg
whipping and Acetic and fatty acid 472a GMP
whipped esters of glycerol
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
creams, and Acetylated distarch 1422 GMP
reduced fat adipate
creams (plain) Acetylated distarch 1414 GMP
phosphate
Acid-treated starch 1401 GMP 236
Agar 406 GMP
Alginic acid 400 GMP
Ammonium alginate 403 GMP
Bleached starch 1403 GMP 236
Calcium alginate 404 GMP
Calcium carbonate 170(i) GMP
Calcium chloride 509 GMP
Calcium lactate 327 GMP
Calcium sulfate 516 GMP
Carbon dioxide 290 GMP 278, 59
Carob bean gum 410 GMP
Carrageenan 407 GMP
Citric acid 330 GMP
Citric and fatty acid 472c GMP
esters of glycerol
Dextrins, roasted 1400 GMP 236
starch
Diacetyltarteric and 472e 6,000 mg/kg
fatty acid esters of
glycerol
Distarch phosphate 1412 GMP
Gellan gum 418 GMP
Guar gum 412 GMP
Gum arabic (Acacia 414 GMP
gum)
Hydroxypropyl 463 GMP
cellulose
Hydroxypropyl 1442 GMP
distarch phosphate
Hydroxypropyl 464 GMP
methyl cellulose
Hydroxypropyl 1440 GMP
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
starch
Konjac flour 425 GMP 236
Lactic acid, L-, D- 270 GMP
and DL-
Lactic and fatty acid 472b GMP
esters of glycerol
Lecithins 322(i), GMP
(ii)
Methyl cellulose 461 GMP
Methyl ethyl 465 GMP
cellulose
Microcrystalline 460(i) GMP
cellulose (Cellulose
gel)
Mono- and di- 471 GMP
glycerides of fatty
acids
Monostarch 1410 GMP
phosphate
Nitrogen 941 GMP 278, 59
Nitrous oxide 942 GMP 278, 59
Oxidized starch 1404 GMP 236
Pectins 440 GMP
Phosphated distarch 1413 GMP
phosphate
Polydextroses 1200 GMP 236
Potassium alginate 402 GMP
Potassium carbonate 501(i) GMP
Potassium chloride 508 GMP
Potassium 332(i) GMP
dihydrogen citrate
Potassium hydrogen 501(ii) GMP
carbonate
Potassium lactate 326 GMP
Powdered cellulose 460(ii) GMP
Processed eucheuma 407a GMP
seaweed
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
Sodium alginate 401 GMP
Sodium carbonate 500(i) GMP
Carboxymethyl 466 GMP
cellulose
Sodium dihydrogen 331(i) GMP
citrate
Sodium hydrogen 500(ii) GMP
carbonate
Sodium lactate 325 GMP
Sodium 500(iii) GMP
sesquicarbonate
Starch acetate 1420 GMP
Starch sodium 1450 GMP
octenyl succinate
Tara gum 417 GMP 236
Tragacanth gum 413 GMP 236
Tricalcium citrate 333(iii) GMP
Tripotassium citrate 332(ii) GMP
Trisodium citrate 331(iii) GMP
Xanthan gum 415 GMP
1.4.3 Clotted cream Diacetyltartaric and 472e 5,000 mg/kg
(plain) fatty acid esters of
glycerol
Nisin 234 10 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33
POLYSORBATES 1,000 mg/kg
1.4.4 Cream Acesulfame 950 1,000 mg/kg 188
analogues potassium
Aspartame 951 1,000 mg/kg 191
CAROTENOIDS 20 mg/kg
Caramel III - 150c 5,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
Caramel IV - sulfite 150d 5,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 20 mg/kg
vegetable
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
Diacetyltartaric and 472e 6,000 mg/kg
fatty acid esters of
glycerol
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 150 mg/kg 181, 201
Neotame 961 33 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33
POLYSORBATES 5,000 mg/kg
Propylene glycol 477 5,000 mg/kg 86
esters of fatty acids
Sucralose 955 580 mg/kg
(Trichlorogalactosucr
ose)
1.5 Milk powder
and cream
powder and
powder
analogues
(plain)
1.5.1 Milk powder ASCORBYL 500mg/kg 10
and cream ESTERS
powder (plain) Butylated
hydroxyanisole 320 100mg/kg 15, 196
(BHA)
Butylated
hydroxytoluene 321 200mg/kg 15, 196
(BHT)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
silicate
Sucroglycerides 474 10,000 mg/kg
1.5.1.1 Dairy
baseddairy
whitener
1.5.2 Powder ASCORBYL 80 mg/kg 10
analogues ESTERS
Acesulfame 950 1,000 mg/kg 188
potassium
Aspartame 951 2,000 mg/kg 191
CAROTENOIDS 100 mg/kg 209
Calcium aluminium 556 570 mg/kg 6, 259
silicate
Caramel III - 150c 5,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
Caramel IV - sulfite 150d 5,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Diacetyltartaric and 472e 10,000 mg/kg
fatty acid esters of
glycerol
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 150 mg/kg 201, 209,
181
Neotame 961 65 mg/kg
52
PHOSPHATES 4,400 mg/kg [88, 33]
POLYSORBATES 4,000 mg/kg
Propylene glycol 477 GMP
esters of fatty acids
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
Sodium alumino 554 570 mg/kg 6, 259
silicate
Steviol glycosides 960 330 mg/kg 26, 201
1.6 Cheese and
analogues
1.6.1 Unripened Aspartame 951 1,000 mg/kg 191
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
cheese CAROTENOIDS 100 mg/kg
CHLOROPHYLLS 50 mg/kg
AND
CHLOROPHYLLI
N, COPPER
COMPLEXES
Canthaxanthin 161g 15 mg/kg 201
Caramel III - 150c 15,000 mg/kg 201
ammonia caramel
Caramel IV - sulfite 150d 50,000 mg/kg 201
ammonia caramel
Indigotine (Indigo 132 200 mg/kg 3
carmine)
Lauric arginate ethyl 243 200 mg/kg
ester
Natamycin 235 40 mg/kg 80, 3
(Pimaricin)
PHOSPHATES 4,400 mg/kg 33
POLYSORBATES 80 mg/kg 38
Ponceau 4R 124 100 mg/kg 3
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
only)(sing
ly or in
combinati
on,
expressed
as
propionic
acid)
Glucono delta 575 GMP (for
lactone channa
and
paneer
only)
Sunset yellow FCF 110 100 mg/kg 3
Calcium chloride 509 200 mg/kg Except
cream
cheese
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 600 mg/kg Except
vegetable coulommi
ers
Carrageenan 407 5,000 mg/kg For
cream
cheese
only
Alginate of 401,402, 5,000 mg/kg For
sodium/potassium/ca 404 cream
lcium cheese
only
Propylene glycol 405 5000 mg/kg
alginate
Paprika extract 160c GMP
Curcumin 100 GMP
52
Annatto [160b(i GMP
) and
(ii)]
1.6.2 Ripened cheese, Canthaxanthin 161g 15 mg/kg 201
(Cheddar,Danb Lysozyme 1105 GMP
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
o,Edam,Gouda, Natamycin 235 40 mg/kg 3, 80
Havarti,Tilisiter (Pimaricin)
,Camembert, Nisin 234 12 mg/kg
Brie,St Paulin, SORBATES 3,000 mg/kg 42
Samsoe,Emmen Calcium chloride 509 200 mg/kg
taler,
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
Provolone,extra
Sodium salts of 339, Total salt
hard grating
mono/di/poly 450(i, ii, content
/sliced/cut/shred
phosphoric acid iii) should not
ed cheese)
451(i),45 exceed
2(i) 9000
Potassium salts of 340, 450 mg/kg
mono/di/poly (iv), (v), 9,000 mg/kg calculated
phosphoric acid 451(ii), as
452(ii) phosphoh
orus/carbo
nates
/citrate/
chloride
Curcumin 100 100 mg/kg
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 100 mg/kg
vegetable
Annatto extracts, 160b(ii) 100 mg/kg
norbixin-based
Annatto extracts, 160b(i) 50 mg/kg Normal to
bixin-based orange
colour
Propionic acid, 280, 3,000 mg/kg Singly or
sodium propionate, 281, in
calcium propionate, 282, 283 combinati
on,
expressed
as
propionic
acid
Pimaricin 235 2 mg/dm2 For
(Natamicin) surface; not surface/
present in rind
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
depth beyond 5 treatment
mm only
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
CHLOROPHYLLS 75 mg/kg
AND
CHLOROPHYLLI
N, COPPER
COMPLEXES
Canthaxanthin 161g 15 mg/kg
Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
Caramel IV - sulfite 150d 50,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
IRON OXIDES 100 mg/kg
Indigotine (Indigo 132 100 mg/kg
carmine)
Lysozyme 1105 GMP
Microcrystalline wax 905c(i) 30,000 mg/kg
Natamycin 235 40 mg/kg
(Pimaricin)
Nisin 234 12 mg/kg
Ponceau 4R 124 100 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
(Pimaricin)
Nisin 234 12 mg/kg
SORBATES 3,000 mg/kg 42
1.6.3 Whey cheese Lauric arginate ethyl 243 200 mg/kg
ester
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
1.6.4 Processed
cheese
1.6.4.1 Plain processed Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
cheese/ CAROTENOIDS 100 mg/kg
processed beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
cheese, vegetable
processed Diacetyltartaric and 472e 10,000 mg/kg
cheese spreads fatty acid esters of
glycerol
HYDROXYBENZO 300 mg/kg 27
ATES, PARA-
IRON OXIDES 50 mg/kg
Lauric arginate ethyl 243 200 mg/kg 80,3
ester
Natamycin 235 40 mg/kg
(Pimaricin)
PHOSPHATES 9,000 mg/kg Total salt
content
should not
exceed
9,000
mg/kg
calculated
as
phosphoh
orus/
cabonates/
citrate/
chloride
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
SODIUM 1,600 mg/kg 251, 6
ALUMINIUM
PHOSPHATES
SORBATES 3,000 mg/kg 42
Sunset yellow FCF 110 100 mg/kg 3
Curcumin 100 100 mg/kg
Chlorophyll 140 100 mg/kg
Annatto 160(b) 50 mg/kg
(i), (ii)
Nisin 234 12.5 mg/kg
1.6.4.2 Flavoured Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
processed CAROTENOIDS 100 mg/kg
cheese, CHLOROPHYLLS 50 mg/kg
including AND
containing fruit, CHLOROPHYLLI
vegetables, meat N, COPPER
etc. COMPLEXES
Canthaxanthin 161g 15 mg/kg
Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
Caramel IV - sulfite 150d 50,000 mg/kg 72
ammonia caramel
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Diacetyltartaric and 472e 10,000 mg/kg
fatty acid esters of
glycerol
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
HYDROXYBENZO 300 mg/kg 27
ATES, PARA-
IRON OXIDES 50 mg/kg
Indigotine (Indigo 132 100 mg/kg
carmine)
Lauric arginate ethyl 243 200 mg/kg
ester
Natamycin 235 40 mg/kg 3, 80
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
(Pimaricin)
PHOSPHATES 9,000 mg/kg 33
Ponceau 4R 124 100 mg/kg
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
SODIUM 1600 mg/kg 251, 6
ALUMINIUM
PHOSPHATES
SORBATES 3,000 mg/kg 42
Sunset yellow FCF 110 100 mg/kg
1.6.5 Cheese Acesulfame 950 350 mg/kg 188
analogues potassium
Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg 3
Aspartame 951 1,000 mg/kg 191
Brilliant blue FCF 133 100 mg/kg 3
CAROTENOIDS 200 mg/kg
CHLOROPHYLLS 50 mg/kg
AND
CHLOROPHYLLI
N, COPPER
COMPLEXES
Canthaxanthin 161g 15 mg/kg
Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
Caramel IV - sulfite 150d 50,000 mg/kg 201
ammonia caramel
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg 3
vegetable
Diacetyltartaric and 472e 10,000 mg/kg
fatty acid esters of
glycerol
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
HYDROXYBENZO 500 mg/kg 27,
ATES, PARA-
Indigotine (Indigo 132 100 mg/kg
carmine)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
Lauric arginate ethyl 243 200 mg/kg
ester
Natamycin 235 40 mg/kg 3, 80
(Pimaricin)
Neotame 961 33 mg/kg
Nisin 234 12 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 9,000 mg/kg
Ponceau 4R 124 100 mg/kg 3
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
SACCHARINS 100 mg/kg
SORBATES 3,000 mg/kg 42
Sucralose 955 500 mg/kg
(Trichlorogalactosucr
ose)
Sunset yellow FCF 110 100 mg/kg 3
1.6.6 Whey protein Acetic acid, glacial 260 GMP
cheese Calcium propionate 282 3,000 mg/kg 70
Citric acid 330 GMP
Glucono delta- 575 GMP
lactone
Lactic acid, L-, D- 270 GMP
and DL-
Malic acid, DL- 296 GMP
Natamycin 235 40 mg/kg 80,3
(Pimaricin)
Nisin 234 12 mg/kg
Propionic acid 280 3,000 mg/kg
SORBATES 3,000 mg/kg 70, 42
Sodium propionate 281 3,000 mg/kg 70
1.7 Dairy based ASCORBYL 500 mg/kg 10, 2
desserts ESTERS
Acesulfame 950 350 mg/kg 188
potassium
Alitame 956 100 mg/kg
Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
Ammonium salts of 442 5,000 mg/kg 231
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
phosphatidic acid
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
Ponceau 4R 124 100 mg/kg
Propyl gallate 310 90 mg/kg 15, 2
Propylene glycol 477 5,000 mg/kg
esters of fatty acids
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
SACCHARINS 100 mg/kg
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
Steviol glycosides 960 330 mg/kg 26
Sucralose 955 400 mg/kg
(Trichlorogalactosucr
ose)
Sucroglycerides 474 5,000 mg/kg
Sunset yellow FCF 110 100 mg/kg
Propylene glycol 405 GMP
alginate
Polyoxyethylene 436 GMP
sorbitan tristearate
Poly glycerol esters 475 GMP
of fatty acid
Polyoxyethylene 432 GMP
sorbyton mono
Laureate
Polyoxyethylene 435 GMP
sorbyton monosterate
Distarch glycerol 1411 GMP
Distarch glycerol 1432 GMP
acetylated
Distarch glycerol 1443 GMP
hydroxypropyl
Microcrystalline 460 (i) 10, 000 mg/kg
cellulose
TARTRATES 1,000 mg/kg
Curcumin 100 100 mg/kg
Annatto 160 b(i), 100 mg/kg
(ii)
Carmoisine 122 100 mg/kg
Erythrosine 127 50 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
Tartrazine 102 100 mg/kg
1.8 Whey and whey
products
excluding whey
cheeses
1.8.1 Liquid whey Benzoyl peroxide 928 100 mg/kg 74
and whey PHOSPHATES 880 mg/kg 33, 228
products
excluding whey
cheeses
52
1.8.2 [Dried whey Benzoyl peroxide 928 100 mg/kg 147
and whey Calcium carbonate 170(i) 10,000 mg/kg
products, Calcium chloride 509 GMP
excluding whey Calcium hydroxide 526 GMP
cheeses] Calcium silicate 552 10,000 mg/kg
Hydroxypropyl 1442 10,000 mg/kg
distarch phosphate
Magnesium 504(i) 10,000 mg/kg
carbonate
Magnesium oxide 530 10,000 mg/kg
Magnesium silicate, 553(i) 10,000 mg/kg
synthetic
Microcrystalline 460(i) 10,000 mg/kg
cellulose (Cellulose
gel)
PHOSPHATES 4,400 mg/kg 33
Potassium carbonate 501(i) GMP
Potassium chloride 508 GMP
Potassium 332(i) GMP
dihydrogen citrate
Potassium hydrogen 501(ii) GMP
carbonate
Potassium hydroxide 525 GMP
Powdered cellulose 460(ii) 10,000 mg/kg
Silicon dioxide, 551 10,000 mg/kg
amorphous
Sodium 554 1,140 mg/kg 6
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 1
Dairy products and analogues, excluding products of category 2.0
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No. Recommende Note
Category Name (3) (4) d Maximum (6)
System (1) (2) Level
(5)
aluminosilicate
Sodium carbonate 500(i) GMP
Sodium dihydrogen 331(i) GMP
citrate
Sodium hydrogen 500(ii) GMP
carbonate
Sodium hydroxide 524 GMP
Sodium 500(iii) GMP
sesquicarbonate
Talc 553(iii) 10,000 mg/kg
Tripotassium citrate 332(ii) GMP
Trisodium citrate 331(iii) GMP
Table 2
Fats and oils, and fat emulsions
Food
Food Category Recommended
Category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
2.0 Fats and oils,
and fat
emulsions
2.1 Fats and oils
essentially free
from water
2.1.1 Butter oil, ASCORBYL 10,171
anhydrous milk 500 mg/kg
ESTERS
fat and ghee (no
Butylated 320 175mg/kg 15,
additives in case
hydroxyanisole 171,
of ghee)
(BHA) 133
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 2
Fats and oils, and fat emulsions
Food
Food Category Recommended
Category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
15,
Propyl gallate 310 100 mg/kg 133,
171
Gallate(octyl/ 311, 313,
100 mg/kg
ethyl/dodecyl ) 312
Citric acid 330 GMP 171
2.1.2 Vegetable oils Lecithins 322(i) GMP
and fats Ascorbic acid 300 GMP
Propyl gallate 310 200 mg/kg 15, 130
52
[TOCOPHER GMP
OLS
ASCORBYL 500mg/kg]
ESTERS
Butylated 320 200mg/kg 130, 15
hydroxyanisole
(BHA)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 2
Fats and oils, and fat emulsions
Food
Food Category Recommended
Category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
ane
beta-Carotenes,
160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
CAROTENOID
25 mg/kg 232
S
Diacetyltartaric
acid and fatty
472e 10,000 mg/kg
acid esters of
glycerol
POLYSORBAT
5,000 mg/kg 102
ES
Propylene glycol
esters of fatty 477 10,000 mg/kg
acids
Stearyl citrate 484 GMP
THIODIPROPI
200 mg/kg 46
ONATES
2.1.3 Lard, tallow, 322(i),
Lecithins GMP
fish oil, and (ii)
other animal Ascorbic acid 300 GMP
fats (edible fats)
Propyl gallate 310 200 mg/kg 15, 130
TOCOPHEROL
GMP
S
ASCORBYL
500 mg/kg 10
ESTERS
Butylated 320 200 mg/kg 130, 15
hydroxyanisole
(BHA)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 2
Fats and oils, and fat emulsions
Food
Food Category Recommended
Category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
Phosphoric acid 338 100 mg/kg
Singly
Dimethyl
900a or in
polysiloxane
combin
10 mg/kg ation
with
Silicon dioxide 551
silicon
dioxide
beta-Carotenes,
161a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
CAROTENOID
25 mg/kg
S
Diacetyl tartaric
acid and fatty
472e 10,000 mg/kg
acid esters of
glycerol
Fast green FCF 143 100 mg/kg
Indigotine 132 100 mg/kg
Isopropyl citrate
384 200 mg/kg
mixture
POLYSORBAT
5,000 mg/kg 102
ES
Propylene glycol
esters of fatty 477 10,000 mg/kg
acids
Stearyl citrate 484 GMP
Sunset yellow
110 100 mg/kg
FCF
THIODIPROPI
200 mg/kg 46
ONATES
2.2 Fat emulsions
mainly of type
water-in-oil
2.2.1 Butter (Butter Curcumin 100 100 mg/kg
and Milk Fat) beta-Carotenes,
160a(ii) 600 mg/kg
vegetable
Annatto 160b(i),(i 20 mg/kg 8
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 2
Fats and oils, and fat emulsions
Food
Food Category Recommended
Category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
i)
CAROTENOID 146,
35 mg/kg
S 291
Sodium
524
hydroxide
GMP
Calcium
526
hydroxide
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 2
Fats and oils, and fat emulsions
Food
Food Category Recommended
Category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
1,2 -propylene
glycol esters of 477 20g/kg
fatty acids
52
[SORBITAN
ESTERS OF 10,000 mg/kg 359]
FATTY ACIDS
Sucroglycerides 474 10,000mg/kg 102
SORBATES 2,000 mg/kg 42
beta-Carotenes,
160a(ii) 1,000mg/kg
vegetable
Annatto 160b 20 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 2
Fats and oils, and fat emulsions
Food
Food Category Recommended
Category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
POLYSORBAT
5,000 mg/kg 102
ES
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
Stearyl citrate 484 100 mg/kg 15
STEAROYL 481(i),
10,000 mg/kg
LACTYLATES 482(i)
Thermally
oxidized soya
bean oil
interacted with 479 5,000 mg/kg
mono- and
diglycerides of
fatty acids
THIODIPROPI
200 mg/kg 46
ONATES
52
[Sucrose 473a 10,000 mg/kg 348,
oligoesters, Type 360
I and Type II
Sucrose esters of 473 10,000 mg/kg 348,
fatty acids 360
Poly glycerol 475 5,000 mg/kg 359]
esters of fatty
acid
2.3 Fat emulsions Acesulfame
950 1,000 mg/kg 188
mainly of type potassium
oil-in-water, ASCORBYL
500 mg/kg 10
including mixed ESTERS
and/or Aspartame 951 1,000 mg/kg 191
flavoured BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 13
products based Brilliant blue FCF 133 100 mg/kg
on fat emulsions Butylated 320 200mg/kg 130, 15
hydroxyanisole
(BHA)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 2
Fats and oils, and fat emulsions
Food
Food Category Recommended
Category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
Canthaxanthhin 161g 15 mg/kg
Caramel III -
150c 20,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
beta-Carotenes,
160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
CAROTENOID
200 mg/kg
S
Diacetyltartaric
and fatty acid 472e 10,000 mg/kg
esters of glycerol
HYDROXYBEN
ZOATES,PARA 300 mg/kg 27
-
Indigotine (indigo
132 100 mg/kg
caramine)
Neotame 961 10 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33
POLYSORBAT
5,000 mg/kg 102
ES
Propyl gallate 310 200 mg/kg 15, 130
Propylene glycol
esters of fatty 477 30,000 mg/kg
acids
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
52
[Poly glycerol 475 20,000 mg/kg 363
esters of fatty
acid
Propylene glycol 405 3,000 mg/kg
alginate
STEAROYL 3,000 mg/kg
LACTYLATES
SORBITAN 5,000 mg/kg 363
ESTERS OF
FATTY ACIDS
Sucrose esters of 473 5,000 mg/kg 363,
fatty acids 102]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 2
Fats and oils, and fat emulsions
Food
Food Category Recommended
Category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
Sucroglycerides 474 10,000 mg/kg 102
Tertiary
butylhydroquinon 319 200 mg/kg 15, 130
e
2.4 Fat-based Propylene glycol
405 10 g/kg
desserts alginate
excluding dairy- Polyglycerol
based dessert esters of fatty 475 10 g/kg
products of acids
food category Polyoxethylene
1.7 (frozen sorbitian 432 10 g/kg
desserts/frozen monolaureate
confections) Polyoxethylene
sorbitian 436 10 g/kg
tristearate
Polyoxethylene
sorbitian 435 10 g/kg
monolstearate
Aspartame 951 1,000 mg/kg 191
Sucralose 955 400 mg/kg
Curcumin 100 100 mg/kg
beta-Carotenes,
160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
Annatto 160b 100 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 2
Fats and oils, and fat emulsions
Food
Food Category Recommended
Category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
ASCORBYL
304, 305 80 mg/kg 10
ESTERS
Aspartame-
962 350 mg/kg 113
acesulfame salt
BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 13
Brilliant blue FCF 133 100 mg/kg
Butylated 320 200 mg/kg 130, 15
hydroxyanisole
(BHA)
POLYSORBAT
3,000 mg/kg 102
ES
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 2
Fats and oils, and fat emulsions
Food
Food Category Recommended
Category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
Ponceau 4R 124 50 mg/kg
Propyl gallate 310 200 mg/kg 15, 130
Propylene glycol
esters of fatty 477 40,000 mg/kg
acids
SACCHARINS 100 mg/kg
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
Sucroglycerides 474 5,000 mg/kg
Sunset yellow
110 50 mg/kg
FCF
Tertiary
butylhydroquinon 319 200 mg/kg 15, 130
e
2.4.1 Cocoa based Acesulfame
950 1,000 mg/kg 188
spreads potassium
including Alitame 956 300 mg/kg
fillings Aspartame 951 3,000 mg/kg 191
BENZOATES 1,500 mg/kg 13
Propyl gallate 310 200 mg/kg 15, 130
ACSCORBYL 10,
500 mg/kg
ESTERS 15,114
Mineral oil, high
905d 2,000 mg/kg 3
viscosity
Mineral oil,
medium and low 905e 2,000 mg/kg 3
viscosity, class I
ETHYLENE
21
DIAMINE
50 mg/kg
TETRA
ACETATES
HYDROXYBEN
ZOATES, 300 mg/kg 27
PARA-
Lauric arginate
243 200 mg/kg
ethyl ester
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 2
Fats and oils, and fat emulsions
Food
Food Category Recommended
Category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
POLYSORBAT
1,000 mg/kg
ES
SACCHARINS 200 mg/kg
Sucralose
(Trichlorogalacto 955 400 mg/kg 169
sucrose)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 3
Edible ice, including sorbet
Food
Food Category Recommended
Category Food Additive INS No Notes
Name Maximum level
System
3.0 Edible ices, 200 mg/kg
ASCORBYL
including sorbet 10,15
ESTERS
(ice candy)
Acesulfame
950 800 mg/kg 188
potassium
Alitame 956 100 mg/kg
Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
Aspartame 951 1,000 mg/kg 191
Brilliant blue
133 100 mg/kg
FCF
Butylated 320 200mg/kg 195, 15
hydroxyanisole
(BHA)
CAROTENOID
200mg/kg
S
CHLOROPHY
LLS AND
CHLOROPHY
500 mg/kg
LLINS,
COPPER
COMPLEXES
Caramel III -
ammonia 150c GMP
caramel
Caramel IV -
sulfite ammonia 150d 3,000 mg/kg
caramel
beta-Carotenes,
160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Diacetyltartaric
and fatty acid 472e 1,000 mg/kg
esters of glycerol
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 3
Edible ice, including sorbet
Food
Food Category Recommended
Category Food Additive INS No Notes
Name Maximum level
System
Fast green FCF 143 100 mg/kg
Grape skin
163(ii) 100 mg/kg 181
extract
IRON OXIDES 300 mg/kg
Indigotine
132 100 mg/kg
(Indigo carmine)
Neotame 961 100 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 7,500 mg/kg 33
POLYSORBAT
1,000 mg/kg
ES
Ponceau 4R 124 100mg/kg
Propylene glycol
52
esters of fatty 477 [5,000 mg/Kg]
acids
RIBOFLAVINS 500 mg/kg
SACCHARINS 100 mg/kg
Sucralose
(Trichlorogalact 955 320 mg/kg
osucrose)
Sucroglycerides 474 5,000 mg/kg 15 , 195
Sunset yellow
110 100 mg/kg
FCF
Tertiary
butylhydroquino 319 200 mg/kg
ne (TBHQ)
Propylene glycol
405 10,000 mg/kg
alginate
Polyglycerol
esters of fattty 475 10,000 mg/kg
acids
Polyoxyethylene
sorbitan 432 10,000 mg/kg
monolaureate
Polyoxyethylene
436 10,000 mg/kg
sorbitan
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 3
Edible ice, including sorbet
Food
Food Category Recommended
Category Food Additive INS No Notes
Name Maximum level
System
tristearate
Polyoxyethylene
sorbitan 435 10,000 mg/kg
monostearate
Curcumin 100 100 mg/kg
Annatto 160b 100 mg/kg
Canthaxanthin 161g 100mg/kg
Carmoisine 122 100mg/kg
Erythrosine 127 50mg/kg
Tartrazine 102 100mg/kg
Indigotine
132 100mg/kg
(Indigo carmine)
TARTRATES 1 g/kg
Steviol
960 170 mg/kg 26
glycosides
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
4.0 Fruits and
vegetables
(including
mushrooms and
fungi, roots and
tubers, pulses and
legumes and aloe
vera), sea weeds,
nuts and seeds
4.1 Fruits
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
processed fruits] Carbon dioxide 290 GMP 59
Nitrogen 941 GMP 59
Nitrous oxide 942 GMP
Potassium
303 GMP
ascorbate
Sodium
301 GMP
ascorbate
Calcium
509
chloride,
Calcium lactate 327
Calcium 350 mg/kg
578
gluconate
Calcium
170(i)
carbonate
52
[Citric acid 330 GMP
Ascorbic acid 300 GMP
Potassium 501 GMP]
carbonate
4.1.2 Processed fruits Carnauba wax 903 GMP
SULFITES 500 mg/kg
4.1.2.1 Frozen fruits SULFITES 500 mg/kg 44, 155
4.1.2.2 Dried fruits, nuts ASCORBYL 80 mg/kg 10
and seeds ESTERS
BENZOATES 800 mg/kg 13
ETHYLENE
DIAMINE
TETRA 265 mg/kg
21
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Diacetyltartaric
and fatty acid 472e 10,000 mg/kg
esters of glycerol
HYDROXYBE 800 mg/kg 27
NZOATES,
PARA
Lauric arginate 243 200 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
ethyl ester
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
Diacetyltartaric
and fatty acid 472e 1,000 mg/kg
esters of glycerol
ETHYLENE
DIAMINE
TETRA 250 mg/kg 21
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Grape skin
163(ii) 1,500 mg/kg
extract
HYDROXYBE
NZOATES, 250 mg/kg 27
PARA
Neotame 961 100 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg
Polydimethylsilo
900a 10 mg/kg
xane
SACCHARINS 160 mg/kg 144
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
SULFITES 100 mg/kg 44
Sucralose
(Trichlorogalact 955 180 mg/kg 144
osucrose)
4.1.2.4 Canned or bottled Acesulfame
950 350 mg/kg 188
(pasteurized) fruit potassium
Annatto 160b 200 mg/kg
Aspartame 951 1,000 mg/kg 191
Aspartame-
962 350 mg/kg 113
acesulfame salt
Canthaxanthin 161g 200 mg/kg
Brilliant blue
133 200 mg/kg
FCF
Carmoisine 122 200 mg/kg
CAROTENOID
200 mg/kg
S
CHLOROPHY
100 mg/kg
LLS AND
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
CHLOROPHY
LLINS,
COPPER
COMPLEXES
Caramel III -
ammonia 150c 200 mg/kg
caramel
Caramel IV -
sulfite ammonia 150d 7,500 mg/kg
caramel
Curcumin 100 200 mg/kg
beta-Carotenes,
160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Dimethyl
900a 10 mg/kg
polysiloxane
Erythrosine 127 100 mg/kg
Fast green FCF 143 200 mg/kg
Grape skin
163(ii) 1,500 mg/kg
extract
IRON OXIDES 300 mg/kg
Indigotine
132 200 mg/kg
(Indigo carmine)
Neotame 961 33 mg/kg
Ponceau 4R 124 200 mg/kg
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
SACCHARINS 200 mg/kg
Stannous
512 20 mg/kg 43
chloride
Tartrazine 102 200 mg/kg
Sunset yellow
110 200 mg/kg
FCF
Sucralose
(Trichlorogalact 955 400 mg/kg
osucrose)
Steviol 960 100 mg/kg 26
glycosides
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
Saffron GMP
4.1.2.5 Jams, jellies, Acesulfame
950 1,000 mg/kg 188
marmalades potassium
Alitame 956 100 mg/kg
Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
Annatto 160b GMP
Aspartame 951 1,000 mg/kg 191
Aspartame-
962 1,000 mg/kg 113
acesulfame salt
Brilliant blue
133 200 mg/kg
FCF
BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 13
CAROTENOID 200 mg/kg
S
CHLOROPHY
LLS AND
CHLOROPHY
200 mg/kg
LLINS,
COPPER
COMPLEXES
Canthaxanthin 161g 200 mg/kg
Caramel III -
ammonia 150c 200 mg/kg
caramel
Caramel IV -
sulfite ammonia 150d 1,500 mg/kg
caramel
Carmoisine 122 200 mg/kg
Carnauba wax 903 400 mg/kg
beta-Carotenes,
160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Curcumin 100 GMP
Dimethylpolysil
900a 10 mg/kg.
oxane
ETHYLENE
DIAMINE 130 mg/kg 21
TETRA
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Erythrosine 127 100 mg/kg
Fast green FCF 143 200 mg/kg
Grape skin
163(ii) 500 mg/kg
extract
HYDROXYBE
NZOATES 250 mg/kg 27
PARA-
IRON OXIDES 200 mg/kg
Indigotine
132 200 mg/kg
(Indigo carmine)
Neotame 961 70 mg/kg
Polydimethylsilo
900a 30 mg/kg
xane
Ponceau 4R 124 200 mg/kg
RIBOFLAVINS 200 mg/kg
SACCHARINS 200 mg/kg
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
SULFITES 100 mg/kg 44
Steviol
960 360 mg/kg 26
glycosides
Sucralose
(Trichlorogalact 955 400 mg/kg
osucrose)
Tartaric acid, L
334 GMP
(+)
Tartrazine 102
Sunset yellow 200 mg/kg
110
FCF
4.1.2.6 Fruit-based Annatto 160b GMP
spreads (e.g. Aspartame 951 1,000 mg/kg 191
chutney) excluding BENZOATES 250 mg/kg 13
products of food Brilliant blue
133 100 mg/kg
category 4.1.2.5 FCF
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
CAROTENOID
500 mg/kg
S
CHLOROPHY
LLS AND
CHLOROPHY 150 mg/kg
LLIN,COPPER
COMPLEXES
Canthaxanthin 161g 15 mg/kg
Caramel III -
ammonia 150c 500 mg/kg
caramel
Caramel IV -
sulfite ammonia 150d 500 mg/kg
caramel
beta-Carotenes,
160a(ii) 500 mg/kg
vegetable
Curcumin 100 GMP
Diacetyltartaric
and fatty acid 472e 5,000 mg/kg
esters of glycerol
ETHYLENE
DIAMINE
TETRA 100 mg/kg 21
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Fast green FCF 143 100 mg/kg
Grape skin
163(ii) 500 mg/kg
extract
HYDROXYBE 1,000 mg/kg 27
NZOATE
PARA-
IRON OXIDES 500 mg/kg
Indigotine
132 100 mg/kg
(Indigo carmine)
Neotame 961 70 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 1,100 mg/kg 33
Polydimethylsilo 900a 10 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
xane
Ponceau 4R 124 100 mg/kg
Propylene glycol
405 GMP
alginate
RIBOFLAVINS 500 mg/kg
SACCHARINS 200 mg/kg
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
Sucralose
(Trichlorogalact 955 400 mg/kg
osucrose)
Tartaric acid, L
334 GMP
(+)
Ascorbyl
304 200 mg/kg
Palmitate
Sunset yellow
110 100 mg/kg
FCF
TBHQ 319 200 mg/kg
TOCOPHERO
GMP
LS
Steviol 960 330 mg/kg 26
glycosides
Acesulfame
950 500 mg/kg 188
potassium
4.1.2.7 Candied / glazed / Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
crystallised fruit Annatto 160b 200 mg/kg
including Aspartame 951 2,000 mg/kg 191
murrabba* BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 13
Brilliant blue
133 200 mg/kg
FCF
Canthaxanthin 161g 200 mg/kg
CAROTENOID
200 mg/kg
S
CHLOROPHY
LLS AND
CHLOROPHY 250 mg/kg
LLINS,
COPPER
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
COMPLEXES
Caramel III -
ammonia 150c 200 mg/kg
caramel
Caramel IV -
sulfite ammonia 150d 7,500 mg/kg
caramel
beta-Carotenes,
160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Curcumin 100 200 mg/kg
Diacetyltartaric
and fatty acid 472e 1,000 mg/kg
esters of glycerol
Erythrosine 127 100 mg/kg
Fast green FCF 143 200 mg/kg
Grape skin
163(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
extract
HYDROXYBE
NZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 27
PARA
IRON OXIDES 250 mg/kg
Indigotine
132 200 mg/kg
(Indigo carmine)
Neotame 961 65 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 10 mg/kg 33
Ponceau 4R 124 200 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
FCF
Tartrazine 102 200 mg/kg
Acesulfame 950 500 mg/kg 188
potassium
Tartaric acid 334 GMP
*No sweeteners and colours permitted in murrabba
4.1.2.8 Fruit Acesulfame
950 350 mg/kg 188
preparations, potassium
including fruit Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
pulp, purees, fruit
toppings and Aspartame-
962 350 mg/kg 113
coconut milk acesulfame salt
Aspartame 951 1,000 mg/kg 191
160b(i),
Annatto GMP
(ii)
BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 13
Brilliant blue
133 100 mg/kg
FCF
CAROTENOID
100 mg/kg
S
CHLOROPHY
LLS AND
CHLOROPHY
100 mg/kg
LLINS,
COPPER
COMPLEXES
beta-Carotenes,
160a(ii) 100 mg/kg 182
vegetable
Caramel III -
ammonia 150c 7,500 mg/kg
caramel
Caramel IV -
sulfite ammonia 150d 7,500 mg/kg
caramel
Curcumin 100 GMP
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
Diacetyltartaric
and fatty acid 472e 2,500 mg/kg
esters of glycerol
Fast green FCF 143 100 mg/kg
Grape skin
163(ii) 500 mg/kg
extract
HYDROXYBE
NZOATES 800 mg/kg 27
PARA-
Indigotine
132 100 mg/kg
(Indigo carmine)
Neotame 961 100 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 350 mg/kg 33
Paprika oleoresin 160c(i) GMP
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
Ponceau 4R 124 50 mg/kg
Propylene glycol
esters of fatty 477 40,000 mg/kg
acids
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
SACCHARINS 200 mg/kg
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
POLYSORBAT
1,000 mg/kg 154
ES
SULFITES 100 mg/kg 206, 44
Steviol 960 330 mg/kg 26
glycosides
Sucralose
(Trichlorogalact 955 400 mg/kg
osucrose)
Sunset yellow 110 100 mg/kg
FCF
52[SORBITAN 5,000 mg/kg XS314R,
ESTERS OF XS240
FATTY ACIDS
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
Sucrose esters of 473 1,500 mg/kg 348,
fatty acids XS314R]
4.1.2.9 Fruit-based Tartaric acid, L
334 GMP
desserts including (+)
fruit-flavoured ASCORBYL
500 mg/kg 2, 10
water-based ESTERS
desserts Acesulfame
950 350 mg/kg 188
potassium
Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
Aspartame 951 1,000 mg/kg 191
Aspartame-
962 350 mg/kg 113
acesulfame salt
Brilliant blue 133 100 mg/kg
FCF
CAROTENOID
150 mg/kg
S
CHLOROPHY
LLS AND
CHLOROPHY
150 mg/kg
LLINS,
COPPER
COMPLEXES
Canthaxanthin 161g 15 mg/kg
Caramel III -
ammonia 150c 200 mg/kg
caramel
Caramel IV -
sulfite ammonia 150d 7,500 mg/kg
caramel
beta-Carotenes,
160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Diacetyltartaric
and fatty acid 472e 2,500 mg/kg
esters of glycerol
Fast green FCF 143 100 mg/kg
Grape skin
163(ii) 500 mg/kg
extract
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
HYDROXYBE
NZOATES 800 mg/kg 27
PARA-
IRON OXIDES 200 mg/kg
Indigotine
132 100 mg/kg
(Indigo carmine)
Neotame 961 100 mg/kg
PHOSPAHTES 1,500 mg/kg 33
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
LLS AND
CHLOROPHY
LLINSCOPPE
R
COMPLEXES
beta-Carotenes,
160a(ii) 200 mg/kg
vegetable
Diacetyltartaric
and fatty acid 472e 2,500 mg/kg
esters of glycerol
ETHYLENE
DIAMINE
TETRA 250 mg/kg 21
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Grape skin
163(ii) 500 mg/kg
extract
HYDROXYBE
NZOATES, 800 mg/kg 27
PARA-
Neotame 961 65 mg/kg
Steviol
960 115 mg/kg 26
glycosides
Sucralose
955 150 mg/kg
(Trichlorogalact
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
osucrose)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
Indigotine
132 100 mg/kg
(Indigo carmine)
Lauric arginate
243 200 mg/kg
ethyl ester
Neotame 961 100 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 1,500 mg/kg 33
SORBATES 3,000 mg/kg
Ponceau 4R 124 50 mg/kg
Propylene glycol
esters of fatty 477 40,000 mg/kg
acids
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
SULFITES 100 mg/kg 44
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
Sucralose 955 150 mg/kg
(Trichlorogalact
osucrose)
4.2 Vegetables, sea
weeds, nuts and
seeds
4.2.1 Fresh vegetables,
sea weeds, nuts No additives permitted
and seeds
4.2.1.1 Untreated fresh
vegetables
((including
mushrooms and
fungi, roots and
tubers, fresh
pulses and No additives permitted
legumes (including
soybean), and aloe
vera) sea weeds,
nuts and seeds))
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
52
4.2.1.3 [Peeled, cut or Lauric arginate 243 200 mg/kg
shredded ethyl ester
minimally PHOSPHATES 5,600 mg/kg 33,76
processed
vegetables Sodium
301 GMP
[(including ascorbate
mushrooms and 44,76,13
SULFITES 50 mg/kg
fungi, roots and 6
tubers, fresh Calcium chloride 509
pulses and Calcium lactate 327
legumes, and aloe Calcium
vera) sea weeds, 578 350 mg/kg
gluconate
nuts and seeds)]] Calcium
170(i)
carbonate
52
[Citric acid 330 GMP
Ascorbic acid 300 GMP
Calcium 302 GMP
ascorbate
Potassium 501 GMP]
carbonate
4.2.2 Processed Acetic acid, 260 GMP
vegetables glacial
(including Caramel IV - 150d 50,000 mg/kg 92
mushrooms and Sulfite Ammonia
fungi, roots and Caramel
tubers, pulses and Ascorbic acid, L- 300 GMP 110
legumes, and aloe Citric acid 330 GMP 242, 262,
vera) sea weeds, 264, 265
nuts and seeds
ETHYLENE 100 mg/kg 21, 110
DIAMINE
TETRA
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Lactic acid, L-, 270 GMP 262, 264
D- and DL-
Malic acid, dl- 296 GMP 265
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
PHOSPHATES 5,000 mg/kg 33, 76
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
weeds, nuts and (BHA)
seeds
Butylated 321 200 mg/kg 196, 15,
hydroxytoluene 76
(BHT)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
beta - Carotenes,
160a(ii) 1,320 mg/kg
, vegetable
CAROTENOID
50 mg/kg
S
Diacetyltartaric
and fatty acid
472e 2,500 mg/kg
esters of
glycerols
ETHYLENE
DIAMINE
TETRA 250 mg/kg 21
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Fast green FCF 143 100 mg/kg
Grape skin
163(ii) 100 mg/kg 179, 181
extract
HYDROXYBE
NZOATES, 1,000 mg/kg 27
PARA-
Indigotine
132 100 mg/kg
(indigo carmine)
Lauric arginate
243 200 mg/kg
ethyl ester
Neotame 961 10 mg/kg 144
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33
Polydimethylsilo 900a 10 mg/kg
xane
RIBOFLAVINS 500 mg/kg
SACCHARINS 160 mg/kg 144
SORBATES 1000 mg/kg 42
Sucralose
(trichlorogalacto 955 400 mg/kg
sucrose)
SULFITES 100 mg/kg 44
52
[Ferrous 579 150 mg/kg 48,23
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
gluconate
Ferrous lactate 585 150 mg/kg 48,23]
4.2.2.4 Canned or bottled Acesulfame
950 200 mg/kg 188
(pasteurised) or potassium
retort pouched Allura red AC 129 200 mg/kg
vegetables Acesulfame
950 350 mg/kg 188
(including potassium
mushrooms and Aspartame 951 1,000 mg/kg 191
fungi, roots and Brilliant blue
133 200 mg/kg
tubers, fresh FCF
pulses and Caramel III -
legumes, and aloe ammonia 150c 200 mg/kg
vera) sea weeds caramel
beta-Carotenes,
160a(ii) 200 mg/kg
vegetable
CAROTENOID
200 mg/kg
S
ETHYLENE
DIAMINE
TETRA 365 mg/kg 21
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Fast green FCF 143 200 mg/kg
Neotame 961 33 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33
Polydimethylsilo
900a 10 mg/kg
xane
SACCHARINS 160 mg/kg 144
Ascorbic acid GMP
Stannous
512 25 mg/kg 43
chloride
Steviol
960 70 mg/kg 26
glycosides
Sucralose
(trichlorogalacto 955 580 mg/kg
sucrose)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
SULFITES 50 mg/kg 44
4.2.2.5 Vegetables Aspartame 951 1,000 mg/kg 191
(including
mushrooms and Acesulfame 950 1,000 mg/kg 188
fungi, roots and potassium
tubers, pulses and BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 13
legumes, and aloe Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg
vera) sea weeds, ammonia
nuts and seeds, caramel
purees and beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
spreads (peanut vegetable
butter) CAROTENOID 50 mg/kg
S
CHLOROPHY 100 mg/kg 62
LLS AND
CHLOROPHY
LINS,COPPER
COMPLEXES
ETHYLENE 250 mg/kg 21
DIAMINE
TETRA
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Grape skin 163(ii) 100 mg/kg 179, 181
extract
HYDROXYBE 1,000 mg/kg 27
NZOATES,
PARA-
Neotame 961 33 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33, 76
Polydimethylsilo 900a 10 mg/kg
xane
SACCHARINS 160 mg/kg
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
Steviol 960 330 mg/kg 26
glycosides
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
Sucralose 955 400 mg/kg 169
(trichlorogalacto
sucrose)
SULFITES 500 mg/kg 44, 138
4.2.2.6 Vegetables Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg 92
(including Acesulfame 950 350 mg/kg 188
mushrooms and potassium
fungi, roots and Aspartame 951 1,000 mg/kg 191
tubers, pulses Aspartame- 962 350 mg/kg 113
and legumes, and acesulfame salt
aloe vera) sea BENZOATES 3,000 mg/kg 13
weeds, nuts and Brilliant blue 133 100 mg/kg 92
seeds-pulps and FCF
preparations (e.g Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg
vegetable desserts ammonia
and sauces, caramel
candied beta - Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg 92
vegetables) other vegetable
than food category CAROTENOID 50 mg/kg 92
4.2.2.5 S
Chlorophylls 100 mg/kg 62, 92
And
Chlorophylins,
Copper
Complexes
Diacetyltartaric
and fatty acid
472e 2,500 mg/kg
esters of
glycerols
ETHYLENE
DIAMINE
TETRA 80 mg/kg 21
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Grape skin
163(ii) 100 mg/kg 92, 181
extract
HYDROXYBE 1,000 mg/kg 27
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
NZOATES
PARA-
Indigotine
132 100 mg/kg 92
(indigo carmine)
Neotame 961 33 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33
Polydimethylsilo
900a 50 mg/kg
xane
POLYSORBAT
3,000 mg/kg
ES
Propylene glycol
esters of fatty 477 5,000 mg/kg
acids
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg 92
SACCHARINS 200 mg/kg
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
Steviol
960 165 mg/kg 26
glycosides
Sucralose
(trichlorogalacto 955 400 mg/kg
sucrose)
Sucroglycerides 474 5,000 mg/kg
SULFITES 300 mg/kg 44, 205
Sunset yellow
110 50 mg/kg 92
FCF
4.2.2.7 Fermented
Aspartame 951 2,500 mg/kg 191
vegetables(includi
ng mushrooms Acesulfame
950 1,000 mg/kg 188
and fungi, roots Potassium
and tubers, pulses BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 13
and legumes, and Brilliant blue
aloe vera) and 133 100 mg/kg 92
FCF
seaweed products, CAROTENOID 50 mg/kg 92
excluding S
fermented soybean Calcium 5'-
products of food 634 GMP 279
ribonucleotides
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
categories 6.8.6, Calcium
170(i) GMP 279
6.8.7, 12.9.1, carbonate
12.9.2.1 and Calcium chloride 509 GMP 279
12.9.2.3 Calcium lactate 327 10,000 mg/kg
Calcium
170 GMP
carbonate
Calcium
227 500 mg/kg
bisulphite
Citric acid 330 GMP
CHLOROPHY
LLS AND
CHLOROPHY
100 mg/kg 62
LLINS,
COPPER
COMPLEXES
Caramel III -
ammonia 150c 50,000 mg/kg
caramel
beta-Carotenes,
160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Diacetyltartaric
and fatty acid 472e 2,500 mg/kg
esters of glycerol
ETHYLENE
DIAMINE
TETRA 250 mg/kg 21
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Erythrosine 127 30 mg/kg
Fast green FCF 143 100 mg/kg
Grape skin
163(ii) 100 mg/kg 181
extract
HYDROXYBE
NZOATES 300 mg/kg 27
PARA-
Indigotine
132 100 mg/kg
(Indigo carmine)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
Malic acid 296 GMP
Neotame 961 33 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33
Polydimethylsilo
900a 10 mg/kg
xane
Ponceau 4R 124 100 mg/kg
RIBOFLAVINS 500 mg/kg
SACCHARINS 200 mg/kg
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
SULFITES 500 mg/kg 44
Sucralose
(Trichlorogalact 955 580 mg/kg
osucrose)
Sunset yellow
110 100 mg/kg 92
FCF
Steviol glycoside 960 200 mg/kg 26
4.2.2.8 Cooked or fried Aspartame 951 1,000 mg/kg
vegetables Benzoates 1,000 mg/kg 13
(including L-Tartaric acid 334 GMP
mushrooms and Chlorophylls
fungi, roots and and
tubers, pulses and Chlorophyllins, 100 mg/kg
legumes, and aloe copper
vera), and complexes
seaweeds Caramel III -
ammonia 150c 50,000 mg/kg
caramel
Curcumin 100 GMP
Diacetyltartaric
and fatty acid 472e 2,500 mg/kg
esters of glycerol
ETHYLENE
DIAMINE
TETRA 250 mg/kg 21
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4
Fruits and vegetables
Food
Food Category Recommended
category Food Additive INS No Note
Name Maximum Level
System
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 5
Confectionary
Food Food Category Food Additive INS Recommended Note
Category Name Numbe Maximum level
System r
5.0 Confectionery ASCORBYL 500 mg/kg 10,
ESTERS 15,114
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
esters of 97
interesterified
ricinoleic acid
SORBITAN 2,000 mg/kg XS141,
ESTERS OF 97, 123]
FATTY ACIDS
5.1.2 Cocoa mixes Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg
(syrups) ammonia caramel
Caramel IV - 150d 50,000 mg/kg
sulfite ammonia
caramel
Acesulfame 950 350 mg/kg 97,188
potassium
Alitame 956 300 mg/kg
Aspartame 951 1,000 mg/kg 191
Neotame 961 33 mg/kg 97
POLYSORBAT 500 mg/kg
ES
SACCHARINS 80 mg/kg 97
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
Sucralose 955 400 mg/kg 97
(Trichlorogalacto
sucrose)
52
[TARTRATES 2,000 mg/kg 45
TOCOPHERO 500 mg/kg 15]
LS
5.1.3 Cocoa and Acesulfame 950 1,000 mg/kg 188
chocolate potassium
products Annatto 160b(i), 100 mg/kg
(ii)
Grape skin 163(ii) 200 mg/kg
extract
52
[omit ]
Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg 183
Alitame 956 300 mg/kg
Ammonium salts 442 GMP
of phosphatidic
acid
Aspartame 951 3,000 mg/kg 191
Beeswax 901 GMP 3
Brilliant blue 133 100 mg/kg 183
FCF
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Butylated 320 200 mg/kg 130,
hydroxyanisole 141, 15
(BHA)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
HYDROXYBE 300 mg/kg 27
NZOATES,
PARA-
PHOSPHATES 2,500 mg/kg 33
Tartrazine 102 100 mg/kg
52
POLYSORBAT [5,000 mg/kg] 101
ES
Ponceau 4R 124 100 mg/kg 183
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
SACCHARINS 500 mg/kg
Erythrosine 127 50 mg/kg
Shellac, bleached 904 GMP 3
52
[omit ]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
52
5.1.4 [Imitation Acesulfame 950 500 mg/kg 188
Chocolate, potassium
Chocolate Alitame 956 300 mg/kg
substitute Ammonium salts 442 GMP
products] of phosphatidic
acid
Aspartame 951 3,000 mg/kg
Aspartame- 962 500 mg/kg 191
acesulfame salt
BENZOATES 1,500 mg/kg 13
52
[omit ]
Butylated 321 200 mg/kg 141, 15,
hydroxytoluene 197
(BHT)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sulfur dioxide 220 150 mg/kg
Sorbitan 491 10 g/kg
monostearate
Annatto 160b(i), 100 mg/kg
(ii)
52
[Polyglycerol 476 5,000 mg/kg 366]
esters of
interesterified
ricinoleic acid
Caramel III 150c 50,000 mg/kg
Caramel IV 150d 50,000 mg/kg
Saffron GMP
52
[Polydimethyl- 900a 10mg/kg
siloxane
Polyglycerol 475 2,000mg/kg 366
esters of fatty
acid
Sucroglycerides 474 6,000mg/kg 348
Sucrose 473a 6,000mg/kg 348
Oligoesters,
Type-I and Type
-II
Sucrose esters of 473 6,000mg/kg 348
fatty acid
TARTRATES 5,000mg/kg 45
TOCOPHERO 500 mg/kg 15
LS
SORBITAN 10,000 mg/kg ]
ESTERS OF
FATTY ACIDS
5.2 Confectionery Allura red AC 129 200 mg/kg
including hard Alitame 956 300 mg/kg
and soft candy, Butylated 320 200mg/kg 130, 15
nougats etc. other hydroxyanisole
than food (BHA)
categories 5.1, 5.3,
and 5.4 Butylated 321 200mg/kg 130, 15
hydroxytoluene
(BHT)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
acids
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
stearic acid
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Type-I and Type
-II
Sucrose esters of 473 5,000mg/kg 348
fatty acid
Polyglycerol 475 2,000mg/kg 367
esters of fatty
acid
TARTRATES 2,000mg/kg 45
Sodium di acetate 262 (ii) 1,000 mg/kg
STEROYL 481(i), 5,000 mg/kg ]
LACTILATES 482(i)
5.2.1 Hard candy Acesulfame 950 3,500 mg/kg 188
potassium
Carnauba wax 903 GMP 13
Aspartame 951 10,000 mg/kg
Diacetyltartaric 472e 10,000 mg/kg
and fatty acid
esters of glycerol
CHLOROPHY 700 mg/kg
LLS AND
CHLOROPHY
LLINS,
COPPER
COMPLEXES
Microcrystalline 905c(i) GMP 3
wax
Neotame 961 330 mg/kg
Sucralose 955 1,500 mg/kg 164
(Trichlorogalacto
sucrose)
Annatto 160b(i), GMP
(ii)
Mono and di 471 GMP
glycerides of
edible fatty acids
Lecithins 322 (i) GMP
L-Tartaric acid 334 GMP
52
[Polyglycerol 476 3,000mg/kg
esters of
interesterified
ricinoleic acid
TOCOPHERO 500 mg/kg 15
LS
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
SORBITAN 10,000 mg/kg]
ESTERS OF
FATTY ACIDS
5.2.2 Soft candy Acesulfame 950 3500 mg/kg 157,
potassium 188
Annatto 160b(i), GMP
(ii)
Aspartame 951 3,000 mg/kg 148
Carnauba wax 903 GMP 3
Sulfur dioxide 220 2,000 mg/kg
Grape skin 163(ii) 1,700 mg/kg 181
extract
Shellac, bleached 904 GMP 3
52[Polyglycerol 476 3,000 mg/kg
esters of
interesterified
ricinoleic acid
Propylene glycol 1520 4,500 mg/kg
SORBITAN 10,000 mg/kg
ESTERS OF
FATTY ACIDS
Hydrogenated 907 2,000 mg/kg
poly-1-decenes
Sucrose esters of 473 5,000mg/kg 348]
fatty acid
5.2.3 Nougats and Acesulfame 950 1000 mg/kg
marzipans potassium
Aspartame 951 3,000 mg/kg
Brilliant blue 133 200 mg/kg
FCF
Indigotine 132 200 mg/kg
(indigocarmine)
Fast green FCF 143 200 mg/kg
CAROTENOID 100 mg/kg
S
Diacetyltartaric 472e 10,000 mg/kg
and fatty acid
esters of glycerol
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
CHLOROPHY 100 mg/kg
LLS AND
CHLOROPHY
LLINS,
COPPER
COMPLEXES
Ponceau 4R 124 200 mg/kg
Carnauba wax 903 GMP
5.3 Chewing gum Carmoisine 122 100 mg/kg
Tartrazine 102 100 mg/kg
Acesulfame 950 5,000 mg/kg
potassium
Annatto 160b GMP
(i), (ii)
Alitame 956 300 mg/kg
Curcumin 100 GMP
Aspartame 951 10,000 mg/kg
BENZOATES 1,500 mg/kg
Calcium 556 100 mg/kg Express
aluminium ed as
silicate Alumini
um
Castor Oil 1503 2,100 mg/kg
Beeswax 901 GMP
Brilliant blue 133 100 mg/kg
FCF
CAROTENOID 100 mg/kg
S
IRON OXIDES 10,000 mg/kg
Butylated 320 400 mg/kg 130
hydroxyanisole
(BHA)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sucrose esters of 473 GMP
fatty acids
Polyglycerol 476 GMP
polyricinoleate
L-Tartaric acid 334 3,000 mg/kg
Candelilla wax 902 GMP
Sulfur dioxide 220 2,000 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
ES
Polyethylene 1521 20,000 mg/kg
glycol
Polyvinylpyrrolid 1201 10,000 mg/kg
one
Ponceau 4R 124 100 mg/kg
Sucroglycerides 474 20,000 mg/kg
Propylene glycol 477 20,000 mg/kg
esters of fatty
acids
Sodium 554 100 mg/kg
aluminosilicate
Aluminium 559 100 mg/kg
silicate
SACCHARINS 2,500 mg/kg
SORBATES 1,500 mg/kg 42
Canthaxanthin 161g GMP
Shellac, bleached 904 GMP
Stearoyl citrate 484 15,000 mg/kg
Steviol 960 3,500 mg/kg 26
glycosides
Sucralose 955 5,000 mg/kg
(Trichlorogalacto
sucrose)
Propyl gallate 310 1,000 mg/kg
Sunset yellow 110 100 mg/kg
FCF
TOCOPHERO 1,500 mg/kg
LS
Tertiary 319 400 mg/kg 130
butylhydroquinon
e (TBHQ)
Mineral oil, high 905d 20,000 mg/kg 3
viscosity
5.4 Decorations (e.g. Acesulfame 950 500 mg/kg
for fine bakery potassium
wares), toppings Alitame 956 300 mg/kg
(non-fruit) and Aspartame 951 1,000 mg/kg
sweet sauces BENZOATES 1,500 mg/kg
Beeswax 901 GMP
Brilliant blue 133 100 mg/kg
FCF
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Butylated 320 200mg/kg 130, 15
hydroxyanisole
(BHA)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
esters of fatty
acids
RIBOFLAVINS 3,000 mg/kg
SACCHARINS 500 mg/kg
Shellac, bleached 904 GMP
Sucralose 955 1,000 mg/kg
(Trichlorogalacto
sucrose)
Sunset yellow 110 100 mg/kg
FCF
Tertiary 319 200 mg/kg
butylhydroquinon
e (TBHQ)
Mineral oil, high 905d 2000 mg/kg 3
viscosity
52[Allura Red 129 100 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
STEAROYL 2,000 mg/kg
LACTYLATES
Sucroglycerides 474 5,000 mg/kg 348
Table 6
Cereals and cereal products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
6.0 Cereals and
cereal products
derived from
cereal grains,
from roots and
tubers, pulses,
legumes (fresh
pulses and
legumes are
covered in
category 4.2) and
pith or soft core
of palm tree,
excluding bakery
wares of food
category 7.0:
including
unprocessed (6.1)
and various
processed forms
of cereals and
cereal based
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 6
Cereals and cereal products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
products
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 6
Cereals and cereal products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
alpha-Amylase 1100 100 mg/kg On flour
from Aspergillus (i) mass
oryzae var. basis
alpha-Amylase 1100 GMP
from Bacillus (iii)
subtilis
Carbohydrase 1100 GMP
from Bacillus (vi)
licheniformis
Diacetyltartaric 472e 3,000 mg/kg 186
and fatty acid
esters of glycerol
Lecithins 322(i), GMP 28, 25
(ii)
Amylases and 1100 GMP
other enzymes
Ammonium 923 2,500 mg/kg On
persulfate flour
mass
basis
Calcium 170(i) 5,000 mg/kg On
carbonate flour
mass
basis
Potassium iodate 917 50 mg/kg On
flour
mass
basis
Ammonium 510 500 mg/kg On
chloride flour
mass
basis
L-cysteine mono 920 90 mg/kg On
hydrochloride flour
mass
basis
Soduim bisulphite 222 GMP
Sodium 223 GMP
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 6
Cereals and cereal products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
metabisulfite
Trisodium citrate 331(iii) GMP
Maida Only following additives permitted in maida (if the
flour is used for baking purpose)
Benzoyl peroxide 928 40 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 6
Cereals and cereal products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 200 mg/kg
IRON OXIDES 75 mg/kg
Neotame 961 160 mg/kg
Propyl gallate 310 200 mg/kg 196
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 6
Cereals and cereal products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
Glucono delta- 575 GMP
lactone
Glycerol 422 GMP 211
Guargum 412 GMP 211
Gumarabic 414 GMP 211
Karaya gum 416 GMP 211
Konjac flour 425 GMP 211
Lactic acid L-, - 270 GMP
D-and DL-
Lecithins 322(i), GMP
(ii)
Microcrystalline 460(i) GMP 211
cellulose
Mono- and di- 471 GMP
glycerides of fatty
acids
Pectins 440 GMP 211
Phosphated 1413 GMP 211
distarch
phosphate
PHOSPHATES 2,500 mg/kg 211,33
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 6
Cereals and cereal products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
Sodium lactate 325 GMP
Tragacanth gum 413 GMP 211
Xanthan gum 415 GMP 211
6.4.2 Dried pastas and Canthaxanthin 161g 15 mg/kg 211
noodles and like Caramel IV - 50,000 mg/kg 211
products Sulfite Ammonia 150d
caramel
Diacetyl tartaric 472e 5,000 mg/kg
acid and fatty acid
esters of glycerol
PHOSPHATES 900 mg/kg 211,33
Agar 406 GMP 256
Alginic acid 400 GMP 256
Ammonium 403 GMP 256
alginate
Ascorbic acid, L- 300 GMP 256
Calcium 5'- 634 GMP 256
ribonucleotide
Calcium alginate 404 GMP 256
Calcium 302 200 mg/kg 256
ascorbate
Calcium 170(i) GMP 256
carbonate
Calcium sulfate 516 GMP 256
Carob bean gum 410 GMP 256
beta – Carotenes , 160a 1,000 mg/kg 211
vegetable (ii)
Carrageenan 407 GMP 256
Citric acid 330 GMP 256
Disodium 5'- 627 GMP 256
guanylate
Disodium 5'- 631 GMP 256
Inosinate
Disodium 5'- 635 GMP 256
ribonucleotide
Distarch 1412 GMP 256
phosphate
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 6
Cereals and cereal products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
Fumaric acid 297 GMP 256
Gellan gum 418 GMP 256
Guar gum 412 GMP 256
Gum arabic 414 GMP 256
Karaya gum 416 GMP 256
Konjac flour 425 GMP 256
Lactic acid L-, D- 270 GMP 256
and DL-
Lecithins 322 (i) GMP 256
Malic acid 296 GMP 256
Mannitol 421 GMP 256
Microcrystalline 460 (i) GMP 256
cellulose
Mono- and di- 471 GMP 256
glycerides of fatty
acids
Monosodium L- 621 GMP 256
glutamate
Nitrous oxide 942 GMP 256
Pectins 440 GMP 256
Phosphated 1413 GMP 256
distarch
phosphate
POLYSORBAT 5,000 mg/kg
ES
Potassium 402 GMP 256
alginate
Potassium 501 (i) GMP 256
carbonate
Potassium 508 GMP 256
chloride
Processed 407a GMP 256
eucheuma
seaweed
Pullulan 1204 GMP 256
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 6
Cereals and cereal products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
Salts of myristic, 470 (i) GMP 256
palmitic and
stearic acids with
ammonia,calcium,
potassium and
sodium
Sodium acetate 262 (i) GMP 256
Sodium alginate 401 GMP 256
Sodium ascorbate 301 200 mg/kg 256
Sodium carbonate 500 (i) GMP 256
Carboxymethyl 466 GMP 256
cellulose
Sodium gluconate 576 GMP 256
Sodium hydrogen 500 (ii) GMP 256
carbonate
Sodium lactate 325 GMP 256
Tara gum 417 GMP 256
Tragacanth gum 413 GMP 256
Xanthan gum 415 GMP 256
6.4.3 Pre-cooked ASCORBYL 500 mg/kg 211, 10
pastas and ESTERS
noodles and like BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 13
products Butylated 320 200mg/kg 130, 15
hydroxyanisole
(BHA)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 6
Cereals and cereal products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg 153,173
Ammonia carmel
Caramel IV- 150d 50,000 mg/kg 153
Sulfite ammonia
carmel
beta – Carotenes , 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg 153
vegetable
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 6
Cereals and cereal products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
6.5 Cereals/pulses ASCORBYL 500 mg/kg 10, 2
and starch based ESTERS
desserts Acesulfame 950 350 mg/kg 188
potassium
Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
Aspartame 951 200 mg/kg 191
BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 13
CAROTENOID 150 mg/kg
S
CHLOROPHYL 75 mg/kg
LS AND
CHLOROPHYL
LINS, COPPER
COMPLEXES
Canthaxanthin 161g 15 mg/kg
Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
Caramel IV - 150d 2,500 mg/kg
sulfite ammonia
caramel
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Diacetyl tartaric 472e 5,000 mg/kg
and fatty acid
esters of glycerol
ETHYLENE 315 mg/kg 21
DIAMINE
TETRA
ACETATES
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 200 mg/kg 181
IRON OXIDES 75 mg/kg
Lauric arginate 243 200 mg/kg
ethyl ester
Neotame 961 33 mg/kg
Nisin 234 3 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 7,000 mg/kg 33
POLYSORBAT 3,000 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 6
Cereals and cereal products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
ES
Propyl gallate 310 90 mg/kg 2, 15
Propylene glycol 477 40,000 mg/kg
esters of fatty
acids
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 6
Cereals and cereal products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
6.6 Batters Butylated 320 200 mg/kg Only for
hydroxyanisole vada dry
(BHA) mixes
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 6
Cereals and cereal products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
6.8 Soybean products
(excluding
soybean-based
seasonings and
condiments of
food category
12.9)
6.8.1 Soybean based Caramel III - 150c 1,500 mg/kg
beverages ammonia caramel
PHOSPHATES 1,300 mg/kg 33
RIBOFLAVINS 50 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 6
Cereals and cereal products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
6.8.7 Fermented
soybean curd
6.8.8 Other soybean Caramel III 150c 20,000 mg/kg
protein products Ammonia process
Caramel IV - 150d 20,000 mg/kg
Sulfite ammonia
Process
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 7
Bakery products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
7.0 Bakery products ASCORBYL 1,000 mg/kg 15,10
ESTERS
Benzoic acid 210 1,000 mg/kg 13
Butylated 320 200mg/kg 180, 15
hydroxyanisole
(BHA)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 7
Bakery products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
Calcium stearoyl- 482(ii) 5,000 mg/kg combin
2- lactyalate ation
Polyglycerol 476 2,000 mg/kg
esters of
interesterified
ricinoleic acid
Acid calcium 341 10,000 mg/kg
phosphate
Sodium diacetate 262 (ii) 4,000 mg/kg
Acid sodium 450 (i) 5,000 mg/kg
pyrophosphate
L- Cysteine 920 90 mg/kg
monohydrochlori
de
Curcumin 100 GMP
Benzoyl peroxide 928 80 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 7
Bakery products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
Caramel IV – 150d 50,000 mg/kg
sulfite ammonia
caramel
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 200 mg/kg 181
PHOSPHATES 9,300 mg/kg 229,33
POLYSORBAT 5,000 mg/kg 11
ES
SODIUM 100 mg/kg 246, 6
ALUMINIUM
PHOSPHATES
Tertiary 319 200 mg/kg 15, 195
butylhydroquinon
e (TBHQ)
7.1.3 Other ordinary Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
bakery products Aluminium 523 100 mg/kg 6, 244,
ammonium 246
sulfate
CAROTENOID 100 mg/kg
S
Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
Caramel IV – 150d 50,000 mg/kg
sulfite ammonia
caramel
PHOSPHATES 9,300 mg/kg 229,33
POLYSORBAT 3,000 mg/kg 11
ES
Propyl gallate 310 100 mg/kg 15, 130
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 7
Bakery products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
Tertiary 319 200 mg/kg 15, 13
butylhydroquinon 0
e (TBHQ)
7.1.4 Bread-type CAROTENOID 200 mg/kg 116
products, S
including bread CHLOROPHYL 6 mg/kg 62
stuffing and LS AND
bread crumbs CHLOROPHYL
LINS, COPPER
COMPLEXES
Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 200 mg/kg 181
52
PHOSPHATES 9,300 mg/kg [229,
33]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 7
Bakery products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
SODIUM 40 mg/kg 246, 6,
ALUMINIUM 248
PHOSPHATES
7.1.6 Mixes for bread Aluminium 523 40 mg/kg 246,
and ordinary ammonium 6, 249
bakery wares sulfate
Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
PHOSPHATES 9,300 mg/kg 229,33
POLYSORBAT 3,000 mg/kg 11
ES
SODIUM 40 mg/kg 248,
ALUMINIUM 246, 6
PHOSPHATES
52
7.2 Fine bakery [STEAROYL 5,000 mg/kg
wares (sweet, LACTYLATES
salty, savoury) SORBITAN 10,000 mg/kg
and mixes ESTERS OF
FATTY ACIDS
Nisin 234 6.25 mg/kg 233
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 7
Bakery products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
and pies Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
Aspartame 951 1,700 mg/kg 191,16
5
Aspartame- 962 1,000 mg/kg 77, 113
acesulfame salt
BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 13
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 7
Bakery products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
SULFITES 50 mg/kg 44
Shellac, bleached 904 GMP 3
Sucralose 955 700 mg/kg 165
(Trichlorogalactos
ucrose)
Sucroglycerides 474 10,000 mg/kg
52
[Omit ]
Sucrose esters of 473 GMP
Fatty acids
Tartaric acid 334 GMP
Benzoyl peroxide 928 40 mg/kg
Curcurmin 100(i) GMP
Canthaxanthin 161g GMP
Annatto 160(b) GMP
Carmoisine 122 100 mg/kg
Erythrosine 127 50 mg/kg
POLYSORBAT 3,000 mg/kg
ES
Tartarazine 102 100 mg/kg
Potassium iodate 917 GMP
52
[Poly glycerol 475 10,000 mg/kg
esters of fatty acid
TOCOPHEROLS 200 mg/kg 389
TARTRATES 5,000 mg/kg 45
Propylene glycol 405 3,000 mg/kg]
alginates
7.2.2 Other fine Acesulfame 950 1,000 mg/kg 165,18
bakery products potassium 8
Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
Aspartame 951 1,700 mg/kg 191,16
5
Aspartame- 962 1,000 mg/kg 77,113
acesulfame salt
BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 13
Beeswax 901 GMP 3
Brilliant blue FCF 133 200 mg/kg
CAROTENOID 100 mg/kg
S
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 7
Bakery products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
CHLOROPHYL 75 mg/kg
LS AND
CHLOROPHYL
LINS, COPPER
COMPLEXES
Candelilla wax 902 GMP 3
Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
Caramel IV – 150d 1,200 mg/kg
sulfite ammonia
caramel
POLYSORBAT 3,000 mg/kg
ES
52
[omit ]
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Diacetyltartaric 472e 20,000 mg/kg
and fatty acid
esters of glycerol
HYDROXYBEN 300 mg/kg 27
ZOATES,
PARA-
IRON OXIDES 100 mg/kg
Indigotine (Indigo 132 200 mg/kg
carmine)
Neotame 961 80 mg/kg 165
PHOSPHATES 9,300 mg/kg 229,
33
52
[Omit ]
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
SACCHARINS 170 mg/kg 165
SULFITES 50 mg/kg 44
Shellac, bleached 904 GMP 3
Sucralose 955 700 mg/kg 165
Sucroglycerides 474 10,000 mg/kg
52
[Poly glycerol 475 10,000 mg/kg]
esters of fatty acid
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 7
Bakery products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
7.2.3 Mixes for fine Acesulfame 950 1,000 mg/kg 165,18
bakery wares potassium 8
Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
Aspartame 951 1,700 mg/kg 191,16
5
Aspartame- 962 1,000 mg/kg 77,113
acesulfame salt
Beeswax 901 GMP 3
Brilliant blue FCF 133 200 mg/kg
CAROTENOID 100 mg/kg
S
CHLOROPHYL 75 mg/kg
LS AND
CHLOROPHYL
LINS, COPPER
COMPLEXES
Candelilla wax 902 GMP 3
Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
Caramel IV – 150d 1,200 mg/kg
sulfite ammonia
caramel
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Diacetyltartaric 472e 20,000 mg/kg
and fatty acid
esters of glycerol
HYDROXYBEN 300 mg/kg 27
ZOATES,
PARA-
IRON OXIDES 100 mg/kg
Indigotine (Indigo 132 200 mg/kg
carmine)
Neotame 961 80 mg/kg 165,
PHOSPHATES 9,300 mg/kg 229,33
52
[omit ]
Propyl gallate 310 200 mg/kg 196,15
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 7
Bakery products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name maximum level
System
SACCHARINS 170 mg/kg 165
SULFITES 50 mg/kg 44
Shellac, bleached 904 GMP 3
Sucralose 955 700 mg/kg 165
(Trichlorogalactos
ucrose)
Sucroglycerides 474 10,000 mg/kg
POLYSORBAT 3,000 mg/kg
ES
52
[Poly glycerol 475 15,000 mg/kg 11]
esters of fatty acid
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 8
Meat and meat products including poultry
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
8.0 Fresh / frozen /
chilled / ground
meat, poultry
(frozen mutton,
chicken, goat
and
buffalomeat)
8.1 Fresh / frozen /
chilled / ground No additives permitted
meat and
poultry
8.1.1 Fresh / frozen /
chilled meat, No additives permitted
poultry, whole
pieces or cuts
8.1.2 Fresh / frozen /
chilled meat, No additives permitted
poultry,
comminuted
8.2 Processed meat Paprika oleoresin 160c(i) GMP
and poultry
POLYSORBATES 5,000 mg/kg XS97,
products in
XS96
whole pieces or
Propyl gallate 310 200 mg/kg XS97,
cuts
XS96,
130, 15
Tertiary 319 100 mg/kg XS97,
butylhydroquinone XS96,15
(TBHQ) ,
167,130
Brilliant Blue FCF 133 100 mg/kg XS97,
XS96, 4,
XS98,
XS89
Butylated 320 200mg/kg 15, 130,
hydroxyanisole XS96,
(BHA) XS97
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 8
Meat and meat products including poultry
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
Butylated 321 100mg/kg 15, 130,
hydroxytoluene 167,
(BHT) XS96,
XS97
Caramel III - 150c GMP XS97,
ammonia caramel XS96,X
S98,
XS89, 4,
3
Caramel IV –sulfite 150d GMP XS97,
ammonia caramel XS96,X
S98,
XS89, 4,
3
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 5,000 mg/kg XS97,
vegetable XS96,
Erythrosine 127 30 mg/kg XS97,
XS96, 4
Fast green FCF 143 100 mg/kg XS97,
XS96, 3,
4
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg XS96
XS97
Sunset yellow FCF 110 100 mg/kg XS 97,
XS 96
8.2.1 Non-heat PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33
treated
processed meat Grape skin extract 163(ii) 5,000 mg/kg XS96,
and poultry XS97
products in
whole pieces or
cuts
8.2.1.1 Cured
(including
salted) non-heat
treated
processed meat
and poultry
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 8
Meat and meat products including poultry
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
products in
whole pieces or
cuts
8.2.1.2 Cured BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 3, 13
(including
salted) and
dried processed
meat and Isopropyl citrates 384 200 mg/kg
poultry Natamycin 235 6 mg/kg
products in (Pimaricin)
whole pieces or
cuts
8.2.1.3 Fermented non- Sucroglycerides 474 5,000 mg/kg
heated treated
processed meat
and poultry
NITRITES 80 mg/kg 32,288
products in
whole pieces or
cuts
8.2.2 Heat-treated Added colour, flavour and meat tenderizer not
processed meat permitted.
and Nisin 234 25 mg/kg 330,
poultryproducts XS97,
in whole pieces XS96,
or cuts (canned 233
chicken, canned NITRITES 80 mg/kg 32, 288
mutton &and
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33
goat meat)
SACCHARINS 500 mg/kg XS97,
XS96
Sucroglycerides 474 5,000 mg/kg XS97,
XS96,
15
52
[TOCOPHEROL 500 mg/kg XS 96,
S XS 97]
52
8.2.3 Frozen [Mineral oil, High 905d 950 mg/kg 3
processed meat Viscosity
and poultry
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 8
Meat and meat products including poultry
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
products in
whole pieces or
cuts
52
[8.3 Processed Brilliant blue FCF 133 100 mg/kg XS96,
comminuted XS89,
meat and XS98,
XS97, 4,
poultry
16
products Butylatedhydroxyan 320 200mg/kg XS89,
isole (BHA) XS98,
130, 15
Butylatedhydroxytol 321 100mg/kg XS89,
uene (BHT) XS98,
15, 130,
162
Caramel III - 150c GMP XS89,
ammonia caramel XS98
XS96,
XS97, 3,
4 ,16
Caramel IV - sulfite 150d GMP XS89,
ammonia caramel XS98,
XS96,
XS97, 3,
4,16
Erythrosine 127 30 mg/kg 4, 290
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 5,000 mg/kg XS89,
XS98,16
NITRITES 80 mg/kg 286, 32
Paprika oleoresin 160c(i) GMP
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33, 302
POLYSORBATES 5,000 mg/kg XS89,
XS98
RIBOFLAVINS 1,000 mg/kg XS96,
XS97,
16
Propyl gallate 310 200 mg/kg XS89,
XS98,
15, 130
Propylene glycol 405 3,000 mg/kg XS89,
alginate XS98
SORBATES 1,500 mg/kg XS89,
XS98,
42
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 8
Meat and meat products including poultry
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
Sodium diacetate 262(ii) 1,000 mg/kg XS89,
XS98
TOCOPHEROLS 500 mg/kg XS 89,
XS 98
Tertiary 319 100 mg/kg XS 89,
butylhydroquinone XS 98,
(TBHQ) 15, 130,
162]
8.3.1 Non-heat beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 20 mg/kg 118
treated vegetable
processed
comminuted
meat and
poultry
products
8.3.1.1 Cured Canthaxanthin 161g 100 mg/kg 118,4
(including
salted) non-heat
treated
processed
comminuted
meat and
poultry
products
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 8
Meat and meat products including poultry
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
8.3.1.3 Fermented non- Sulphur dioxide 220 450 mg/kg Sausages
heat treated &
processed sausage
comminuted meat
meat and containi
poultryproducts ng
cereals
and
condime
nts
8.3.2 Heat-treated Sucroglycerides 474 5,000 mg/kg
processed Brilliant blue FCF 133 200 mg/kg XS98,
comminuted XS89,
meat and XS97,
poultry XS96, 4
products
CAROTENOIDS 20 mg/kg XS98,
(canned cooked XS 89
ham, canned
beta-Carotenes, 20 mg/kg XS89,
luncheon meat, 52
vegetable [160a( XS98
canned chopped
ii)]
meat)
ETHYLENE 35 mg/kg XS89,
DIAMINE TETRA XS98,
ACETATES 21
(EDTA)
Sucroglycerides 474 5,000 mg/kg XS89, ,
XS98,
15
Sunset yellow FCF 110 200 mg/kg XS89,
XS98,
52
[TOCOPHEROL 500 mg/kg XS 89 ,
S XS 98]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 8
Meat and meat products including poultry
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
products than
cooked.
XS89,
XS98
XS97,
XS96, 4
Sunset yellow FCF 110 200 mg/kg 100
mg/kg in
other
than
cooked.
XS89,
XS98
8.4 Edible casings Paprika oleoresin 160c(i) GMP
ASCORBYL 5,000 mg/kg 10
ESTERS
Brilliant blue FCF 133 100 mg/kg XS98,
XS89,
XS97,
XS96, 4
CAROTENOIDS 100 mg/kg XS98,
XS 89
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 9
Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
9.0 Fish and fish
products,
including
molluscs,
crustaceans,
and
echinoderms
9.1 Fresh fish and
fish products,
including No additives permitted
molluscs,
crustaceans,
and
echinoderms
9.1.1 Fresh fish No additives permitted
9.1.2 Fresh molluscs, SULFITES 100mg/kg 44
crustaceans,
and
echinoderms
9.2 Processed fish Acesulfame 950 200 mg/kg 144 ,
and fish potassium 188
products, Aspartame 951 300 mg/kg 144 ,
including 191
molluscs, CAROTENOIDS 100 mg/kg 95
crustaceans, Caramel III - 150c 30,000 mg/kg
and ammonia caramel
echinoderms Caramel IV –sulfite 150d 30,000 mg/kg 95
ammonia caramel
9.2.1 Frozen fish, fish ASCORBYL 1,000 mg/kg 10
fillets, and fish ESTERS
products, Ascorbic acid 300 GMP
including
molluscs,
crustaceans,
and
echinoderms(fr
Butylated 320 200mg/kg 15, 180
ozen shrimps or
hydroxyanisole
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 9
Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
prawns, frozen (BHA)
lobsters,frozen
squid , frozen Butylated 321 200mg/kg 15, 180
fin fish and hydroxytoluene
frozen fish (BHT)
fillets)
Calcium carbonate 170(i) GMP 95
Canthaxanthin 161g 35 mg/kg 95
Citric acid 330 GMP 61 , 257
ETHYLENE 75 mg/kg 21
DIAMINE TETRA
ACETATES
(EDTA)
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg 95
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 9
Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
cellulose
Hydroxypropyl 464 GMP 29
methyl cellulose
Hydroxypropyl 1440 GMP 29
starch
Acetic and fatty acid 472a GMP 29
esters of glycero
Karaya gum 416 GMP 29
Lactic and fatty acid 472b GMP 29
esters of glycerol
Lecithins 322(i), GMP 29
(ii)
Magnesium chloride 511 GMP 29
Mannitol 421 GMP 29
Methyl cellulose 461 GMP 37
Methyl ethyl 465 GMP 29
cellulose
Oxidized starch 1404 GMP 29
Pectins 440 GMP 16,37
Polydextroses 1200 GMP 29
Potassium alginate 402 GMP 29
Potassium chloride 508 GMP 29
Potassium 332(i) GMP 61
dihydrogen citrate
Powdered cellulose 460(ii) GMP 29
Processed 407a GMP 37
eucheumaseaweed
Salts of myristic, 470(i) GMP 71, 29
palmitic and stearic
acids with ammonia,
calcium, potassium
and sodium
Trisodium citrate 331(iii) GMP 61
Salts of oleic acid 470(ii) GMP 29
with calcium,
potassium and
sodium
Sodium alginate 401 GMP 37
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 9
Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
Carboxymethyl 466 GMP
cellulose
Tara gum 417 GMP 29, 73
Tragacanth gum 413 GMP 29
Tricalcium citrate 333(iii) GMP 29
Trisodium citrate 331(iii) GMP 61
Xanthan gum 415 GMP 37
9.2.2 Frozen battered Trisodium citrate 331(iii) GMP 61
fish, fish fillets ASCORBYL 1,000 mg/kg 10
and fish ESTERS
products, Ammonium 503(i) GMP 41
including carbonate
molluscs, Ascorbic acid, L- 300 GMP
crustaceans, Butylated 320 200mg/kg 15, 180
and hydroxyanisole
echinoderms (BHA)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 9
Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
Sodium hydrogen 500(ii) GMP 41
carbonate
Sodium 500(iii) GMP 41
sesquicarbonate
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 9
Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
Pectins 440 GMP 177
Powdered cellulose 460(ii) GMP 29
Processed 407a GMP 177
eucheumaseaweed
Salts of myristic, 470(i) GMP 71
palmitic and stearic
acids with ammonia,
calcium, potassium
and sodium
Salts of oleic acid 470(ii) GMP 29
with calcium,
potassium and
sodium
Sodium alginate 401 GMP 210
Carboxymethyl 466 GMP 177
cellulose
Tara gum 417 GMP 29, 73
Tragacanth gum 413 GMP 29
Xanthan gum 415 GMP 177
Acetylated distarch 1422 GMP 63
adipate
Acid-treated starch 1401 GMP 63
Alkaline treated 1402 GMP 63
starch
Hydroxypropyl 1442 GMP 63
distarch phosphate
Lecithins 322(i), GMP 63
(ii)
Starch acetate 1420 GMP 63
Monostarch 1410 GMP 63
phosphate
Tripotassium citrate 332(ii) GMP 61
Phosphated distarch 1413 GMP 63
phosphate
9.2.3 Frozen minced CHLOROPHYLLS 40 mg/kg 95
and creamed , AND
fish products CHLOROPHYLLI
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 9
Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
including N COPPER
molluscs, COMPLEXES
crustaceans, Grape skin extract 163(ii) GMP 95
and PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33
echinoderms Ponceau 4R 124 100 mg/kg 95
Sunset yellow FCF 110 100 mg/kg 95
Agar 406 GMP
Carob bean gum 410 GMP
Carrageenan 407 GMP
Dextrins, roasted 1400 GMP
starch
Gellan gum 418 GMP
Guar gum 412 GMP
Karaya gum 416 GMP
Mannitol 421 GMP
Processed 407a GMP
eucheumaseaweed
Sodium alginate 401 GMP
Tripotassium citrate 332(ii) GMP
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 9
Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
Sodium dihydrogen 331(i) GMP
citrate
Sodium fumarates 365 GMP
Tricalcium citrate 333(iii) GMP
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 9
Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 9
Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
starch
Gellan gum 418 GMP 41
CHLOROPHYLLS 40 mg/kg 95,41
AND
CHLOROPHYLLI
N COPPER
COMPLEXES
Karaya gum 416 GMP 41
Oxidized starch 1404 GMP 41
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 1,000 mg/kg 95
Tragacanth gum 413 GMP 41
Xanthan gum 415 GMP
9.2.5 Smoked, dried, Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg 22
fermented, BENZOATES 200 mg/kg
and/or salted Butylated 320 200 mg/kg 15, 196
fish and fish hydroxyanisole
products, (BHA)
including
molluscs, Butylated 321 200 mg/kg 15, 196
crustaceans, hydroxytoluene
and (BHT)
echinoderms 200 mg/kg
CHLOROPHYLLS
(Dried shark
AND
fins,
CHLOROPHYLLI
Salted fish/
NCOPPER
dried salted
COMPLEXES
fish)
Calcium carbonate 170(i) GMP 266, 267
Canthaxanthin 161g 15 mg/kg
beta- Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Fast green FCF 143 100 mg/kg
Fumaric acid 297 GMP
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 1,000 mg/kg 266, 267
IRON OXIDES 250 mg/kg 22
Magnesium 504(i) GMP 22
carbonate
Indigotine (Indigo 132 22
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 9
Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
carmine) 100 mg/kg
Magnesium 528 GMP 266, 267
hydroxide
Magnesium 504(ii) GMP 266, 267
hydroxide carbonate
Malic acid, DL- 296 GMP 266, 267
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 9
Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
Methyl cellulose 461 GMP 300
Methyl ethyl 465 GMP 300
cellulose
Oxidized starch 1404 GMP 300
Pectins 440 GMP 300
Powdered cellulose 460(ii) GMP 300
Processed eucheuma 407a GMP 300
seaweed
Salts of myristic, 470(i) GMP 300
palmitic and stearic
acids with ammonia,
calcium, potassium
and sodium
Salts of oleic acid 470(ii) GMP 300
with calcium,
potassium and
sodium
Sodium alginate 401 GMP 300
Carboxymethyl 466 GMP 300
cellulose
Tara gum 417 GMP 300
Tragacanth gum 413 GMP 300
Xanthan gum 415 GMP 300
Lecithins 322(i), GMP 300
(ii)
Acetic and fatty acid 472a GMP 300
esters of glycerol
9. 3 Semi preserved Acesulfame 950 200 mg/kg 144, 188
fish and fish potassium
products Aspartame 951 300 mg/kg 144, 191
including Aspartame- 962 200 mg/kg 113
molluscs, acesulfame salt
crustaceans, BENZOATES 2,000 mg/kg 13, 120
and
echinoderms Butylated 320 200 mg/kg 15, 180
hydroxyanisole
(BHA)
Butylated 321 200 mg/kg 15, 180
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 9
Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
hydroxytoluene
(BHT)
CAROTENOIDS 100 mg/kg 100, 95
Caramel III - 150c 30,000 mg/kg 95
ammonia caramel
Sucralose 955 120 mg/kg 144
(Trichlorogalactosuc
rose)
Caramel IV –sulfite 150d 30,000 mg/kg 95
ammonia caramel
Neotame 961 10 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 9
Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
COMPLEXES
Canthaxanthin 161g 15 mg/kg
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Fast green FCF 143 100 mg/kg
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 1,500 mg/kg
IRON OXIDES 100 mg/kg
Indigotine (Indigo 132 100 mg/kg
carmine)
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33
52
Ponceau 4R [124] 200 mg/kg
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
9.3.4 Semi-preserved Sunset yellow FCF 110 100 mg/kg
fish and fish Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
products CHLOROPHYLLS 75 mg/kg 95
including AND
molluscs, CHLOROPHYLLI
crustaceans and N COPPER
echinoderms COMPLEXES
(e.g. fish paste), IRON OXIDES 50 mg/kg 95
excluding Indigotine (Indigo 132 100 mg/kg
products of carmine)
food categories PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33
9.3.1 –9.3.3 Ponceau 4R 124 100 mg/kg
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
SACCHARINS 160 mg/kg 144
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 9
Fish and fish products, including molluscs, crustaceans, and echinoderms
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum Level
System
nned fin fish, hydroxytoluene
canned shrimp, (BHT)
canned
sardines, CHLOROPHYLLS 500 mg/kg 95
canned salmon, AND
canned crab CHLOROPHYLLI
meat, canned N COPPER
tuna and COMPLEXES,
bonito) Canthaxanthin 161g 15 mg/kg
Caramel III - 150c 30,000 mg/kg 50
ammonia caramel
Caramel IV –sulfite 150d 30,000 mg/kg 95
ammonia caramel
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 500 mg/kg
vegetable
ETHYLENE 21
DIAMINE TETRA 340 mg/kg
ACETATES
(EDTA)
IRON OXIDE 50 mg/kg 95
Neotame 961 10 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33
RIBOFLAVINS 500 mg/kg 95
SACCHARINS 200 mg/kg 144
SULFITES 150 mg/kg 44, 140
Sucralose 955 120 mg/kg 144
(Trichlorogalactosuc
rose)
Carboxy methyl 466 GMP
cellulose
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 10
Eggs and eggs products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Notes
category Name Maximum Level
system
10.0 Eggs and
egg products
10.1 Fresh egg No additives permitted
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 10
Eggs and eggs products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Notes
category Name Maximum Level
system
Micro crystalline 460(i) GMP
cellulose (cellulose
gel)
Pectins 440 GMP
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 10
Eggs and eggs products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Notes
category Name Maximum Level
system
Gellan gum 418 GMP
Guar gum 412 GMP
Gum arabic(Acacia 414 GMP
gum)
Karaya gum 416 GMP
Konjac flour 425 GMP
Lecithins 322(i), GMP
(ii)
Micro crystalline 460(i) GMP
cellulose (cellulose
gel)
Mannitol 421 GMP
Mono- and di- 471 GMP
glycerides of fatty
acids
Pectins 440 GMP
Polydextrose 1200 GMP
Processed eucheuma 407a GMP
seaweed
Salts of myristic, 470(i) GMP
palmitic and stearic
acids with ammonia,
calcium, potassium
and sodium
Sodium alginate 401 GMP
Tara gum 417 GMP
Carboxymethyl 466 GMP
cellulose
Xanthan gum 415 GMP
ETHYLENE 200 mg/kg 21, 47
DIAMINE TETRA
ACETATES
(EDTA)
52
[omit ]
Triethyl citrate 1505 2,500 mg/kg 47
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 10
Eggs and eggs products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Notes
category Name Maximum Level
system
10.2.3 Dried and/or Diacetyltartaric and 472e 5,000 mg/kg
heat coagulated fatty acid esters of
egg products glycerol
ETHYLENE 200 mg/kg 21, 47
DIAMINE TETRA
ACETATES
(EDTA)
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
Triethyl citrate 1505 2,500 mg/kg 47
10.3 Preserved eggs PHOSPHATES 1,000 mg/kg 33
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 10
Eggs and eggs products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Notes
category Name Maximum Level
system
CAROTENOIDS 150 mg/kg
CHLOROPHYLLS 300 mg/kg
AND
CHLOROPHYLLI
NS, COPPER
COMPLEXES
Canthaxanthin 161g 15 mg/kg
52
Caramel IV- Sulfite [150c 20,000 mg/kg
ammonia Caramel ]
Caramel III – 150d 20,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Fast green FCF 143 100 mg/kg
Sunset yellow FCF 110 50 mg/kg
Indigotine (Indigo 132 100 mg/kg
carmine)
Ponceau 4R 124 50 mg/kg
RIBOFLAVINS 200 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 11
Sweeteners including honey
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Notes
Category Name Maximum Level
system
11.0 Sweeteners
including honey
11.1 Refined and raw No additives permitted
sugars
11.1.1 White sugar, SULFITES 15 mg/kg 44
dextrose
anhydrous,
dextrose
monohydrate,
fructose
(dextrose)
Refined Sugar SULFITES 20 mg/kg
11.1.2 Powdered sugar, Calcium silicate 552 15,000 mg/kg 56
powdered Magnesium 504(i) 15,000 mg/kg 56
dextrose (icing carbonate
sugar) carbonates of 170(i) 15,000 mg/kg
calcium
Magnesium silicate, 553(i) 15,000 mg/kg 56
synthetic
Silicates of 559, 15,000 mg/kg
aluminium or 554,
sodium (aluminium 556
silicate, sodium
alluminosilicate,
calcium aluminium
silicate)
PHOSPHATES 6,600 mg/kg 56,33
SULFITES 20 mg/kg 44
Silicon dioxide, 551 15,000 mg/kg 56
amorphous
11.1.3 Soft white sugar, SULFITES 150 mg/kg 44,
soft brown 111
sugar, glucose
syrup, dried
glucose syrup,
raw cane sugar,
khandsarisugar
(sulphur sugar),
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 11
Sweeteners including honey
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Notes
Category Name Maximum Level
system
bura sugar
Khandsari sugar No additives permitted
(desi)
11.1.3.1 Dried glucose SULFITES 20 mg/kg 111,44
syrup for
manufacture of
sugar
confectionery
(dried glucose
syrup)
11.1.3.2 Glucose syrup SULFITES 20 mg/kg 111,44
for manufacture
of sugar
confectionery
(golden syrup)
11.1.4 Lactose No additives permitted
11.1.5 Plantation or SULFITES 70 mg/kg 44
mill white sugar
(plantation
white sugar,
cube sugar,
misri)
52
[11.1.6 Gur or Jaggery Sulfites 50 mg/Kg Residu
e not
to
exceed
50mg/
Kg in
the
end
produc
t]
52
[11.1.6.1 Cane
Jaggery/Gur
11.1.6.2 Palm
Jaggery/Gur
11.1.6.3 Date
Jaggery/Gur]
11.2 Brown sugar SULFITES 40 mg/kg 44
excluding
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 11
Sweeteners including honey
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Notes
Category Name Maximum Level
system
products of food
category 11.1.3
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 11
Sweeteners including honey
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Notes
Category Name Maximum Level
system
AND
CHLOROPHYLLI
NS, COPPER
COMPLEXES
Calcium acetate 263 GMP 258
Calcium alginate 404 GMP 259
Canthaxanthin 161g 15 mg/kg
Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg 100
ammonia caramel
Carob bean gum 410 GMP 258
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 50 mg/kg
vegetable
Carrageenan 407 GMP 258
Citric and fatty acid 472c GMP 258
esters of glycerol
Distarch phosphate 1412 GMP 258
Gellan gum 418 GMP 258
Guar gum 412 GMP 258
Gum arabic (Acacia 414 GMP 258
gum)
HYDROXYBENZ 100 mg/kg 27
OATES, PARA-
Hydroxypropyl 463 GMP 258
cellulose
Hydroxypropyl 1442 GMP 258
distarch phosphate
Hydroxypropyl 464 GMP 258
methyl cellulose
Hydroxypropyl 1440 GMP 258
starch
Indigotine (Indigo 132 300 mg/kg
carmine)
Karaya gum 416 GMP 258
Konjac flour 425 GMP 258
Lactic and fatty acid 472b GMP 258
esters of glycerol
Lecithins 322(i), GMP 258
(ii)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 11
Sweeteners including honey
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Notes
Category Name Maximum Level
system
Magnesium 504(i) GMP 258
carbonate
Magnesium chloride 511 GMP 258
Magnesium 528 GMP 258
hydroxide
Magnesium 504(ii) GMP 258
hydroxide carbonate
Mannitol 421 GMP 258
Methyl cellulose 461 GMP 258
Methyl ethyl 465 GMP 258
cellulose
Microcrystalline 460(i) GMP 258
cellulose (cellulose
gel)
Mono- and di- 471 GMP 258
glycerides of fatty
acids
Monostarch 1410 GMP 258
phosphate
Neotame 961 70 mg/kg 159
Oxidized starch 1404 GMP 258
PHOSPHATES 1,320 mg/kg 56,33
Pectins 440 GMP 258
Phosphated distarch 1413 GMP 258
phosphate
Polydextrose 1200 GMP 258
Ponceau 4R 124 300 mg/kg 159
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 11
Sweeteners including honey
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Notes
Category Name Maximum Level
system
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
SULFITES 40 mg/kg 44
Salts of myristic, 470(i) GMP 71,
palmitic and stearic 258
acids with ammonia,
calcium, potassium
and sodium
Salts of oleic acid 470(ii) GMP 258
with calcium,
potassium and
sodium
Sodium alginate 401 GMP 258
Carboxymethyl 466 GMP 258
cellulose
Sodium dihydrogen 331(i) GMP 258
citrate
Starches, enzyme 1405 GMP 258
treated
Sucralose 955 1,500 mg/kg 159,
(Trichlorogalactosuc
rose)
Tragacanth gum 413 GMP 258
Tripotassium citrate 332(ii) GMP 258
Trisodium citrate 331(iii) GMP 258
Xanthan gum 415 GMP 258
11.5 Honey No additives permitted
11.6 Table-top Steviol glycosides 960 7 mg/ 100 mg In
sweeteners tablet
including those /liquid
containing high- and
intensity powde
sweeteners r
(saccharin forms,
sodium, 26
aspartame, Sucralose 955 GMP
acesulfame (Trichlorogalactosuc
potassium, rose)
sucralose) Acesulfame 950 GMP 188
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 11
Sweeteners including honey
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Notes
Category Name Maximum Level
system
potassium
Alitame 956 GMP
Aspartame 951 GMP 191
Aspartame- 962 GMP
acesulfame salt
BENZOATES 2,000 mg/kg 13
Caramel IV –sulfite 150d 1,200 mg/kg 213
ammonia caramel
ETHYLENE 1,000 mg/kg 96,21
DIAMINE TETRA
ACETATES
Neotame 961 GMP
PHOSPHATES 1,000 mg/kg 56 ,33
Polyethylene glycol 1521 10,000 mg/kg
Table 12
Salts, spices, soups, salads and protein products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
category Name Maximum Level
System
12.0 Salts, spices,
soups, sauces,
salads and
protein products
12.1 Salt and salt No additives permitted
substitutes
12.1.1 Salt (including Calcium carbonate 170(i) 20 g/kg
edible common Calcium silicate 552 20 g/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 12
Salts, spices, soups, salads and protein products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
category Name Maximum Level
System
salt, iron FERROCYANIDE 10 mg/kg 24, 107
fortified salt, S
iodized salt)* Magnesium 504(i) 20 g/kg
carbonate
Magnesium oxide 530 GMP
Magnesium silicate, 553(i) 20 g/kg
synthetic
PHOSPHATES 8,800 mg/kg 33
POLYSORBATES 10 mg/kg
Salts of myristic, 470(i) 20 g/kg 71
palmitic and stearic
acids with ammonia,
calcium, potassium
and sodium
Silicon dioxide 551 GMP
amorphous
52[Sodium 554 1,000 mg/kg 6,254
aluminosilicate]
ETHYLENE 50 mg/kg
DIAMINE TETRA
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Adipic acid 355 250 mg/kg
*Only the following additives permitted in double
fortified salt
Hydroxy propyl 464 GMP
methyl cellulose
Titanium dioxide 171 GMP
12.1.2 Salt substitutes Diacetyl tartaric and 472e 16,000 mg/kg
fatty acid esters of
glycerol
FERROCYANIDE 20 mg/kg 24
S
PHOSPHATES 4,400 mg/kg
Calcium lactate 327 GMP
Citric acid 330 GMP
Fumaric acid 297 GMP
Lactic acid, L-, D- 270 GMP
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 12
Salts, spices, soups, salads and protein products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
category Name Maximum Level
System
and DL
Magnesium 528 GMP
hydroxide
Magnesium 504(ii) GMP
hydroxide
carbonate
Malic acid, dl- 296 GMP
Potassium 332(i) GMP
dihydrogen citrate
Sodium acetate 262(i) GMP
Sodium carbonate 500(i) GMP
Sodium dihydrogen 331(i) GMP
citrate
Sodium fumarates 365 GMP
Tripotassium citrate 332(i) GMP
Trisodium citrate 331(iii) GMP
12.2 Herbs, spices, ASCORBYL 500 mg/kg 10
seasonings and ESTERS
condiments (e.g. Acesulfame K 950 2,000 mg/kg 188
seasoning for Butylated 320 200mg/kg 15, 130
instant noodles) hydroxyanisole
(BHA)
ETHYLENE 70 mg/kg 21
DIAMINE TETRA
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Neotame 961 32 mg/kg
Propyl gallate 310 200 mg/kg 15, 130
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
Tertiary butyl 319 200 mg/kg
hydroquinone
52
12.2.1 [Herbs, spices, POLYSORBATES 2,000 mg/kg
masalas, spice SULFITES 150 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 12
Salts, spices, soups, salads and protein products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
category Name Maximum Level
System
mixtures
including
oleoresins or
extracts/derivati
ves thereof]
12.2.2 Seasonings and BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 13
condiments
Aspartame 951 2,000 mg/kg
Curcumin 100 GMP
FERROCYANIDE 20 mg/kg 24
S
Lauric arginate ethyl 243 200 mg/kg
ester
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg 33 , 26
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 12
Salts, spices, soups, salads and protein products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
category Name Maximum Level
System
12.4 Mustards ASCORBYL 500 mg/kg
ESTERS
ETHYLENE 38 50 mg/kg
DIAMINE TETRA
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Acesulfame 950 350 mg/kg
potassium
Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
Aspartame 951 350 mg/kg 191
BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg
Brilliant blue FCF 133 100 mg/kg
CAROTENOIDS 300 mg/kg
CHLOROPHYLLS 500 mg/kg
AND
CHLOROPHYLLI
NS, COPPER
COMPLEXES
Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
Caramel IV – 150d 50,000 mg/kg
sulfiteammonia
caramel
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Diacetyltartaric and 472e 10,000 mg/kg
fatty acid esters of
glycerol
ETHYLENE 75 mg/kg
DIAMINE TETRA
ACETATES
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 200 mg/kg
HYDROXYBENZ 300 mg/kg
OATES, PARA-
Indigotine (Indigo 132 100 mg/kg
carmine)
Neotame 961 12 mg/kg
Ponceau 4R 124 100 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 12
Salts, spices, soups, salads and protein products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
category Name Maximum Level
System
RIBOFLAVINS 300 mg/kg
SACCHARINS 320 mg/kg
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg
SULFITES 250 mg/kg
Sucralose 955 140 mg/kg
(Trichlorogalactosuc
rose)
Sunset yellow FCF 110 100 mg/kg
Tertiary 319 200 mg/kg
butylhydroquinone
(TBHQ)
12.5 Soups and ASCORBYL 200 mg/kg
broths ESTERS
Acesulfame 950 110 mg/kg
potassium
Alitame 956 40 mg/kg
Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
Aspartame 951 1,200 mg/kg
BENZOATES 500 mg/kg
Brilliant blue FCF 100 mg/kg
Butylated 320 200mg/kg 15, 130
hydroxyanisole
(BHA)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 12
Salts, spices, soups, salads and protein products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
category Name Maximum Level
System
caramel
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 12
Salts, spices, soups, salads and protein products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
category Name Maximum Level
System
soups and broths Indigotine (Indigo 132 50 mg/kg
including carmine)
canned, bottled, Lauric arginate ethyl 243 200 mg/kg
and frozen ester
RIBOFLAVINS 200 mg/kg
Sunset yellow FCF 110 50 mg/kg
12.5.2 Mixes for soups CAROTENOIDS 200 mg/kg
and broths CHLOROPHYLLS GMP
AND
CHLOROPHYLLI
NS, COPPER
COMPLEXES
Canthaxanthin 161g GMP
Steviol glycosides 960 50 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 12
Salts, spices, soups, salads and protein products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
category Name Maximum Level
System
Butylated 320 200 mg/kg 15, 130
hydroxyanisole
(BHA)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 12
Salts, spices, soups, salads and protein products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
category Name Maximum Level
System
butylhydroquinone
(TBHQ)
L-Tartaric acid GMP
Dimethyl GMP
polysiloxane
52
[Propylene glycol 405 200 mg/kg]
alginate
12.6.1 Emulsified ASCORBYL 500 mg/kg 10, 15
sauces and dips ESTERS
(e.g. mayonnaise, beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 2,000 mg/kg
sald dressings, vegetable
onion dips) ETHYLENE 100 mg/kg
DIAMINE TETRA
ACETATES
Fast green FCF 143 100 mg/kg
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 300 mg/kg
Lauric arginate ethyl 243 200 mg/kg
ester
Neotame 961 65 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg
POLYSORBATES 3,000 mg/kg
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg
Annatto 160b(i), GMP
(ii)
Steviol glycosides 960 350 mg/kg
Paprika oleoresin 160c(i) GMP
12.6.2 Non emulsified ASCORBYL 500 mg/kg 10
sauces (e.g ESTERS
ketchup, cheese beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 2,000 mg/kg
sauce, cream vegetable
sauce, brown ETHYLENE 75 mg/kg 21
gravy) DIAMINE TETRA
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 300 mg/kg
Annatto 160b(i), GMP
(ii)
Steviol glycosides 960 350 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 12
Salts, spices, soups, salads and protein products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
category Name Maximum Level
System
Paprika oleoresin 160c(i) GMP
Lauric arginate ethyl 243 200 mg/kg
ester
Neotame 961 70 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 2,200 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 12
Salts, spices, soups, salads and protein products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
category Name Maximum Level
System
and sandwich ESTERS
spreads Aspartame 951 350 mg/kg
excluding cocoa- BENZOATES 1,500 mg/kg
and nut-based CAROTENOIDS 50 mg/kg
spreads of food
Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg
categories 4.2.2.5 ammonia caramel
and 5.1.3
Caramel IV – 150d 50,000 mg/kg
sulfiteammonia
caramel
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 1,000 mg/kg
vegetable
ETHYLENE 100 mg/kg
DIAMINE TETRA
ACETATES
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 1,500 mg/kg
Lauric arginate ethyl 243 200 mg/kg
ester
Neotame 961 33 mg/kg
POLYSORBATES 2,000 mg/kg
Ponceau 4R 124 100 mg/kg
SACCHARINS 200 mg/kg
SORBATES 1,500 mg/kg
Steviol glycosides 960 115 mg/kg
Sucralose 955 1,250 mg/kg
(Trichlorogalactosuc
rose)
12.8 Yeast and like Butylated 320 200 mg/kg 15
products hydroxyanisole
(BHA)
12.9 Soybean-based PHOSPHATES 1,200 mg/kg
seasonings and
condiments
12.9.1 Fermented RIBOFLAVINS 30 mg/kg
soybean paste SACCHARINS 200 mg/kg
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg
12.9.2 Soybean sauce
12.9.2.1 Fermented Caramel III - 150c 20,000 mg/kg 207
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 12
Salts, spices, soups, salads and protein products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
category Name Maximum Level
System
soybean sauce ammonia caramel
Caramel IV – 150d 60,000 mg/kg
sulfiteammonia
caramel
SACCHARINS 500 mg/kg
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
Steviol glycosides 960 30 mg/kg 26
12.9.2.2 Non-fermented Caramel III - 150c 1,500 mg/kg
soybean sauce ammonia caramel
Steviol glycosides 960 165 mg/kg 26
12.9.2.3 Other soybean Caramel III - 150c 20,000 mg/kg
sauces ammonia caramel
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42
Steviol glycosides 960 165 mg/kg 26
12.10 Protein products
other than from
soybeans
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 13
13.0 Food Stuffs Food additive provisions for the products under these categories
intended for are provided in the relevant standards of Food Safety and
particular Standards (Food Products Standards and Food Additives)
nutritional Regulations, 2011 or Food Safety and Standards (Food or Health
uses Supplements, Nutraceuticals, Foods for Special Dietary Uses,
Foods for Special Medical Purpose, Functional Foods, and Novel
Food) Regulations, 2016 as the case may be.
Table 14
Beverages, excluding dairy products
Food Food Category Food Additive INS No Recommended Note
Category Name Maximum level
system
14.0 Beverages,
excluding dairy
products
14.1 Non-alcoholic
(“soft”)
beverages
14.1.1 Waters No additives permitted
14.1.1.1 Natural mineral
waters and No additives permitted
source waters
14.1.1.2 Table waters and No additives permitted
sold waters
14.1.2 Fruit and
vegetable juices
14.1.2.1 Fruit juices (fruit Ascorbic acid, L- 300 GMP
juices for Calcium ascorbate 302 GMP
industrial use, Carbon dioxide 290 GMP 69
thermally BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 91,13
processed fruits Citric acid 330 GMP
juices) Malic acid, DL- 296 GMP 115
Nitrogen 941 GMP
PHOSPHATES 1,000 mg/kg 40, 33
Pectins 440 GMP 35
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 91,42
SULFITES 50 mg/kg 44
Sodium ascorbate 301 GMP
TARTRATES 4,000 mg/kg 45
Alginic acid 400 GMP
Sodium alginate 401 GMP
Calcium alginate 404 GMP
Propylene glycol 405 GMP
alginate
Gum arabic 414 GMP
Potassium alginate 402 GMP
Pectins 440 GMP
52
[Glycerol ester of 445(iii) 100 mg/kg
wood resin]
Alginic acid 400 GMP
Gellan gum 418 GMP
Acetic acid 260 GMP
Lactic acid 270 GMP
L-Tartaric acid 334 GMP
Nitrogen 918 GMP
Carbon dioxide 290 GMP
14.1.2.2 Vegetable Ascorbic acid, L- 300 GMP
juices(vegetable Citric acid 330 GMP
juices for Carbon dioxide 290 GMP
industrial use, Malic acid, DL- 296 GMP
thermally SULFITES 50 mg/kg 44
processed Lactic acid 270 GMP
vegetable juices, Alginic acid 400 GMP
thermally
L-Tartaric acid 334 GMP
processed tomato
PHOSPHATES GMP 33
juice)
Sucralose 955 250 mg/kg
Nitrogen 941 GMP
TOCOPHEROLS GMP
Acetic acid 260 GMP
BENZOATES 600 mg/kg 13
Sulphur dioxide 220 1,000 mg/kg
14.1.2.3 Concentrates of Ascorbic acid, L- 300 GMP 127
fruitjuices Acetic acid 260 GMP
(concentrated BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 13, 127, 91
fruit juices for
Calcium ascorbate 302 GMP 127
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
industrial use) Carbon dioxide 290 GMP 69, 127
Citric acid 330 GMP 127
Malic acid, DL- 296 GMP 127
Lactic acid 270 GMP 127
PHOSPHATES 1,000 mg/kg 127, 33, 40
Pectins 440 GMP 35, 127
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 127, 91, 42
SULFITES 50 mg/kg 44, 127
Sodium ascorbate 301 GMP 127
TARTRATES 4,000 mg/kg 129, 128,
127, 45
Dimethyl 900a 10mg/kg
polysiloxane
Mono-and 471 10mg/kg
diglycerides of fatty
acids of edible oils
Nitrogen 918 GMP
52
[omit ]
Alginic acid 400 GMP
Acetic acid 260 GMP
14.1.2.4 Concentrates of Ascorbic acid, L- 300 GMP
vegetable juices Citric acid 330 GMP
(concentrated Sucralose 955 1,250 mg/kg 127
vegetable Juices Lactic acid 270 GMP
for industrial Dimethylpolysiloxa 900a 10 mg/kg 127
use) ne
52
[-and diglycerides 471 10mg/kg 127
of fatty acids]
52
Nitrogen [941] GMP
Carbon dioxide 290 GMP
Malic acid – DL 296 GMP
SULFITES 50 mg/kg 44, 127For
industrial use
1,500 mg/kg
max
Alginic acid 400 GMP
Acetic acid 260 GMP
BENZOATES 600 mg/kg 13
SORBATES 100 mg/kg 42,127
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
14.1.3 Fruit and Steviol glycosides 960 200 mg/kg 26
vegetable nectars
14.1.3.1 Fruit nectar Acesulfame 950 350 mg/kg 188
potassium
Ascorbic acid, L- 300 GMP
Aspartame 951 600 mg/kg 191
Calcium ascorbate 302 GMP
BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 91, 13
Carbon dioxide 290 GMP 69
Citric acid 330 GMP
Malic acid, DL- 296 GMP
PHOSPHATES 1,000 mg/kg 40,33
Pectins 440 GMP
SACCHARINS 80 mg/kg
Sodium ascorbate 301 GMP
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 42, 91
SULFITES 70mg/kg 44
Sucralose 955 300 mg/kg
(Trichlorogalactosuc
rose)
TARTRATES 4,000 mg/kg 128, 45
Alginic acid 400 GMP
Sodium alginate 401 GMP
Calcium alginate 404 GMP
Propylene glycol 405 GMP
alginate
Chlorophylls 140 100 mg/kg
Caramel 150a 100 mg/kg
Curcumin 100 100 mg/kg
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 100 mg/kg
vegetable
CAROTENOIDS 100 mg/kg
Canthaxanthin 161g 100 mg/kg
RIBOFLAVINS 100 mg/kg
Annatto 160b(i), 100 mg/kg
(ii)
Saffron GMP
14.1.3.2 Vegetable nectar Acesulfame 950 350 mg/kg 188
potassium
Ascorbic acid, L- 300 GMP
Aspartame 951 600 mg/kg 191
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
BENZOATES 120 mg/kg 13
Citric acid 330 GMP
Curcumin 100 100 mg/kg
Malic acid, DL- 296 GMP
Neotame 961 65 mg/kg
Pectins 440 GMP
SACCHARINS 80 mg/kg
Saffron GMP
SORBATES 300 mg/kg 42
Sucralose 955 300 mg/kg
(Trichlorogalactosuc
rose)
Alginic acid 400 GMP
Chlorophylls 140 100 mg/kg
Caramel 150a 100 mg/kg
52
[Omit ]
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 100 mg/kg
vegetable
CAROTENOIDS 100 mg/kg
Canthaxanthin 161g 100 mg/kg
RIBOFLAVINS 100 mg/kg
Annatto 160(b) 100 mg/kg
(i), (ii)
SULPHITES 70 mg/kg 44
Sodium 452(i) 1,000 mg/kg
hexametaphosphate
Tartaric acid 334 GMP
14.1.3.3 Concentrates of Acesulfame 950 350 mg/kg 188, 127
fruit nectar potassium
Ascorbic acid, L- 300 GMP 127
Alginic acid 400 GMP
Sodium alginate 401 GMP
Calcium alginate 404 GMP
Propylene glycol 405 GMP
alginate
Aspartame 951 600 mg/kg 191, 127
BENZOATES 1,000 mg/kg 13,91,127
Calcium ascorbate 302 GMP 127
Carbon dioxide 290 GMP 69, 127
Citric acid 330 5,000 mg/kg 127
Malic acid, DL- 296 GMP 127
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Lecithins 322(i), GMP
(ii)
PHOSPHATES 1,000 mg/kg 40, 33, 127
Pectins 440 GMP 127
SACCHARINS 80 mg/kg 127
SORBATES 1,000 mg/kg 127, 91, 42
Sodium ascorbate 301 GMP 127
Sucralose 955 300 mg/kg 127
(Trichlorogalactosuc
rose)
SULFITES 50 mg/kg 44, 127
TARTRATES 4,000 mg/kg 45,127
14.1.3.4 Concentrates of Acesulfame 950 350 mg/kg 127,188
vegetable nectar potassium
Ascorbic acid, L- 300 GMP
Aspartame 951 600 mg/kg 127
BENZOATES 600 mg/kg 13,127
Citric acid 330 GMP
Malic acid, DL- 296 GMP
Neotame 961 65 mg/kg 127
Pectins 440 GMP
SULFITES 50 mg/kg 127, 44
Sucralose 955 300 mg/kg
(Trichlorogalactosuc 127
rose)
14.1.4 Water-based ASCORBYL 1,000 mg/kg 15, 10
flavoured drinks, ESTERS
including Acesulfame 950 600 mg/kg 188
“sport,”“energy, potassium
” or “electrolyte” Alitame 956 40 mg/kg
drinks and Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg 127
particulated
drinks, includes
Anthocyanins 163(i), GMP
carbonated fruit
(iii)
beverages,
Aspartame 951 600 mg/kg 191
carbonated
beverages with BENZOATES 600 mg/kg 13, 301,123
fruit Beeswax 901 200 mg/kg 131
Brilliant blue FCF 133 100 mg/kg
CAROTENOIDS 100 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
CHLOROPHYLL 300 mg/kg 127
S AND
CHLOROPHYLLI
NS, COPPER
COMPLEXES
Candelilla wax 902 200 mg/kg 131
Caramel III - 150c 5,000 mg/kg 9
ammonia caramel
Caramel IV –sulfite 150d 50,000 mg/kg 127
ammonia caramel
Carnauba wax 903 200 mg/kg 131
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 2,000 mg/kg
vegetable
Cyclodextrin, beta- 459 500 mg/kg
Diacetyltartaric and 472e 5,000 mg/kg 127
fatty acid esters of
glycerol
ETHYLENE 200 mg/kg 21
DIAMINE TETRA
ACETATES
Fast green FCF 143 100 mg/kg
Glycerol ester of 445(iii) 150 mg/kg 100 mg/kg
wood rosin max for
carbonated
water
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 300 mg/kg 181,127
HYDROXYBENZ 500 mg/kg 27
OATES, PARA-
IRON OXIDES 100 mg/kg
Indigotine (Indigo 132 100 mg/kg
carmine)
Isopropyl citrates 384 200 mg/kg
Neotame 961 33 mg/kg
PHOSPHATES 1,000 mg/kg 33,127
POLYSORBATES 500 mg/kg 127
Polydimethylsiloxan 900a 20 mg/kg 127
e
Polyethylene glycol 1521 1,000 mg/kg
Ponceau 4R 124 100 mg/kg 50 mg/kg
max for
carbonated
water
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Propyl gallate 310 1,000 mg/kg 15
Propylene glycol 477 500 mg/kg
esters of fatty acids
52
QUILLAIA 50 mg/kg [293, 132]
EXTRACTS
RIBOFLAVINS 100mg/kg
SORBATES 500 mg/kg 42, 127
SULFITES 70 mg/kg 143, 44, 127
Stannous chloride 512 20 mg/kg 43
Stearyl citrate 484 500 mg/kg
Steviol glycosides 960 200 mg/kg 26
Sucralose 955 300 mg/kg
(Trichlorogalactosuc 127
rose)
Annatto 160b(i), 100 mg/kg
(ii)
Canthaxanthin 161g 100 mg/kg
Curcumin 100 100 mg/kg
Carmoisine 122 100 mg/kg
Erythrosine 127 50 mg/kg
Dimethyl 242 250 mg/kg 18 (subject to
dicarbonate a maximum
methanol
content in
final product
as 200
mg/litre)
Saffron GMP
Tartrazine 102 100 mg/kg
Sucroglycerides 474 200 mg/kg 219
Sucrose acetate 444 500 mg/kg
isobutyrate
Sunset yellow FCF 110 100 mg/kg 127
THIODIPROPION 1,000 mg/kg 15, 46
ATES
Triethyl citrate 1505 200 mg/kg
Quinine salts 100 mg/kg
14.1.4.1 Carbonated Canthaxanthin 161g 5 mg/kg
water-based Lauric arginate ethyl 243 50 mg/kg
flavoured drinks ester
(beverages non- RIBOFLAVINS 50 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
alcoholic- SACCHARINS 300 mg/kg
cabonated,
carbonated
water)
14.1.4.2 Non-carbonated Lauric arginate ethyl 243 50 mg/kg
water-based ester
flavoured drinks
including RIBOFLAVINS 50 mg/kg
punches and SACCHARINS 300 mg/kg
ades, ginger
L-Tartaric acid 334 GMP
cocktail (ginger
beer and Curcumin 100 200 mg/kg
gingerale),
thermally
processed fruit
beverages/ fruit beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 200 mg/kg
drinks/ready to vegetable
serve fruit
beverages
CAROTENOIDS 200 mg/kg
52
[omit
]
52
Annatto [160b 200 mg/kg
(i), (ii)]
Saffron GMP
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Alginic acid 400 GMP
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Erythrosine 127 100 mg/kg 127
Tartarzine 102 200 mg/kg 127
Sunset yellow FCF 110 200 mg/kg 127
Indogotine (Indigo 132 200 mg/kg 127
carmine)
Brilliant blue FCF 133 200 mg/kg 127
Fast green FCF 143 200 mg/kg 127
BENZOATES 600mg/kg 127
SULFITES 350 mg/kg 44
Glycerol ester of 445(iii 450 mg/kg 127
wood rosin )
Quinine sulphate 450 mg/kg Subject to
100 mg/kg in
ready to
serve
beverage
after dilution
*The following additives are permitted in sharbat
(synthetic syrup)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
alginate
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Dimethyl 242 250 mg/kg 18
dicarbonate
Distarch phosphate 1412 GMP 160
Disodium 5’- 627 GMP 201
guanylate
Disodium 5’- 631 GMP 201
inosinate
Disodium 5’- 635 GMP 201
Ribonucleotides
ETHYLENE 386 35 mg/kg 21
DIAMINE TETRA
ACETATES
Fumaric acid 297 GMP 160
Gellan gum 418 GMP 160
Glycerol 422 GMP 160
Guar gum 412 GMP 160
Gum arabic (Acacia 414 GMP 160
gum)
HYDROXYBENZ 450 mg/kg 27,160
OATES, PARA-
Hydroxypropyl 463 GMP 160
cellulose
Hydroxypropyl 1442 GMP 160
distarch phosphate
Hydroxypropyl 464 GMP 160
methyl cellulose
Hydroxypropyl 1440 GMP 160
starch
Karaya gum 416 GMP 160
Konjac flour 425 GMP 160
Lactic and fatty acid 472b GMP 160
esters of glycerol
Lecithins 322(i), GMP 160
(ii)
Magnesium 504(i) GMP 160
carbonate
Magnesium chloride 511 GMP 160
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Malic acid, DL- 296 GMP 160
Methyl cellulose 461 GMP 160
Methyl ethyl 465 GMP 160
cellulose
Microcrystalline 460(i) GMP 160
cellulose (cellulose
gel)
Mono- and di- 471 GMP 160
glycerides of fatty
acids
Monosodium L- 621 GMP 160
glutamate
Monostarch 1410 GMP 160
phosphate
Neotame 961 50 mg/kg 160
Nitrogen 941 GMP 160, 59
Oxidized starch 1404 GMP 160
PHOSPHATES 300 mg/kg 33, 160
Pectins 440 GMP 160
Phosphated distarch 1413 GMP 160
phosphate
Potassium carbonate 501(i) GMP 160
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sodium DL-malate 350(ii) GMP 160
Silicon dioxide, 551 GMP 321
amorphous
Sodium acetate 262(i) GMP 160
Sodium alginate 401 GMP 160
Sodium ascorbate 301 GMP 160
Sodium carbonate 500(i) GMP 160
Carboxymethyl 466 GMP 160
cellulose
Sodium dihydrogen 331(i) GMP 160
citrate
Sodium fumarates 365 GMP 160
Sodium gluconate 576 GMP 160
Sodium hydrogen 500(ii) GMP 160
carbonate
Sodium lactate 325 GMP 160
Starches, enzyme 1405 GMP 160
treated
Starch sodium 1450 GMP 160
octenyl succinate
Steviol glycosides 960 200 mg/kg 160,26
Sucralose 955 300 mg/kg 160
(Trichlorogalactosuc
rose)
Sucroglycerides 474 1,000 mg/kg 176
Tara gum 417 GMP 160
Tragacanth gum 413 GMP 160
Tripotassium citrate 332(ii) GMP 160
Trisodium citrate 331(iii) GMP 160
Xanthan gum 415 GMP 160
14.2 Alcoholic
beverages
including
alcohol-free and
low-alcoholic
counterparts
14.2.1 Beer andmalt Caramel III - 150c 50,000 mg/kg
beverages ammonia caramel
Caramel IV – 150d 50,000 mg/kg
sulfiteammonia
caramel
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 600 mg/kg
vegetable
ETHYLENE 25 mg/kg 21
DIAMINE TETRA
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Polydimethylsiloxan 900a 10 mg/kg
e
Polyvinylpyrrolidon 1201 10 mg/kg 36
e
SULFITES 50 mg/kg 44
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Lysozyme 1105 500 mg/kg
SORBATES 200 mg/kg 42
SULFITES 350 mg/kg 44, 103
52
[ Malic acid, DL-, FS04a
296 GMP
L-]
Ascorbic acid L- 300 300 mg/kg
Citric acid 330 1,000 mg/kg FS04a
Tartaric acid FS04a
334 GMP
L(+),DL
Lactic acid 270 GMP FS04a
Gum arabic (Acacia 414 300 mg/kg
Gum)
Tannins 181 GMP
Metatartaric acid 353 100 mg/kg
Caramel (plain) GMP (allowed only
150a for liqueur
wines)
Carboxymethyl- 466 (For white
Cellulose 100 mg/kg and sparkling
wines)
Calcium carbonate 170(i) GMP
Polyvinyl- 1202 800 mg/kg
polypyrrolidone
Nitrogen 941 GMP
Oxygen 948 GMP
Isoascorbic acid 315 250 mg/ml
(Erythorbic acid)
52
[Potassium-D,L-, 336
L(+)- tartrate, GMP]
Potassium bitartrate
Calcium tartrate 354 GMP
Copper sulphate 519, 10mg/l
(and Copper citrate)
Argon 938 GMP
Caramel II 150 b GMP
Yeast manno GMP
proteins
Urease GMP
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Ammonium 342(i) 300 mg/l
phosphate
Ammonium - GMP
bisulphite
(ammonium
hydrogen sulphite)
Thiamin GMP
hydrochloride
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
and
Pediococcus
genus and
must be
isolated from
grapes,
musts, wine
or have been
derived from
these
bacteria.
Casein - GMP
β-Glucanases GMP
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Yeast protein extract - GMP The proteins
of yeast of
Saccharomyc
es sp. yeast.
Adsorbant GMP
Copolymer
Treatment
polyvinylimidazole
–
polyvinylpyrrolidon
e (PVI/PVP)
Yeast - GMP -
Chitosan GMP -
Chitin-Glucan GMP -
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
wines
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Diacetyltartaric and 472e 5,000 mg/kg
fatty acid esters of
glycerol
ETHYLENE 25 mg/kg 21
DIAMINE TETRA
ACETATES
(EDTA)
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 300 mg/kg 181
PHOSPHATES 440mg/kg 33, 88
POLYSORBATES 120 mg/kg
SULFITES 200 mg/kg 44
Sucroglycerides 474 5,000 mg/kg
31
[Caramel II - 150 b GMP -
Gold (colour) 175 GMP -
Silver (colour) 174 GMP -
Glycerol esters Of GMP
445(iii) -
wood Resin
Alpha-Tocopherol 307 GMP -
RIBOFLAVINS GMP -]
14.2.7 Aromatized Acesulfame 950 350 mg/kg 188
alcoholic potassium
beverages Aspartame 951 600 mg/kg 191
Aspartame- 962 350 mg/kg 113
acesulfame salt
BENZOATES 1,000mg/kg 13
CAROTENOIDS 160e 200 mg/kg
Canthaxanthin 161g 5 mg/kg
Caramel III - 150c 50, 000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
Caramel IV –sulfite 150d 50,000 mg/kg
ammonia caramel
beta-Carotenes, 160a(ii) 600 mg/kg
vegetable
Diacetyltartaric and 472e 10, 000 mg/kg
fatty acid esters of
glycerol
ETHYLENE 25 mg/kg 21
DIAMINE TETRA
ACETATES
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 300 mg/kg 181
HYDROXYBENZ 1,000 mg/kg 224, 27
OATES, PARA-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Neotame 961 33 mg/kg
POLYSORBATES 120 mg/kg
Polydimethylsiloxan 900a 10 mg/kg
e
RIBOFLAVINS 100 mg/kg
SACCHARINS 80 mg/kg
SORBATES 500 mg/kg 224, 42
SULFITES 250 mg/kg 44
Sucralose 955 700 mg/kg
(Trichlorogalactosuc
rose)
Sucroglycerides 474 5,000 mg/kg
31
[Phosphoric acid 338 1,000 mg/kg -]
Table 15
Ready-to–eat savouries
Food Food Food Additive INS No Recommended NOTE
Category Category Maximum
system Name Level
15.0 Ready-to- Acesulfame potassium 950 350 mg/kg 188
eat Aspartame 951 500 mg/kg 191
savouries Neotame 961 32 mg/kg
Beeswax 901 GMP 3
Butylated hydroxytoluene 321 200mg/kg 15, 130
(BHT)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 15
Ready-to–eat savouries
Food Food Food Additive INS No Recommended NOTE
Category Category Maximum
system Name Level
THIODIPROPIONATES 200 mg/kg 46
TBHQ 319 200mg/kg 15, 130
15.1 Snacks ASCORBYL ESTERS 200 mg/kg 10
and Allura red AC 129 100 mg/kg
savouries
–potato, Brilliant blue FCF 133 100 mg/kg
cereal, Butylated hydroxyanisole 320 200mg/kg 15, 130
flour or (BHA)
starch
based CAROTENOIDS 100 mg/kg
(from CHLOROPHYLLS AND 350 mg/kg
roots and CHLOROPHYLLINS,
tubers, COPPER COMPLEXES
pulses and Canthaxanthin 161g 45 mg/kg
legumes) beta-Carotenes, vegetable 160a(ii) 100 mg/kg
Cyclodextrin, beta- 459 500 mg/kg
Diacetyltartaric and fatty 472e 20,000 mg/kg
acid esters of glycerol
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 500 mg/kg 181
HYDROXYBENZOATES, 300 mg/kg 27
PARA-
IRON OXIDES 500 mg/kg
Indigotine (Indigo carmine) 132 100 mg/kg
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 15
Ready-to–eat savouries
Food Food Food Additive INS No Recommended NOTE
Category Category Maximum
system Name Level
coated Butylated hydroxyanisole 320 200 mg/kg 15, 130
nuts and (BHA)
nut
mixtures CAROTENOIDS 100 mg/kg
CHLOROPHYLLS AND 100 mg/kg
CHLOROPHYLLINS,
COPPER COMPLEXES
beta-Carotenes, vegetable 160a(ii) GMP 3
Diacetyltartaric and fatty 472e 10,000 mg/kg
acid esters of glycerol
Grape skin extract 163(ii) 300 mg/kg 181
HYDROXYBENZOATES, 300 mg/kg 27
PARA-
IRON OXIDES 400 mg/kg
Indigotine (Indigo carmine) 132 100 mg/kg
Explanation I (for 11.6 Table top sweeteners): Maximum limit of artificial sweetener in the
product shall be as in reconstituted beverage or food or in final beverage or food for consumption,
as the case may be. The product label shall give clear instruction for reconstitution of products for
making final beverage or food for consumption as the case may be.
Provided where the artificial sweetener(s) is/are used in carbonated water/ sweetened aerated water/
fruit beverage/ carbonated fruit beverage/ fruit nectar, the requirement of minimum total soluble
solids shall not apply.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Provided further table top sweetener may contain the following carrier or filler articles with label
declaration as provided in Regulation 2.4.5 (24, 25, 26, 27, 28 and 29) of Food Safety and
Standards (Packaging and Labeling) Regulations, 2011. Namely,-
(i) Dextrose
(ii) Lactose
(iii) Maltodextrin
(iv) Mannitol
(v) Sucrose
(vi) Isomalt
(xiii) Glycine
(xiv) L-leucine
(xviii) Providone
(xx) Starch
(xxii) Erythritol
The use of more than one preservative has been allowed in the alternative, those preservatives may
be used in combination with one or more alternatives, provided the quantity of each preservative so
used does not exceed such number of parts out of those specified for that preservative of the
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
aforesaid tables as may be worked out on the basis of the proportion in which such preservatives
are combined.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Annexure-1
All capital and bold additives in the Table 1 to 15 refers to the group of additives as listed
below
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Group Name Additive Name INS No.
Magnesium dihydrogen diphosphate 450(ix)
RIBOFLAVINS Riboflavin, synthetic 101(i)
Riboflavin 5’-phosphate sodium 101(ii)
Riboflavin (Bacillus subtilis) 101(iii)
ASCORBYL ESTERS Ascorbyl palmitate 304
Ascorbyl stearate 305
BENZOATES Benzoic acid 210
Sodium benzoate 211
Potassium benzoate 212
Calcium benzoate 213
CAROTENOIDS beta-Carotenes (synthetic) 160a(i)
beta-Carotenes (Blakeslea trispora) 160a(iii)
beta-apo-8’-Carotenal 160e
beta-apo-8’-Carotenoic acid, ethyl ester 160f
CHLOROPHYLLS AND Chlorophylls, copper complexes 141(i)
CHLOROPHYLLINS, Chlorophyllin copper complexes, sodium and 141(ii)
COPPER COMPLEXES potassium salts
HYDROXYBENZOATES, Ethyl para-hydroxybenzoate 214
PARA- Methyl para-hydroxybenzoate 218
NITRITES Potassium nitrite 249
Sodium nitrite 250
QUILLAIA EXTRACTS Quillaia extract type 2 999(ii)
Quillaia extract type I 999(i)
SODIUM ALUMINIUM Sodium aluminium phosphate, acidic 541(i)
PHOSPHATES Sodium aluminium phosphate, basic 541(ii)
STEAROYL LACTYLATES Calcium stearoyl lactylate 482(i)
Sodium stearoyl lactylate 481(i)
THIODIPROPIONATES Dilauryl thiodipropionate 389
Thiodipropionic acid 388
TOCOPHEROLS dl-alpha-Tocopherol 3 07c
d-alpha-Tocopherol 307a
Tocopherol concentrate, mixed 307b
SACCHARINS Saccharin 954(i)
Calcium saccharin 954(ii)
Potassium saccharin 954(iii)
Sodium saccharin 954(iv)
SORBATES Sorbic acid 200
Sodium sorbate 201
Potassium sorbate 202
Calcium sorbate 203
POLYSORBATES Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monolaurate 432
Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monooleate 433
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Group Name Additive Name INS No.
Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monopalmitate 434
Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monostearate 435
Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan tristearate 436
POLYOXYETHYLENE Polyoxyethylene (40) stearate 431
STEARATES Polyoxyethylene (8) stearate 430
IRON OXIDES Iron oxide, black 172(i)
Iron oxide, red 172(ii)
Iron oxide, yellow 172(iii)
FERROCYANIDES Calcium ferrocyanide 538
Potassium ferrocyanide 536
Sodium ferrocyanide 535
TARTRATES Potassium sodium L(+)-tartrate 337
Sodium L(+)-tartrate 335(ii)
L(+)-Tartaric acid 334
ETHYLENE DIAMINE Calcium disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate 385
TETRA ACETATES Disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate 386
52
[ SORBITAN ESTERS OF
FATTY ACIDS Sorbitan monolaurate 493
Sorbitan monooleate 494
Sorbitan monopalmitate 495
Sorbitan monostearate 491
Sorbitan tristearate 492]
Note No. Notes to the Food Additives mentioned in the Table 1 to 15.
1 As adipic acid.
2 On the dry ingredient, dry weight, dry mix or concentrate basis.
3 For use in surface treatment only.
4 For use in decoration, stamping, marking or branding the product only.
5 Excluding products conforming to the standard for jams, jellies and marmalades
6 As aluminium.
7 For use in coffee substitutes only.
8 As bixin.
9 Except for use in ready-to-drink coffee products at 10,000 mg/kg.
10 As ascorbyl stearate.
11 On the flour basis.
12 As a result of carryover from flavouring substances.
13 As benzoic acid.
14 For use in 706ydrolysed protein liquid formula only.
15 On the fat or oil basis.
16 For use in glaze, coatings or decorations for fruit, vegetables, meat or fish only.
18 As added level; residue not detected in ready-to-eat food.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
19 For use in cocoa fat only.
20 Singly or in combination with other stabilizers, thickeners and/or gums.
21 As anhydrous calcium disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate.
22 For use in smoked fish products only.
23 As iron.
24 As anhydrous sodium ferrocyanide.
25 For use at GMP in full fat soy flour only.
26 As steviol equivalents.
27 As para-hydroxybenzoic acid.
28 Except for use in wheat flour conforming to the standard for wheat flour at 2,000
mg/kg.
29 For non-standardized food only.
30 As residual NO3 ion.
31 On the mash used basis.
32 As residual NO2 ion.
33 As phosphorus.
34 On the anhydrous basis.
35 For use in cloudy juices only.
36 On the residual level basis.
37 For non-standardized food and food conforming to the standard for quick frozen
blocks of fish fillets, minced fish flesh and mixtures of fillets and minced fish
flesh.
38 On the creaming mixture basis.
39 For use in products containing butter or other fats and oils only.
40 Pentasodium triphosphate (INS 451(i)) only, to enhance the effectiveness of
benzoates and sorbates.
41 For use in breading or batter coatings only.
42 As sorbic acid.
43 As tin.
44 As residual SO2.
45 As tartaric acid.
46 As thiodipropionic acid.
47 On the dry egg yolk weight basis.
48 For use in olives only.
49 For use on citrus fruits only.
50 For use in fish roe only.
51 For use in herbs only.
52 Excluding chocolate milk.
53 For use in coatings only.
54 For use in cocktail cherries and candied cherries only.
55 Within the limits for sodium, calcium, and potassium specified in the standard for
infant formulaand formula for special dietary purposes intended for infants:
singly or in combination with other sodium, calcium, and/or potassium salts.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
56 Excluding products where starch is present.
57 GMP is 1 part benzoyl peroxide and not more than 6 parts of the subject additive
by weight.
58 As calcium.
59 For use as a packaging gas only.
60 Except for use as a carbonating agent: the CO2 in the finished wine shall not
exceed 39.2 mg/kg.
61 For use in minced fish only.
62 As copper.
63 For non-standardized food and breaded or batter coatings in food conforming to
the standard for quick frozen fish sticks (fish fingers), fish portions and fish fillets
– breaded or in batter
64 For use in dry beans only.
65 As a result of carryover from nutrient preparations.
66 As formaldehyde.
67 Except for use in liquid egg whites at 8,800 mg/kg as phosphorus, and in liquid
whole eggs at 14,700 mg/kg as phosphorus.
68 For use in products with no added sugar only.
69 For use as a carbonating agent only.
70 As the acid.
71 Calcium, potassium and sodium salts only.
72 On the ready-to-eat basis.
73 Excluding whole fish.
74 Excluding liquid whey and whey products used as ingredients in infant formula.
75 For use in milk powder for vending machines only.
76 For use in potatoes only.
77 For special nutritional uses only.
78 Except for use in pickling and balsamic vinegars at 50,000 mg/kg.
79 For use on nuts only.
80 Equivalent to 2 mg/dm2 surface application to a maximum depth of 5 mm.
81 Equivalent to 1 mg/dm2 surface application to a maximum depth of 5 mm.
82 Except for use in shrimp (Crangon crangon and Crangon vulgaris) at 6,000 mg/kg.
83 L(+)-form only.
84 For use in products for infants over 1 year of age only.
85 Use level in sausage casings; residue in sausage prepared with such casings should
not exceed 100 mg/kg.
86 For use in whipped dessert toppings other than cream only.
87 On the treatment level basis.
88 As a result of carryover from the ingredient.
89 For use in sandwich spreads only.
90 For use in milk-sucrose mixtures used in the finished product only.
91 Singly or in combination: benzoates and sorbates.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
92 Excluding tomato-based sauces.
93 Excluding natural wine produced from Vitis vinifera grapes.
94 For use in loganiza (fresh, uncured sausage) only.
95 For use in surimi and fish roe products only.
96 On the dried weight basis of the high intensity sweetener.
97 On the final cocoa and chocolate product basis.
98 For use in dust control only.
99 For use in fish fillets and minced fish only.
100 For use in crystalline products and sugar toppings only.
101 When used in combination with other emulsifiers, total combined use level not to
exceed 15,000 mg/kg as specified in the standard for chocolate and chocolate
products.
102 For use in fat emulsions for baking purposes only.
103 Except for use in special white wines at 400 mg/kg.
104 Except for use in bread and yeast-leavened bakery products: maximum 5,000
mg/kg residue.
105 Except for use in dried gourd strips at 5,000 mg/kg.
106 Except for use in Dijon mustard at 500 mg/kg.
107 Except for use of sodium ferrocyanide (INS 535) and potassium ferrocyanide (INS
536) in foodgrade dendridic salt at 29 mg/kg as anhydrous sodium ferrocyanide.
108 For use on coffee beans only.
109 Use level reported as 25 lbs/1,000 gal x (0.45 kg/lb) x (1 gal/3.75 L) x (1 L/kg) x
(10E6 mg/kg) = 3,000 mg/kg
110 For use in frozen French fried potatoes only.
111 Except for use in dried glucose syrup used in the manufacture of sugar
confectionery at 150 mg/kg and glucose syrup used in the manufacture of sugar
confectionery at 400 mg/kg.
112 For use in grated cheese only.
113 As acesulfame potassium equivalents (the reported maximum level can be
converted to an aspartame-acesulfame salt basis by dividing by 0.44). Combined
use of aspartame-acesulfame salt with individual acesulfame potassium or
aspartame should not exceed the individual maximum levels for acesulfame
potassium or aspartame (the reported maximum level can be converted to
aspartame equivalents by dividing by 0.68).
114 Excluding cocoa powder.
115 For use in pineapple juice only.
116 For use in doughs only.
117 Except for use in fresh, uncured sausage at 1,000 mg/kg.
118 Except for use in fresh, cured sausage at 1,000 mg/kg.
119 As aspartame equivalents (the reported maximum level can be converted to an
aspartame acesulfame salt basis by dividing by 0.64). Combined use of aspartame-
acesulfame salt with individual aspartame or acesulfame potassium should not
exceed the individual maximum levels for aspartame or acesulfame potassium (the
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
reported maximum level can be converted to acesulfame potassium equivalents by
multiplying by 0.68).
120 Except for use in caviar at 2,500 mg/kg.
121 Except for use in fermented fish products at 1,000 mg/kg.
123 Except for use in beverages with pH greater than 3.5 at 1,000 mg/kg.
124 For use in products containing less than 7% ethanol only.
125 For use in a mixture with vegetable oil only, as a release agent for baking pans.
126 For use in releasing dough in dividing or baking only.
127 On the served to the consumer basis.
128 Tartaric acid (INS 334) only.
129 For use as an acidity regulator in grape juice only.
130 Singly or in combination: butylated hydroxyanisole (INS 320), butylated
hydroxytoluene (INS 321), tertiary butylated hydroquinone (INS 319), and propyl
gallate (INS 310).
131 For use as a flavour carrier only.
132 Except for use in semi-frozen beverages at 130 mg/kg on a dried basis.
133 Any combination of butylated hydroxyanisole (INS 320), butylated
hydroxytoluene (INS 321), and propyl gallate (INS 310) at 200 mg/kg, provided
that single use limits are not exceeded.
134 Except for use in cereal-based puddings at 500 mg/kg.
135 Except for use in dried apricots at 2,000 mg/kg, bleached raisins at 1,500 mg/kg,
desiccated coconut at 200 mg/kg and coconut from which oil has been partially
extracted at 50 mg/kg.
136 For use to prevent browning of certain light coloured vegetables only.
137 Except for use in frozen avocado at 300 mg/kg.
138 For use in energy-reduced products only.
139 For use in mollusks, crustaceans, and echinoderms only.
140 Except for use in canned abalone (univalve 710ydrolyse) at 1,000 mg/kg.
141 For use in white chocolate only.
142 Excluding coffee and tea.
143 For use in fruit juice-based drinks and dry ginger ale only.
144 For use in sweet and sour products only.
145 For use in energy reduced or no added sugar products only.
146 Beta-carotene (synthetic) (INS 160a(i)) only.
147 Excluding whey powders for infant food.
148 Except for use in microsweets and breath freshening mints at 10,000 mg/kg.
149 Except for use in fish roe at 100 mg/kg.
150 For use in soy-based formula only.
151 Except for use in 710ydrolysed protein and/or amino acid-based formula at 1,000
mg/kg.
152 For use in frying only.
153 For use in instant noodles only.
154 For use in coconut milk only.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
155 For use in frozen, sliced apples only.
156 Except for use in microsweets and breath freshening mints at 2,500 mg/kg.
157 Except for use in microsweets and breath freshening mints at 2,000 mg/kg.
158 Except for use in microsweets and breath freshening mints at 1,000 mg/kg.
159 For use in pancake syrup and maple syrup only.
160 For use in ready-to-drink products and pre-mixes for ready-to-drink products only.
162 For use in dehydrated products and salami-type products only.
163 Except for use in microsweets and breath freshening mints at 3,000 mg/kg.
164 Except for use in microsweets and breath freshening mints at 30,000 mg/kg.
165 For use in products for special nutritional use only.
166 For use in milk-based sandwich spreads only.
167 For use in dehydrated products only.
168 Quillaia extract type 1 (INS 999(i)) only.
169 For use in fat-based sandwich spreads only.
170 Excluding products conforming to the standard for fermented milks.
171 Excluding anhydrous milkfat.
172 Except for use in fruit sauces, fruit toppings, coconut cream, coconut milk and
“fruit bars” at 50 mg/kg.
173 Excluding instant noodles containing vegetables and eggs.
174 Singly or in combination: sodium aluminosilicate (INS 554), calcium aluminium
silicate (INS 556),and aluminium silicate (INS 559).
175 Except for use in jelly-type fruit-based desserts at 200 mg/kg.
176 For use in canned liquid coffee only.
177 For non-standardized food and minced fish flesh and breaded or batter coatings
conforming to the standard for quick frozen fish sticks (fish fingers), fish portions
and fish fillets –breaded or in batter .
178 As carminic acid.
179 For use in restoring the natural colour lost in processing only.
180 Singly or in combination: butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA, INS 320) and butylated
hydroxytoluene (BHT, INS 321).
181 As anthocyanin.
182 Excluding coconut milk.
183 Products conforming to the standard for chocolate and chocolate products may
only use colours for surface decoration.
184 For use in nutrient coated rice grain premixes only.
185 As norbixin.
186 For use in flours with additives only.
187 Ascorbyl palmitate (INS 304) only.
188 If used in combination with aspartame-acesulfame salt (INS 962), the combined
maximum use level, expressed as acesulfame potassium, should not exceed this
level.
189 Excluding rolled oats.
190 Except for use in fermented milk drinks at 500 mg/kg.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
191 If used in combination with aspartame-acesulfame salt (INS 962), the combined
maximum use level, expressed as aspartame, should not exceed this level.
192 For use in liquid products only.
193 For use in crustacean and fish pastes only.
194 For use in instant noodles conforming to the standard for instant noodles only.
195 Singly or in combination: butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA, INS 320), butylated
hydroxytoluene (BHT, INS 321) and tertiary butylhydroquinone (TBHQ, INS
319).
196 Singly or in combination: butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA, INS 320), butylated
hydroxytoluene (BHT, INS 321) and ropyl gallate (INS 310).
197 Singly or in combination: butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT, INS 321) and propyl
gallate (INS 310).
198 For use in solid products (e.g., energy, meal replacement or fortified bars) only.
199 Except for use in microsweets and breath freshening mints at 6,000 mg/kg as
steviol equivalents.
200 Except for use in ham of pork loin (cured and non-heat-treated) at 120 mg/kg as
steviol equivalents
201 For use in flavoured products only.
202 For use in brine used in the production of sausage only.
203 For use in chewable supplements only.
204 Except for use in longan and lichee at 50 mg/kg.
205 Except for use to prevent browning of certain light colored vegetables at 50
mg/kg.
206 Except for use as a bleaching agent in products conforming to the standard for
aqueous coconut products at 30 mg/kg.
207 Except for use in soybean sauce intended for further processing at 50,000 mg/kg.
208 For use in dried and dehydrated products only.
209 Excluding products conforming to the standard for blend of skimmed milk and
vegetable fat in powdered form.
210 For non-standardized food and fish filets and minced fish flesh conforming to the
standard for quick frozen fish sticks (fish fingers), fish portions and fish fillets –
breaded or in batter.
211 For use in noodles only.
212 Except for use in products conforming to the standard for bouillon and consommés
at 3,000 mg/kg.
213 For use in liquid products containing high intensity sweeteners only.
214 Excluding products conforming to the standard for dairy fat spreads.
215 Excluding products conforming to the standard for fat spreads and blended
spreads.
216 For use in maize-based products only.
217 Except for use in toppings at 300 mg/kg.
218 Only 712ydrolyse can be used as preservatives and antioxidants in the products
covered by the standard for desiccated coconut.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
219 Except for use in non-alcoholic aniseed-based, coconut-based, and almond-based
drinks at 5,000 mg/kg.
220 For use in flavoured products heat treated after fermentation only.
221 For use in potato dough and pre-fried potato slices only.
222 For use in collagen-based casings with a water activity greater than 0.6 only.
223 Except for use in products containing added fruits, vegetables, or meats at 3,000
mg/kg.
224 Excluding aromatized beer.
225 Except for use in self-raising flour at 12,000 mg/kg.
226 Except for use as a meat tenderizer at 35,000 mg/kg.
227 For use in sterilized and UHT treated milks only.
228 Except for use to stabilize higher protein liquid whey used for further processing
into whey protein concentrates at 1,320 mg/kg.
229 For use as a flour treatment agent, raising agent or leavening agent only.
230 For use as an acidity regulator only.
231 For use in flavoured fermented milks and flavoured fermented milks heat treated
after fermentation only.
232 For use in vegetable fats conforming to the standard for edible fats and oils not
covered by individual standards only.
233 As nisin.
234 For use as a stabilizer or thickener only.
235 For use in reconstituted and recombined products only.
236 Excluding products conforming to the standard for cream and prepared creams
(reconstituted cream, recombined cream, prepackaged liquid cream).
237 Excluding products conforming to the standard for processed cereal-based foods
for infants and young children
238 Except for use in products corresponding to the standard for processed cereal-
based foods for infants and young children) at GMP.
239 Excluding products conforming to the standard for canned baby foods.
240 The use level is within the limit for sodium listed in the standard for canned baby
foods
241 For use in surimi products only.
242 For use as an antioxidant only.
243 For use in products conforming to the standard for processed cereal-based foods
for infants and young children only, as a raising agent.
244 For use in biscuit dough only.
245 For use in pickled vegetables only.
246 Singly or in combination: aluminium ammonium 713ydrolys (INS 523) and
sodium aluminium phosphates (acidic and basic; (INS 541(i),(ii)).
247 For use in kuzukiri and harusame (starch based products) only.
248 For use as a raising agent only.
249 For use as a raising agent in mixes for steamed breads and buns only.
250 For use in boiled mollusks and tsukudani only.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
251 For use in processed 714ydrolys cheese only.
252 For use in self-rising flour and self-rising corn meal only.
253 For use in dry mix hot chocolate only.
254 For use in salt applied to dry salted cheeses during manufacturing only.
255 Except for use in seasonings applied to foods in food category 15.1 at 1,700
mg/kg.
256 For use in noodles, gluten-free pasta and pasta intended for hypoproteic diets only.
257 For use in shrimps and prawns only.
258 Excluding maple syrup.
259 Singly or in combination: sodium aluminosilicate (INS 554) and calcium
aluminium silicate (INS 556).
260 For use in powdered beverage whiteners only.
261 For use in heat-treated buttermilk only.
262 For use in edible fungi and fungus products only.
263 Except for use in pickled fungi at 20,000 mg/kg.
264 Except for use in sterilized fungi at 5,000 mg/kg: citric acid (INS 330) and lactic
acid (INS 270),singly or in combination.
265 For use in quick frozen French fried potatoes only, as a sequestrant.
266 Excluding salted atlantic herring and sprat.
267 Excluding products conforming to the standard for salted fish and dried salted fish
of the gadidae family of fishes , the standard for dried shark fins, the standard for
crackers from marine and freshwater fish, crustaceans and molluscan shellfish ,
and the standard for boiled dried salted anchovies.
268 Singly or in combination: ins 471, 472a, 472b and 472c in products conforming to
the standard forprocessed cereal-based foods for infants and young children.
269 Singly or in combination with other modified starches used as thickeners in
products conforming to the standard for processed cereal-based foods for infants
and young children.
270 For use at 60,000 mg/kg, singly or in combination with other starch thickeners in
products conforming to the standard for canned baby foods.
271 For use in products conforming to the standard for canned baby foods.
272 Singly or in combination: ins 410, 412, 414, 415 and 440 at 20,000 mg/kg in
gluten-free cereal based foods, and 10,000 mg/kg in other products conforming to
the standard for processed cereal- based foods for infants and young children .
273 Singly or in combination: ins 410, 412, 414, 415 and 440 except for use at 20,000
mg/kg in glutenfree cereal based foods in products conforming to the standard for
processed cereal-based foods for infants and young children .
274 For use at 15,000 mg/kg in products conforming to the standard for processed
cereal-based foods for infants and young children.
275 For use at 1,500 mg/kg in products conforming to the standard for canned baby
foods.
276 Singly or in combination with other modified starches used as thickeners in
products conforming to the standard for canned baby foods.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
277 Excluding virgin and cold pressed oils and products conforming to the standard for
olive oils and olive pomace oils.
278 For use in whipped cream and cream packed under pressure only.
279 Except for products conforming to the standard for edible fungi and fungus
products.
280 For use in pickled radish only.
281 For use in fresh minced meat which contains other ingredients apart from
comminuted meat only.
282 Only non-amidated pectins may be used in the standard for canned baby foods
283 For use in canned fruit-based baby foods conforming to the standard for canned
baby foods only.
284 Singly or in combination: INS 1412, 1413, 1414 and 1440 in products conforming
to the standard for infant formula and formulas for special medical purposes
intended for infants.
285 Singly or in combination: INS 1412, 1413, 1414 and 1422 in products conforming
to the standardfor follow-up formula.
286 For use in products conforming to the standard for luncheon meat andthe standard
for cooked cured chopped meat.
288 For use in products conforming to the standard for cooked cured ham and cooked
cured pork shoulder.
289 For use of sodium dihydrogen phosphate (INS 339(i)), disodium hydrogen
phosphate (INS 339(ii)),trisodium phosphate (INS 339(iii)), potassium dihydrogen
phosphate (INS 340(i)), dipotassium hydrogen phosphate (INS 340(ii)),
tripotassium phosphate (INS 340(iii)), calcium dihydrogen phosphate (INS
341(i)), calcium hydrogen phosphate (INS 341(ii)), tricalcium phosphate (INS
341(iii), disodium diphosphate (INS 450(i)), trisodium diphosphate (INS 450(ii)),
tetrasodium diphosphate (INS 450(iii)), tetrapotassium diphosphate (INS 450(v)),
calcium dihydrogen diphosphate (INS 450(vii)), pentasodium triphosphate (INS
451(i)), pentapotassium triphosphate (INS 451(ii)), sodium polyphosphate (INS
452(i)), potassium polyphosphate (INS 452(ii)), sodium calcium polyphosphate
(INS 452(iii)), calcium polyphosphate (INS 452(iv)), ammonium polyphosphate
(INS 452(v)), and bone phosphate (INS 542) as humectants in products
conforming to the standard for cooked cured ham and cooked cured pork shoulder
. The total amount of phosphates (naturally present and added) shall not exceed
3,520 mg/kg as phosphorus.
290 For use in products conforming to the standard for luncheon meat and cooked
cured chopped meat at 15 mg/kg to replace loss of colour in product with binders
only.
291 Except for use of beta-apo-8’-carotenal (INS 160e) and beta-apo-8’-carotenoic
acid, methyl or ethyl ester (INS 160f) at 35 mg/kg.
292 Except for use in 715ydrolysed protein and/or amino acid-based formula at 25,000
mg/kg.
293 On the saponin basis.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
294 Except for use in liquid products at 600 mg/kg as steviol equivalents.
295 For use in products conforming to the standard for canned baby foods only, as an
acidity regulator.
296 Except for use in perilla in brine at 780 mg/kg.
297 The level in the ready-to-eat food shall not exceed 200 mg/kg on the anhydrous
basis.
298 For use in provolone cheese only.
299 For use at 400 mg/kg as phosphorous singly or in combination in breaded or batter
coating inaccordance with standard for quick frozen fish sticks (fish fingers), fish
portions and fish fillets– breaded or in batter.
300 For use in salted squid only.
301 Interim maximum level.
302 For use of sodium dihydrogen phosphate (INS 339(i)), disodium hydrogen
phosphate (INS 339(ii),trisodium phosphate (INS 339(iii)), potassium dihydrogen
phosphate (INS 340(i)), dipotassium hydrogen phosphate (INS 340(ii)),
tripotassium phosphate (INS 340(iii)), calcium dihydrogen phosphate (341(i)),
calcium hydrogen phosphate (INS 341(ii)), tricalcium phosphate (INS 341(iii)),
disodium diphosphate (INS 450(i)), trisodium diphosphate (INS 450(ii)),
tetrasodium diphosphate(INS 450(iii)), tetrapotassium diphosphate (INS 450(v)),
calcium dihydrogen diphosphate (INS 450(vii)), pentasodium triphosphate (INS
451(i)), pentapotassium triphosphate (INS 451(ii)), sodium polyphosphate (INS
452(i)), potassium polyphosphate (INS 452(ii)), sodium calcium polyphosphate
(INS 452(iii)), calcium polyphosphate (INS 452(iv)), ammonium polyphosphate
(INS 452(v)), and bone phosphate (INS 542) as humectants in products
conforming to the standard for luncheon meat and cooked cured chopped meat at
1320 mg/kg as phosphorous. The total amount of phosphates (naturally present
and added) shall not exceed 3,520 mg/kg as phosphorous.
303 For use as a pH stabilizer in soured cream butter only.
321 For use in powdered mixes only.
327 For use in fish products cooked in soy sauce.
330 Except for use in canned products.
340 Except for products not conforming tothe Codex standard for bouillons and
consommés (CODEX STAN 117-1981) at 100 mg/kg.
FS01 Glucose oxidase from Aspergillus niger, A. oryzae, Penicillium chrysogenum
FS02 Lipase from Aspergillus niger, A. oryzae, A. flavus, Rhizopus arrhizus, R.
delemar, R. nigricans, R. niveus, Mucor javanicus, M. miehei, M. pusillus,
Brevibacterium lineus, Candida lipolytica
FSO3 Xylanase from Aspergillus niger, Sporotrichum dimorphosporum, Streptomyces
sp., Trichoderma reesei, Humicola insolens, Bacillus licheniformis
31
[FS04a Lactic acids, L(-) or DL malic acid and L(+) tartaric and citric acids can be only be
added to musts under condition that the initial acidity content is not raised by more
than 54 meq/l (i.e. 4 gm/l expressed in tartaric acid)].
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
XS89 Excluding products conforming to standard for luncheon meat.
XS96 Excluding products conforming to the standard for cooked cured ham.
XS97 Excluding products conforming to the standard for cooked cured pork shoulder.
XS98 Excluding products conforming to the standard for cooked cured chopped meat.
XT99 In case of thermally processed fruit beverages/ fruit drinks/ready-to-serve fruit
beverages, half of the recommended maxiumum level is permitted
XT100 70 mg/kg for thermally processed fruit beverages/ fruit drinks/ready-to- serve fruit
beverages
XT101 300 mg/kg for thermally processed fruit beverages/ fruit drinks/ready-to- serve
fruit beverages
XT102 On dilution except in cordial and barley water
52
[323 For use as firming agent
348 Singly or in combination: Sucrose esters of fatty acids (INS 473), sucrose
oligoesters, type and type II (INS 473a) and sucroglycerides (INS 474)
359 Excluding dairy fat spreads with ≥ 70% milk fat content
360 In dairy fat spreads limited to products with < 70% fat content or baking purposes
only.
363 For use at 50,000 mg/kg for emulsified oils used in the production of noodles or
bakery products.
366 10,000 mg/kg in imitation chocolate with >5% water content.
367 For use at 10,000 mg/kg in candy containing not less than 10% oil
368 For use at 10,000 mg/kg in whipped decorations
389 Except for use at 500 mg/kg in products containing nut paste
XS 86 Excluding products conforming to the Standard for Cocoa Butter
XS 87 Excluding products conforming to the Standard for Chocolate and Chocolate
Products
XS 105 Excluding products conforming to the Standard for Cocoa Powders (Cocoas) and
Dry Mixtures of Cocoa and Sugars
XS141 Excluding products conforming to the Standard for Cocoa (Cacao) Mass
(Cocoa/chocolate liquor) and Cocoa Cake
XS240 Excluding products conforming to the Standard for Aqueous Coconut Products
XS314R Excluding products conforming to the Standard for Date Paste]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1414 Acetylated distarch phosphate
1451 Acetylated oxidized starch
1401 Acid-treated starch
406 Agar
400 Alginic acid
1402 Alkaline treated starch
403 Ammonium alginate
503(i) Ammonium carbonate
510 Ammonium chloride
503(ii) Ammonium hydrogen carbonate
527 Ammonium hydroxide
1100(i) alpha-Amylase from Aspergillus oryzae var.
1100(iv) alpha-Amylase from Bacillus megaterium expressed in Bacillus subtilis
1100(v) alpha-Amylase from Bacillus stearothermophilus expressed in Bacillus
subtilis
1100(ii) alpha-Amylase from Bacillus stearothermophilus
1100(iii) alpha-Amylase from Bacillus subtilis
300 Ascorbic acid, L-
162 Beet red
1403 Bleached starch
1101(iii) Bromelain
629 Calcium 5'-guanylate
633 Calcium 5'-inosinate
634 Calcium 5'-ribonucleotides
263 Calcium acetate
404 Calcium alginate
302 Calcium ascorbate
170(i) Calcium carbonate
509 Calcium chloride
623 Calcium di-L-glutamate
578 Calcium gluconate
526 Calcium hydroxide
327 Calcium lactate
352(ii) Calcium malate, DL-
529 Calcium oxide
282 Calcium propionate
552 Calcium silicate
516 Calcium sulfate
150a Caramel I – plain caramel
1100(vi) Carbohydrase from Bacillus licheniformis
290 Carbon dioxide
410 Carob bean gum
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
407 Carrageenan
427 Cassia gum
140 Chlorophylls
330 Citric acid
472c Citric and fatty acid esters of glycerol
468 Cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (Cross-linked-cellulose gum)
424 Curdlan
457 Cyclodextrin, alpha-
458 Cyclodextrin, gamma-
1504(i) Cyclotetraglucose
1504(ii) Cyclotetraglucose syrup
1400 Dextrins, roasted starch
628 Dipotassium 5'-guanylate
627 Disodium 5'-guanylate
631 Disodium 5'-inosinate
635 Disodium 5'-ribonucleotides
1412 Distarch phosphate
315 Erythorbic acid (Isoascorbic acid)
968 Erythritol
462 Ethyl cellulose
467 Ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose
297 Fumaric acid
418 Gellan gum
575 Glucono delta-lactone
1102 Glucose oxidase (Note FS01)
620 Glutamic acid, L(+)-
422 Glycerol
626 Guanylic acid, 5'-
412 Guar gum
414 Gum arabic (Acacia gum)
507 Hydrochloric acid
463 Hydroxypropyl cellulose
1442 Hydroxypropyl distarch phosphate
464 Hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose
1440 Hydroxypropyl starch
630 Inosinic acid, 5'-
953 Isomalt (Hydrogenated isomaltulose)
416 Karaya gum
425 Konjac flour
270 Lactic acid, L-, D- and DL-
472b Lactic and fatty acid esters of glycerol
966 Lactitol
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
322(i), (ii) Lecithins
1104 Lipases (Note FS02)
160d(iii) Lycopene, Blakeslea trispora
160d(i) Lycopene, synthetic
160d(ii) Lycopene, tomato
504(i) Magnesium carbonate
511 Magnesium chloride
625 Magnesium di-L-glutamate
580 Magnesium gluconate
528 Magnesium hydroxide
504(ii) Magnesium hydroxide carbonate
329 Magnesium lactate, DL-
530 Magnesium oxide
553(i) Magnesium silicate, synthetic
518 Magnesium sulfate
296 Malic acid, DL-
965(i) Maltitol
965(ii) Maltitol syrup
421 Mannitol
461 Methyl cellulose
465 Methyl ethyl cellulose
460(i) Microcrystalline cellulose (Cellulose gel)
471 Mono- and di-glycerides of fatty acids
624 Monoammonium L-glutamate
622 Monopotassium L-glutamate
621 Monosodium L-glutamate
1410 Monostarch phosphate
941 Nitrogen
942 Nitrous oxide
1404 Oxidized starch
1101(ii) Papain
440 Pectins
1413 Phosphated distarch phosphate
1200 Polydextroses
964 Polyglycitol syrup
1202 Polyvinylpyrrolidone, insoluble
632 Potassium 5’-inosinate
261 Potassium acetates
402 Potassium alginate
303 Potassium ascorbate
501(i) Potassium carbonate
508 Potassium chloride
332(i) Potassium dihydrogen citrate
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
577 Potassium gluconate
501(ii) Potassium hydrogen carbonate
515(ii) Potassium hydrogen sulfate
525 Potassium hydroxide
326 Potassium lactate
351(ii) Potassium malate
283 Potassium propionate
515(i) Potassium sulfate
460(ii) Powdered cellulose
407a Processed eucheuma seaweed
944 Propane
280 Propionic acid
1101(i) Protease
1204 Pullulan
470(i) Salts of myristic, palmitic and stearic acids with ammonia, calcium,
potassium and sodium
470(ii) Salts of oleic acid with calcium, potassium and sodium
551 Silicon dioxide, amorphous
350(ii) Sodium DL-malate
262(i) Sodium acetate
401 Sodium alginate
301 Sodium ascorbate
500(i) Sodium carbonate
466 Carboxymethyl cellulose
469 Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, enzymatically hydrolysed (Cellulose gum,
enzymatically hydrolyzed)
331(i) Sodium dihydrogen citrate
316 Sodium erythorbate (Sodium isoascorbate)
365 Sodium fumarates
576 Sodium gluconate
350(i) Sodium hydrogen DL-malate
500(ii) Sodium hydrogen carbonate
514(ii) Sodium hydrogen sulfate
524 Sodium hydroxide
325 Sodium lactate
281 Sodium propionate
500(iii) Sodium sesquicarbonate
514(i) Sodium sulfate
420(i) Sorbitol
420(ii) Sorbitol syrup
1420 Starch acetate
1450 Starch sodium octenyl succinate
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1405 Starches, enzyme treated
553(iii) Talc
417 Tara gum
957 Thaumatin
171 Titanium dioxide
413 Tragacanth gum
1518 Triacetin
380 Triammonium citrate
333(iii) Tricalcium citrate
332(ii) Tripotassium citrate
331(iii) Trisodium citrate
415 Xanthan gum
967 Xylitol
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
ANNEX TO GMP Table
Food Categories or Individual Food Items where GMP Table shall not apply
13. 1.8.2 Dried whey and whey products, excluding whey cheese
17. 2.1.3 Lard, tallow, fish oil, and other animal fats
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sr. Category Food category
number
No
22. 4.1.1.3 52
[Peeled or cut, minimally processed fruit]
Fresh vegetables (including mushrooms and fungi, roots and tubers,
23. 4.2.1
pulses and legumes,and aloe vera), seaweeds, and nuts and seeds
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sr. Category Food category
number
No
36. 8.1.1 Fresh meat, poultry, and game, whole pieces or cuts
9.2.1 Frozen fish, fish fillets, and fish products, including mollusks,
42.
crustaceans, and echinoderms
Frozen battered fish, fish fillets, and fish products, including mollusks,
43. 9.2.2
crustaceans, and echinoderms
9.2.4.3 Fried fish and fish products, including mollusks, crustaceans, and
48.
echinoderms
9.2.5 Smoked, dried, fermented, and/or salted fish and fish products,
49.
including mollusks, crustaceans, and echinoderms
50. 10.1 Fresh eggs
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sr. Category Food category
number
No
11.1.3 Soft white sugar, soft brown sugar, glucose syrup, dried glucose syrup,
56.
raw cane sugar
57. 11.1.3.1 Dried glucose syrup used to manufacture sugar confectionery
63. 11.4 Other sugars and syrups (e.g., xylose, maple syrup, sugar toppings)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sr. Category Food category
number
No
86. 14.2.3.3 Fortified grape wine, grape liquor wine, and sweet grape wine]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
APPENDIX B: Microbiological Requirements:
28
[Table 1A
Microbiological Requirements for Fish and Fishery products -Hygiene Indicator Organisms
Sl. Product Aerobic Plate Count Coagulase positive Yeast &mold count Stage where Action in case of
No. Category* Staphylococci criterion applies unsatisfactory
results
Sampling Plan Limits (cfu/g) Samplin Limits Sampling Limits
g Plan (cfu/g) Plan (cfu/g)
n c m M n c m M n c m M
4. Live Bivalve
Molluscs# - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
5. Chilled/Frozen After Improvement in
Bivalves Chilling/Freezing hygiene; Time-
Temperature Control
5 2 1x105 1x106 - - - - - - - along value chain
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
11. Accelerated Freeze End of Selection of raw
Dried Fishery Manufacturing material:
Products 5 0 1x104 5 0 100 - - - - process Improvement in
hygiene; along value
chain
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
ISO : 6888-1 or
**Commercial sterility should be established as per APHA (2015). Canned Foods—Tests for Commercial Sterility. Compendium of Methods for the
Microbiological Examination of Food.
# No hygienic indicators are currently prescribed for the Live Bivalve Molluscs
Table 1B
Microbiological Requirements for Fish and Fishery products –Safety Indicator Organisms
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sl. No. Product Category* Vibriocholerae Listeria Clostridium
Salmonella
Escherichia coli (O1 and O139) monocytogenes botulinum
Samplin Samplin Samplin Sampling Sampling
g Limits g Limits g Limits Plan Limits Plan Limits(MPN/
n
Plan c m(MPN/g)M n
Planc m M n
Plan c m M n c m M n c m g) M
1. Chilled/Frozen Finfish 5 3 11 500 5 0 Absent/25g 5 0 Absent/25g - - - - - - - -
2. Chilled/Frozen 5 3 11 500 5 0 Absent/25g 5 0 Absent/25g - - - - - - - -
3. Crustaceans
Chilled/frozen 5 0 20 5 0 Absent/25g 5 0 Absent/25g - - - - - - - -
4. Cephalopods
Live Bivalve Molluscs 5 1 230 700 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Clostridium botulinum
9. 5 2 4 40 10 0 Absent/25g - - - - - - - - and absence
Absence of
of viable spores
botulinum
or toxin.
vegetative cells of
Fermented Fishery
Clostridium botulinum
Version-IXProducts
(29.03.2019) and absence of
botulinum toxin.
10 Smoked fishery products 5 3 11 500 5 0 Absent/25g 5 0 Absent/25g 5 0 Absent/25g - - - -
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
16. Powered fish based - - - - 5 0 Absent/25g - - - - - - - - - - - -
products
Test Methods IS: 5887 Part 1 or ISO IS: 5887 Part 3/ ISO Vibrio, IS: 14988, Part IS: 5887, Part 4 or ISO
16649-2 6579 Bacteriological 1&2/ISO 11290-1 &2 17919
Analytical Manual,
Chapter 9. USFDA
BAM Online, May,
2004
Sampling Plan:
The terms n, c, m and M used in this standard have the following meaning:
Product Definitions:
(1) Chilled/Frozen Finfish includes clean and wholesome finfish, which are either in raw, chilled or frozen condition and handled in accordance with
good manufacturing practices. Chilling is the process of cooling fish or fish products to a temperature approaching that of melting ice. Chilling can
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
be achieved either by using ice, chilled water, ice slurries of both seawater and freshwater or refrigerated seawater. Similarly, freezing is the
process which is sufficient enough to reduce the temperature of the whole product to a level low enough to preserve the inherent quality of the fish
and that have been maintained at this low temperature during transportation, storage and distribution up to and including the time of final sale.
Freezing process that is carried out in appropriate equipment in such a way that the range of temperature of maximum crystallization is passed
quickly. The quick freezing process shall not be regarded as complete unless and until the product temperature reached –18oC (0oF) or lower at the
thermal centre after thermal stabilization.
(2) Chilled/Frozen Crustaceans includes clean, whole or peeled crustaceans (shrimp/prawn, crabs and lobster) which are either in raw, chilled or
frozen condition and handled in accordance with good manufacturing practices.
(3) Chilled/Frozen Cephalopods includes cleaned, whole or de-skinned cephalopods (squid, cuttlefish and octopus) which are either in raw, chilled or
frozen condition and handled in accordance with good manufacturing practices.
(4) Live Bivalve Molluscs includes Oyster, Clam, Mussel, Scallop, Abalone which are alive immediately prior to consumption. Presentation includes
the shell. Live bivalve molluscs are harvested alive from a harvesting area either approved for direct human consumption or classified to permit
harvesting for an approved method of purification, like relaying or depuration, prior to human consumption. Both relaying and depuration must be
subject to appropriate controls implemented by the official agency having jurisdiction.
(5) Chilled/Frozen Bivalves includes clean, whole or shucked bivalves, which are live either in chilled or frozen condition and handled in accordance
with good manufacturing practices. This product category includes filter feeding aquatic animals such as oysters, mussels, clams, cockles and
scallops.
(6) Frozen cooked Crustaceans or Frozen heat shucked Mollusca means clean, whole or peeled crustaceans, which are cooked at a defined temperature
and time and subsequently frozen. Cooking of crustaceans must be designed to eliminate six log reduction of most heat resistant vegetative
bacteria i.e. Listeria monocytogenes. Frozen heat shucked mollusca includes bivalves where meat is removed from the shell by subjecting the
animals to mild heat before shucking to relax the adductor muscle and subsequently frozen.
(7) Dried or Salted and Dried fishery Products means the product prepared from fresh or wholesome finfish or shellfish after drying with or without
addition of salt. The fish shall be bled, gutted, beheaded, split or filleted and washed prior to salting and drying. Salt used to produce salted fish
shall be clean, free from foreign matter, and has no visible signs of contamination with dirt, oil, bilge or other extraneous materials.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
(8) Thermally Processed Fishery Products means the product obtained by application of heat or temperature for sufficient time to achieve commercial
sterility in hermetically sealed containers.
(9) Fermented Fishery Products includes any fish product that has undergone degradative changes through enzymatic or microbiological activity either
in presence or absence of salt. Non-traditional products manufactured by accelerated fermentation, acid ensilage and chemical hydrolysis also
belong to this category.
(10) Smoked Fishery Products means fish or fishery product subjected to a process of treatment with smoke generated from smouldering wood or plant
materials. Here the product category refers to hot smoked fish where fish is smoked at an appropriate combination of temperature and time
sufficient to cause the complete coagulation of the proteins in the fish flesh.
(11) Accelerated Freeze dried Fishery Products means fish, shrimp or any fishery product subjected to rapid freezing, followed by drying under high
vacuum so as to remove the water by sublimation to a final moisture content of less than two percent.
(12) Fish Mince/Surimi and analogues means comminuted, mechanically removed meat which have been separated from and are essentially free from
bones, viscera and skin. Surimi is the stabilized myofibrillar proteins obtained from mechanically deboned fish flesh that is washed with water and
blended with cryoprotectants. Surimi analogues are variety of imitation products produced from surimi with addition of ingredients and flavor.
(13) Fish Pickle means an oily, semi-solid product with spices and acidic taste obtained from maturation of partially fried fish with vinegar. It is
produced by frying edible portions of fish, shrimp or mollusc, followed by partial cooking with spices, salt and oil and maturing for 1-3 days with
added organic acids. The product is intended for direct human consumption as a seasoning, or condiment for food.
(14) Battered and Breaded Fishery Products include fish portions, fillets or mince coated with batter and/or breading. Batter means liquid preparation
from ground cereals, spices, salt, sugar and other ingredients and/or additives for coating. Typical batter types are non-leavened batter and
leavened batter. Breading means dry breadcrumbs or other dry preparations mainly from cereals with colourants and other ingredients used for the
final coating of fishery products.
(15) Convenience Fishery Products are tertiary food products made of fish, which are in ready to eat form and also includes snack based items prepared
from fish and fishery products meant for direct human consumption such as extruded fishery products, fried items namely fish wafers, crackers,
fish cutlets, fish burgers and other such products. These products can be consumed directly after minimal handling and processing. This category
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
includes Sous‐vide cooked products, surimi‐based products cooked (in‐pack), pasteurized crab meat, pasteurized molluscs which are distributed as
refrigerated, but meant for direct human consumption with minimal or no cooking.
(16) Powdered Fish based Products include the products which are prepared from finfish/shellfish or parts thereof, with or without other edible
ingredients in powdered form, suitable for human consumption. These may be consumed directly or as supplements and also after hydration and
this category includes powdered and dried fish products generally used as ingredients in food preparations such as fish soup powder, fish chutney
powder, ready to use fish-mix, and such other food.]
21
[Table 2
Microbiological Standards for Milk and Milk Products
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table-2A Microbiological Standards for Milk and Milk Products –Process Hygiene Criteria
Aerobic Plate Count Coliform Count4 Staphylococcus aureus Yeast and Mold Count Escherichia coli
(Coagulase positive)
Samplin Sampling Samplin Samplin Sampli
g Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu) ng Limit (cfu)
Sr. plan g plan g plan
Product Description1 Plan plan
No. n c m M n c m M n c m M n c m M n c m M
Pasteurized/boiled Milk/ 4 5x
1 5 3 3x10 / 5 0 <10/ml NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
Flavored Milk ml 104/ml
2 Pasteurized Cream 5 3 5x104/g 7.5x10 5 0 <10/g NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
Sterilized milk /UHT 4/g
3 NA
milk / Evaporated Milk
4 Sterilized / UHT Cream NA
5 Sweetened Condensed 5 3 5x102/g 1x103/ 5 0 <10/g NA 5 0 <10/g NA 5 0 <10/g NA NA NA NA NA
Milk g
2.5x10 4 5x10 4/ 5 Absent/
6 Pasteurized Butter2 5 3 2 10/g 20/g 5 2 10/g 50/g 5 3 20/g 50/g 5 0
g
NA
/g g
Milk Powder ; SMP,
Partly SMP ; Dairy
4
7 Whitener ; Cream 5 2 3x104/g 5x10 / 5 2 10/g 50/g 5 2 10/g 1x102/g 5 0 50/g NA NA NA NA NA
Powder ; Ice Cream Mix g
Powder ; Lactose ; Whey
based Powder ;Butter
InfantPowder
Milk Milk Food, Infant
; Casein 3
Formulae,
Powder 3 4 Infant Milk 5 2 5x102/g 5x10 / NA NA NA NA 5 0 <10/g NA 5 0 <10/g NA NA NA NA NA
Substitute g
8
Follow Up Formula 4 Absent/
5 2 1x103/g 1x10 / 10 0 <10/g NA 5 0 <10/g NA 5 0 <10/g NA 10 0 NA
g g
Cereal Based
Complimentary food
Ice Cream, Frozen 5
9 Dessert, Milk Lolly, Ice 5 3 1x105/g 2x10 / 5 3 10/g 1x102 5 2 10/g 1x102/g 5 0
Absent/
NA
g /g NA NA NA NA g
Candy
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Aerobic Plate Count Coliform Count4 Staphylococcus aureus Yeast and Mold Count Escherichia coli
(Coagulase positive)
Samplin Sampling Samplin Samplin Sampli
g Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu) ng Limit (cfu)
Sr. plan g plan g plan
Product Description1 Plan plan
No. n c m M n c m M n c m M n c m M n c m M
Processed Cheese/ 4 4
10 5 2 2.5x10 5x10 / 5 0 <10/g NA 5 0 <10/g NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
Cheese Spread /g g
All other cheeses
categories including fresh 5x102 5 3 1x102/g 5x10
2
11 cheeses / Cheddar / NA NA NA NA 5 3 1x102/g 3 10/g 1x102/g 5 5 0 <10 /g NA
/g /g
Cottage /Soft /Semi Soft
5
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table-2B: Microbiological Standards for Milk and Milk Products – Food Safety Criteria
Sulphite Reducing Enterobacter
Salmonella sp. Listeria monocytogenes Bacillus cereus
Clostridia sakazakii
Sr. Product (SRC) (Cronobacter sp.
Samplin Sampling Sampling Sampling Sampling
No Description1 Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu)
g plan plan plan plan plan
n c m M n c m M n c m M n c m M n c m M
Pasteurized/boiled Absent/2 N Absent/25
1 5 0 5 0 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
milk/ Flavored Milk 5 ml A ml
Absent/2 N
2 Pasteurized Cream 5 0 5 0 Absent/25g NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
5g A
Sterilized milk /UHT Sterilized /UHT milk products shall comply with a test for commercial sterility as per IS: 4238 (Appendix C or
3 milk / Evaporated Appendix D)
Milk
Sterilized/ UHT Sterilized/UHT cream product shall comply with a test for commercial sterility as
4
Cream per IS : 4884
Sweetened Absent/2 N
5 5 0 5 0 Absent/g NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
Condensed Milk6 5g A
Absent/2 N
6 Pasteurized Butter2 5 0 5 0 Absent/g NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
5g A
Milk Powder;
SMP,
PSMP; Dairy
Whitener; Cream Absent/2 N 5x102/ 2
7 Powder ; Ice Cream 5 0 5 0 Absent/g NA 5 3 1x103/g 5 3 50/g 1x10 NA NA NA NA
5g A g /g
Mix Powder;
Lactose; Whey based
Powder; Butter Milk
Powder; Casein
Powder
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sulphite Reducing Enterobacter
Salmonella sp. Listeria monocytogenes Bacillus cereus
Clostridia sakazakii
Sr. Product (SRC) (Cronobacter sp.
Samplin Sampling Sampling Sampling Sampling
No Description1 Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu)
g plan plan plan plan plan
n c m M n c m M n c m M n c m M n c m M
Infant Milk Food,
Infant Formulae, Absent/2 N 1x102/ 2
10/g 1x10 30
Absent
Infant Milk
60 0
5g A
10 0 Absent/25g NA 5 2 5x102/g 5 2 0
/10g
NA
g /g
Substitutes
8
Follow Up Formula 15 0 Absent/2 N 0 Absent/25g NA 5 2 1x102/ 5x102/g 5 2 10/g 1x102 NA NA NA NA
5g A 10 g /g
Cereal Based
15 Absent/2 N 1x102/ 2
10/g 1x10 NA
Complimentary 0
5g A
10 0 Absent/25g NA 5 2 5x102/g 5 2 NA NA NA
Food g /g
/Paneer/ Chhana/
Absent//2 N
13 chhana 5 0 5 0 Absent/g NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
5g A
based sweets
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sulphite Reducing Enterobacter
Salmonella sp. Listeria monocytogenes Bacillus cereus
Clostridia sakazakii
Sr. Product (SRC) (Cronobacter sp.
Samplin Sampling Sampling Sampling Sampling
No Description1 Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu) Limit (cfu)
g plan plan plan plan plan
n c m M n c m M n c m M n c m M n c m M
Khoa/ Khoa based Absent/2 N
14 5 0 5 0 Absent/g NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
sweets 5g A
Test Methods7 IS 5887 : Part 3/ IS 5887 (Part 6) /ISO:7932 ISO : 15213 ISO/TS 22964
ISO : 6579 IS 14988 : Part 1/ ISO:
11290-1
ISO : 11290-1 or 2, as
applicable
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Stage where the Microbiological Standards shall apply:
The Microbiological Standards in Table-2A (Process Hygiene Criteria) indicate the acceptable functioning of the production process. These are not to
be used as requirements for releasing the products in the market. These are indicative contamination values above which corrective actions are required
in order to maintain the hygiene of the process in compliance with food law. These shall be applicable at the end of the manufacturing process.
In case of non-compliance in respect of process hygiene criteria specified in Table- 2A, the FBO shall:
check and improve process hygiene by implementation of guidelines in Schedule 4 (Part III) of FSS (Licensing and Registration of Food
Businesses) Regulations; and,
Ensure that all food safety criteria as specified in Table -2B are complied with before releasing the product batch/lot in the market.
The Microbiological Standards in Table-2B (Food Safety Criteria) define the acceptability of a batch/lot and shall be met in respect of the product for
releasing it in the market. These shall be applicable to the products at the end of the manufacturing process and the products in the market during their
shelf- life.
For Regulator: The sampling for different microbiological standards with respect to the products specified in Table-2A and 2B shall be ensured
aseptically at manufacturing units and/or at retail points, as applicable, by a trained person with specialized knowledge in the field of microbiology
following guidelines in the Food Safety and Standards(Food Products and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011 and ISO: 707 (Latest version). The
samples shall be stored and transported at a temperature below 5°C (but not frozen), except the products that are recommended to be stored at room
temperature by the manufacturer, to enable initiation of analysis within 24 hours of sampling. Preservatives shall not be added to sample units intended
for microbiological examination. The desired number of sample units as per sampling plan given in Table-2A & 2B shall be taken from same batch/lot
and shall be submitted to the notified laboratory. The testing in laboratory shall be ensured as per reference test methods given below in reference test
methods for regulatory compliance. The final decision shall be drawn based on results with no provision for retesting for microbiological parameters.
For FBO: Food Business Operator (FBO) shall perform testing as appropriate as per the microbiological standards with respect to the products
specified in Table-2A & 2B to ensure validation and verification of compliance with the microbiological requirements. FBO shall decide themselves the
necessary sampling and testing frequencies to ensure compliance with the specified microbiological requirements. FBO may use analytical methods
other than those described in reference test methods given below for in-house testing only. However, these methods shall not be applicable for
regulatory compliance purpose.
Sampling Plan:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
The terms n,c,m and M used in this standard have the following meaning:
n = Number of units comprising a sample .
c = Maximum allowable number of units h
aving microbiological counts above m for 2- class sampling plan and between m and M for 3- class sampling plan..
m = Microbiological limit that separates unsatisfactory from satisfactory in a 2- class sampling plan or acceptable from satisfactory
in a 3-class sampling plan.
M = Microbiological limit that separates unsatisfactor y from satisfactory in a 3-class sampling plan.
Interpretation of Results:
2-Class Sampling Plan (where n, c and m are specified) 3-Class Sampling Plan (where n, c, m and M are specified)
1. Satisfactory, if all the values observed are ≤ m
1. Satisfactory, if all the values observed are ≤ m 2. Acceptable, if a maximum of c values are between m and M and
2. Unsatisfactory, if one or more of the values observed the rest of the values are observed as ≤ m
are >m or more than c values are > m 3. Unsatisfactory, if one or more of the values observed are >M or
more than c values are > m
Reference test methods: The following test methods shall be applied as reference methods.
Reference test methods- latest version shall apply. In case where an ISO method adopted by the BIS is specified (e.g IS XXXX / ISO YYYY), latest
version of the ISO method ( or its BIS equivalent, if available) shall apply.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs -- Horizontal method for the Detection and Enumeration
of Coliforms – Part-1 Colony-Count Technique- IS: 5401 Part 1
2.
Coliforms Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs -- Horizontal method for the enumeration of Coliforms -
Colony-count technique- ISO 4832
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs -- Horizontal methods for the detection and enumeration
of Enterobacteriaceae -- Part 1: Detection and enumeration by MPN technique with pre-enrichment- ISO
3. Enterobacteriaceae 21528 Part 1
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs -- Horizontal methods for the detection and enumeration
of Enterobacteriaceae -- Part 2: Colony-count method- ISO 21528 Part 2
Methods for detection of bacteria responsible for food poisoning :Part 2 Isolation, identification and
4. enumeration of Staphylococcus aureus and Faecal streptococci- IS 5887 : Part 2
Methods for Detection of Bacteria Responsible For Food Poisoning Part 8 Horizontal Method For
Enumeration Of Coagulase-Positive Staphylococci/ (Staphylococcus aureus and other species) Section 1
Staphylococcus Technique using baird-parker agar medium- IS 5887 (Part 8/Sec 1: / ISO 6888-1: 1999
aureus
Methods For Detection Of Bacteria Responsible For Food Poisoning Part 8 Horizontal Method For
Enumeration Of Coagulase-Positive Staphylococci/ (Staphylococcus aureus And Other Species) Section 2
Technique using rabbit plasma fibrinogen agar medium- IS 5887 (Part 8/Sec 2) / ISO 6888-2: 1999
5. Enterobacter sakazakii Milk and milk products -- Detection of Enterobacter sakazakii- ISO/TS 22964
Method for Yeast and Mould Count of Food Stuffs and Animal feed- IS 5403
Yeast and Mould
6.
Count Milk and milk products -- Enumeration of colony-forming units of Yeasts and/or Moulds -- Colony-count
technique at 25 degrees C- ISO 6611
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs -- Horizontal method for the enumeration of coagulase-
positive staphylococci (Staphylococcus aureus and other species) -- Part 1: Technique using Baird-Parker
agar medium
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Methods for Detection of Bacteria Responsible for Food Poisoning - Part I : Isolation, Identification and
Enumeration of Escherichia coli- IS 5887 : Part 1
7. Escherichia coli
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs -- Horizontal method for the enumeration of beta-
glucuronidase-positive Escherichia coli -- Part 2: Colony-count technique at 44 degrees C using 5-bromo-4-
chloro-3-indolyl beta-D-glucuronide- ISO: 16649-2
Methods for Detection of Bacteria Responsible for Food Poisoning - Part 3 : General Guidance on
Methods for the Detection of Salmonella- IS 5887 : Part 3
8. Salmonella
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs -- Horizontal method for the detection of Salmonella
spp.- ISO 6579
Microbiology of the food chain -- Horizontal method for the detection and enumeration of Listeria
monocytogenes and other Listeria spp. -- Part 1: Detection method- ISO: 11290-1
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs -- Horizontal method for the detection and enumeration
of Listeria monocytogenes -- Part 2: Enumeration Method- ISO: 11290-2
9. Listeria monocytogenes
Microbiology of Food and Feeding Stuffs - Horizontal method for Detection and Enumeration of Listeria
Monocytogenes : Part 1 Detection Method- IS 14988 : Part 1
Microbiology of Food and Animal Feeding Stuffs - Horizontal Method for the Detection and Enumeration
of Listeria monocytogenes - Part 2 : Enumeration Method- IS 14988 : Part 2
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs -- Horizontal method for the enumeration of
10. Bacillus cereus
presumptive Bacillus cereus -- Colony-count technique at 30 degrees C- IS 5887 (Part 6) /ISO:7932
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs -- Horizontal method for the enumeration of sulfite-
11. Sulfite-reducing bacteria
reducing bacteria growing under anaerobic conditions- ISO 15213
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
12. Milk and milk products - Guidance on sampling- ISO:707
15. Specification for condensed milk, partly skimmed and skimmed condensed milk - IS :1166.”.]
TABLE 3
MICROBIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS FOR SPICES
S.No. Requirements Caraway Cardomom Chillies and Cinnamon Cassia (Taj) Cloves (Laung) Coriander (Dhania)
(Shiahjira) (Elaichi) Capsicum (Dalchini)
(Lal Mirchi)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1. Total Plate Count - - - - - - -
2. Coliform Count - - - - - - -
3. E.Coli - - - - - - -
4. Salmonell Absent in Absent in Absent in Absent in Absent in Absent in 25gm. Absent in 25gm.
25gm. 25gm. 25gm. 25gm. 25gm.
5. Shigella - - - - - - -
6. Staphylococus - - - - - - -
aureus
7. Yest and Mould - - - - - - -
Count
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
8. Anaerobic Spore - - - - - - -
Count
9. Listeria - - - - - - -
monocytogens
S.No. Requirements Cumin Fennel Fenugreek Ginger Mace Mustard (Rai, Nutmeg (Jaiphal)
(Zeera (Saunf) (Methi) (Sonth, (Jaipattri) Sarson)
Kalaunji) Adrak)
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1. Total Plate Count - - - - - - -
2. Coliform Count - - - - - - -
3. E.Coli - - - - - - -
4. Salmonell Absent in Absent in Absent in Absent in Absent in Absent in 25gm. Absent in 25gm.
25gm. 25gm. 25gm. 25gm. 25gm.
5. Shigella - - - - - - -
6. Staphylococus - - - - - - -
aureus
7. Yest and Mould - - - - - - -
Count
8. Anaerobic Spore - - - - - - -
Count
9. Listeria - - - - - - -
monocytogens
S.No. Requirements Pepper Black Poppy (Khas Saffron Turmeric Curry Mixed Masala Aniseed (Saunf)
(Kalimirch) Khas) (Kesar) (Haldi) Powder
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1. Total Plate Count - - - - - - -
2. Coliform Count - - - - - - -
3. E.Coli - - - - - - -
4. Salmonell Absent in Absent in Absent in Absent in Absent in Absent in 25gm. Absent in 25gm.
25gm. 25gm. 25gm. 25gm. 25gm.
5. Shigella - - - - - - -
6. Staphylococus - - - - - - -
aureus
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
7. Yest and Mould - - - - - - -
Count
8. Anaerobic Spore - - - - - - -
Count
9. Listeria - - - - - - -
monocytogens
S.No. Requirements Ajowan Dried Dried Pepper Garlic Celery Dehydrated Asafoetida Edible
(Bishops Mango Mango White (Lahsun) onion Common
seed) Slices Powder (Sukha Salt
(Amchur) pyaj)
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
1. Total Plate Count - - - - - - - - -
2. Coliform Count - - - - - - - - -
3. E.Coli - - - - - - - - -
4. Salmonell Absent in - - Absent in Absent in - - - -
25gm. 25gm. 25gm.
5. Shigella - - - - - - - - -
6. Staphylococus - - - - - - - - -
aureus
7. Yest and Mould - - - - - - - - -
Count
8. Anaerobic Spore - - - - - - - - -
Count
9. Listeria - - - - - - - - -
monocytogens
[Table 4A: Microbiological Standards for Fruits and Vegetables and their Products – Process Hygiene Criteria
46
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sl. Product Aerobic Plate Count Yeast and Mold Count Enterobacteriaceae Staphylococcus aureus
No. description 1
(Coagulase +ve)
Sampling Limit (cfu) Sampling Limit (cfu) Sampli Limit (cfu) Samplin Limit (cfu)
Plan Plan ng Plan g Plan
n c m M n c m M n c m M n c m M
1. Fresh2 NA
2. Cut or minimally 5 2 1x106/g 1x107/ 5 1 1x102/g 1x104/g 5 2 1x102/g 1x104/ 5 1 1x102/ 1x103/
processed and g g
g g
packed, including
juices
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
dried g g g
Test Methods6 IS: 5402/ISO:4833 IS: 5403/ ISO 21527 Part 1 and IS/ISO 7402/ ISO 21528 Part 2 IS:5887, Part 2 and
Part 2 IS 5887 part 8 (Sec
1)/ ISO 6888-1 or
IS:5887 Part 8
(Sec2)/ISO 6888-2
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 4B: Microbiological Standards for Fruits and Vegetables and their Products-Food Safety Criteria
Sl. N. Product Salmonella Listeria Sulphite E. Coli 0157 and Vero Vibrio cholerae
description1 monocytogenes or Shiga toxin producing
Reducing Clostridia E coli
(SRC)
Samplin Limit Samplin Limit Sampli Limit Samplin Limit Samplin Limit
g Plan g Plan ng Plan g Plan g Plan
(cfu) (cfu) (cfu) (cfu) (cfu)
n c m M n c m M n c m M n c m M n c m M
1. Fresh2 NA NA NA NA NA
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
minimally g
processed
and
packaged,
including
juices
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
7. Thermally 5 0 Absent/25 g 5 0 Absent/25 NA NA NA NA 5 0 Absent/25 g 5 0 Absent/25 g
processed g
(other than
pasteurizati
on at less
than 100°C
Sl. No. Product Salmonella Listeria Sulphite E. Coli 0157 and Vero Vibrio cholerae
Description1 monocytogenes or Shiga toxin producing
Reducing Clostridia E Coli
(SRC)
Sampli Limit Sampling Limit Samplin Limit Sampli Limit Sam Limit
ng Plan Plan g Plan ng pling
(cfu) (cfu) (cfu) Plan (cfu) Plan (cfu)
n c m M n c m M n c m M n c m M n c m M
Test IS: 5887 Part3 / IS: 14988, Part 1 / ISO 15213 IS: 14397 IS:5887, (Part V)/ ISO
Methods6 ISO:6579 ISO 11290-1 21872 Part 1
NA-Not applicable
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
1
Definitions of fruits and vegetables and their products
(a) Fresh: The whole fruits and vegetables that are sold fresh.
(b) Cut or minimally processed and packaged including juices: Fruits and vegetables which are washed or sanitized or peeled or cut up and
made in to juice and packed.
(c) Fermented or pickled or acidified or with preservatives: Fruits and vegetables including their products which are preserved using living
ferments like yeast, bacterium, mold, enzyme or in brine to produce lactic acid or marinating and storing it in an acid solution, usually
vinegar (acetic acid), salt and sugar.
(d) Pasteurized Juices: Fruit and vegetable juices that are subjected to pasteurization to destroy or inactivate harmful microorganisms.
(e) Carbonated fruit beverages (and fruit drinks): Any beverage or drink which is prepared from fruit juice and water or carbonated water and
containing sugar, dextrose, invert sugar or liquid glucose either in single or in combination which may contain peel oil and fruit essences.
It may also contain any other ingredients appropriate to the products.
(f) Frozen: Fruits and vegetables including their products which are subjected to a freezing process and maintained at temperature of -180C.
(g) Dehydrated or dried: Fruits and vegetables including their products which are preserved by removing most of their water content
following an appropriate dehydrating process.
(h) Thermally processed (other than pasteurization at less than 100°C): Fruits and vegetables including their products which are processed by
heat in an appropriate manner before or after being sealed in a container so as to prevent spoilage.
(i) Retort processed: Fruits and vegetables including their products which are canned or flexible packaged, processed by retorting.
For detailed product description, refer to regulation 2.3 related to Fruit & Vegetable Products of these regulations.
2
The category “Fresh” shall be regulated in accordance with the Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Hygiene Practices specified under Schedule 4
of Food Safety and Standards (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses) Regulations, 2011.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
3
In case of fermentation process involving yeast/ mold the respective standard for yeast and mold count does not apply.
4
Carbonated fruit beverages and pasteurized fruit juices can be excluded for testing of Listeria, where the pH is below 4.4.
5
The retort processed foods shall be tested after incubation at 37°C for 10 days and at 55°C for 7 days.
The microbiological standards with respect to the products categories specified in Table-4A (Process Hygiene Criteria) indicate the acceptable
functioning of the production process. These are not to be used as requirements for releasing the products in the market. These are indicative values
above which corrective actions are required in order to maintain the hygiene of the process in compliance with food law. These shall be applicable at the
end of the manufacturing process.
In case of non-compliance in respect of process hygiene criteria specified in Table- 4A, the FBO shall:
check and improve process hygiene by implementation of guidelines in Schedule 4 of FSS (Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses)
Regulations; and,
Ensure that all food safety criteria as specified in Table -4B (Food Safety Criteria) are complied with.
The Microbiological Standards in Table-4B (Food Safety Criteria) define the acceptability of a batch/lot and shall be met in respect of the
products at the end of the manufacturing process and the products in the market during their shelf- life.
For Regulator: The sampling for different microbiological standards specified in Table-4A and 4B shall be ensured aseptically at manufacturing units
and/or at retail points, as applicable, by a trained person with specialized knowledge in the field of microbiology following guidelines in the Food
Safety and Standards (Food Products and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011 and ISO: 707 (Latest version). The samples shall be stored and transported
in frozen condition at -18°C (±2°C) or under refrigerated conditions at 2-5°C as applicable except the products that are recommended to be stored at
room temperature by the manufacturer to enable initiation of analysis within 24 hours of sampling. Preservatives shall not be added to sample units
intended for microbiological examination. The desired number of sample units as per sampling plan given in Table-4A & 4B shall be taken from same
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
batch/lot and shall be submitted to the notified laboratory. The testing in laboratory shall be ensured as per reference test methods given below in
reference test methods for regulatory compliance.
For FBO: Food Business Operator (FBO) shall perform testing as appropriate as per the microbiological standards in Table-4A & 4B to ensure
validation and verification of compliance with the microbiological requirements. FBO shall decide themselves the necessary sampling and testing
frequencies to ensure compliance with the specified microbiological requirements. FBO may use analytical methods other than those described in
reference test methods given below for in-house testing only. However, these methods shall not be applicable for regulatory compliance purpose.
Sampling Plan:
The terms n, c, m and M used in this standard have the following meaning:
c = Maximum allowable number of units having microbiological counts above m for 2- class sampling plan and between m and M for 3- class sampling
plan.
m = Microbiological limit that separates unsatisfactory from satisfactory in a 2- class sampling plan or acceptable from satisfactory in a 3-class sampling
plan.
M = Microbiological limit that separates unsatisfactory from satisfactory in a 3-class sampling plan.
Interpretation of Results:
2-Class Sampling Plan (where n, c and m are specified) 3-Class Sampling Plan (where n, c, m and M are specified)
1. Satisfactory, if all the values observed are ≤ m 1. Satisfactory, if all the values observed are ≤ m
2. Unsatisfactory, if one or more of the values observed are >m or 2. Acceptable, if a maximum of c values are between m and M
more than c values are >m and the rest of the values are observed as ≤m
3. Unsatisfactory, if one or more of the values observed are > M
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
or more than c values are >m
Reference test methods: The following test methods shall be applied as reference methods.
6
Reference test methods- latest version shall apply. In case where an ISO method adopted by the BIS is specified (e.g IS XXXX / ISO YYYY), latest
version of the ISO method (or its BIS equivalent, if available) shall apply.
Microbiology of the food chain - Horizontal method for the enumeration of microorganisms - Part 1:
1. Colony count at 30°C by the pour plate technique- IS 5402/ ISO:4833
Aerobic Plate Count
Method for Yeast and Mold Count of Food Stuffs and Animal feed- IS 5403
Yeast and Mold
Count
2. Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuff-Horizontal method for the enumeration of yeasts and moulds-
Part1: Colony count technique in products with water activity greater than 0.95-ISO 21527-1
Microbiology
Microbiology -ofGeneral Guidance for the Enumeration of Enterobacteriaceae without Resuscitation
of yeasts and -moulds-
MPN
food and animal feeding stuff-Horizontal method for the enumeration
Technique and Colony-count Technique- IS/ISO 7402
Enterobacteriaceae Part2: Colony count technique in products with water activity less than 0.95-ISO 21527-2
3
Microbiology of Food and Animal feeding stuff –Horizontal methods for the detection and enumeration of
Enterobacteriaceae- Part 2:Colony- count method-ISO 21528-2
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sl. Parameter Reference Test Methods
No
Methods for detection of bacteria responsible for food poisoning: Part 2 Isolation, identification and
enumeration of Staphylococcus aureus and faecal streptococci- IS 5887 : Part 2
Staphylococcus
aureus Methods for detection of bacteria responsible for food poisoning: Part 8 Horizontal Method for enumeration of
4 Coagulase-Positive Staphylococci/ (Staphylococcus aureus and other species) Section 1 Technique using baird-
parker agar medium - IS 5887 (Part 8/Sec 1: / ISO 6888-1: 1999)
E. Coli 0157 and Methods for detection of bacteria responsible for food poisoning: Part 8 Horizontal Method for enumeration of
Vero or Shiga
5 Coagulase-Positive
Methods Staphylococci/
for detection, isolation and(Staphylococcus
identification ofaureus Andi.e.
pathogen Other Species)
E.coli Section
in foods- 2 Technique using
IS :14397
toxin producing
E Coli rabbit plasma fibrinogen agar medium- IS 5887 (Part 8/Sec 2) / ISO 6888-2: 1999)
Methods for detection of bacteria responsible for food poisoning - Part 3: General Guidance on Methods for the
Detection of Salmonella- IS 5887 : Part 3
Salmonella
6
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs - Horizontal method for the detection of Salmonella spp.-
ISO 6579
Microbiology of the food chain - Horizontal method for the detection and enumeration of Listeria
7 Listeria
monocytogenes monocytogenes and other Listeria spp. - Part 1: Detection method – IS: 14988, Part 1 / ISO 11290-1
Sulfite-Reducing Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs - Horizontal method for the enumeration of sulfite-reducing
8 Bacteria bacteria growing under anaerobic conditions- ISO 15213
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sl. Parameter Reference Test Methods
No
Isolation, identification and enumeration of Vibrio cholerae and Vibrio parahaemolyticus - IS:5887, (Part V)
Vibrio cholerae
9
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuff-Horizontal method for the detection of potentially
enteropathogenic Vibrio spp.-Part 1: Detection of Vibrio parahaemolyticus and Vibrio cholerae-ISO/TS
21872-1]
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
21
[Table 5
Microbial Standards for Meat and Meat Products
Table 5A: Microbiological Standards for Meat and Meat Products- Process Hygiene Criteria
S. Product Category1 Aerobic Plate Count Yeast and Mold Count Escherichia coli Staphylococcus aureus
N (Coagulase +ve)
o. Samplin Samplin Sampli Samplin
Limits (cfu/g) Limits (cfu/g) Limits (cfu/g) Limits (cfu/g)
g Plan g Plan ng Plan g Plan
n c m M n c m M n c m M n c m M
Fresh meat/ Chilled
1. 5 3 1x106 5x106 5 2 1x104 5x104 5 2 1x102 1x103 5 2 1x102 1x103
meat2
2. Frozen meat2 5 2 1x105 5x106 5 2 1x103 1x104 5 2 1x10 1x102 5 2 10 1x102
Raw 57
[5x10
57
3. marinated/minced/c 5 2 5x105 5x106 5 2 [1x104] 4 5 2 1x102 1x103 5 2 1x102 1x103
]
omminuted meat2
Semi-cooked
4. /Smoked Meat/ 5 2 1x104 1x105 5 2 10 1x102 5 2 10 1x102 5 2 10 1x102
meat food Product2
5. Cured/Pickled meat 5 2 5x102 5x103 5 2 1x102 1x103 5 2 10 1x102 5 1 1x102 1x103
Fermented meat
6. NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 5 2 10 1x102 5 1 1x102 1x103
products
Dried/dehydrated
7. 5 2 1x103 1x104 5 2 1x102 1x103 5 2 10 1x102 5 1 10 1x102
meat product
Cooked Meat
8. 5 2 1x103 1x104 5 1 10 1x102 5 2 10 1x102 5 1 10 1x102
Products
Canned/Retort
9. pouch Meat NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 5 0 Absent NA 5 0 Absent NA
Products
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
IS 5887 : Part 2 or IS 5887 Part
IS: 5887 Part1 or ISO
Test Methods3 IS: 5402/ISO 4833 IS: 5403/ISO 21527 8 (Sec 1)/ ISO : 6888-1 or IS
16649-2
5887 Part 8 (Sec 2)/ISO 6888-2
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Table 5B: Microbiological Standards for Meat & Meat Products- Food Safety Criteria
Sr. Product Salmonella Listeria Sulphite Reducing Clostridium Botulinum Campylobacter Spp*
No Category1 monocytogenes Clostridia
.
Sampling Limits Sampling Limits Samplin Sampling Limits Sampling Limits
Limits (cfu/g)
Plan (cfu/25g) Plan (cfu/25g) g Plan Plan (cfu/g) Plan (cfu/g)
m m
n c n C n c m M n c m M n c m M
M M
1. Fresh meat / N N N N
5 0 Absent NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
Chilled meat2 A A A A
2. Frozen meat2 N N N N
5 0 Absent NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
A A A A
3. Raw
marinated/mince N N N N
5 0 Absent NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
d/comminuted A A A A
meat$2
4. Semi-cooked
/Smoked N N N
5 0 Absent NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 5 0 Absent
Meat/meat food A A A
Product2
5. Cured/Pickled N N N
5 0 Absent 5 0 Absent 5 2 5x102 5x103 NA NA NA NA NA
meat A A A
6. Fermented meat N N N
5 0 Absent 5 0 Absent 5 2 5x102 5x103 NA NA NA NA NA
products A A A
Dried/dehydrated N N N
7. 5 0 Absent 5 0 Absent 5 2 5x102 5x103 NA NA NA NA
meat product A A A
Cooked Meat N N
8. 5 0 Absent 5 0 Absent 5 1 1x102 1x103 NA NA 5 0 Absent
Products A A
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Canned/ Retort
9. pouch Meat 5 0 Absent 5 0 Absent 5 0 Absent 5 0 Absent 5 0 Absent
Products
IS: 5887 Part 3/ ISO IS: 14988, Part 1 ISO 15213 IS:5887, Part 4 or ISO ISO 10272-1&2
Test Methods3
6579 &2/ISO 11290-1 & 2 17919
NA- Not Applicable
Definition of animal, carcass , meat food product and slaughter house are the same as provided in FSS ( Food Products Standards and Food Additives )
Regulations 2011. Additionally the following definitions apply for the purpose of this regulation.
Canned/Retorted meat product: Meat product packed in hermetically sealed containers which have been heat treated after sealing to such an
extent that the product is shelf stable.
Chilled meat: Fresh meat which has been washed with potable water and kept between 0-70C.
Cooked Meat/meat product: Meat/meat product that is subjected to heat treatment, wherein minimum thermal core temperature of 75 0C is
achieved.
Cured/pickled meat products: Product prepared after curing/pickling meat in solution containing salt, nitrate/nitrite and adjuncts for the
purpose of preservation and obtaining desirable colour, flavour and shelf life.
Dried/Dehydrated meat/meat products: Meat/meat products in which part of free water has been removed by evaporation or sublimation.
Fermented meat product: Chopped or ground meat products that have under gone ageing process and developed characteristics low pH, unique
flavour, taste, texture and long shelf life through action of desirable microorganisms.
Fresh meat: Meat that has not been treated in any way to ensure its preservation.
Frozen meat: Fresh meat which has been washed with potable water, chilled and subjected to freezing in an appropriate equipment in such a
way that product attains a temperature of -180C or colder at the thermal centre after thermal stabilization.
Raw marinated/minced/comminuted meat: meat with or without bones which has been reduced to fragments by
cutting/grinding/dicing/chopping/milling and/or marinated and with or without additives.
Semi-cooked /Smoked Meat/meat food Product: Partially heat treated and/ or smoked meat and meat product, that will require additional
heat treatment before consumption.
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Slaughter: Means killing of an animal for food employing a human method not inconsistent with the provisions of the prevention of cruelty to
Animal act, 1960 (54 of 1960) in an authorized slaughter house or abattoir where the animal is subjected to through ante- mortem and post-mortem
examination“.
Raw processed whole, cut pieces or comminuted meat Products: Raw processed, whole, cut pieces bone/ boneless and comminuted meat
products with or without addition of other ingredients and additives as per specified in FSSAI standards.
The Microbiological Standards in Table-5B (Food Safety Criteria) define the acceptability of a batch/lot and shall be met in respect of the product for
releasing it in the market. These shall be applicable to the products at the end of the manufacturing process and the products in the market during their
shelf- life.
For Regulator: The sampling for different microbiological standards with respect to the product categories specified in Table-5A and 5B shall be
ensured aseptically at manufacturing units and/or at retail points, as applicable, by a trained person with specialized knowledge in the field of
microbiology following guidelines in t Food Safety and Standards(Food Products and Food Additives) Regulations, 2011 and ISO: 707 (Latest
version). The samples shall be stored and transported at a temperature below 5°C (but not frozen), except the products that are recommended to be
stored at room temperature by the manufacturer, to enable initiation of analysis within 24 hours of sampling. Preservatives shall not be added to sample
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
units intended for microbiological examination. The desired number of samples as per sampling plan given in Table-5A & 5B shall be taken from
same batch/lot and shall be submitted to the notified laboratory. The testing in laboratory shall be ensured as per reference test methods given below in
reference test methods for regulatory compliance. The final decision shall be drawn based on results with no provision for retesting for microbiological
parameters.
For FBO: Food Business Operator (FBO) shall perform testing as appropriate as per the microbiological standards in Table-5A & 5B to ensure
validation and verification of compliance with the microbiological requirements. FBO shall decide themselves the necessary sampling and testing
frequencies to ensure compliance with the specified microbiological requirements. FBO may use analytical methods other than those described in
reference test methods given below for in-house testing only. However, these methods shall not be applicable for regulatory compliance purpose.
Sampling Plan:
The terms n,c,m and M used in this standard have the following meaning:
n = Number of units comprising a sample .
c = Maximum allowable number of units having microbiological counts above m for 2- class sampling plan and between m and M for 3- class sampling
plan..
m = Microbiological limit that separates unsatisfactory from satisfactory in a 2- class sampling plan or acceptable from satisfactory
in a 3-class sampling plan.
M = Microbiological limit that separates unsatisfactory from satisfactory in a 3-class sampling plan.
Interpretation of Results:
2-Class Sampling Plan (where n, c and m are specified) 3-Class Sampling Plan (where n, c, m and M are specified)
2. Satisfactory, if all the values observed are ≤ m
2. Satisfactory, if all the values observed are ≤ m 3. Acceptable, if a maximum of c values are between m and M and the
3. Unsatisfactory, if one or more of the values observed are >m rest of the values are observed as ≤ m
or more than c values are > m 4. Unsatisfactory, if one or more of the values observed are >M or more
than c values are > m
3Reference test methods: The following test methods shall be applied as reference methods
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Reference test methods- latest version shall apply. In case where an ISO method adopted by the BIS is specified (e.g IS XXXX / ISO YYYY), latest
version of the ISO method ( or its BIS equivalent, if available) shall apply.
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuff-Horizontal method for enumeration of Yeasts and Moulds-
part 1: Colony count technique in products with water activity greater than 0.95.- IS0 21527-1:
2. Yeast and Mould Count
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs -- Horizontal method for the enumeration of Yeasts and
Moulds -- Part 2: Colony count technique in products with water activity less than or equal to 0,95- IS0
21527-2
Methods for detection of bacteria responsible for food poisoning :Part 2 Isolation, identification and
enumeration of Staphylococcus aureus and faecal streptococci- IS 5887 : Part 2
Methods for Detection of Bacteria Responsible For Food Poisoning Part 8 Horizontal Method For
Enumeration Of Coagulase-Positive Staphylococci/ (Staphylococcus Aureus and other species) Section 1
Staphylococcus aureus and Technique using baird-parker agar medium- IS 5887 (Part 8/Sec 1: / ISO 6888-1: 1999
3.
Faecal streptococci
Methods For Detection Of Bacteria Responsible For Food Poisoning Part 8 Horizontal Method For
Enumeration Of Coagulase-Positive Staphylococci/ (Staphylococcus Aureus And Other Species)
Section 2 Technique using rabbit plasma fibrinogen agar medium- IS 5887 (Part 8/Sec 2) / ISO
6888-2: 1999
Methods for Detection of Bacteria Responsible for Food Poisoning - Part I : Isolation, Identification and
Enumeration of Escherichia coli- IS 5887 : Part 1
4. Escherichia coli
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs -- Horizontal method for the enumeration of beta-
glucuronidase-positive Escherichia coli -- Part 2: Colony-count technique at 44 degrees C using 5-bromo-
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
4-chloro-3-indolyl beta-D-glucuronide- ISO: 16649-2
Methods for Detection of Bacteria Responsible for Food Poisoning - Part 3 : General Guidance on
Methods for the Detection of Salmonell- IS 5887 : Part 3
5. Salmonella spp.
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs -- Horizontal method for the detection of Salmonella
spp.- ISO 6579
Microbiology of Food and Feeding Stuffs - Horizontal method for Detection and Enumeration of Listeria
Monocytogenes-Part 1: Detection Method- IS 14988 : Part 1/ ISO: 11290-1
6. Listeria monocytogenes
Microbiology of Food and Animal Feeding Stuffs - Horizontal Method for the Detection and Enumeration
of Listeria monocytogenes - Part 2 : Enumeration Method. IS 14988 : Part 2/ ISO: 11290-2
Microbiology of Food and Animal Feeding Stuffs - Horizontal Method for the Detection and Enumeration
of Campylobacter spp- Part 1 : Detection Method- ISO 10272-1
7. Campylobacter spp
Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs -- Horizontal method for detection and enumeration of
Campylobacter spp. -- Part 2: Colony-count technique- ISO 10272-2
Sulphite-Reducing Microbiology of food and animal feeding stuffs -- Horizontal method for the enumeration of Sulphite-
8.
Bacteria Reducing Bacteria growing under anaerobic conditions- ISO 15213
Methods for Detection of Bacteria Responsible for Food Poisoning: Part 4 Isolation and Identification of
Clostridium perfringens (Clostridium welchii) and Costridium botulinum and enumeration of Clostridium
perfringens- IS:5887 Part 4
9. Clostridium perfringens
Microbiology of the food chain Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) for the detection of food borne
pathogens –Detection of botulinum type A, B, E & F- neurotoxin Producing clostridia.- ISO-TS 17919.”.]
27[TABLE 6
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Food Parameters Limits
Products
Baker’s Yeast
Baker’s Yeast Total bacterial count, CFU/g (on dry basis), 7.5X105
(Compressed) Max
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
International Numbering System (INS) for Food Additives-
The following list is only for identifying the food additive and their synonyms as published by the
Codex on 23.11.2005 Codex. For the latest updates, JECFA/Codex website may be referred to
(www.codexalimentarius.net, www.codexalimentarius.net/web/jecfa.jsp)
A. List sorted by INS number
Sl. INS
Food Additive Name Technical functions
No. Number
1 2 3 4
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
21. 130 Manascorubin Colour
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
46. 160e Beta-apo-carotental Colour
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
71. 174 Silver Colour
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
97. 226 Calcium sulphite Preservative, antioxidant
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sequestrant
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
148. 312 Dodecyl gallate Antioxidant
165. 329 Magnesium lactate (D-,L-) acidity regulator, flour treatment agent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
171. 332 Potassium citrates acidity regulator, sequestrant, Stabilizer
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
sequestrant, stabilizer Emulsifier, water
retention Agent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Agent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
acidity regulator, flavour
Antioxidant, Preservative,
Antioxidant, Preservative,
Calcium disodium ethylene-
234. 385 diamine-tetra-acetate Sequestrant
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Agent
Thickener, Stabilizer,
Thickener, Stabilizer,
Thickener, Stabilizer,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Agent
Thickener, Stabilizer,
Sweetener, Humectant,
sequestrant, Texturizer,
Thickener, emulsifier,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
rapeseed oil
sequestrant, stabilizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Agent
sequestrant stabilizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer,
sequestrant stabilizer,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
acidity regulator, texturizer,
sequestrant stabilizer,
sequestrant stabilizer,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Emulsifier dispersing agent,
Thickener, Emulsifier,
Thickener, Emulsifier,
Thickener, Emulsifier,
Thickener, Emulsifier,
Thickener, Emulsifier,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Citric and fatty acid esters of Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
Diacetyltartric and fatty acid ester of
321. 472e glycerol Sequestrant
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
332. 481 Sodium lactylate Emulsifier, Stabilizer
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
anticaking agent
Dough conditioner,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
375. 517 Ammonium sulphate Flour treatment agent, stabilizer
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
398. 550 Sodium silicates anticaking agent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
419. 578 Calcium gluconate acidity regluator, firming agent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
444. 640 Glycine flavour enhancer
449. 901 Beeswax, white and yellow glazing agent, release agent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
erithrytol esters of colophane
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
488. 943a Butane Propellant
Sweetener, humectant,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
511. 1000 Cholic acid Emulsifier
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
clarifying agent, dispersing
Agent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Starch acetate esterified with
acidity regulator,
1. 370 1,4-Heptonolactone sequestrant
Sweetener, flavour
3. 950 Acesulfame potassium enhancer
Preservative, acidity
4. 260 Acetic acid, glacial regulator
Thickener, gelling
8. 406 Agar agent,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Stabilizer
Stabilizer, firming
15. 523 Aluminium ammonium sulphate agent
acidity regulator,
16. 522 Aluminium potassium sulphate stabilizer
acidity regulator,
24. 503(i) Ammonium carbonate raising agent
acidity regulator,
25. 503 Ammonium carbonates raising agent
acidity regulator,
29. 503(ii) Ammonium hydrogen carbonate raising agent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
acidity regulator, flour
stabilizer sequestrant,
Acidity
regulator, water
35. 452(v) Ammonium polyphosphates retention agent
Thickener, gelling
agent,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
enhancer
Thickener, gelling
agent,
Emulsifier, anticaking
Bone phosphate (essentially calcium agent,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
enhancer
Preservative, stabilizer,
acidity
Thickener, Stabilizer,
gelling
agent, antifoaming
77. 404 Calcium alginate agent
Surface colourant,
anticaking
acidity regulator,
85. 333 Calcium citrates firming agent,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sequestrant
emulsifier, raising
agent,
stabilizer sequestrant,
acidity
regulator water
86. 450 (vii) Calcium dihydrogen diphosphate retention agent
Antioxidant,
Calcium disodium ethylene- Preservative,
acidity regulator,
91. 578 Calcium gluconate firming agent
Thickener, gelling
agent,
Preservative,
96. 227 Calcium hydrogen antioxidant
acidity regulator,
97. 526 Calcium hydroxide firming agent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
101. 399 Calcium lactobionate Stabilizer
Texturizer, raising
agent,
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity
Sequestrant, water
retention
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
agent
preservative,
116. 226 Calcium sulphite antioxidant
carbonating agent,
126. 290 Carbon dioxide packing gas
Thickener, gelling
131. 407 Carrageenan and its Na, K, agent,
Emulsifier, anticaking
agent,
texturizer, dispersing
133. 460 Cellulose agent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
135. 926 Chlorine dioxide flour treatment agent
acidity regulator,
Antioxidant,
colour fixture,
153. 519 Cupric sulphate preservative
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
157. 952 Cyclamic acid (and Na, K, Ca Salts) Sweetener
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity
Sequestrant, water
retention
Propellant, liquid
163. 940 Dichlorodifluoromethane freezant
stabilizer sequestrant,
acidity
regulator, water
165. 450 (viii) Dimagnesium diphosphate retention agent
acidity regulator,
anticaking
Emulsifier, wetting
168. 480 Dioctyl sodium sulphosuccinate agent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
169. 230 Diphenyl Preservative
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity
Sequestrant, water
retention
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity,
Sequestrant, water
retention
acidity regulator
texturizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer,
emulsifier water
173. 340(ii) Dipotassium orthophosphate retention agent
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity
Sequestrant, water
retention
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
-acetate Preservative,
Sequestrant
acidity regulator,
stabilizer,
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
emulsifier, Texturizer,
Stabilizer, water
181. 339(ii) Disodium orthophosphate retention agent
acidity regulator,
flavour
Sweetener, flavour
enhancer,
Thickener, emulsifier,
193. 467 Ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose stabilizer
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
196. 143 Fast green FCF Colour
tenderizer, flavour
203. 1101(iv) Ficin enhancer
Thickener, stabilizer,
gelling
acidity regulator,
211. 574 Gluconic acid (D-) raising agent
acidity regulator,
212. 575 Glucono delta-lactone raising agent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
agent
Sweetener, flavour
219. 958 Glycyrrhizin enhancer
Thickener, stabilizer,
227. 419 Gum ghatti emulsifier
Thickener, Emulsifier,
Thickener, Emulsifier,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
237. 630 Inosinic acid flavour enhancer
Sweetener, anticaking
agent,
Antioxidant,
Preservative,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Lactylated fatty acid esters of
acidity regulator,
anticaking
acidity regulator,
anticaking
acidity regulator,
270. 580 Magnesium gluconate firming agent
acidity regulator,
anticaking
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
retention agent
acidity regulator,
anticaking
anticaking agent,
dusting
anticaking agent,
dusting
anticaking agent,
dusting
acidity regulator,
flavouring
Sweetener, Stabilizer,
Sweetener, anticaking
285. 421 Mannitol agent
Thickener, Emulsifier,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
288. 911 Methyl esters of fatty acids glazing agent
Thickener, Emulsifier,
stabilizer, antifoaming
289. 465 Methyl ethyl cellulose agent
Emulsifier, anticaking
agent,
texturizer, dispersing
293. 460(i) Microcrystalline cellulose agent
Monoammonium orthophosphate
acidity regulator, flour
300. 342 (i) treatment agent
acidity regulator,
texturizer,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
anticaking
Agent
acidity regulator
texturizer,
sequestrant stabilizer,
emulsifier, water
304. 340 (i) Monopotassium orthophosphate retention Agent
acidity regulator
texturizer,
sequestrant stabilizer,
emulsifier, water
retention
acidity regulator,
flavour
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
318. 411 Oat gum Thickener, stabilizer
acidity regulator,
antioxidant,
Antioxidant,
325. 387 Oxy stearin sequestrant
Stabilizer, tenderizer,
326. 1101(ii) Papain flavour
Thickener, Stabilizer,
gelling
Sequestrant, acidity
regulator,
Sequestrant, acidity
regulator,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
sealing agent
bulking agent,
Stabilizer,
thickener, Humectant,
338. 1200 Polydextroses A and N texturizer
antifoaming agent,
anticaking
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
349. 431 Polyoxyethylene (40) stearate Emulsifier
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity
Sequestrant, water
retention
colour stabilizer,
Colloidal,
bodying agent,
Stabilizer,
clarifying agent,
dispersing
Preservative, acidity
356. 261 (i) Potassium acetate regulator
Preservative, acidity
357. 261 Potassium acetates regulator
Preservative,
363. 228 Potassium bisulphite antioxidant
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
364. 924 a Potassium bromate flour treatment agent
acidity regulator,
365. 501 (i) Potassium carbonate stabilizer
acidity regulator,
366. 501 Potassium carbonates stabilizer
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
Preservative, acidity
369. 261 (ii) Potassium diacetate regulator
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
acidity regulator,
374. 501 (ii) Potassium hydrogen carbonate stabilizer
Antioxidant, synergist,
acidity
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Preservative,
383. 224 Potassium metabisulphite antioxidant
Preservative, colour
384. 252 Potassium nitrate fixative
Preservative, colour
385. 249 Potassium nitrite fixative
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
emulsifier, Texturizer,
Stabilizer, water
387. 340 Potassium phosphates retention agent
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity
Sequestrant, water
retention
Preservative,
394. 225 Potassium sulphite antioxidant
Emulsifier, anticaking
agent,
texturizer, dispersing
396. 460 (ii) Powdered cellulose agent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
397. 407 a Processed Euchema seaweed Thickener, stabilizer
Humectant, wetting
agent,
Stabilizer, tenderizer,
flavour
Stabilizer, tenderizer,
flavour
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
415. 161 d Rubixanthin Colour
Preservative, acidity
regulator,
Preservative, acidity
regulator,
Thickener, Stabilizer,
gelling
acidity regulator,
426. 541 Sodium aluminium phosphate emulsifier
acidity regulator,
428. 541 (ii) Sodium aluminium phosphate-basic emulsifier
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
432. 452 (iii) Sodium calcium polyphosphate acidity
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
regulator, raising agent,
Sequestrant, water
retention
Agent
acidity regulator,
raising agent,
acidity regulator,
raising agent,
Thickener, Emulsifier,
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
Preservative, acidity
regulator,
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
acidity regulator,
raising agent,
acidity regulator,
447. 350 (i) Sodium hydrogen malate humectant
Preservative,
448. 222 Sodium hydrogen sulphite antioxidant
antioxidant synergist,
Humectant, bulking
452. 325 Sodium lactate agent
acidity regulator,
455. 350 (ii) Sodium malate humectant
acidity regulator,
456. 350 Sodium malates humectant
Preservative, bleaching
agent,
Preservative, colour
460. 251 Sodium nitrate fixative
Preservative, colour
461. 250 Sodium nitrite fixative
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
emulsifier, Texturizer,
Stabilizer, water
464. 339 Sodium phosphates retention agent
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity
Sequestrant, water
retention
acidity regulator,
raising agent,
Preservative,
475. 221 Sodium sulphite antioxidant
Antioxidant,
477. 539 Sodium thiosulphate sequestrant
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
480. 494 Sorbitan mono-oleate Emulsifier
Sweetener, Humectant,
sequestrant, Texturizer,
Antioxidant, colour
487. 512 Stannous chloride retention agent
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
Preservative,
498. 220 Sulphur dioxide antioxidant
acidity regulator
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Superglycerinated hydrogenated
anticaking agent,
dusting powder
Colour, Emulsifier,
Stabilizer, thickener
Thickener, stabilizer
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant, antioxidant
507. 334 Tartaric acid (L(+)-) synergist
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
Tartaric acid esters of mono and sequestrant
antioxidant
emulsifier, raising
agent, stabilizer
sequestrant, acidity
regulator, water
511. 450(v) Tetrapotassium diphosphate retention agent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
raising agent, Seque-
strant, water retention
agent
Sweetener, flavour
enhancer emulsifier
antioxidant
Thickener, Stabilizer,
emulsifier
Humectant
acidity regulator,
texturizer, flour
treatment agent, raising
agent, firming agent,
anticaking agent, water
520. 341 (iii) Tricalcium orthophosphate retention agent
acidity regulator,
anticaking
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
Sequestrant, acidity
regulator,
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
acidity regulator,
texturizer,
sequestrant stabilizer,
Emulsifier, water
retention
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity
Sequestrant, water
retention
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
emulsifier, Texturizer,
Stabilizer, water
528. 339 (iii) Trisodium orthophosphate retention agent
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
533. 415 Xanthan gum Thickener, stabilizer
Sweetener, Humectant,
stabilizer, Emulsifier,
534. 967 Xylitol thickener
Stabilizer, thickener,
537. 1422 Acetylated di-starch adipate binder
Stabilizer, thickener,
540. 1401 Acid-treated starch binder
Stabilizer, thickener,
541. 1402 Alkaline treated starch binder
Stabilizer, thickener,
542. 1403 Bleached starch binder
Stabilizer, thickener,
544. 1411 Di-starch glycerol binder
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
binder
Stabilizer, thickener,
549. 1410 Monostarch phosphate binder
Emulsifier, thickener,
550. 1404 Oxidized starch binder
Stabilizer, thickener,
551. 1413 Phosphated di-starch phosphate binder
Stabilizer, thickener,
554. 1450 Starch sodium octenyl succinate binder,
Note: The principal regulations were published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary vide
notification number F. No. 2-15015/30/2010, dated the 1st August, 2011 and subsequently
amendmend vide notification numbers:
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
12. F.No. 1-10(1)/Standards/SP9Fish and Fisheries Products)/FSSAI-2013, dated 11th January,
2016;
22. F.No. Stds/SP (Water & Beverages)/Notif (2)/FSSAI-2016, dated 25th October, 2016;
23. F.No. 1-11(1)/Standards/SP (Water & Beverages)/FSSAI-2015, Dated 15th November, 2016;
28. F.No. 1-10(7)/Standards/SP (Fish & Fisheries Products)/FSSAI-2013, dated 13th February,
2017;
29. F. No. Stds /SCSS&H/ Notification (02)/FSSAI-2016, dated 15th May, 2017;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)
37. File No. 2/Stds/CPL & CP/Notification/FSSAI-2016, dated 18th September, 2017;
44. F.No. Stds/01-SP(fortified & Enriched Foods)-Reg/FSSAI-2017, dated the 13th March, 2018;
57. File No. 1-116/Scientific Committee (Noti.)/2010-FSSAI, dated 26th November, 2018;
Version-IX (29.03.2019)